Aeschylus Eumenides 1021

Guilielmus Dindorfius (Editor)

Eumenides. Aeschylus. Guilielmus Dindorfius (Editor). Lipsiae. 1882.

Sponsored by Perseus Project, Tufts University.

Funding provided by Schmidt Sciences.

Current edition Experimental

Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) (Greek) (Εὐμενίδες. Guilielmus Dindorfius, 1882.)

Provisional text from uncorrected OCR; expect errors.

Editions (11)
Εὐμενίδες First1KGreek (Aeschyli Tragoediae. Sidgwick, Arthur, editor. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1902.) — 1021-1031 focus
Εὐμενίδες Perseus (Aeschylus, Volume 2. Smyth, Herbert Weir, editor. London; New York: William Heinemann; G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1926.) — 1021-1031 focus
Εὐμενίδες (1518 edition; OCR draft) Experimental (Aeschylus, Eumenides, 1518 edition. VLM-assisted OCR with native lineation and automated correspondence to the Smyth edition.) — 1021 focus
Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) Experimental (Εὐμενίδες. Gottfried Hermann, 1852.) — 1021 focus
ΕΥΜΕΝΙΔΕΣ (OCR draft) Experimental (ΕΥΜΕΝΙΔΕΣ. Paul Mazon, 1920-1925.) — 1021 focus
Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) Experimental (Εὐμενίδες. Arthur Sidgwick, 1887.) — 1021 focus
Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) Experimental (Εὐμενίδες. N. Wecklein, 1885.) — 1021 focus
αἰνῶ τε μύθους τῶνδε τῶν κατευγμάτων,
πέμψω τε φέγγει λαμπάδων σελασφόρων
εἰς τοὺς ἔνερθε καὶ κάτω χθονὸς τόπους
ξὺν προσπόλοισιν, αἵτε φρουροῦσιν βρέτας
1025
Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) Experimental (Εὐμενίδες. Martin L. West, 1990.) — 1021 focus
Aeschyli Eumenides (OCR draft) Experimental (Aeschyli Eumenides. Ulrich von Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, 1914.) — 1021 focus
Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek text of Aeschylus' Eumenides, edited by F. A. Paley, 1885.) — 1021 focus
αἰνῶ τε μύθους τῶνδε τῶν κατευγμάτων,
πέμψω τε φέγγει λαμπάδων σελασφόρων
εἰς τοὺς ἔνερθε καὶ κάτω χθονὸς τόπους,
975
ξὺν προσπόλοισιν αἵτε φρουροῦσιν βρέτας
τοὐμὸν δικαίως. ὄμμα γὰρ πάσης χθονὸς
Θησῇδος ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν, εὐκλεὴς λόχος
παίδων, γυναικῶν, καὶ στόλος πρεσβυτίδων
φοινικοβάπτοις ἐνδυτοῖς ἐσθήμασι.
980
τιμᾶτε, καὶ τὸ φέγγος ὁρμάσθω πυρὸς,
ὅπως ἂν εὔφρων ἥδ᾽ ὁμιλία χθονὸς
τὸ λοιπὸν εὐάνδροισι συμφοραῖς πρέπῃ.
Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek text of Aeschylus' Eumenides, edited by Friedrich Blass, 1907.) — 1021 focus
αἰνῶ τε μύθους τῶνδε τῶν κατευγμάτων
πέμψω τε φέγγει λαμπάδων σελασφόρων
ἐς τοὺς ἔνερθε καὶ κατὰ χθονὸς τόπους
ξὺμ προσπόλοισιν, αἵτε φρουροῦσιν βρέτας
τοὐμὸν δικαίως. ὄμμα γὰρ πάσης χθονὸς
1025
Θησῆιδος ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν εὐκλεὴς λόχος
παίδων, γυναικῶν, καὶ στόλος πρεσβυτίδων.
φοινικοβάπτοις ἐνδυτοῖς ἐσθήμασι
τιμᾶτε, καὶ τὸ φέγγος ὁρμάσθω πυρός,
ὅπως ἂν εὔφρων ἦδ᾽ ὁμιλία χθονὸς
1030
τὸ λοιπὸν εὐάνδροισι συμφοραῖς πρέπηι.
Translations (10)
Eumenides Perseus (Aeschylus, Volume 2. Smyth, Herbert Weir, translator. London; New York: William Heinemann; G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1926. (Modernized by Perseus.)) — 1021-1030 focus
The Eumenides (OCR draft) Experimental (The Eumenides. Theodore Alois Buckley, 1849.) — 1021 focus
I approve the words of these your vows, and I will send the light of blazing torches to the infernal and nether regions, with ministers who guard my image justly. For let the eye of all the land of Theseus come forth, an illustrious band of youths, women, and a train of aged women; and clothed in purple-dyed garments honour 4 [these deities,] and let the light of the torches flash forth: that new fellowship received into your land hereafter, may show their good will by events that prosper men.
LES EUMÉNIDES (OCR draft) Experimental (LES EUMÉNIDES. Paul Mazon, 1920-1925.) — 1021 focus
Déjà
The Furies (OCR draft) Experimental (The Furies. Robert Potter, 1779.) — 1021 focus
I like theſe votive meaſures; and will ſend
1155
The bright flames of theſe ſplendor-ſhedding
torches,
With thoſe that guard my hallow'd image here,
Attendant
Attendant on you to the dark abodes
1160
Beneath the earth. And let th' Athenian train,
The grace, the glory of the wide-ſtretch'd world,
Their manly youth, their virgins' roſeate bloom,
And their age-honour'd matrons, now advance,
Array'd in richeſt veſture darting round
1165
Its vermeil-tinctur'd radiance; let the torches
Blaze, that this ſable troop thro' future times
May ſhine conſpicuous for their friendly aid.
Eschilo, Le Eumenidi: traduzione italiana di Ettore Romagnoli (OCR draft) Experimental (Eschilo, Le Eumenidi: traduzione italiana di Ettore Romagnoli. Ettore Romagnoli, 1922.) — 1021 focus
Di questi voti io godo, ed al fulgore
v'invierò di scintillanti fiaccole
sottesso il suolo, in sotterranei lochi,
e le ministre mie guida vi siano
1070
che santamente l'idol mio tutelano.
Compagna avrete un'onorata schiera,
del suolo di Teseo viva pupilla,
di fanciulle, di donne e di vegliarde,
tutte velate di purpurei manti.
1075
Movete! E il fuoco ed il baglior proceda,
sí che felice questa patria schiera
sempre per fausta sorte insigne vada.
Aeschylus, Eumenides: versio Latina Ioannis Sanravii (OCR draft) Experimental (Aeschylus, Eumenides: versio Latina Ioannis Sanravii. Ioannes Sanravius, 1555.) — 1021 focus
Probo ſermones harum precationum,
Mittámq; lucem lampadum luciſtrorum,
Ad ſubterraneos locos,
955
Cum famulabus, quæ cuſtodient statua
Meam iuſtè. oculus omnis terræ
Theſeidis exeat. charum agmen,
Puerorum, mulierum & uetularum claſsis
Puniceo tinctis indutis uestimentis
960
Honorate & lux impetum faciat ignis,
Vt læta ſit congregatio terræ.
Reliquum bonorum uirorum utilitate ornetur.
Aeschylus, Die Eumeniden: German translation (OCR draft) Experimental (Aeschylus, Die Eumeniden: German translation. Ulrich von Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, 1919–1923.) — 1021 focus
Habt Dank für all' den Segen, den ihr uns verheiſst.
Jetzt will ich bei des Fackellichtes Flimmerschein
hinab euch zu den Schlüften in der Erde Schoſs
geleiten mit den Dienerinnen, die mein Bild
1025 zu warten haben. So ist's würdig; denn der Stolz
des ganzen Theseuslandes soll in unsern Zug
1027 eintreten, Frau'n und Mädchen aus erlauchtem Haus,
und würdevoller greiser Priesterinnen Schar.
Aus ihnen kür' ich eurer Höhle Hüterin,
die still und fromm der Hehren stille Weihen übt,
der Holden: hold geworden ist die Rächerin,
der Urnacht grimme Tochter, meinem Volk versöhnt,
drum geb' ich diesen Namen ihr für alle Zeit.
Nun laſst uns gehn, und wie wir das Versöhnungsfest
aus treuem Herzen heut begeh'n, so sei's hinfort
gefeiert zum Gedächtnis. Nie vergiſs, mein Volk,
was du den Holden schuldest. Lämmerblut und Trank
1028 weinloser Spenden bringst du dar und Purpurpracht
langwallender Gewande, und der Fackelglanz
1030 lod're dazu, auf daſs die holdgesinnte Schar
Athenas Bürger blühen lass' in Ewigkeit.
English (E. D. A. Morshead, 1889, second edition) (OCR draft) Experimental (Aeschylus, The Furies — Morshead translation. Wikisource transcription; speech corresp and card milestones aligned to Smyth perseus-grc2.) — 1021 focus
Once more I praise the promise of your vows,
And now I bid the golden torches' glow
Pass down before you to the hidden depth
Of earth, by mine own sacred servants borne,
My loyal guards of statue and of shrine.
1180
Come forth, O flower of Theseus' Attic land,
O glorious band of children and of wives,
And ye, O train of matrons crowned with eld!
Deck you with festal robes of scarlet dye
In honour of this day: O gleaming torch,
1185
Lead onward, that these gracious powers of earth
Henceforth be seen to bless the life of men.
[ Athena leads the procession downwards into the Cave of the Furies, under Areopagus: as they go, the escort of women and children chant aloud.
German (J. J. C. Donner, 1854; OCR review) (OCR draft) Experimental (Aeschylos. Deutsch in den Versmaßen der Urschrift. Stuttgart: Hoffmann, 1854. Native Donner line citations, Smyth card correspondence, selected textual readings and metrical facsimiles. Remaining OCR differences and unattributed reading notes are documented in the linked review inventory.) — 1021 focus
Ich danke dir für deines Segens holdes Wort,
Und will im hellen Strahlenglanz der Fackeln dich
975
Zum finstern Haus geleiten, nach der Erde Schooß,
Sammt meinen Dienerinnen, die in treuer Hut
Mein Bild bewahren. Trete denn hervor der Stolz
Des ganzen Theseuslandes, eine fromme Schaar
Von Kindern, Frauen, und ein Zug von Greisinnen!
980
Von purpurheller Festgewande Schmuck umhüllt,
Verehrt der Eumeniden Macht, dies sei hinfort
Ihr Name, - lichter Fackeln Glanz erhebe sich,
Daß diese Mitherrinnen eures Landes hold
Und gnädig fortan schaffen an der Männer Glück!
985
(Athene mit ihren Priesterinnen steigt in die Orchestra hinab. Ihr folgen die Richter, die den Zug der Eumeniden führen, und ein zahlreiches Gefolge von Athenern und Athenerinnen.)
English (Smyth; revised Bannon and Nagy, CHS) (OCR draft) Experimental (CHS Primary Sources revision of Herbert Weir Smyth’s translation by Cynthia Bannon and Gregory Nagy, with transliterated Greek terms tagged and aligned to the Smyth edition.)

No corresponding passage available

Commentary

Commentary on Aeschylus: Eumenides (Aeschylus. Eumenides. Sidgwick, Arthur, editor. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1887.)

285. ἀβλαβεῖ , harmless; proving that he was purified.

290. αὐτόν , myself: the 'me' is not wanted after emphatic ἐμοί

293. Τρίτων was in the stories of Athena a Libyan lake from which she was supposed to have sprung; afterwards identified with the large salt lake in the south of Tunis.

298. γένοιτο , regular sequence after ἔλθοι. In English we say May she come, and therefore naturally have the primary sequence, that she may prove .

301. ὅπου φρενῶν , where in the heart it lies.

302. δαιμόνων is the powers below, i, e. both the Furies who will drink his blood and Hades (1. 274) who ordains and directs the vengeance.

302. σκιάν , a shadow, not a ghost, for he was to be carried off below yet living (1. 267): but all the vigour sucked out of him with his blood. [Schol. reads σκιά with MSS., and takes it voc. Unlikely.]

306. ὕμνον δέσμιον σέθεν , the song that binds thee, the choric song acting as an infernal spell to make Orestes their prey: and perhaps accompanied by mysterious binding gestures.

309. δεδόκηκεν , 'tis our resolve, poetic form for regular δέδοκται.

310. λάχη might be the office of the Furies, as Cho. 360: but with ἐπινωμᾷ it makes better sense to refer it to ἀνθρώπους. How our troop assigns the lots of men.

310. στάσις , as Choeph. 114, 458.

319. πράκτορες , avengers, from πράσσειν in the special sense 'to exact a debt.' So τὸν πατρὸς φόνον πράξαντα 1. 624, χερὶ πράκτορι Ag. 111. For the masc. form πράκτωρ with fem. substantive cf. line 186.

320. τελέως , unfailingly: it goes with παραγιγ. πρακ. and expresses the persistent and complete vengeance.

322. ἀλαοῖσι καὶ δεδορκόσιν , the sightless and the seeing, i. e. the dead and the living. So δερκομένοισι καὶ δυσομμάτοις 1. 388.

326. ματρῷον ἅγνισμα κύριον φόνου , rightful atonement for a mother's blood ματρῷον poetically transferred from φόνου to ἄγνισμα, as the thought comes naturally in that order 'expiation for a mother for her blood.' ...

329-332. αὐονά is also found (Simon. Iamb. vii. 20) in the sense of cry, [from root αϝ, shout] and it may be so taken here by joining it with

329-332. ἀφόρμικτος , a cry unmusical to men: but the other sense from

329-332. αὐαίνω , to wither or waste, is more forcible, and so the Schol. Med. takes it: ὁ ξηραίνων τοὺς βροτούς.

334. διανταία , piercing, deadly, a favourite word of Aeschylus, usually of wounding: δ. πεπλαγμένους [πλαγάν] Theb. 894, δ. βέλει Cho. 184, and again δ. οὐτῷ ib. 640.

336-340. ξυμπέσωσιν is suspected by some edd.: why, they ask, should Furies pursue those whom murder falls in with, i. e. who are accidentally guilty of murder?

336-340. ξυμπέσωσι , befall, for a deliberate murder, we have μάταιοι (lit. vain, foolish,) for wicked: ὁμαρτεῖν (lit. to attend on), for the relentless pursuit of the Furies: οὐκ ἄγαν ἐλεύθερος meaning he is never quit of us.

336-340. τοῖσιν for relative, so, e. g. Ag. 526, 642, Cho. 604, Eum. 918, Theb. 519, etc.: (2)

336-340. ξυμπέσωσιν , indef. subj. with no ἄν attached to the relative,-both common survivals in tragedy : and (3)

336-340. ὄφρα ἄν for until.

347. λάχη . here, as 1. 334, office.

347. ἐκράνθη , assigned: so Suppl. 943 ψῆφος κέκρανται, fixed, settled .

350. ἀθανάτων δ᾽ ἀπέχειν χέρας , but from the immortals to keep away. The ἀθανάτων δέ is opposed to the θνατῶν of the previous stanza 1. 336. Their 'office' is to pursue the guilty man, but they have nothing to do with gods.

357. διόμεναι , Epic word, pursuing. Homer has it always transitive: here it seems best to take it intrans. with prep. 'pursuing after him.' [It might be tmesis for ἐπιδιόμεναι : but ὦ makes this less likely. Perhaps E. A. Ahrens' ὧδ' ἱέμεναι, which is certainly very ingenious, is the true reading.]

357. τόν , Epic demonst. use. [Others read ἐπιτόνως: but Schol. had our reading, for he remarks on the position of ὦ.]

367. μάλα with

367. ἁλομένα :

For mightily indeed leaping from on high
I bring down the weighty power of my foot-
Limbs which trip even the swiftest runner, -
A toil intolerable.
The emendation adopted [

367. ὅμως inserted and

367. μάταν , see above 1. 359] is almost necessary to give the right sense, even though they fly swiftly.

373. ὑπ᾿ αἰθέρι , beneath the sky, i.e. when they are living on earth.

374. κατὰ γᾶν , on earth, is the MS. reading: but as Hermann said, the sense below the earth, κατὰ γᾶs, is required in antithesis to ὑπ᾿ αἰθέρι. The same mistake occurs again 11. 838, 871. 11. 375, 376. Bold and imaginative expressions :

Before our black-robed assault,
And the vengeful measures of our foot;
i.e. [their human glories come to naught] when we the Furies attack them and weave these magic dances which make them our captive (as we are doing to Orestes).

377. λυμή is the destruction which attacks his mind, and blinds him to the threatening evil;

377. τόδε is best taken (not of the fall as many edd., which would be simply

377. πίπτων οὐκ οἶδεν , but) of the presence and power of the Furies.

378. κνέφας . is in apposition to

378. μύσος , and is predicative: we should say, So dark a cloud of pollution hovereth over him .

378. ἐπί , Epic adverbial use (tmesis) of the preposition, going with the verb.

381. μένει γάρ , for the law abides: so μίμνει Ag. 1563. But it is obscure and abrupt: and possibly corrupted.

382. ἐσμέν is easily understood: Crafty are we, and unfailing to accomplish.

385-388. διόμεναι is rather a strange word (though the English to pursue a task or charge exactly illustrates it): hence Heath ingeniously suggested διέπο- μεν. But διόμεναι was read by Schol. and the MS. may stand.

387. ἀνηλίῳ λάμπᾳ , lit. in sunless light, an oxymoron, meaning in a light which is no light, where no sunlight shines. [Others translate

387. λάμπᾳ , filth, mould; for there is a very late word λάμπη, 'scum; and Dind. adopts Wieseler's conj. λάπᾳ in the same sense. But the strain of meaning is very harsh, and the word in the last degree unlikely.]

387. δυσοδοπαίπαλα is suspicious, as the metaphor is rather harsh (though perhaps continued from διόμεναι): the metre does not correspond with the antistrophe (καίπερ ὑπὸ χθόνα); and the double compound with δυσis unusual, indeed unique.

393. δοθέντα τέλεον , adj. used proleptically, granted for sure accomplishment.

398. γῆν καταφθατουμένη . Some further alter γῆν into γῆς, and translate hastening from; but the land of Scamander would be a strange expression, and a much fuller and better sense is gained by translating

398. καταφθατουμένη , occupying, hasting to claim the land. (So Hesych. who has καταφθατουμένη, κατακτωμένη.)

401. αὐτόπρεμνον , bold metaphor, root and branch, i. e. utterly, land and all therein.

402. ἐξαίρετον . : it was a custom, from Homer's time, to take out of the spoil a special gift for kings (or, as here, gods). So Homer frequently γέρας ἔξελον υἱὲς Ἀχαιῶν. So Thucydides tells us at the destruction of Mitylene (3. 30) the Athenians made 3000 holdings of the land, and 300 of these τοῖς θεοῖς ἱεροὺς ἐξεῖλον.

405. ἐπιζεύξασ᾽ ὄχον . You can't talk of yoking a car on your legs. It is better to take it metaphorically: the

405. ὄχος is the aegis, the

405. πῶλοι are the winds. So exactly Aristophanes calls Athena αἰγίδος ἠνιόχος Clouds 602.

410. ὑμᾶς θ᾽ , the construction is irregular but natural: she means, and you [I call] like to no race begotten, etc. (or perhaps even a stronger verb of abuse is meant to finish the sentence): but she checks herself 1. 413.

414. ἀποστατεῖ θέμις , Right holds aloof, stately phrase for ,it is wrong,.

417. ἐν οἴκοις γῆς ὕπαι , not for τοῖς γῆς ὕπαι, but 'in our home, beneath the earth, both phrases going with verb κεκλήμεθα.

418. ἐπωνύμους , not in its usual sense called after; but simply 'the names men call you by.'

419. γε μὲν δή , adversative as usual. My office, however, thou shalt learn. So Ag. 661, 887, 1213.

423. μηδαμοῦ: . the μή generalises as usual: Some place where joy is all unknown: the Chorus mean in Hades: but the indefinite or generic way of putting it is quite idiomatic and more imaginative and impressive. μηδαμοῦ νομίζεται, lit. is held of no account.

424. ἐπιρροιζεῖν , to clamour after, of noisy and terrifying pursuit ; To such a flight do ye hound him on?

425. ἠξιώσατο , took on him, rarely med. Cp. Ag. 370 θεοὺς ἀξιοῦσθαι.

426. ἀνάγκη .

427. ὡς often used for ὥστε in poetry: Epic usage.

431. σοφῶν , subtlety.

433. εὐθεῖαν δίκην , poet. for εὐθυδικία, the regular legal term for the 'real issue' opposed to some side question.

434. ἐπὶ . . . τρέποιτ' , entrust, more frequently in the compound ἐπιτρέπω. The separate form (tmesis) is found in poetry, e. g. Ant. 1107 μηδ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἄλλοισιν τρέπε.

434. τέλος , the final settlement, the decision.' Somewhat similar is Ag. 934 ἐξεῖπον τέλος.

435. κἀπ᾿ ἀξίων (Arnald's correction, adopted by Paley, must be right), a worthy child of worthy sire, i.e. a great goddess, and daughter of Zeus. So Schol. ἀξίων οὖσαν γονέων. [Other corrections numerous, but all less simple and natural.]

442. τούτοις πᾶσιν , neut. to all this, i. e. the accusation of the Eumenides.

452. οἴκοισι . is governed by πρός: the other datives are instrumental.

452. πόρος , stream, is frequent in Aeschylus.

453. ἐκποδῶν λέγω , I speak away the misgiving: rather bold use of the words, but unmistakeable.

460. ποικίλοις , crafty.

466. ἀντίκεντρα , like a spur, see 11. 38, 136.

469. πράξας πανταχή , idiomatic use for howsoe'er I fare. So Antig. 634 πανταχῆ δρῶντες φίλοι,

howsoe'er we act, we are dear.
ἐν σοί commonly
in thy power' with the verb to be
:

469. ἐν τῷ δαίμονι Ο. Τ. 1443, ἐν σοὶ ἐσμέν ib. 314, ἐν θεῷ τὸ τέλος ἦν Dem. 292. Here it has rather a different shade of meaning, at thy hands, under thy rule .

472. ὀξυμηνίτους is used in a slightly predicative sense,

to decide with swift vengeance the issues of murder
: it is the decision which brings the vengeance.

473. ἄλλως τε καὶ σύ , especially since thou, the causal conjunction being omitted by a looseness due to Aeschylus' bold brevity. Literally it is Both on other grounds (this is so) and (chiefly as) thou hast come. κατηρτυκώς, a hard word. καταρτίω is to fit , train, finish, and this perf. is used intransitively, in a kind of technical sense, of animals, mature, complete (so Schol. and Hesych. say), hence it is here metaphorical, of the suppliant; with all due rites performed. [In a similar metaphor Euripides (Frag. 39) uses the phrase κατηρτυκὼς πόνων, which has been misunderstood from not observing the context. Had I been new to trouble I should have resisted, like a colt newly bridled: but now I am spent (ἀμβλύς) and well trained in toils,' i.e. broken in, the phrase continuing the metaphor of the colt.]

474. ἀβλαβής , harmless, as 1. 285.

475. αἱροῦμαι πόλει , I take thee, welcome thee in my city.

476. μοῖραν οὐκ εὐπέμπελον , lit. an office hard to banish, i. e. such is their office, they are hard to banish: the rights which the appointment of the gods has given them makes it hard for me to deal harshly with them.

478. χώρᾳ , put first to emphasise what is affected, is in sense dependent on ἄφερτος αἰανὴς νόσος.

478. φρονημάτων , wrath.

480-481. ἀμφότερα . . . ἐμοί to let them stay, to drive them forth, both are a peril and a perplexity to me. The change of subject with the inf. ( that they should stay, that I should drive) is much less harsh in Greek: the inf. expresses the simple verbal idea, and the subject need not be consciously supplied.

482. δεῦρ᾽ ἐπέσκηψεν , has fallen to me, i. e. to arrange. 11. 483, 4. The general sense of these lines is plain: but the MS. reading requires to be altered, and the original text must remain C uncertain: I have taken Casaubon's ὁρκίους αἱρουμένη as the least alteration on the whole: I shall choose judges of murder bound by oaths, and appoint them as an ordinance for ever.

482. τόν then agrees with θεσμόν, an ordinance that which [shall be] for all time. But Wecklein's φανῶ δικ. ὁρκίων αἰδουμένους θεσμόν, is ingenious.]

486. ἀρωγὰ ὁρκώματα , apposition to μαρτύρια: Summon evidence and proof, sworn testimony in aid of justice. The Scholiast says ὅρκους αὐτοὺς αἰτήσατε, misunderstanding apparently ὁρκώματα to refer to the judges' oath, whereas it is best to refer it to the oath of witnesses. There is no need to insert θ' before ὁρκώματα, as H. Weil.

487. τὰ βέλτατα , abstract collective for τοὺς βελτίστους. So τάδε μὲν Περσῶν Pers. 1, τὰ πρῶτα τῆς μοχθηρίας Ar. Ran. 421.

488. διαιρεῖν . is epexegetic or consec. inf., that they should decide, the subject being carried on in sense from τὰ βέλτατα, becoming (naturally) masc. in the participle, next line.

491. δίκα τε καὶ βλάβα , the cause and the wrong: the strong contradiction in terms (oxymoron), which comes out in the Greek more than in the English, is intentional and effective: Orestes' δίκα was ἄδικος and βλαβερά in the eyes of the Eumenides.

496. παιδότρωτα πάθεα , woful wounds dealt by a child, woes from the murderous hands of children.

524. ἢ ... τε is irregular :

524. whether city or man we must say in English.

526. ἀνάρχετον . (read for metre's sake), like ἀπεύχετον Cho. 625.

529. παντὶ μέσῳ , ever to the mean god gives success: a common Greek maxim: so Ag. 378 ἔστω δ᾽ ἀπήμαντον ὥστ᾽ ἀπαρκεῖν, ib. 466 τὸ δ᾽ ὑπερκόπως εὖ κλύειν βαρὺ κρίνω δ᾽ ἄφθονον ὄλβον, etc., the idea being that excess was dangerous: so Eur. Fr. 80 τὰ μείζω τῶν μέσων τίκτει νόσους.

530. ἐφορεύει , directs.

531. ξύμμετρον . seems best taken as timely, fitting: a rather fanciful way of saying wise. [Others take it in accord with this, i.e. with the doctrine of moderation: which is a possible meaning and may be defended: only the main point of all this chorus is the need of repressing crime and licence, and the doctrine of moderation is rather a digression.]

538. ἐς τὸ πᾶν , for whate'er befall; i. e. as the first and greatest rule of life.

541. κύριον μένει τέλος , the appointed end abideth: only an impressive way of saying that good and evil alike shall meet their deserts.

546. ξενοτίμους δόμων ἐπιστροφάς , κ.τ.λ., literally, [ let him revere] guest-honouring visits of the house: a characteristically elaborated expression for hospitable welcome.

551. οὐκ ἄνολβος ἔσται , understatement such as is natural and common in Greek, shall not fail to prosper. 11. 553, 4. If the reading is right, the acc. τὰ πολλὰ παντόφυρτ᾽ is governed by the verbal idea in παραιβάταν: The man who dares to resist and commits all manner of transgressions, swerving from Right: such accusatives after verbals are rather in the manner of Aeschylus : θυμοβόρου φρένα Ag. 103, πολλὰ συνίστορα ib. 1090, ἄπορα πόριμος Prom. 904, χοὰς προπομπός Cho. 23, ἀπότροπον ἄγος ib. 155. (So Schol.) Of the corrections proposed Pauw's is the best ... παντόφυρτ᾽ ἄγοντ᾽ ἄνευ (reading παρβάταν for καὶ παραιβάταν), bringing much confusion : but though the grammar is smoother, the sense is weaker.

555. βιαίως , perforce, i. e. the storm shall compel him. καθήσειν, shall lower sail, i. e. shall be made humble and submissive; so ὑφέσθαι is used Ar. Ran. 1220 ὑφέσθαι μοι δοκεῖ, Soph. Εl. 335 πλεῖν ὑφειμένῃ δοκεῖ. [It is far better to make καθήσειν absolute, and make λαῖφος governed by λάβῃ, than with H. to write καθήσειν λαῖφος, ὅταν λάβῃ, κ.τ.λ. The metaphor is then more gradually and naturally introduced: the rhythm is more effective: and also the Schol. clearly takes καθήσειν by itself, for he explains it ταπεινωθήσεται. Such curtailments are common in technical expressions, e. g. in English, luff , put about, lower away.]

556. πόνος , trouble, a word suggestive from its mildness: he means the hurricane.

559. δυσπαλεῖ , taken by some as a verb (Pal. Verrall): but the adj. δυσπαλής is used by Pindar, while the verb is unknown. The sense is equally good, if we take it adj., and the run of the sentence more easy.

560. θερμῷ , headstrong, rash, as often in Greek.

561. τὸν οὔποτ᾽ αὐχοῦντ᾽ , who boasted he ne'er [should suffer], boasted it ne'er should be, the negative used just as in οὔ φημι, οὐκ ἂν ᾤετο, οὐκ ἀξιῶ, etc. So οὔποτ᾽ ἐλπίσαντες, Agam. 1044.

571. ἀρήγει , it helps, i. e. 'tis good.

574. ὧν ἔχεις αὐτὸς κράτει , rule thou thine own domain, like the proverbial τὴν σαυτοῦ πάτει, i. e. mind your own business.

579. σύνδικος is an advocate. Apollo says he will be Orestes' advocate, as he is responsible for the murder.

581. κυροῦν , usually to confirm, here in the rather unusual sense of to settle, as below again 1. 639.

591. γε μέντοι , as usual, adversative, however.

593. πρὸς τοῦ , ‘by whom,' common variation in poetry for ὑπό. So we find ἐκ, ἀπό, παρά, with gen. of agent. See 100.

599. πέπεισθι , exceptional reduplicated aorist imperative with intransitive meaning: trust now in the dead. The form somewhat resembles the Epic κέκλυθι, τέτλαθι, and κέκραχθι (Ach. 335); but has the heavier stem-form.

611. ὥσπερ ἐστίν , i. e. as done it is.

615. θεσμόν , ordinance, means here (as in 1. 484) the court of Areiopagos; and so the Scholiast explains it. It is therefore in apposition to ὑμᾶς.

618. μή . generic, with the indef. opt. κελεύσαι: nothing which Zeus bade not, nothing save what Zeus bade.

620. πιφαύσκω , I bid : nearly all the words of speaking can be so used, λέγω, εἶπον, etc. The displacement of the δέ is common.

620. ὔμμε , Aeolic form of ὑμᾶς found several times in Homer. So ἄμμι (ἡμῖν) Theb. 156, ὔμμε Antig. 846, both however in lyric passages.

624. πράξαντα , prop. exacting, a favourite word of Aeschylus, often for avenging: ἀτίμωσιν πρασσομένα, avenging the dishonour, Ag. 705, χερὶ πράκτορι ib. 111. See Eum. 319.

628. ὥστε , Epic, common in Trag. for ὡς.

638. ταύτην , Klytaimnestra.

640. προτιμᾷ , most regards: i. e. counts it of more importance, as a more heinous sin, to slay him.

643. ὑμᾶς , the judges, as the Scholiast says.

645. ἂν λύσειεν , quite general, fetters may be loosed: not 'Zeus' only, but anyone, may loose them.

649. ἐπῳδάς . So Ag. 1019, 'The black blood once fallen on the earth who can call back with charms?'

653. τὸ μητρὸς αἱμ' ὅμαιμον , his mothers kindred blood,' the attribute μητρὸς ὅμαιμον being divided, as often.

659. κῦμα , from kv-, which has the ideas of bulging, swelling, containing, hence κῦμα is the young in the womb, more commonly κύημα. So Cho. 121.

660. ὁ θρώσκων , he who begets, the male. The strange doctrine is that the father who begets is the real parent (τίκτει), the mother a stranger, ξένη, who only cherishes the child for another.

661. οἷσι μὴ βλάψῃ θεός , ‘save what the god blights,' i.e. 'except the god blight it, the plural relative after ἔpvos being a natural laxity of grammar.

665. οὐδ .' has troubled editors: H. Butl. (Dind. Weil, etc.) suppose a line fallen out: Schütz reads οὐκ. I do not see that alteration is necessary if a slight pause is made at πάρεστι :

Close at hand
There is a witness, daughter of Olympian Zeus, -
And not nursed in the darkness of the womb,
But such a sprout,' etc.

667. τἄλλα . θ' answers to καὶ τόνδ' ἔπεμψα. τἄλλα is expanded into τὸ σὸν πόλισμα καὶ στρατόν.

674. ἀπὸ γνώμης , from his judgment (gen. of the source), i.e. according to his judgment. Somewhat similar are τλήμων οὖσ᾽ ἀπ᾿ εὐτόλμου φρενός Ag. 1302, ἀπὸ γλώσσης, ‘by word of mouth,' ἀπ᾿ ὄψεως, at sight.

678. τιθεῖσ' , ordering. Athena addresses Apollo and Orestes, but Apollo replies to the judges.

685. ᾿Αμαζόνων ἕδραν . One of the exploits of Theseus was an attack on the warrior women, called Amazons, when he carried off their queen Antiope. In revenge the Amazons invaded Attica, and were not defeated till they had reached the centre of Athens itself. The grammar is broken, and the provisional accusative πάγον δ᾽ ῎Αρειον τόνδ' in the course of the long sentence is forgotten; there is nothing to govern it. So O. T. 449. But it may be that ῎Αρειον is a gloss, which has ousted the verb: so Weil reads ἑδοῦνται, Weckl. ἑδεῖται.

686. κατὰ φθόνον , in hate, spite, slightly strained use.

687. πόλιν νεόπτολιν τήνδ' ἀντεπύργωσαν , 'raised this new city rampart against' the old: i. e. fortified the Areiopagos against the Akropolis.

690. τῷ , it, Epic use of article as pronoun, common in Aeschylus.

691. φόβος τε ξυγγενής , ‘and fear his kinsman.' Aeschylus is fond of such sudden personifications. So Ag. 494 he still more quaintly calls dust the neighbour brother of clay, κάσις πηλοῦ ξύνουρος.

692. σχήσει , ‘shall restrain them.'

697. περιστέλλουσι , lit. wrapping round, i.e. protecting, maintaining. Aeschylus protests against the despot (who was no longer formidable) and anarchy: i. e. he recommends oligarchy under the usual pretext of moderation.

704. κερδῶν ἄθικτον , incorruptible. The gen. belongs to a special (though common) class of usages with negative adjectives, e. g. ἄλυπος ἄτης Soph. Εl. 990, ἀψόφητος κωκυμάτων Αi. 321, ἄσκευος ἀσπίδων Ε1. 36; a combination of gen. of reference and gen. of separation.

705. ὀξύθυμος , quick to wrath: a tribunal that delays not to punish. The fine expression that follows, a wakeful guardian of the land on behalf of them that sleep, has been misunderstood [by Schol. and others]: it is simply an imaginative description of an ever-vigilant tribunal, always watchful even when those it defends slumber.

706. φρούρημα , guardian: for this verbal suffix used actively compare γυναικὸς ὢν δούλευμα Ant. 756.

711. βαρεῖαν τήνδ' ὁμιλίαν χθονός , these dread visitants of the land. χθονός somewhat loosely but naturally after ὁμιλίαν. The Chorus' language is mild: but the threat is none the less effective.

714. ἀκαρπώτους . The notion is often found in the ancient poets that the will of destiny or the gods could be thwarted by man's perverseness: thus in Homer people act or suffer ὑπὲρ μόρον : and in Vergil the 'fates' of one side conflict with the 'fates' of the other.

719. μὴ τυχούσα , of course conditional: if I do not...

720. ὁμιλήσω , will haunt, will visit.

724. ἔπεισας . Euripides says (Alk. 12) that Apollo cheated (δολώσας) the Fates; and (1. 728) Aeschylus tells us it was by making them drunk. The crude barbarism of the tale points to its great age.

725. σέβοντ' , pious. Euripides (Alk. 10) calls Admetos similarly ὅσιος ἀνήρ.

726. τύχοι . The common use is to employ the opt. in past general conditions, the subjunctive where the verb, as here (έστι understood with δίκαιον), is primary. But it is a special idiom to employ the optative in maxims and other statements of a universal character, where the verb is to apply to all time: or to put it otherwise where the idea of time is absent. Thus Soph. O. T. 315 ἄνδρα δ᾽ ὠφελεῖν ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἔχοι τε καὶ δύναιτο κάλλιστος πόνων, ib. 979 εἰκῆ κράτιστον ζῇν ὅπως δύναιτό τις. So Ant. 666, Trach. 93, Ai. 521, 1344. So Thuc. 1. 120 σωφρόνων ἐστιν εἰ μὴ ἀδικοῖντο ἡσυχάζειν.

727. διανομάς , ordinances: the MSS. have δαίμονas, but the Scholiast on Alkestis 12 quotes the line with διανομάς; and this certain emendation was thence made by Cobet. δαίμονας was suggested by θεάς in the next line.

729. σύ . τοι is scornfully repeated. οὐκ ἔχουσα τῆς δίκης τέλος, 'failing to win thy cause' is the general sense. τέλος literally means the decision, as in 1. 243; and having the decision' means winning it.

730. ἐμεῖ . is future.

731. καθιππάζει , characteristic vigorous figure, override, i. e. overbear.

733. ἀμφίβουλος οὖσα , ‘doubtful,' undecided .

734. λοισθίαν κρῖναι δίκην , to give the last judgment, i. e. vote; δίκη in a slight but natural strain of meaning.

738. εἰμὶ τοῦ πατρός , extended use of the gen. of possessor: I am for the father, on the father's side, which would ordinarily be πρὸς τοῦ πατρός. 6

742. πάλους , lots, only an imaginative word for the pebbles: so much turned on the decision.

746. ἀγχόνης τέρματ' , death by the noose, the most miserable death; the form of tragic suicide adopted by women when all is lost, e.g. Iokaste (O. T. 1264), Antigone (Ant. 1221), Phaidra (Hipp. 777). Helena however (Eur. Hel. 300) says: ''Tis best to die: but how to die nobly? Hanging in mid-air is unseemly-'tis held shameful even among slaves.' ἀγχόνη is consequently proverbial for the last and worst suffering : κρεῖσσον ἀγχόνης Ο. Τ. 1374, ἀγχόνης πέλας Heracl. 246, ταῦτα δῆτ᾽ οὐκ ἀγχόνη; Ach. 125. ἀγχόνης is gen. of description or equivalence, like the Homeric τέλος θανάτοιο.

747. γάρ . explains their cry 1.745: 'For 'tis ours to be lost, or yet more honoured.'

748. πεμπάζω , from πέμπε (old form of πέντε), means 'to count' on the five fingers.

749. διαιρέσει , the parting of the votes. This word shews that the voting was (as Schol. says) by black and white pebbles, which was the commonest method at Athens. In this system there were two κάδισκοι or urns, one called κύριος or the decisive one, the other ἄκυρος: each voter had a black and a white pebble; his vote was counted, according as the pebble he dropped into the κύριος was white or black, for acquittal or condemnation. The second or 'inoperative' urn was to get rid of the other pebble, that there might be no clue to the way he had voted. Another method was by an urn of acquittal, and an urn of condemnation: but this would require only counting, no διαίρεσις.

759. ἕκατι , ‘by grace of,' the older Epic use of the word, always with God's name, by will or aid of, like Διὸς ἕκητι. So Cho. 214, 436. τοῦ πάντα κραίνοντος is of course Zeus Soter.

761. ὁρῶν . seems rather weak: Weckl. reads παρείς.

763. ἅπαντα πλειστήρη χρόνον , a stately expression, all the fulness of time.'

766. κεκασμένον , Epic word, arrayed .

769. πράξομεν , we will so deal; ὡς μεταμέλῃ, 'that they may repent:' the παρβαίνουσι depending on the general sense. But the expression is harsh, and perhaps corrupt.

772. ὀρθουμένων . might refer to the oaths, if they are kept,' as the Schol. seems to mean [γεννωμένων, which is prob. corrupt for γενομένων], but is probably vaguer, if all be well. The change to dat. τιμῶσιν is a little loose in structure: but not so unnatural here where the subject is changed.

775. πολισσοῦχος . (like πολιοῦχος) is regularly used of gods, Theb. 69, 185, Ag. 338, but in this play it is used three times (11. 775, 883, 1010), of men, citizens .

776. ἄφυκτον . with πολέμιοις, a struggle wherefrom thy foes ne'er shall escape.

779. εἵλεσθέ , i. e. you have stolen him, Orestes my prey.

781. ἐν γᾷ τᾷδε , upon this land : it seems from 1. 800 as if it was meant to be taken here with βαρύκοτος, falling on this land with grievous wrath. The ἐv is the Epic use with verbs of motion like ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ὀρούσας: cf. πίτνων ἐν δώμασι Cho. 36, φέρουσ᾽ ἐν ἡμῖν Ag. 1450, and again below ἐν χώρᾳ βαλεῖ 1. 787.

782. ἀντιπενθῆ , woe for woe. So the gloss in the Med. rightly explains, ὁμοῖα δρῶντα οἷς πέπονθα.

796. ἀληθῶς , ‘truly:' i. e. there was no fraud or evil intent, but the honest decision.

797. ἀλλὰ ... γάρ , elliptical as usual, the ellipse easily supplied 'but (you lost) for there was witness,' etc.

799. ὡς , regular poetic use for ὥστε.

802. δαιμόνων σταλάγματα , if right, must mean immortal venom: the word δαιμόνων emphasising the supernatural and terrible power of the blighting drops. The word has been much emended, the best suggestion being Wakefield's πλευμόνων or λαιμάτων : for, as Hartung says, the expressions in this speech are largely determined by the Chorus, and the corresponding phrase is (1.784) καρδίας σταλαγμόν.

804. ὑπίσχομαι , promise, for the common form ὑπισχνοῦμαι, somewhat as οἴχομαι οἰχνέω, λήθω λανθάνω, φεύγω φυγγάνω, πεύθομαι πυνθάνομαι. [Heath, followed by Herm. Schöm., read ἐνδίκους : but the MSS. gen. is finer: Athens, as the Athenians were fond of boasting, was the ' righteous' land: so O. C. 1006 εἴ τις γῆ θεοὺς ἐπίσταται τιμαῖς σεβίζειν, ἥδε τοῦθ᾽ ὑπερφέρει. So again below 11. 869, 920.

805. κευθμῶνας , cavern, grot. There is a chasm or hole in the rock, with a dark spring of water, on the N. E. side of the Areiopagos. This is no doubt the place constantly referred to as the κευθμών or θάλαμοι (1. 1004) of the Eumenides: and explains the phrases κατὰ γᾶς σύμεναι (1. 1007), τοὺς ἔνερθε καὶ κατὰ χθονὸς τόπους (1. 1023), γᾶς ὑπὸ κεύθεσι (1. 1036). The clearest reference is Eurip. Elektr. 1270, where he speaks of the Eum., defeated in this trial of Orestes, as 'entering a chasm of the earth close by the hill itself:' δειναὶ μὲν οὖν θεαὶ τῷδ᾽ ἄχει πεπληγμέναι πάγον παρ᾿ αὐτὸν χάσμα δύσονται χθονός.

806. λιπαροθρόνοισι , ‘with shining seats' [not with oil as Müller, etc., for the regular libations to the Eumenides were honey and water, fully detailed in Soph. O. C. 470-481], but merely bright or splendid marble seats for the great goddesses.

825. δύσκηλον , lit. ‘hard to charm:' i.e. past cure, as Schol. δυσθεράπευτον.

838. παλαιόφρονα , of ancient wisdom, Aeschylean compound, applied Suppl. 593 to Zeus. κατά τε γᾶς is the best emendation. The indignity which the Furies complain of is being banished to this κευθμών, to dwell beneath the earth.

841. δâ . is Doric form of γῆ. So Ag. 1072 ὀτοτοῖ πόποι δᾶ.

845. ἀπό is separated from the verb aἴρw and draws near to the substantive, as in Epic: one of the forms of the so-called Tmesis. In prose it would be ἀπῆραν. The verb simply means carry off, take away.

848. συμφέρω , here used in the rather unusual sense of endure, not resent: the English idiom (which in meaning exactly suits this place), I will bear with thy wrath, is only superficially similar. Somewhat like this use is πάντα συμφέρουσ᾽ Ἰάσονι Eur. Med. 13, συμφέρειν τοῖς κρείσσοσι (‘comply') Soph. El. 1465, οὐδέποτ᾽ εὐφραν- θήσεται ἀνὴρ ἐὰν μὴ τῇ γυναικὶ συμφέρῃ ( agree) Ar. Lys. 166: the metaphor being [Verrall, Eur. Med. 1. c.] probably of a yoke-fellow pulling with, and not against, one.

851. ἐλθοῦσαι ., conditional, if you go.'

855. δόμοις Ερεχθέως , the Erechtheum or great temple of Erechtheus (famous mythical hero-king of Athens), stood on the Akropolis.

857. ὅσων , ‘such honour as.' Pauw's and Paley's emendation of ὅσην MSS., a reading which will not construe, and is due probably to an attempt to alter the awkward collocation of genitives. The gen. ὅσων is attracted to the case governed by τεύξει. 1. 86ο. ἀοίνοις ἐμμανεῖς θυμώμασιν, ‘raging with fury not of wine,' but implanted by the Eumenides. This highly Aeschylean phrase does not agree with νέων, as in sense it should but with characteristic boldness is transferred to θηγάνας αἱματηράς, 'the whetstones of bloodshed,' as he calls the frenzy of the Furies, by another bold and imaginative figure. ἀοίνοις is specially appropriate to the Furies, as they were goddesses who tasted no wine, 1. 107.

861. ἐξελοῦσα , which has been immensely emended, is no doubt right: the idea is simply as though taking out the heart from fighting cocks and planting it in the citizens , establish civil war, etc. (the cock being the pugnacious bird who will fight with his own kin, and so an emblem of civil strife): only the rapidity of Aeschylus's style makes him compress the two last clauses into one.

864. οὐ . μόλις παρών (lit. ' coming not stintedly'), no scanty store: i. e. for foreign warfare, let us have plenty of it : but not civil dissension. So οὐ μόλις ἀπώλεσας Ag. 1082.

869. θεοφιλεστάτης , see 1. 805.

883. πολισσούχοι , see note on 1. 775.

887. σὺ δ᾽ οὖν μένοις ἄν , dramatic [if I persuade you], 'well then, abide.' [The dé in apodosis is originally Epic usage, common in the Poets: so Ag. 1061 εἰ δὲ μὴ δέχει λόγον, σὺ δ᾽ ἀντὶ φωνῆς, κ.τ.λ.]

890. γαμόρῳ: . Doric form for γεώμορος.

893. ἀπήμον' οἰζύος , gen. after neg. adj., a common use: a combination perhaps of gen. of reference with gen. of emptiness or separation. So ἄπαππον πυρός Ag. 311, ἀμήνιτον θεῶν ib. 649, ἄσκευον ἀσπίδων Soph. Εl. 36, ἀψύφητος κωκυμάτων Αί. 321, etc.

894. καὶ δὴ δέδεγμαι , lit. 'there now, I have received,' dramatic particles used idiomatically when a case is put or supposed 'suppose I have accepted,' 'say now, I consent:' so καὶ δὴ οὔτις ἂν δέξαιτ᾽ Cho. 565, καὶ δὴ τεθνᾶσι Eur. Med. 386, καὶ δὴ παρεῖκεν Hel. 1059.

895. ὡς . for ὥστε, as often, see 36.

897. ξυμφοράς , ‘the fortunes,' used neutrally, without a bad meaning.

897. γάρ is 'yes, for,' as often in dialogue. So 1. 899.

903. ἐπίσκοπα , such as look to, hath regard to no dishonourable victory; a vivid word for befit. The word is similarly used Cho. 126 εὐχὰς πατρῴων δωμάτων ἐπισκόπους, Aias 976 ἄτης τῆσδ᾽ ἐπίσκοπον μέλος.

907. ἐπίρρυτον , abundantly, predicative adj.

912. ἀπένθητον , predicative.

913. σοὔστι , the regular crasis for σοὶ ἐστί. τῶν ἀρειφάτων . . . πόλιν, and in the glorious strife of war I shall not suffer but that my city shall be honoured among men as victorious.

913. ἀγώνων is gen. of respect, put provisionally at the beginning and depending ultimately on ἀστύνικον.

913. τιμᾶν , active according to Greek idiom: they say, I shall not allow but that [people] shall honour my city: we say, 'I shall not allow my city to be unhonoured.'

916. Παλλάδος ξυνοικίαν , i. e. to dwell with Pallas.

918. ῎Αρης . is specially mentioned, no doubt because of the Areiopagos, the scene of the latter half of the play.

924. ἐξαμβρῦσαι . (from ἐξαναβρύω used transitively) is Pauw's probable correction of the meaningless readings of MSS. It is adopted by H. Weil, Lin., Schütz. Well.

929. κατανασσαμένη , middle, housing in my city. 11. 932, 933. The MSS. read

ὁ δὲ μὴ κύρσας βαρέων τούτων
οὐκ οἶδεν ὅθεν πληγαὶ βιότου.
Now τούτων here must refer to the Furies, as αὗται above and τάσδε below: and consequently βαρέων must be wrong, as (1) it is the wrong gender: (2) even if we suppose (with D.) a fem. form βαρεῶν, it clearly is the wrong sense. What Aeschylus means to say is, He who incurs the wrath of the Furies meets with unexpected calamity: the sins of his fathers bring him into their power.

939. χάριν , ‘boon,' blessing .

945. γόνος δ᾽ ἀεὶ πλουτόχθων , and ever may the earths rich produce .' The bold compound πλουτόχθων is very Aeschylean. The reference is not (as H. P.) to precious metals, of which Athena (whom the Chorus closely follows in their prayers) had made no mention, and to which γόνος would not be so suitable; but simply to the 'produce' in the ordinary sense.

945. δόσιν τίοι they clearly mean that out of their abundance they are to give thank-offerings to the bounteous gods.

947. ἑρμαίαν , for Hermes was the god of good luck (from Homer downwards, Ερμείας ἐφίλει καὶ κτῆσιν ὄπασσε Il. 14.491) : and a wind-fall or godsend was called ἕρμαιον.

950. ἐπικραίνει , brings to pass, vivid use of present, of a thing now promised.

953. διαπράσσουσιν ., intrans. plain and full is their accomplishment.

954. βίον ἀμβλωπὸν παρέχουσαι , ‘a life dimmed with tears,' a beautifully vivid metaphor. δακρύων is gen. of respect after adj. ἀμβλωπόν.

956. ἀνδροκμής , lit. bringing weariness to men,' here a euphemism for 'deadly, is a favourite word of Aeschylus, being found with μόχθος (above 1. 248), and πέλεκυς (Cho. 889), and λοιγός (Suppl. 680) in the same sense as here.

960. κύρια , ‘the rightful power;' the gods they appeal to being such powers as Ζεὺς τέλειος, Ἥρα, ᾿Αφροδίτη. See above 1. 214.

962. μητροκασιγνῆται , ‘sisters by one mother,' because the Fates (like the Furies 1. 322) were daughters of Night (Hes. Theog. 217 καὶ Μοίρας καὶ Κῆρας ἐγείνατο).

963. ὀρθονόμοι . [not ὀρθόνομοι from νόμος], the MSS. reading, from νέμω, assigning what is due.

964. ἐπιβριθής , lit. weighing down upon, falling heavily on: i. e. grievous .

965. ὁμιλίαις , ‘visitations.'

970. στέργω , I bless.

971. ἐπωπάω . is properly to look down on, watch, behold, descry: so Cho. 693, Eum. 275, but, like the commoner ἐποπτεύω, is used regularly of gods or supernatural powers, and gets the meaning 'to guard, guide, direct;' see note on 1. 220.

973. ἀγοραῖος , God of the gathering, was a name given to Zeus and other gods (Hermes, Ar. Eq. 297, Artemis and Athena, Paus. 3. 11. 9) as protectors of the city life of which the natural centre was the ἀγορά or 'gathering place' (Agam. 90). But as the ἀγορά was also the place for speech (ἀγορεύω, κατηγορέω, etc.) the name here implies god of speech.

981. ποινᾶς ἀντιφόνους ἄτας , the murderous woes of vengeance, the woes of murderous requital; a very Aeschylean phrase, and more natural on the whole than the Med. reading ποινάς, which would make ἄτας gen.: for in any case it is certainly right to take these three words together. [H. P. and others take δι᾽ ὀργὰν ποινᾶς, 'from desire of vengeance,' weaker meaning and more strained usage.]

992. εὔφρονas , kindly, a reference to their name Εὐμενίδες.

996. αἰσιμίαισι , ‘blessings,' from αἴσιμος, ‘right,' meet, good, lit. that which is one's share or lot, from aloa (strong form from ἴσος).

1006. ὑπό . of accompaniment, with, a special idiom either gen. or dat.: καταθάψομεν οὐχ ὑπὸ κλαυθμῶν Ag. 1554, κηρύκων ὕπο Suppl. 238, μαρτύρων ὕπο ib. 934, ὑπὸ πομπαῖς Pers. 58, and below 1. 1034.

1008. κατέχειν , check : the genitives χώρας and πόλεως are best taken as possessives after the substantival neuter adjectives τὸ ἀτηρόν and τὸ κερδαλέον.

1010. πολισσοῦχοι , see note on 1. 775.

1011. μετοίκοις , ‘newcomers;' the μέτοικοι at Athens being the resident aliens, the word is admirably fit for the Eumenides who were foes, but are newly settled at Athens as friendly powers. Κραναός: the word means rocky and was a favourite name of Athens, Κραναὰ πόλις or Κρανααί, from Pindar's time down (Ol. 7. 151): here it denotes a mythical king or founder, naturally derived from the common title.

1024. βρέτας τοὐμόν , an earlier statue than the great Athena Parthenos of Pheidias; for the Parthenon was not completed till 438. Athena's attendants must be supposed to join this escort on the Areiopagos.

1025. ὄμμα , idiomatic metaphor for delight, hope, comfort, somewhat as we say the flower, using a different metaphor. The eye is chosen as the most precious and beautiful : so ὄμμα γὰρ δύμων νομίζω δεσπότου παρουσίαν Pers. 169, σέβειν ὀμμάτων ὑπέρτερον 1 Theb. 530, ὀφθαλμὸς οἴκων Cho. 934, ὀφθαλμὸς Σικελίας Pind. Ol. 2 18, etc.

1026. Theseus , mythical king of Athens; Theseidae, common poetic name for Athenian.

1031. εὐάνδροισι συμφοραῖς πρέπῃ , 'may shine forth with prosperous blessings,' rather emphatic and unusual phraseology.

1034. παῖδες ἄπαιδες , the MSS. reading, could hardly mean childless children, which seems pointless: it might mean evil children, like vᾶes ἄναες: but the real objection to any such word as ἄπαιδες is that here the words in which the Chorus are addressed are specially reverent and honourable. It is best to reject it and then we get rid also of τύχᾳ τε, meaningless and unmetrical, at the end of 1. 1037.

Critical apparatus to Eumenides (OCR draft) (Latin and Greek critical apparatus to Gottfried Hermann's 1852 edition of Eumenides.) focus

mvp-comment-205-1 χοιροκτόνοις: χειροκτόνοις Rob. χοιροκτόνοις supra adscripto χει Par. teste Boissonado adnot. in Zachariam scholast. p. 408.

mvp-comment-206-1 ὅσοις ... ἀβλαβεῖ: 8ools M. G. Par. Ven. Flor. Rob. östois Ald. unde öçTIS infelici coniectura Turn. aßhaß Par. et ante correctionem G.

mvp-comment-207-1 χρόνος καθαιρεῖ πάντα γηράσκων ὁμοῦ.: καθαίρει malebat Stanleius. Deinde γηράσκων M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. ye didúozor Ven. Farn. et yɛ supra adscripto Flor. Nexum turbare hunc versum et ab hoc loco alienum esse dixi in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 55. seq. Delendum eum esse viderat iam Musgravius. Adscriptus fuit ad versus 277. 278. Similis versus apud Stobaeum CXXVI. 8. legitur, χρόνος δ᾽ ἀμαυροῖ πάντα κεἰς λήθην ἄγει.

mvp-comment-208-1 Ἀργεῖον: ἀργείων Ven.

mvp-comment-209-1 Λιβυστικοῖς: Libri ßvorizois. Ea adiectivi forma Aeschylus usus est in Suppl. v. 266. et in Myrmidonibus fr. 145. Tzetzes ad Lycophr. v. 519. καὶ Αἰσχύλος μυθικῶς “ εἶτ᾽ ἀμφὶ χεῦμα γενεθλίου σπόρου Τρίτωνος ἐν τόποις Λιβυστίοις,” ita enim codices duo Vitebergenses aliique et Favorinus in v. tqiyέvvytos. Auratus et Casaubonus scribendum putarunt Aißvotizs. Eo non opus est: zooaç enim, ut saepius in huiusmodi formulis, abundat.

mvp-comment-210-1 χεῦμα ... πόρου: ἀμφιχεῦμα Ald. σπόρου Tzetzes.

mvp-comment-211-1 κατηρεφῆ: zatŋoeg лóda si scripsit Aeschylus, non videtur aliud significare potuisse quam pedem nube amictum, ut hoc dixerit, sive palam incedens, sive latens opem fert amicis, oppositumque sit ỏo òv nóða Tidéra, i. e. recto pede in campo stare, inter ipsos quibus praesidio est. Comparari quodammodo potest quod Sophocles dixit in Oed. R. v. 419. βλέποντα νῦν μὲν ὄρθ᾽, ἔπειτα δὲ σκότον. V. Opusc. VI. 2. p. 56. seqq. VII. p. 4. seq. Dubitari tamen potest an non scripserit Aeschylus xaτηorqй. Et videri potest aliud legisse scholiastes qui haec ita interpretatus est, καταβάλλει γὰρ ἡ ὀρθοῖ, quod scholion non invenitur in M. G. sed Triclinii esse videtur. Burgesius zaraqεon, similiterque Fritzschius (Zweiter anhang zu O. Müllers Eumeniden p. 39.) zaτηfεoñ scribendum esse censuit, ut intelligeretur Minerva aut stans inter eos quibus praesidio est, aut deorsum ex aere delata. Neque caret haec con-. iectura probabilitate.

mvp-comment-212-1 ὅπως γένοιτο: Quum dicit önws yévoito, optare se ait, ut veniat illa, quo, si velit, opem ferat. V. ad Soph. Ai. v. 1222.

mvp-comment-213-1 οὔτοι σ' Ἀπόλλων οὐδ᾽ Ἀθηναίας σθένος ῥύσαιτ᾽ ἂν ὥςτε μὴ οὐ παρημελημένον ἔρρειν, τὸ χαίρειν μὴ μαθόνθ' ὅπου φρενῶν, ἀναίματον βόσκημα τῶνδε δαιμόνων.: Hos versus inter tres Furias distribuendos esse indicavi in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 61. τῶνδέ μοι Farn. ovtis o Ven. Farn. et adscripto in margine yo. ovτoi σè Flor. Deinde vains Farn. áðŋvalois Ven. et ad ultimam syllabam supra adscripto as Flor. Jos tε pro stɛ Ald. qui tam mirus error ex eo ortus est, quod in G. quum librarius neglecto çre scripsisset in, statim autem animadverso errore hanc voculam mutasset in wore, confusi ductus litterarum un et a negligentius considerati speciem praebent similem litterarum ρου. μαθῶν θ' Rob. Libri αναίματον βόσκημα δαιμόνων σκιά. Scholiastes ἀναίματον ita interpretatur, simul aliam lectionem, ἐναίματον, commemorans, ὁ μηδὲ αἷμα σχήσων ἐξ ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ γενησόμενος σκιά· οφήσομεν γάρ σου τὸ αἷμα (conf. v. 261.). ἢ ἐναίματον, ἀντὶ τοῦ. ζῶντά σε νεκρὸν ποιήσομεν. Heathii coniecturam, σκιάν, Schutzius recepit, post δαιμόνων commate interpungens, ut δαίμονες intelligerentur Furiae. Verum sic σκιάν languidius adiectum est. Quare olim ita interpunxi, αναίματον βόσκημα, δαιμόνων σκιάν, ut acerbe diceretur Orestes futurus esse umbra dei alicuius, quemadmodum in Iliade V.242. de diis dicitur τούνεκ' αναίμονές εισι. Postea in Annalium Vindobonensium vol. CXI. p. 250. aliam et, ut puto, veriorem rationem ineundam esse ostendi. Nam δαίμονες dicuntur sane Furiae: sed accuratius definiendum erat illud δαιμόνων. Quod autem libri habent, σκιά, ex interpretatione in ipsius poetae versum illatum est. Quare scripsi, ἀναίματον βόσκημα τῶνδε δαιμόνων.

mvp-comment-214-1 ἀλλ᾽: οὐδ pro ἀλλ' Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-215-1 καθιερωμένος: καθιερωμένος Ald. Addidi interrogationis signum. V. Opusc. VI. 2. p. 61. VII. p. 19.

mvp-comment-216-1 καὶ ζῶν με δαίσεις, οὐδὲ πρὸς βωμῷ σφαγείς: Hunc et sequentem versum choro continuandum esse vidit Stanleius. In G. Ald. Turn. Apollini tributi sunt. In M. versui 302. lineola praefixa est. Nulla personae nota in Ven. Flor. καὶ ζῶν μἐδαίσεις Ven. Farn. πρὸς βοροσφαγείς codex Robortelli: ipse ex Sophiani emendatione dedit προς βωμῷ σφαγείς, quod est in celeris libris.

mvp-comment-217-1 ὕμνον δ᾽ ἀκούσει: ὕμνον ἀκούση Ven. ὕπνον ἀκούσῃ Flor. Ceteri ὕμνον δ᾽ ἀκούσῃ.

mvp-comment-218-1 ἄγε δὴ: Chori nota adscripta est in M. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. Turn. Hos anapaestos constare ex systemate et antisystemate atque epodo ostendi in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 63.

mvp-comment-219-1 δεδόκηκεν: δεδόκηκεν Μ. G. δεδόκηκε Turn. δεδόκημεν Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-220-1 λάχη τὰ: λάχητα κατ' Αld.

mvp-comment-221-1 ὡς ἐπινωμᾷ ... ἀμά: ὡς ἐπὶ νωμᾷ G. ὡς ἐπὶ νομᾶ Ald. In fine versus libri ἅμα, Canteri emendatio est αμά.

mvp-comment-222-1 εὐθυδίκαιοí θ᾽ ἡδόμεθ᾽ εἶναι: εὐθυδίκαι θ᾽ οἶδ' οίμεθ᾽ εἶναι Μ. ut Franzius dicit. εὐθυδίκαι θ' οἱδοίμεθ᾽ εἶναι G. Rob. et, ut alii dicunt, M. εὐθυδίκα θ' οἱ δοίμεσθ᾽ εἶναι Ald. εὐθυδίκαι δ᾽ ἐδοίμεθ᾽ εἶναι Par. εὐθυδίκαι τ᾽ οἶδ᾽ οἶμαι θεῖναι Ven. Flor. Farn. εὐθύδικαί ' εὐθυδίκαι Viel.) ἡδόμεσθ' είναι Turn. Vict. εύθυδίκαι δ᾽ ἡδόμεθ' είναι Canterus. Scribendum erat εὐθυδίκαιοι δ᾽ ἡδόμεθ᾽ εἶναι. Illud Casaubonus viderat, 9' in δ' esse mutandum. εὐθυδίκαιοι simile verbum est atque ὀρθοδίκαιοι infra v. 976.

mvp-comment-223-1 τοὺς μὲν καθαρὰς ... χεῖρας προνέμοντας: τοὺς μὲν καθαρὰς | χεῖρας προσνέμοντας M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. nisi quod Ald. πρὸς νέμοντας habet. τοὺς μὲν καθαρὰς (καθαρᾷ Farn.) χεῖρας προνέμοντας Ven. Flor. Farn. Quod Turnebus inter τὰ ἄλλως εὑρεθέντα ἐν τισὶν ἀντιγράφοις affert, χεῖρας ἔχοντας, id, quum ille in Orestea nullo codice praeter Aldinam editionem usus sit, non dubito quin coniectura sit, quam in textum non ausus est recipere. Bis tantum ille in Eumenidibus aliam scripturam adnotavit, hie et mox v. 358. sed etiam hoc altero loco talem quae coniecturae speciem prae se ferat. Non recte olim scripsi τὸν μὲν καθαρὰς χεῖρας προνέμοντο. Etenim non veri simile est librarios pluralem posuisse, quum singulari numero sequatur ἀσινὴς δ᾽ αἰῶνα διοιχνεῖ. Sed, ut strophica horum anapaestorum ratio docet, scribendum potius est, τοὺς μὲν καθαρὰς * καθαρῶς* χεῖρας προνέμοντας.

mvp-comment-224-1 οὔτις ἐφέρπει μῆνις ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν: Libri οὔτις ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν μῆνις ἐφέρπει. Hiatum, qui ita inter hunc et sequentem versum est, Porsonus emendata verborum collocatione removit.

mvp-comment-225-1 ἀλιτών, ὥςπερ ὅδ᾽ ἀνήρ: Libri αλιτρῶν. Recepi olim Stanleii coniecturam ἀλιτῶν. Neque dubitari potest quin verum sit hoc verbum: sed scribi debet akıτών, ut Auratus voluerat. Nam praesens huius verbi neque exstat, neque hic commodum est. Libri ἀνήρ. Correxit Porsonus.

mvp-comment-226-1 φονίας: φονίους Par.

mvp-comment-227-1 θανοῦσιν: θανοῦσιν M. G. Par. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. v abiecit Turn.

mvp-comment-228-1 παραγιγνόμεναι: Libri παραγινόμεναι. Deinde κράκτορες Par.

mvp-comment-229-1 ἔτικτες: Huic versui in Ven. Flor. Orestis nomen adscriptum est. ἔτεκες Ald. Turn. sed G. ut ceteri ἔτικτες.

mvp-comment-230-1 ἀλαοῖσι ... δεδορκόσιν ποινάν: ἀλαοῖσι Pauwius et sic Par. ἀλαοῖς Ven. Flor. Farn. αλαοῖσιν Μ. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. Deinde και omissum in Farn. Deinde δεδορκόσι Turn. δεδορκῶσιν Ven. Flor. Ceteri recte δεδορκόσιν. Μox ποινᾶν posuit Turnebus. ποινὰν recte M. G. Ald. Rob. In Ven. Flor. Farn. omissa sunt haec verba, ποινών, κλῦθ᾽. ὁ Λατούς γὰρ ἦνίς μ' ἄτιμον τίθησιν. Adscriptum in Farn. λξ β'.

mvp-comment-231-1 κλῦθι· ὁ Λατοῦς: κλῦθ᾽ ὁ λατους M. G. Rob. κλύθ᾽ ἑλατους vitium Ald. Inde Turn. κλύθι. Λατούς.

mvp-comment-232-1 τίθησιν: τίθησιν M. G. Ald. Rob. v omisit Turn.

mvp-comment-233-1 τόνδ᾽: τόνδε γ' ἀφαιρούμενος Farn.

mvp-comment-234-1 πτῶκα, ματρῷον: πτῶκα Rob. ex emendatione Sophiani et Turn. πτάκα M. G. Ald. codex Robortelli. πτᾶκα Ven. Flor. Deinde ματρῷον Arnaldus. Libri ματρώϊον. In Farn. adscriptum συνίζησις.

mvp-comment-235-1 ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τεθυμένῳ: ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τεθυμένῳ M. G. Ald. Turn. ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τεφθυμένω Rob. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶ τότε θυμένῳ Flor. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶ τότε θυμουμένω Ven. (Bekkero teste et Farn.

mvp-comment-236-1 μέλος παρακοπά: μένος Ven. Flor. Farn. παράκοπα Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-237-1 παραφορὰ φρενοδαλής: παραφορά M. G. Ald. Rob. Τurn. παραφοραὶ Par. παράφρονα Ven. Flor. Farn. Deinde φρενοδαλής M. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. In margine M. adscriptum οἶμαι φρενοδαής. Id habet Par. φρενοδαλὶς Turn. Scholion enim in Rob. sic scriptum Φρενοδαλίς.) παρακίνησις τῶν φρενών. Sed M. non habet lemma.

mvp-comment-238-1 Ἐρινύων: ἐρινύων Μ. G. Ald. Rob. ἐριννύων Ven. Flor. Turn.

mvp-comment-239-1 αὐονὰ βροτοῖς: αὐονὰ βροτοῖς M. G. Par. Ald. Rob. Turn. αὔονα βροτοῖς Ven. Flor. Farn. Scholion in M. nullo praefixo lemmate, ὁ ξηραίνων τοὺς βροτούς. Hinc Victorius αὔων βροτούς. Εtym. Μ. p. 170. 45. αυόνη, ή ξηρότης, παρὰ τὸ αὔω, τὸ ξηραίνω, αυόνη, ὡς ἔχω ἐχόνη καὶ ἀμπεχόνη, καὶ πείρω περόνη, καὶ βάλλω βελόνη. Idem p. 171, 52. αὐόνη, λύπη, κραυγή, αυχμός, φθορά, κακοπάθεια, ξηρασία. Strepitum hoc vocabulum significat apud Simonidem in carmine de mulieribus v. 20. ἀλλ' ἐμπεδῶς ἄπρηκτον αὐονὴν ἔχει. Eam significationem si hic admittimus, ἀφάρμακτος αὐονὰ βροτοῖς hymnus dicetur dissonus clamor mortalibus. Sed illa significatio lonica esse videtur, ut apud Atticum poetam alteri posthaberi debeat. Et multo gravius ὕμνος ἀφόρμικτος dicitur esse tabes mortalibus.

mvp-comment-240-1 ἐμπέδως ἔχειν, θνατῶν: ἐκπέδως ἔχειν Ald. Deinde libri θανάτων. Emendavit Canterus.

mvp-comment-241-1 αὐτουργίαι: αυτουργία Turnebus. αὐτουργίαις M. G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-242-1 ξυμπέσωσιν: ξυμπέσωσιν Τurnebus, ξύμπασωσιν Μ. ξύμπας ὦσιν G. Ven. Ald. ξύμπας ὦσι Flor. σύμπας ὦσιν Farn. ξύμπασωσεν Rob. In Farn. ad haec verba ἔχειν θανάτων τοῖσιν αὐτουργίαις | σύμπας ὦσιν μάταιοι, adscriptum est περισσὰ β'.

mvp-comment-243-1 τοῖς: τοῖσιν Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-244-1 ὑπέλθῃ: ὑπέλθοι Ven. Flor. Farn. ὑπέλθη ut ceteri Ald.

mvp-comment-245-1 ἄγαν: άγαν γ' Farn.

mvp-comment-246-1 ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τεθυμένῳ: Orestis nomen praefixum in Flor. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶ τότε υμουμένω Ven. ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τε θυμουμένω Farn.

mvp-comment-247-1 παρακοπά: παράκοπα Ven. παρακοπᾶ Ald.

mvp-comment-248-1 παραφορὰ φρενοδαλής: παραφορά Αld. Rob. Turn. παράφρονα M. G. Ven. παράφρονα sine accentu Flor. Deinde φρενοδαλής G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. φρενόδαλης Μ. φρενοδαής Par. φρενοδαλὶς Turn.

mvp-comment-249-1 ὕμνος ... Ἐρινύων: ὕμνοις G. Par. ἐξ ἐρινύων M. G. Ald. Rob. ἐξ ἐριννύων Ven. Flor. Turn.

mvp-comment-250-1 NA: Libri ut quisque supra v. 331.

mvp-comment-251-1 γεινομέναισι ... ἐφ᾽ ἁμὶν: Chori nomen praefixum in Flor. γιγνομέναισι M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. γινομέναισι Ven. Flor. Cur γεινομέναισι scripserim quivis intelliget. Libri ἡμῖν. Correxit Porsonus.

mvp-comment-252-1 ἀθανάτων δίχ᾽ ἔχειν γέρας: Libri ἀθανάτων δ᾽ ἀπέχειν χέρας, nisi quod in Ven. est ἀθανάτων ἀπέχειν χεῖρας. Scholiastes μὴ πλησιάζειν ἡμᾶς τοῖς θεοῖς. Eversius, ut O. Millerus refert, scribendum coniecit ἀθανάτων ἀπ᾽ ἔχειν γέρας. Perspexit vitio laborare librorum scripturam, sed ἄπ᾿ ἔχειν non bene nec perspicue dictum est. Scribendum erat ἀθανάτων δίχ' ἔχειν γέρας. In fine versus ἐστὶν Farn. Ceteri ἐστί.

mvp-comment-253-1 συνδαίτωρ: συνδαίτωρ Turn. et, ut Franzius dicit, Flor. συνδάτωρ Μ. G. Par. Ven. Farn. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-254-1 παλλεύκων πέπλων δ᾽ ... ἄμοιρος ἄκληρος ἐτύχθην: Libri πανλεύκων (sic M. G. Ald. παλλεύκων Ven. Flor. Rob. Turn.) δὲ πέπλων | άμοιρος ἄκληρος ἐτύχθην. Male haec et ab aliis tractata sunt et a Dindorfio. Scripsi, ut olim in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 68. παλλεύκων πέπλων δ' * ἀγέραστος* ἄμοιρος ἄκληρος ἐτύχθην.

mvp-comment-255-1 δωμάτων: δωμάτων Ald. Turn. δομάτων M. G. Ven. Flor. Rob.

mvp-comment-256-1 ὅταν: ὅταν Ald. Turn. ὅτ' ἂν M. G. Ven. Flor. Rob.

mvp-comment-257-1 τιθασὸς ... φίλον: τιθασὸς Porsonus et sic Par. τίθασος Turn. τίθασσος Rob. πίθασος M. G. Ald. et Franzio teste Ven. Flor. πίθασσος Flor. ut Linwoodius ait, et Bekkero teste Ven. πιθασσός Farn. Male ὃν pro ὤν Stanleio sive potius Aurato scribendum videbatur. Deinde φίλος Μ. G. Par. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. Recte Turnebus φίλον.

mvp-comment-258-1 ἐπὶ τόν, ὤ, διόμεναι κρατερὸν ὄντ᾽ ἔθ᾽ ὁμοίως μαυροῦμεν νέον ἅλμα: ἐπὶ τὸν ὦ διόμεναι Μ. Rob. ἐπὶ τὸν ὦ, διόμεναι G. Ald. ἐπὶ τὸν ὢ διόμεναι Flor. Farn. ἐπὶ τὸν ὢ διαίνομαι Ven. Scholiastes διὰ μέσου, inquit, τὸ . Turnebus haec ita mutavit, ἐπιτόνως διόμεναι. Sequens versus in libris ita scriptus est, κρατερὸν ἄνθ᾽ ὁμοίως. Deinde μαυροῦμεν ὑφ' αἵματος νέου (νεοῦ Ald.) M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. μαυροῦμεν ἐφ᾽ αἵματος νέου Par. Ven. Flor. Farn. Aliter, atque in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 73. feci, hos versus emendandos esse censui. Certum est non scripsisse Aeschylum μαυροῦμεν ὑφ᾽ (vel ἐφ᾽) αἵματος νέου. Nam hoc metro pariter ac sententiae repugnat. Quare ὑφ' αἵματος νέου ex falsa interpretatione ortum esse, Aeschylum autem scripsisse putabam ἐπὶ τόν, ὤ, διόμεναι κρατερὸν ὄντα περ, ὅμως μαυροῦμεν νέον αἷμα, ut Furiae se dicerent iuvenilem sanguinem obscurare, i, e. iuvenile robur exsorpto sanguine frangere. Et videtur mihi νέον αἷμα, etsi saepissime de recenti caede dicitur, significare posse iuvenilem sanguinem, quum αὐτάδελφον αἷμα, ζώφυτον αἷμα aliaque similia non raro inveniantur. Tamen nunc veri similius iudico, scriptum quidem fuisse νέον αἷμα, sed hoc ipsum depravatione ortum fuisse ex νέον άλμα. Reliqua autem leniore emendatione corrigi possunt. Ita enim scribendum videtur, ἐπὶ τόν, ὤ, διόμεναι κρατερὸν ἂν ἔθ᾽ ὁμοίως μαυροῦμεν νέον ἅλμα. In quem (irruentes: quod eo facilius taceri potuit, quia ὤ interrumpit orationem), hei, persequentes obscuramus quamvis validum adhuc iuvenilem saltum, i. e. robur fugientis frangimus. Similis mox in his sententia est, καταφέρω ποδὸς ἀκμάν (σφαλερὰ τανυδρόμοις γὰρ κώλα), δύςφορον ἄταν.

mvp-comment-259-1 σπενδομένα δ᾽ ἀφελεῖν τινὶ τάςδε μερίμνας Μοῖρ᾽ ἀτέλειαν ἐμαῖσι λιταῖς ἐπικραίνει, μηδ᾽ εἰς ἄγκρισιν ἐλθεῖν: σπευδόμεναι δ᾽ ἀφελεῖν τινὰ τάσδε μερίμνας, θεῶν δ᾽ ἀτέλειαν ἐμοῖσι λιταῖς ἐπικραίνειν, μηδ᾽ ἐς ἄγκρισιν ἐλθεῖν. Ita M. a quo ceteri libri in paucis dissentiunt. σπευδόμαι δ' Αld. male lecto compendio. Hinc σπεύδομαι δ' Turn. Deinde τίνα τάςδε Αld. τινα τᾶςδε Rob. Deinde ἐμᾶσι pro ἐμαῖσι G. Ald. Denique ἐς έγκρισιν Ven. Flor. Farn. Rob. ἐς ἄκροισιν G. ἐπ' ἄκροισιν Ald. Turn. Vict. ἐς ἄγκρισιν, quod M. habet, commemoratum a Stephano primus recepit Canterus. εἰς ἀγκρισιν scribendum esse Pauwius vidit. Scholiastae haec adnotatio est, εὔχομαι τοῖς θεοῖς τελέσαι μου τὸ βούλημα καὶ μὴ εἰς μάχην μοι ἐλθεῖν. Praeterea in M. ad τάςδε μερίμνας supra adseriplum est τῆς κλυταιμνήστρας. Neque intelligi possunt hi versus ut in libris scripti sunt, neque emendandi conatus successum habuerunt. Videor mihi nunc haec recte emendasse: σπενδομένα δ᾽ ἀφελεῖν τινὶ τάςδε μερίμνας Μοῖρ᾽ ἀτελείαν ἐμαῖσι λιταῖς ἐπικραίνει, μηδ᾽ εἰς ἄγκρισιν ἐλθεῖν. Moiga adscriptae, ut videtur, ad tirá explicationi 9ɛv cesserat. Dicitur autem Parca precibus, quibus Furiae invocantur, immunitatem a provocatione dare. Εμαῖσι λιταῖς enim passive dictum est. Ita in Sept. e. Th. v. 197. πρὸς μακάρων λιτάς. In Ag. v. 214. λιτὰς δὲ καὶ κληδόνας πατρῴους. In Euripidis Suppl. ν. 262. λιταὶ θεῶν.

mvp-comment-260-1 Ζεὺς γὰρ δειματοσταγὲς ἀξιόμισον ἔθνος τόδε λέσχας ἧς ἀπηξιώσατο: ζεὺς γὰρ αἱματοσταγὲς ἀξιόμισον ἔθνος τόδε λέσχας ἷς ἀπηξιώσατο Μ. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. nisi quod λέσχος est in Rob. et ἃς in G. Ald. Rob. et deinde απεξιώσατο in Rob. ζεῦ αἱματοσταγές etc. Ven. Flor. Farn. sed in Farn. οὐκ ὀρθῶς in margine adscriptum est. Deinde ὣς pro ἇς Farn. Quod Turnebus pro λέσχας ἇς ut aliam lectionem affert, μὲν σχάσας, ipsius haud dubie coniectura est. V. ad v. 310. Scholiastes ad ἔθνος τόδε adnotavit τὸ τῶν φονέων. Abreschius recte sensit, non de parricidis, sed de Furiis sermonem esse. Sed idem sine idonea caussa negavit αἱματοσταγές quadrare in Furias. Non ergo hanc ob caussam, sed propter metrum αἱματοσταγές in δειματοσταγές mutavi. V. ad Choeph. v. 828.

mvp-comment-261-1 μάλα γὰρ οὖν ἁλομένα ἀνέκαθεν βαρυπεσῆ καταφέρω ποδὸς ἀκμάν (σφαλερὰ τανυδρόμοις ... καλα), δύςφορον ἄταν: Hi quinque versus, quibus in Farn. adscriptum est οὐκ ὀρθά, in libris leguntur post v. 368. Heathio veram eorum sedem monstranti obsecuti sunt Porsonus et omnes praeter Schoemannum, qui non recte de hoc carmine iudicavit. V. Annal. Vindob. vol. CXI. p. 258. seqq. οὖν omittit Rob. Deinde αλλομένα M. G. Turn. ἀλλομένα Ald. ἁλωμένα Rob. ἁλομένα, ut iam olim scripsi, Ven. Flor. Libri ἄγκαθεν. Correxit ante me Pearsonus. τὴν ὑδρόμοις Ald. Scholiastes τοῖς ταχυδρόμοις αὐτῶν κώλοις ἐπάγουσα τὰ σφαλερά μου καλα. ἢ ἀπ᾿ ἄλλης ἀρχῆς, καὶ τοῖς τανυδρόμοις γίνεται σφαλερὰ τὰ κῶλα διὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν αὐτοῖς ἄτην δύςφορον ὑπ' ἐμοῦ. οἷον, καὶ οἱ ταχυδρόμοι οὐ δύνανται με ἐκφυγεῖν. Apparet δύσφορον ἄταν appositionem esse ad ποδὸς ἀκμάν, Η haec autem, σφαλερὰ ταχυδρόμοις γὰρ κώλα, in quibus a me additum est γάρ, in parenthesi posita esse.

mvp-comment-262-1 δόξαι τ᾿ ἀνδρῶν: δόξαι τ' ἀνδρῶν eliam M. δόξαι τ' ἀνδρῶ ΑΙ.

mvp-comment-263-1 τακόμεναι κατὰ γᾶς: τακόμεναι ad prius a supra adscripto η Flor. τ᾿ ἀκόμεναι G. Ald. Deinde libri κατὰ γῆν. Scripsi κατὰ γᾶς. Tum μηνύθουσιν Farn.

mvp-comment-264-1 ἡμετέραις: ἡμετέροις Rob. ἐφόδους μελανοίμοσιν Αld.

mvp-comment-265-1 ἐπιφθόνοις: ἐπὶ φόνοις Rob. Ceteri επιφόνοις. Emendavit Heathius.

mvp-comment-266-1 πίπτων δ᾽ οὐκ οἶδεν ... λύμα: πίπτον Αld. οἶδεν M. G. Ald. Rob. οἶδε Ven. Flor. Turn. λυμα Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-267-1 ποῖον ἐπὶ ... μύσος πεπόταται: τοῖον ἐπὶ Heathius. Libri τοῖον γὰρ ἐπί. Deinde μύσος Victorius. μύσος M. Ven. Rob. Turn. μῖσος G. Ald. Denique επιπόταται Rob.

mvp-comment-268-1 δνοφεράν ... ἀχλὺν κατὰ δώματος: κεδνοφεράν et καταδύματος Rob. ἀχλήν Αld.

mvp-comment-269-1 μένει γάρ: μένει γάρ, manet enim firmum hoc: sumus promptae, i. e. nos esse promptas. Ag. v. 1530. μίμνει δὲ μίμνοντος ἐν θρόνῳ Διὸς παθεῖν τὸν ἔρξαντα. V. Opusc. VI. 2. p. 74.

mvp-comment-270-1 τε: τε recte et necessario Wakefieldius. Libri δέ. Particulae τε και etiam in antistropha in eodem loco sunt.

mvp-comment-271-1 τε μνήμονες, σεμναὶ: τε τλήμονες σεμναὶ Par. τε μνήμονες τε σεμναὶ Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-272-1 δυςπαρήγοροι: δυσπαράγωγοι Farn.

mvp-comment-273-1 ἀτίετα: ἀτίετα Canterus. ἀτίεται M. G. Par. Ald. Rob. Turn. ἀτίετον Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-274-1 διχοστατοῦντ᾽: διχοστατοῦντο Ven. Flor. Rob. διχοστατοῦ | τ' Μ. G. Turn. διχοστατού | τ' Αld.

mvp-comment-275-1 λάμπα, δυςοδοπαίπαλα: λάμπαι Μ. G. Par. Farn. Ald. λαμπα Ven. Flor. Rob. λάμψαι Turn. Perperam Wieselerus scribendum coniecit λάπα, situ, quod verum putaverunt et alii et Dindorfius in Parisiensi editione Thesauri Stephani. Rectissime Canterus λάμπα. Vsus est hoc vocabulo Aeschylus, ut videtur, etiam infra v. 1022. et, ut Musgravius intellexit, Euripides in Suppl. v. 993. ubi scribendum est λάμπαι δ᾽ ὠκύθοοί νιν ἀμφιππεύουσι δι᾽ ὄρφνας. Nihil autem aliud ἀνηλίῳ λάμπα significatur quam sole destituta caligo, quae mox v. 388. δυςήλιον κνέφας dicitur. Sic in Simonidis carmine de Danae νυκτιλαμπεῖ κυανέῳ τε διάφοτανυσθείς, et sexcenta alia, in quibus lucis et similium rerum notio tantum ad augendum contrarium adiicitur. V. Seidl. ad Eur. Troad. v. 566. Deinde δυσοδοπαίπαλα M. Turn. δυσοδοπαίπαλα G. δυσόδῳ παίπαλα Ald. δυσοπαίπαλα Ven. Flor. Farn. Rob.

mvp-comment-276-1 δερκομένοισι: δερχομένοισι Ald. καὶ δερκόμενοισι, adscripto ἴαμβος, Farn.

mvp-comment-277-1 ἅζεται: οὐχ ἅζεται Turn. οὐχάζεται M. G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Rob. οὐχ ἄζεται Ald.

mvp-comment-278-1 δέδοικεν: Libri δέδοικε.

mvp-comment-279-1 θεσμὸν: θεσμῶν Par.

mvp-comment-280-1 τὸν μοιρόκραντον: μοιρόκραντον Turn. et, ut videtur, M. μοιρόκραντον G. Ald. μοιρόκρατον Rob. μυρόκραντον, ad v supra adscripto or, Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-281-1 ἔτι δέ μοι ... γέρας παλαιόν: ἔπι δέ μοι γέρας etc. M. G. Ven. Flor. et sic Victorius. ἐπὶ δέ μοι γέρας etc. Ald. Rob. ἔστι δέ μοι γέρας etc. Turn. ἔπι scholiastes interpretatur ἔπεστιν. Scripsi ἔτι δέ μοι * μένει* γέρας παλαιόν etc. Nam iambum excidisse patet.

mvp-comment-282-1 κύρω: Libri κυρῶ. Metri caussa iam olim dedi κύρω. V. ad Soph. Ai. v. 314.

mvp-comment-283-1 τάξιν: τάξιν γ' Ven. Flor. et adscripto ἴαμβος Farn.

mvp-comment-284-1 γῆν καταφθατουμένη: Libri τὴν καταθατουμένην. Robortellus corrigi iubet καιταφατουμένην. Stanleius et Bentleius scribendum viderunt γῆν καταφθατουμένη. Nominativum participii scholiastes legit, qui καταφθάνουσα adscripsit: hoc enim, non καταφθάνουσαν, habent M. G. Hesychius ex hoc loco καταφατουμένη (sic), κατακτωμένη, κυρίως δὲ τὸ ἐκ προκαταλήψεως. Scholiastes Μιτυληναῖοι ἐμάχοντο πρὸς Αθηναίους περὶ πόλεως Σιγείου. ἔδοξεν οὖν μονομαχία (sic M.) λῦσαι τὸν πόλεμον· καὶ ὑπὲρ μὲν Μιτυληναίων ἐπολέμει Πιττακός, ὑπὲρ δὲ Ἀθηναίων Φρύνων. ηττηθέντος δὲ Φρύνωνος διελύθη τὰ τῆς μάχης. ἔοικεν οὖν παρορμῶν Ἀθηναίους ὁ Αἰσχύλος εἰς τὸ ἀντέχεσθαι πάλιν Σιγείου, λέγων τὴν θεὸν ἐκεῖθεν ἐληλυθέναι. V. Strabonem XIII. p. 599. seq. et interpretes Herodoti ad V. 94. 95.

mvp-comment-285-1 ἣν δῆτ᾽: Scribendum est fortasse ἣν δή γ' Ἀχαιῶν etc.

mvp-comment-286-1 τόκοις: τέκνοις pro τόκοις Flor. Farn. et Bekkero teste Ven.

mvp-comment-287-1 ῥοιβδοῦσα: ῥοιδοῦσα G. Ald.

mvp-comment-288-1 πώλοις ... ἐπιζεύξασ᾽: Libri πώλοις. Hinc ad v. 389. scholiastes adnotavit ἐπὶ ὀχήματος ἔρχεται. Idem ad v. 396. ὡς ἀρμένῳ χρωμένη τῇ αἰγίδι. Exornavit hanc currus aerii fictionem O. Müllerus. Ineptam eam esse, rectissimeque Wakefieldium scripsisse κώλοις, demonstravi in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 174. seqq. Per auras advenit Minerva, Aegide tamquam alis utens eaque pedum gressum accelerans. ἐπιζεύξας G. Ald.

mvp-comment-289-1 καινὴν δ᾽ ... τήνδ': καινὴν δ᾽ emendatio est Canteri. Libri καὶ νῦν δ'. Deinde Par. τῆςδ'.

mvp-comment-290-1 ταρβῶ: ταρβῶμεν Ven.

mvp-comment-291-1 πᾶσι δ᾽ ἐς κοινὸν λέγω: πᾶσι δ᾽ ἐς κοινὸν λέγω, scilicet θαυμάζειν με ὑμᾶς, εἰ tibi, Oresta, et vobis: sed mulans constructionem dicit ὑμᾶς τε.

mvp-comment-292-1 ξένῳ: στένω pro ξένῳ Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-293-1 ὁμοίας: ὁμοίως Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-294-1 ὁρωμένας: ὁρωμένας Stanleius. Libri ὁρωμέναις.

mvp-comment-295-1 οὔτ᾽ οὖν ... μορφώμασιν: οὔτ᾽ οὖν M. G. Par. Ven. Flor. Rob. οὔτ᾽ ἐν Ald. Turn. μορφώμασιν Μ. G. Par. Ven. Farn. Ald. Rob. μορφώμασι Flor. Turn.

mvp-comment-296-1 ἄμομφον ... τοὺς πέλας: δ' omittunt Ald. Turn. Deinde άμομφον Robortellus. Ceteri ἄμορφον. Denique τοῦ πέλας Ven. Ceteri τοὺς πέλας. Heathii aliorumque ante eum coniecturam, τὸν πέλας, olim receperam, ac necessario recipere debet, qui ἄμορφον retinet. Sed recte libri τοὺς πέλας habent, recipiendum est autem Robortelli άμομφον. Qui nihil, inquit, habet de quo queratur, ei non licet reprehendere alios. Intellexit hoc Elmsleius ad Med. p. 93. addens hanc vocem άμομφος, ter in hac fabula (hic et v. 467. 670.) ab Aeschylo usurpatam, extra eam apud Atticos non exstare.

mvp-comment-297-1 ἠδ᾽: ήδ' Rob. ἡδ' G. Ald. Turn. ἥδ' Ven. Farn. Scribendum est fortasse, ut Abreschius voluit, deleta interpunctione, πρόσω δικαίων ἥδ᾽ ἀποστατεῖ θέμις.

mvp-comment-298-1 πεύσει: Libri πεύσῃ.

mvp-comment-299-1 ἐσμεν ... αἰανῆς: ἐσμεν Farn. ἐς μὲν Ald. Deinde α'ανή M. G. Rob. αἰεινῆ Ald. αἰανή etiam scholiastes legit, qui sic interpretatur, σκοτεινά. ἢ θρηνητικὰ ἢ (sic M.) αλάζειν ποιοῦντα. Sed αἰανῆς Ven. Flor. Farn. Turn. Tzetzes ad Lycophr. v. 406. κατὰ δὲ Αἰσχύλον Ἐρινύες “Νυκτὸς αἰανῆς τέκνα.” Id praestat, ut in Sophoclis Ai. v. 672. νυκτὸς αἰανῆς κύκλος, ubi v. quae a Lobeckio et a me dicta sunt.

mvp-comment-300-1 Ἀραὶ ... ὑπαὶ κεκλήμεθα: ἀραὶ Canterus, et sic Ven. Flor. ἀρὰ M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. ἐνοίκοις Αld. ὑπαὶ κεκλήμεθα Stanleius. Επαι κεκλήμεθα Victorius, et sic Franzio teste M. Flor. Ven. Sed ex Ven. Bekkerus ὑπαικεκλήμεθα attulit, idque habent G. Farn. Ald. υπεκεκλήμεθα Rob. ύλαι κεκλήμεθα Turn.

mvp-comment-301-1 κληδόνας τ᾽: κλύδονάς τ' Αld.

mvp-comment-302-1 τιμάς: Personarum index in Rob. hic et deinceps yo. In G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Turn. εὐμ. Idem aut lineola in M.

mvp-comment-303-1 ἐμφανῆ: ἐκφανῆ Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-304-1 ποῦ τὸ τέρμα τῆς φυγῆς: Libri τοῦτο τέρμα τῆς σφαγής. Arnaldus et Tyrwhittus ποῦ τὸ τέρμα, Scaliger, Casaubonus, Tyrwhittus τῆς φυγῆς.

mvp-comment-305-1 ἦ ... ἐπιρροιζεῖς: ή M. Ven. Flor. Rob. ἢ G. Ald. Deinde ἐπιρροιζεῖς Stanleius sive potius Scaliger. ἐπιρροιζει M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. ἐπιρροιζεῖν Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-306-1 οὔτινος: οὔτινος M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. ἢ τίνος Ven. ἤ τινος ex Flor. Farn. affertur.

mvp-comment-307-1 παρόντοιν ... λόγος: παρόντων Ven. Farn. λόγος Ven. Flor. Rob. λόγου M. G. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-308-1 οὐ δοῦναι θέλοι: Libri οὐ δοῦναι θέλει. Recte Schutzius οὐ δοῦναι θέλοι scripsit. Διωμοσίαν, quam Aeschylus intelligit, his verbis definit memoratus a Stanleio Lysias in or. X. quae est I. in Theomnestum, §. 11. ὁ μὲν γὰρ διώκων ὡς ἔκτεινε διόμνυται, ὁ δὲ φεύγων ὡς οὐκ ἔκτεινε.

mvp-comment-309-1 πένει: πένηι Μ. πένῃ G. Ald. Turn. πένη Rob. πέλη Ven. Flor. et supra adscripto εἰ Farn.

mvp-comment-310-1 τὰ μὴ: τὰ μὲν ριο τὰ μὴ Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-311-1 ἦ κἀπ᾿ ἐμοὶ: ή κἀπ' ἐμοὶ M. Ven. Flor. η κάπε, μοί Rob. ἦν ἐπ' ἐμοὶ G. Ald. Turn. Deinde πρέποιτ᾽ ἂν Ven. Farn.

mvp-comment-312-1 σέβουσαί γ' ἀξίαν γ᾽ ἐπαξίων: πῶς δ᾽ οὔ· σέβουσαι γ᾽ ἀξίαν τ᾽ ἐπαξίων Μ. G. Ald. Ita eliam Rob. Turn. nisi quod ἐπ᾽ ἀξίων habent. κἀξίαν τ᾽ ἔπαξίων sic Par. σέβομαι γ' ἀξίαν τ᾽ ἐπ' ἀξίων Ven. Bekkero teste, et sic, ut videtur, Flor. nisi quod hic ἐπαξίων habere dicitur. σέβομέν γ' ex Farn. affertur. Scholiastes ἀξίων οὖσαν γονέων. Eum putant ἀπ' ἀξίων legisse, ut scribendum esse coniecit Stanleius. Scribendum πῶς δ᾽ οὔ, σέβουσαί γ' ἀξίαν γ' ἐπαξίων.

mvp-comment-313-1 ὦ ξέν: ὦ ξεῖν G. Ald.

mvp-comment-314-1 τόνδ᾽ ... ἀμυνάθου: τόνδε plene Rob. τῶνδ᾽ Ven. Flor. auvratov Dindorfius ex praecepto Elmsleii ad Med. v. 186. V. ad Phoen. v. 1184.

mvp-comment-315-1 ἀμῆς: ἁμησ' Μ. ἁμῆς G. Ald. Rob. Turn. ἐμῆς Par. Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-316-1 προςτρόπαιος ... μύσος: προτρόπαιος Rob. et sic M. sed ab alia manu ad primam syllabam o supra adscriptum est. μύσος Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-317-1 τὴμῇ τὸ σὸν ἐφημένου βρέτας: προήχειρὶ τῇ τῇ Rob. Deinde τόσον G. Ald. Deinde libri ἐφεζομένη. Turnebus ἐφεζομένῃ. Porsonus ἐφημένῃ. Recte Butlerus et Burgesius ἐφημένου. Supra v. 401. βρέτας τε τούμὸν τῷδ᾽ ἐφημένῳ ξένη.

mvp-comment-318-1 ἄφθογγον: ἄφωνον Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-319-1 ἔςτ᾽ ἂν πρὸς: ἐπ᾽ ἂν Ald. male lecta codicis G. scriptura. Hine ἐπὼν Turn.

mvp-comment-320-1 καθαιμάξωσι νεοθήλου βοτοῦ: καθαιμάξωσι νεοθήλου βοτοῦ Turn. καθαιμάξουσινοθήλου βοτοῦ Μ. καθαιμάξουσι νοθήλου βοτοῦ G. Ald. καθαιμάζουσιν ὀθήλου βοτοῦ Rob. καθαιμάξουσιν ὀθνείου βροτοῦ Ven. Flor. καθαιμάξωσιν ὀθνείου βροτοῦ Farn. Abreschius νεοθηλούς scribendum putavit. Recte vero Turnebus νεοθήλου scripsisse videtur, aθηλάζειν. Apollonius Rhodius IV. 704. πρῶτα μὲν ἀτρέπτοιο λυτήριον ἥ γε φόνοιο τειναμένη καθύπερθε στὸς τέκος, ἧς ἔτι μαζοὶ πλήμμυρον λοχίης ἐκ νηδύος, αἵματι χεῖρας τέγγεν, ἐπιτμήγουσα δέρην.

mvp-comment-321-1 βοτοῖσι: βροτοῖσι Ven. Deinde τόροις vitium Ald.

mvp-comment-322-1 ἐκποδὼν: ταύτη Rob. μὲν omittit Par. ἐκποδὼν G. Ven. ἐκποδῶν M. Flor. ἐκ ποδῶν Ald. Rob. Turn.

mvp-comment-323-1 πεύσει: Libri πεύσῃ.

mvp-comment-324-1 Ἀγαμέμνονα, ... ναυβατῶν: ἀγάμεμν error Ald. ναυβατῶν H. Ven. Flor. Farn. ναυατῶν Ald. Turn. et supra adscripto βα

mvp-comment-325-1 ἔφθιν᾽ οὗτος: ἔφθιθ᾽ οὗτος Par. ἔφθιθ᾽ οὕτως M. G. Ald. Rob. ἔφθηθ' οὗτος Ven. Flor. Farn. οὗτος ἔφθιτ' a Turnebo illatum erat.

mvp-comment-326-1 ἀγρεύμασιν: ἀγρεύμασιν M. G. Par. Ven. Farn. Ald. Rob. ἀγρεύμασι Flor. Turn.

mvp-comment-327-1 κρύψασ', ἃ λουτρῶν ἐξεμαρτύρει φόνον: κρύψασα λουτρών M. G. Ald. Rob. Τurn. λουτρών etiam scholiastes legit, qui haec ita, sed perperam, interpretatur, ἐκήρυττε τὸν διὰ τῆς ἐπιχύσεως τῶν λουτρῶν γενόμενον αὐτῷ φόνον. λέγεται γὰρ μετὰ τὸ φονεῦσαι γυμνὸν ἐξαγαγεῖν καὶ δεῖξαι τοῖς πολίταις. κρύψασα λουτρὸν δ᾽ Ven. Flor. κρύψασα λούτρον δ' Farn. λουτρών, coniecturam, ut videtur, commemoravit Stephanus. In Opusc. IV. p. 339. haec ita emendanda esse dixi, αλλά νιν κελαινόφρων ἐμὴ μήτηρ κατέκτα ποικίλοις ἀγρεύμασιν ä κρύψασ', ἃ λουτρῶν ἐξεμαρτύρει φόνον. Ita scribendum esse viderat etiam Musgravius. Subtili disputatione Schoemannus demonstrare studuit non ita scripsisse Aeschylum, sed κρύψασα· λουτρών δ᾽ ἐξεμαρτύρει φόνον. In idem incidit Franzius. Mihi aliter iudicandum videri dixi in Annal. Vindob. vol. CXI. p. 262. Neque enim recte dici potuit artificiosis retibus eum contegens: balneum autem letabatur caedem: balneum enim neque caedem neque insidias testari poterat, sed vestis tantum illa ampla, sanguine Agamemnonis maculata, ut in Choeph. v. 1005. dictum est μαρτυρεῖ δέ μοι φάρος τόδ᾽, ὡς ἔβαψεν Αιγίσθου ξίφος. Neque vero si dicitur artificiosis eum relibus contegens, quae caedem in balneo perpetratam testabantur, in balneo facta caedes tamquam nota res commemoratur, quae Schoemanni opinio est, sed adiicitur tantum in balneo caedem Agamemnonis esse perpetratam.

mvp-comment-328-1 πρὸ τοῦ: προτοῦ Farn.

mvp-comment-329-1 κοινῇ: καὶ τῶν δεχοινῆ Ald.

mvp-comment-330-1 ἔρξαιμι τοὺς ἐπαιτίους: Choeph. v. 270. εἰ μὴ μέτειμι τοῦ πατρὸς τοὺς αἰτίους. Ennius in Eumenidibus apud Nonium in v. exantlare, p. 292. nisi patrem materno sanguine exantlando ulciscerem. Nescio autem an Aeschylus scripserit εἰ μὴ ἀντιδρῶν ἔρξαιμι τοὺς ἐπαιτίους.

mvp-comment-331-1 σὺ δ᾽: Libri σύ τ'. Emendavit Pearsonus. κρίνων G. Ald. δίκης Farn.

mvp-comment-332-1 αἰνέσω: παταχῆ Rob. αἰνέσσω Ald. Coniecturas, quibus hunc versum vexarunt critici, nihil attinet commemorare. V. Valcken. ad Hippol. v. 324.

mvp-comment-333-1 ἢ εἰ τις οἴεται: Libri εἴ τις οἴεται. Scholiastes εἴ τις οἴεται τὸ πρᾶγμα τόδε βροτὸς δικάζειν, μεῖζον ἢ κατὰ ἀνθρώπους οἴεται. Pearsonus scribendum coniecit ἤ τις οἴεται. Valckenarius ad Herod. III. 14. ἤ τιν οἴεσθαι βροτὸν δικάζειν. Idem Musgravius, vel ή τις οἴοιτ᾽ ἄν. Scribendum erat εἴ τις οἴεται.

mvp-comment-334-1 φόνου ... ὀξυμηνίτους δίκας: φόνου Rob. Ceteri φόνους. Deinde libri ὀξυμηνίτου. Sic etiam M. ὀξυμηνίτους Stanleii sive Pearsoni emendatio est, item Abreschii, qui scholiastam accusativum legisse animadvertit. Scholiastae adnotatio haec est, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ταχέως μηνίσουσιν Ερινύες, cui adnotationi quod a Robortello et Victorio praefixum est lemma φόνους, non habent M. G.

mvp-comment-335-1 κατηρτικὼς δρόμοις ἱκέτης προςῆλθες καθαρὸς ἀβλαβὴς δόμοις ἐμοῖς· ἄμομφον ὄντα δ᾽ αἰδοῦμαι πόλει: Aliter nunc hos versus emendandos esse censeo quam in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 76. seqq. feci. Libri κατηρτυκὼς ὅμως. Deinde in fine sequentis versus δόμοις M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. δρόμοις Ven. et Linwoodio teste Flor. ex quo Franzius doóuois affert. Deinde proximus versus in libris ita scriptus est, ὅμως δ᾽ ἄμομφον ὄντα σ' αἱροῦμαι πόλει, nisi quod άμορφον est in Par. et ὄντας pro ὄντα σ' in G. Ald. Scholiastes adscripsit δέχομαι ἐν τῇ πόλει, quod αἱροῦμαι dici non potest. ὅμως in ἐμοῖς mutandum esse viderunt Linwoodius et Franzius, qui δ' post ἄμομφον collocaverunt. Scripsi ἄλλως τε καὶ σὺ μὲν κατηρτυκὼς δρόμοις ἱκέτης προςῆλθες καθαρὸς ἀβλαβὴς δόμοις ἐμοῖς· ἄμομφον ὄντα δ᾽ αἰδοῦμαι πόλει. Κατηρτικώς ita interpretatur scholiastes, τέλειος τὴν ἡλικίαν. τοῦτο δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ζώων. Est autem κατηρτυκὼς δρόμοις dictum ut apud Euripidem in Aeolo (fr. 19. sive inc. 167.) νῦν δ᾽ ἀμβλύς εἰμι καὶ καττηρτυκώς κακῶν (Valckenarius κακοῖς), quod Cicero Tusc. Q. III. 25. ita expressit, sed iam subactus miseriis obtorpui. Grammaticus in Bekkeri Anecd. p. 105, 25. κατηρτυκέναι ἐλέγοντο οἱ μηκέτι βόλον ἔχοντες ἵπποι. Εὐριπίδης Αιόλω. Hesychius κατηρτικώς, τελειώσας (codes τελείως). κυρίως δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ζώων, ὅταν ἐκβάλῃ πάντας τοὺς ὀδόντας. Idem γνώμονα τὸν (codex γνώμ . . τὸ) βαλλόμενον ὀδόντα δι' οὗ τὰς ἡλικίας ἐγνώριζον τῶν τετραπόδων. καὶ ὁ καιτηρτυκώς (codex κατηρτηκώς) ἤδη λιπογνώμων. Conf. Suidas in v. γνώμονα et in v. ἀβολήτως ibique Kusterus. Αμομφον ὄντα δ᾽ αἰδοῦμαι πόλει, miseret me tui, de quo civitas non habet quod queratur. Suppl. v. 621. αἰδοῦνται δ᾽ ἱκέτας Διός. Euripides Heracl. v. 102. εἰκὸς θεῶν ἱκτῆρας αἰδεῖσθαι, ξένε.

mvp-comment-336-1 ἔχουσι ... οὐκ εὐπέμπελον: έχουσι M. Par. Ven. (teste Bekkero et Linwoodio) Flor. (teste Franzio) Rob. έχουσαι G. Ald. Turn. Deinde οὐκ εὐπέμπελον Μ. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. οὐκ εὐπεπλον Farn. οὔκουν εὔπεπλον Ven. et adscripto in margine γρ. οὐκ εὐπέμπελον Flor. Scholiastes εὐπέμπελον ita interpretatur, εὐπαραίτητον, εὐχερῆ, εὐάρεστον. δυσάρεστοι φύσει εἰσὶν αὗται. Non componenda esse εὐπέμπελος et δυςπέμφελος, sed εὐπέμπελον significare contrarium τῷ δυςπέμπτῳ iudicat Lobeckius Pathol. prol. p. 105. Eodem modo interpretandum esse intellexerat Wellauerus, harum vero ea est ratio, ut non facile dimitti possint.

mvp-comment-337-1 χώρᾳ μεταὖθις: χωροῖεν αὖθις, Turnebi coniectura, obtinuit donec veram scripturam, χώρα μεταὖθις, quam confirmat scholiastae ad τυχοῦσαι adnotatio, ἀντὶ τυχουσῶν, Wellauerus restituit. χώραι μετ' αὖθις Μ. G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. χῶραι μετ' αὖτις Par. χῶραιμε τ' αὖθις Rob.

mvp-comment-338-1 αἰανὴs: αἰανὴ Ven. Flor. αἰανής M. G. Ald. Rob. Τurn.

mvp-comment-339-1 μένειν: Falsus est Linwoodius, quum μένειν in μ' ἑλεῖν mutavit.

mvp-comment-340-1 πέμπειν τε, δυςπήμαντ᾽ ἀμηχάνως ἐμοί: Libri πέμπειν δέ. Scribendum esse πέμπειν τε viderunt Abreschius et Tyrwhittus. Deinde δυσπήματ' ἀμηχάνως ἐμοί M. Ven. Rob. et ad δυσ supra adscripto δὴ Flor. Farn. δυσσήματ᾽ ἀμηχάνως ἐμοί G. Ald. Turn. Recte Stanleius sive potius Scaliger δυςπήμαντἀμηχάνως ἐμοί. Aliorum commenta praeterire satius erit. Propter scholiastae adnotationem, quae haec est, πέμπειν αὐτὰς ἀμηνίτως δυςχερές ἐστιν ἐμοί, Tyrwhitto scribendum videbatur πέμπειν τε δυςσήμαντ᾽ ἀμηνίτως ἐμοί, Dindorfio πέμπειν τε δυςπήμαντ᾽ ἀμηνίτως ἐμοί. Non puto scholiastam legisse αμηνίτως, sed eo vocabulo interpretatum esse sequentis versus sententiam.

mvp-comment-341-1 ἐπέσκηψεν: ἐπέσκηψεν Μ. Rob. ἐπέσκηψε G. Ald. Turn. ἀπέσκηψεν Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-342-1 φόνων δικαστὰς ὁρκίους αἱρουμένη ... Θεσμόν, τὸν εἰς ἅπαντ᾽ ἐγὼ θήσω χρόνον: Libri ορκίων αἱρουμένους. Male Linwoodius inter δικαστὰς et ὁρκίων aliquid excidisse putavit. Recte Casaubonus sive Pearsonus ὁρκίους αἱρουμένη. Scholiastes ad hunc versum hoc adscripsit oἷον ενόρκους δικαστάς. Verum quod sequitur, θεσμὸν τὸν εἰς ἅπαντ᾽ ἐγὼ θήσω χρόνον non potest ita explicari quasi idem sit atque θεσμὸν τὸν ἀΐδιον. Neque enim articulus recte positus esset, et obstat in medio collocatum ἐγὼ θήσω. Scribendum potius est θεσμόν, τὸν εἰς ἅπαντ᾽ ἐγὼ θήσω χρόνον. Excidit autem ante θεσμόν versus hac sententia, σέβειν κελεύσω τῶν ἐμῶν ἀστῶν πόλιν. Itaque lacunae signa posui.

mvp-comment-343-1 καλεῖσθ', ἀρωγὰ τῆς δίκης θ' ὁρκώματα: καλεῖθ᾽ ἀρωγὰ Rob. Deinde libri τῆς δίκης ὁρκώματα. Pauwio ὀρθώματα scribendum esse videbatur. Ορκώματα agnoscit etiam scholiastes, qui ad v. 477. haec adscripsit, ὑμεῖς δὲ ὅρκους αὐττοὺς (sic M. G. αὐτὸν Rob.) αἰτήσατε. Recte Wellauerus τῆς δίκης θὁρκώματα.

mvp-comment-344-1 ἥξω ... ἐτητύμως: Libri ἥξω. Auratus ἄξω, Schneidewinus τάξω, H. L. Ahrens ζω. Nihil omnino mutandum est. Ad litigantes se venturam dicit Minerva, i. e. in Areopagum. ἑτητύμως Farn.

mvp-comment-345-1 ὅρκον πορόντας μηδὲν ἔκδικον φράσειν: Hic versus omissus est in Farn. In Ven. Flor. post v. 478. collocatus est. ὅρκον περώντας μηδὲν (μηδέν Turn.) ἔκδικον φρεσὶν M. G. Ald. Rob. Τurn. ὅρκον περῶντας μηδὲν ἔνδικον φρενὶ Ven. et Linwoodio teste Flor. ex quo Franzius ἔκδικον φρενὶ affert. Scribendum erat ὅρκον πορόντας μηδὲν ἔκδικον φράσειν. Et φράσειν quidem scribendum esse viderunt Marklandus ad Eur. Suppl. v. 112. et Wakefieldius: πορόντας scholiastes legit, cuius haec adnotatio in M. adscripta est, ὅρκον διδόντας.

mvp-comment-345-2 Haec locuta Minerva in interiora templi se recipit.

mvp-comment-346-1 νέων:

νεων
G. Ald. Hoc dicit, nunc commutationes funt in novas leges, si vincet caussa et noxa huius parricidae.

mvp-comment-347-1 δίκα τε καὶ βλάβα:

δίκα τε καὶ βλάβα
Heathius.
δίκα καὶ βλάβα
M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn.
δίκα καὶ βλάβα
Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-348-1 εὐχερείᾳ:

εὐχερείᾳ
Turn.
ευχερείαι
M. teste Franzio.
εὐχερία
G.
εὐχερία
Ald. Rob.
εὐχαρία
Flor. Farn. et Bekkero teste Ven.

mvp-comment-349-1 ἔτυμα: Sept. adv. Theb. v. 894.

ἐτύμως δακρυχέων ἐκ φρενός
. V. ad Eum. v. 55.

mvp-comment-350-1 τοκεῦσιν:

τοκεῦσι
Turn. Sed ceteri libri
τοκεῦσιν
.

mvp-comment-351-1 μεταὖθις:

μεταὖθις
Par. Rob.
μετ' αὖθις
Μ. G. (sic G.) Ven. Flor. Farn.
μετὰ τ' αὖθις
Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-352-1 οὐδὲ:

οὐδὲ
Fritzschius. Libri
οὔτε
.

mvp-comment-353-1 μαινάδων:

μαινάδων γε
Farn.

mvp-comment-354-1 ἄλλοθεν:

ἄλλοθε
Turn.

mvp-comment-355-1 λῆξιν ὑπόδυσίν τε μόχθων ἄκεα δ᾽ οὐ βέβαια πλάμων μάταν παρηγορεῖ:

λῆξιν ὑπόδοσιν τε μόχθων
M. G. Ald. Rob.
λῆξις ὑπόδοσίς τε μόχθων
Turn.
λῆξιν ὑπόδησίν τε μόχθων
Flor.
λήξιν ὑπόδυσίν τε μόχθων
Ven. ut Heathius scribendum coniecit. Videtur etiam scholiastes
ὑπόδυσιν
legisse, quod non recte interpretatur διαδοχήν. Efugium laborum dicit poeta. Deinde proximo versu
ἄκεα δ' οὐ βέβαια
Fritzschius.
ἄκεά τ' οὐ βέβαια
a Schutzio scriptum erat.
ἄκετ᾽ οὐ βέβαια
M. Rob.
ἄκετ᾽ οὐ βεβαία
G. Ald.
ἀκέτ᾽ οὐ βέβαια
ex Par. affertur.
ἄκες' οὐ βέβαια
Ven.
ἄκες ἀβέβαια
Flor.
ἄκεστα. οὐ βέβαια
Farn.
οὐκ ἔτ᾽ οὐ βεβαία
Turn.
οὐκέτ᾽ οὐ βέβαια
Vict. Deinde
τλάμων μάταν παρηγορεῖ
Fritzschius. Libri
τλάμων δέ τις μάταν παρηγορεί
. Itaque haec ita scripsi, aliter quam in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 82.
πεύσεται δ᾽ ἄλλος ἄλλοθεν, προφωνῶν τὰ τῶν πέλας κακά, λῆξιν ὑπόδυσίν τε μόχθων ἄκεα δ᾽ οὐ βέβαια τλάμων μάταν παρηγορεῖ.
Sed dubitari potest an sic potius Aeschylus scripserit,
πεύσεται δ᾽ ἄλλος ἄλλοθεν προφωνῶν τὰ τῶν πέλας κακά, λῆξιν ὑπόδυσίν τε μόχθων ἄκεα τ᾽ οὐ βέβαια πλάμων μάταν παρηγορῶν.
Audiet alius aliunde commemorans propinquorum mala, finem effugiumque laborum atque infirma remedia frustra pro solatio adhibens. Apollonius Rhodius II. 622.
Τίφυ, τί δή μοι ταῦτα παρηγορέεις ἀχέοντε
ς

mvp-comment-356-1 ὦ δίκα:

ὦ δίκα, ὦ
Pauwius. Libri
ἰὼ δίκα ἰώ
.

mvp-comment-357-1 Ἐρινύων:

ἐρινύων
Μ. G. Rob.
ἐριννύων
Ven. Flor. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-358-1 οἰκτίσαιτ':

οἰκτίσετ
Rob.

mvp-comment-359-1 πίτνει: Libri

πιτνεῖ
.

mvp-comment-360-1 ἔσθ' ὅπου τὸ δεινὸν εὖ τις φρενῶν ἐπίσκοπον δειμανεῖ καθήμενον: Libri

ἔσθ' ὅπου τὸ δεινὸν εὖ τις φρενῶν ἐπίσκοπον δειμαίνει καθήμενον
, nisi quod haec ultima verba,
δειμαίνει καθήμεvov
omissa sunt in Rob. Schutzius, qui olim
δειματοῖ
scribendum coniecerat, in quod etiam Franzius incidit, postea ut Wakefieldius et ego anno 1799.
δειμανεῖ
dedit. Sic etiam Abreschius, sed ille post hoc verbum ponens signum interrogandi. Sed
δειμαίνειν
nusquam est terrere. Perperam intellecti sunt Aeschylus Pers. v. 601.
φίλοι, κακῶν μὲν ὅςτις ἔμπειρος κυρεῖ, ἐπίσταται βροτοῖσιν ὡς ὅταν κλύδων κακῶν ἐπέλθῃ, πάντα δειμαίνειν φιλεῖ
, et Plato Leg. IX. p. 865. D.
λέγεται δὲ ὡς ὁ θανατωθεὶς ἄρα βιαίως, ἐν ἐλευθέρῳ φρονήματι βεβιωκώς, θυμοῦταί τε τῷ δράσαντι νεοθνὴς ὤν, καὶ φόβου καὶ δείματος ἅμα διὰ τὴν βίαιον πάθην αὐτὸς πεπληρωμένος, ὁρῶν τε τὸν ἑαυτοῦ φονέα ἐν τοῖς ἤθεσι τοῖς τῆς ἑαυτοῦ συνηθείας ἀναστρεφόμενον δειμαίνει, καὶ ταραττόμενος αὐτὸς ταράττει κατὰ δύναμιν πᾶσαν τὸν δράσαντα, μνήμην ξύμμαχον ἔχων, αὐτόν τε καὶ τὰς πράξεις αὐτοῦ
. Apud Quintum Smyrnaeum II. 499.
δειμαίνοντο
medium est, timore se corripi passi sunt. Itaque quum neque
δειμανεῖ
in illa horum versuum conformatione ferri posset, et
εὖ καί
plane supervacaneum esset, in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 83. seq. ita scribendum putavi,
ἔσθ' ὅπου τὸ δεινὸν εὐ, καὶ φρενῶν ἐπίσκοπον δεῖ μένειν καθήμεvov
, nonnumquam bonum est timere, et oportet animi custodem constitutum manere. Ita legisse videtur scholiastes, cuius haec est adnotatio,
οὐ πανταχῆ τὸ δεινὸν ἀπεῖναι φρενῶν δεῖ
. Eandem coniecturam,
δεῖ μένειν
, in margine exemplaris Aldini bibliothecae Cantabrigiensis adscriptam commemorat Dobraeus Adv. II. p. 29. Nunc probabilius mihi visum est Aeschylum sic scripsisse,
ἔσθ' ὅπου τὸ δεινὸν αὖ τις φρενῶν ἐπίσκοπον δειμανεῖ καθήμενον
.

mvp-comment-361-1 ξυμφέρει: omissum in Rob.

mvp-comment-362-1 ὑπὸ στένει:

ὑπὸ στένει
M. Flor. Rob. Τurn.
ὑποστένει
G. Ven. Farn. Ald. Fuerunt qui
ὑπὸ δέει
vel
ὑπὸ σθένει
scribendum putarent. Male. Hoc dicitur, conducit rebus angustis coactum sapere.

mvp-comment-363-1 τίς δὲ μηδὲν ἐν δέει καρδίαν ἔτ᾽ ἀνατρέφων, ἢ πόλις βροτός θ' ὁμοίως, ἔτ᾽ ἂν σέβοι δίκαν;: Libri

ἐν φάει καρδίαν ἀνατρέφων
. Ιd scholiastes interpretatur λαμπρότητι καὶ ὀρθότητι φρενῶν, ut
καρδίας
legisse videatur, quod Canterus aliique receperunt. Hoc minime probandum est. Rectissime Auratus
ἐν δέει
. Quae deest syllaba, eam non recte in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 83. inserto
ἄν
post
καρδίαν
supplendam esse existimavi. In ultimo huius strophae versu
σέβει
Μ. Ceteri
σέβοι
. Denique
δίκας
G. Ald. Rob. Turn.
δίκαν
Victorius, ex M. ut videtur. Sic etiam Ven. et, ut videtur, Flor. Farn. Scripsi
τίς δὲ μηδὲν ἐν δέει καρδίαν ἔτ᾽ ἀνατρέφων, ἢ πόλις βροτός θ' ὁμοίως, ἔτ᾽ ἂν σέβοι δίκαν;

mvp-comment-364-1 ἀνάρχετον:

μήτ' ἄναρκτον βίον
M. G. Ald. Rob. Τurn.
μήτ' ἀνάρκετον β.
Farn.
μήτ' ἀνάρκητον β.
Ven. (sic Ven.) Flor.
μήτ' ἄναρκτον οὖν βίον
Heathius. Recte videtur Wieselerus scribendum censuisse
μήτ' ἀνάρχετον βίον
, ut
ἀπεύχετον
Aeschylus dixit in Choeph. v. 149. et 615.

mvp-comment-365-1 παντὶ:

παντὶ
Pauwius. Libri
ἅπαντι
.

mvp-comment-366-1 ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐφορεύει: Deinde error Aldinae,

μέτῳ τὸ κράτος
, fecit ut Turnebus daret
μὲν ὅτῳ τὸ κράτος
. Deinde
ἄλλα ἄλλαι δ' ἐφορεύει
Μ.
ἄλλα ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐφορεύει
Ven. Flor. Farn.
ἄλλα ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐφορεύει
Rob.
ἄλλα ἄλλα διεφορεύει
G. deleto accentu gravi, qui in
άλλα
ad ultimam syllabam adscriptus fuerat.
άλλα ἄλλα διεφορεύει
Ald. Turn. Scribendum esse
ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐφορεύει
Wellauerus vidit. Hoc dicit poeta, omni medio deus primatum concessit: alia enim aliter gubernat, i. e. alia aliis rebus pro suo arbitrio attribuit. Scholiastes quid in mente habuerit, non ausim dicere. Verba eius haec sunt,
ἄλλα ἄλλως ἐφορᾷ ὁ Θεός· ἔσθ' ὅπη δέους
. Abreschius et Heathius scripsisse eum putaverunt
ἔσθ' ὅπη δέος
, idque ad v. 510. rettulerunt.

mvp-comment-367-1 δυςσεβίας:

δυςσεβίας
Porsonus, et sic Farn. in quo ιωνικόν adscriptum est.
δισσεβείας
Rob. Ceteri
δυσσεβείας
.

mvp-comment-368-1 ὑγιείας:

ὑγείας
Rob.

mvp-comment-369-1 αὖ φρενῶν ὁ πάμφιλος: Libri

φρενῶν ὁ πᾶσι φίλος
. Heathio
πᾶσιν
scribenti olim obtemperavi, ut ceteri editores. Sed displicet hoc metrum hic prae eo quod in antistrophico versu libri habent,
δωμάτων ἐπιστροφάς
. Quare scripsi
* αὖ * φρενῶν ὁ πάμφιλος
.

mvp-comment-370-1 καὶ:

τε καὶ
pro
καὶ
Farn. Habet enim in antistrophicis versibus
καὶ ξενοτίμους γε δωμάτων ἐπιστροφάς
.

mvp-comment-371-1 δέ σοι:

δέ σοι
Μ. G. Par. Ven. Flor. Farn. Rob. Errorem Aldinae,
δέ τοι
, Turnebus et ceteri servarunt.

mvp-comment-372-1 αἴδεσαι δίκας:

αἴδεσται δίκας
error Ald. Hinc
αἰδεῖσθαι δίκας
Turn.

mvp-comment-373-1 νιν: Post

νιν
in Par. additum
τὴν δίκην
, adnotatio scholiastae.

mvp-comment-374-1 ἀτίσῃς:

ἀτίσης
(sic M.) vel
ἀτίσῃς
M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn.
ἀντίσῃς
Ven. (sic Ven.) Flor.
ἀντήσῃς
Farn.
πατήσης. γρ. ἀτίσῃς
Par.

mvp-comment-375-1 ἐπέσται:

ἕπεται
pro
ἐπέσται
Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-376-1 τις:

τι
pro
τις
Farn.

mvp-comment-377-1 ξενοτίμους:

γε
post
ξενοτίμους
addit Farn.

mvp-comment-378-1 δωμάτων ἐπιστροφὰς:

δώματαν ἐπιστροφὰς
G.
δώματ' ἀνεπιστροφὰς
Ald. Ceteri
δωμάτων ἐπιστροφάς
, quorum verborum ordinem mutaverat Heathius. V. ad v. 527.

mvp-comment-379-1 αἰδόμενός τις ἔστω:

αιδούμενός τις ἔστω
Ven.

mvp-comment-380-1 ἑκὼν δ᾽ ἀνάγκας ἄτερ: Libri

ἐκ τῶνδ᾽ ἀνάγκας ἄτερ
. Recipienda erat Wieseleri emendatio,
ἑκὼν δ᾽ ἀνάγκας ἄτερ
.

mvp-comment-381-1 ὢν: omittit Farn.

mvp-comment-382-1 πανώλεθρος δ᾽:

πανόλεθρος
Ald. Rob. Post
πανώλεθρος
Pauwius
δ'
inseruit.

mvp-comment-383-1 παραβάταν:

φαμὶ περαιβάδων
M. G. Ald. Rob. In G. tamen prius
παραιβάδαν
scriptum fuerat.
φαμὶ περβάδαν
Ven. Farn.
φαμὶ παρβάδαν
Flor.
φαμὶ παραβάταν
Turn.
φαμε παραιβάδαν
Victorius. Scholiastes adscripsit παραβεβηκότα. Olim
φαμὶ παρβάταν
scripseram. Nunc melius visum est quod in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 84. proposui,
τὸν ἀντίτολμον δέ φαμι καὶ παραιβάταν
.

mvp-comment-384-1 τὰ πολλὰ παντόφυρτ᾽ ἄνευ δίκας:

τὰ πολλὰ παντόφυρτ᾽ ἄνευ δίκης
M. Rob. et sic Ven. Flor. nisi quod
δίκας
habent.
ἄνευ τινος
pro
ἄνευ
Farn.
τὰ πολλὰ παντόφυρτον ἄνευ δίκης
G. Ald. Turn. sed in G. scriptum prius fuerat
δίκας
. Pauwio scribendum videbatur
τὰ πολλὰ παντόφυρτ᾽ ἄγοντ᾽ ἄνευ δίκης
. Hoc si probandum esset, in antistrophico versu 551. scribi posset
λαπαδνόν, οὐδὲ κῦμ᾽ ὑπερθέοντ᾽ ἄκρον
. Sed non opus est ut
άγοντ'
addatur.
Τὸν ἀντίτολμον καὶ παραιβάταν τὰ πολλὰ παντόφυρτ᾽ ἄνευ δίκας
idem est ac si dixisset
τὸν οὕτω πολλὰ τολμήσαντα
.

mvp-comment-385-1 βιαίως:

βιαίῳ
vitium Ald. Turn. Cohaerent
καθήσειν λαίφος
. Male post
καθήσειν
interpungebatur.

mvp-comment-386-1 ὅταν: Libri

ὅτ᾽ ἄν
.

mvp-comment-387-1 οὐ δὲν ἐν μέσᾳ δυςπαλεῖ τε δίνᾳ:

οὐδὲν ἐν μέσῳ
M. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. Turn., nisi quod
οὐδὲν μέσα
habent Ald. Rob.
οὐδὲν μέσσα
Farn. Ex Par.
οὐδὲν δ᾽ ἐν μέσα
Linwoodius affert.
οὐδὲν ἐν μέσῳ
scribendum vidit Abreschius. Deinde
δυςπαλεῖ τε δίνα
Turnebus. Libri
δυσπαλεῖται δίνα
. Sic etiam Rob. non
δυσπαλεῖ δέ
.

mvp-comment-388-1 γελᾷ δὲ δαίμων:

γέλᾳ δ᾽ ὁ δαίμων
Turn. ex lemmate scholii in ed. Rob. quod non habet M. Recte
γελᾷ δὲ δαίμων
ceteri omnes.

mvp-comment-389-1 θερμῷ:

θερμώ
Pauwius, et sic Farn. in quo
θερμουργῷ
adscriptum est.
θερμοεργῶν
Μ.
θερμοεργῷ
G. Par. Flor. Ald. Rob. Turn.
θυμοεργῷ
Ven.
θερμουργῷ
scripserat Victorius.

mvp-comment-390-1 ἀμαχάνοις: Libri

ἀμηχάνοις
.

mvp-comment-391-1 λαπαδνόν: Libri

λέπαδνον
. Scholiastes
γελά, φησίν, ὁ δαίμων ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδίκως πάσχοντι· τὸν μηδέποτε προςδοκήσαντα τιμωρεῖσθαι ἰδὼν ἐν μέσῃ τῇ δύῃ ὑπεζευγμένον καὶ χαλινωθέντα· τοῦτο γὰρ δηλοῖ τὸ λέπαδνον
. Scribendum esse
λαπαδνόν
, i. e.
ἀλαπαδνόν
, dixi in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 85. Idem viderunt Musgravius et Fritzschius.

mvp-comment-392-1 οὐδ᾽ ὑπερθέοντ᾽:

οὐδὲ
plene Turn.
ὑπέρθεον τ'
G. Ald. Ad
οὐδ᾽ ὑπερθέοντ᾽ ἄκραν
conferendi sunt versus Euripidis in Archelao (fr. IV. Matth.)
οὐ γὰρ ὑπερθεῖν κύματος ἄκραν δυνάμεσθ'· ἔτι γὰρ θάλλει πενία, κακὸν ἔχθιστον, φεύγει δ᾽ ὄλβος
, et Theognidis v. 619.
πόλλ' ἐν ἀμηχανίησι κυλίνδομαι ἀχνύμενος κῆρ· ἄκρην γὰρ πενίης οὐχ ὑπερεδράμομεν
.

mvp-comment-393-1 προςβαλὼν:

πρὸς βαλὼν
Αld.

mvp-comment-394-1 αἴστος:

αἶστος
Porsonus. Libri
άϊστος
. Sophocles Ai. v. 515.
σὺ γάρ μοι πατρίδ᾽ ἤστωσας δορί
. V. Bachm. ad Lycophr. v. 71.

mvp-comment-395-1 κήρυξ:

κῆρυξ
Rob.

mvp-comment-396-1 κατειργάθου:

κατειργάθου
Porsonus. Libri
κατεργάθου
. Dindorfius ex Elmsleii praecepto
κατειργαθοῦ
. V. ad v. 430.

mvp-comment-397-1 εἴτ᾽ οὖν διάτορος ... Τυρσηνικὴ:

εἶτ᾽ οὖν διάτορος τυρσηνικὴ
Μ.
ἥτ᾽ οὖν διάτορος τυρσηνικὴ
G.
ήτ᾽ ἣν
Vict.)
οὖν διάτορος τυρσηνικὴ
Ald. Turn. Vict.
εἶτ' οὖν διάτορος ἡ τυρσηνικὴ
Rob.
εἶτ᾽ οὐ διάκτορος τυρσηνικὴ
Par.
εἶτ᾽ οὖν διάκτορος τυρσηνικὴ
, spatio post
διάκτορος
relicto, Ven.
ήτ' οὖν διάκτορος τυρσηνική
, spatio post
διάκτορος
relicto, et adscriptis in margine
λείπει
et
πέλει
, Flor.
εἶτ᾽ οὖν διάκτορος πέλει τυρσηνικὴ
Farn. Scribendum erat
εἶτ᾽ οὖν
, ut in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 85. dixi. Quod ibi conieci Aeschylum scripsisse,
εἶτ᾽ οὖν διάκτωρ διάτορος Τυρσηνική
, certe non indignum est poeta, quamquam hoc vocabulum
διάκτωρ
idonea auctoritate caret. Omnium autem minime ferri potest probata a Müllero neque prorsus improbata a Schoemanno coniectura Butleri,
r οὐρανοῦ διάτορος ἡ Τυρσηνικὴ σάλπιγξ
. Eo modo scholiastes loqui poterat, non poterat poeta. Codicum Ven. Flor. Farn. scripturae aut inventam esse docent lacunam post
διάτορος
, aut grammatici opinionem fuisse ibi aliquid excidisse. Certo additamento hic versus non potest suppleri. Franzio placuit quod Emperius excogitaverat,
διάτορος αἰθέρος
.

mvp-comment-398-1 πληρουμένου:

πληρουμένον
error Aldinae est, ut mox v. 569.
ξυνδικήσεσων
, 577.
κατόκτονας
, 580.
κομπάζεις
, 582.
δούρην
, 584.
μαρτυρεῖ δέσμοι
, quorum nihil est in G.

mvp-comment-399-1 ἐμοὺς: Ennius Eumenidibus apud Nonium in v. opino p. 475.

tacere opino esse optumum, ut pro viribus sapere atque fabulari tute noverint
.
ἀρήγοι
ex Flor. Linwoodius affert. In fine versus G. cum reliquis
ἐμοὺς
, sed ad ultimam syllabam os supra scripto.

mvp-comment-400-1 ἐκ τῶνδ᾽ ὅπως ἂν εὖ καταγνωσθῇ δίκη:

καὶ τόνδ' ὅπως
Μ. (sic M. teste Franzio Par.
καὶ τὸν ὅπως
G. Ald.
καὶ τῶνδ᾽ ὅπως
Ven. Flor. Rob. Turn. In fine versus
δίκη
Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. Turn.
δίκης
Μ.
δίκη
G. Olim scripsi
καὶ τόνδ'
, ὅπως, ut intelligeretur Orestes. Atque ita, aut
καὶ τούςδ'
, scribendum putabam etiam in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 86. seq. Nunc probabilius mihi visum est scripsisse Aeschylum
ἐκ τῶνδ᾽ ὅπως
etc. Ad
τῶνδε
pertinet adnotatio scholiastae
τῶν Αρειοπαγιτῶν
. Videtur autem post v. 560. versus excidisse: quare lacunae signa posui. Puto enim huiusmodi fuisse Aeschyli orationem,
πληρουμένου γὰρ τοῦδε βουλευτηρίου σιγᾶν ἀρήγει καὶ μαθεῖν θεσμοὺς ἐμοὺς * καὶ τὸν διώκοντ' ἠδὲ τὸν φεύγονθ᾽ ὁμῶς, πόλιν τε πᾶσαν, εἰς τὸν αἰανῆ χρόνον ἐκ τῶνδ᾽ ὅπως ἂν εὖ καταγνωσθῇ δίκη.

mvp-comment-401-1 μέτεστι πράγματος:

πράγματος μέτεστι
Flor.

mvp-comment-402-1 ἔστι γὰρ νόμῳ ἱκέτης ὅδ᾽ ἀνὴρ καὶ δόμων ἐφέστιος ἐμῶν: Hoc versu incipit codex Augustanus. Libri

ἐστι γὰρ δόμων
. Olim
θρόνων
scripsi, quod Schutzius recepit. Eandem coniecturam protulit Elmsleius ad Med. v. 155. Possit videri alterum
δόμων
, quod in sequente versu est, commutandum esse cum
θρόνων
vel
μυχῶν
, et coniecit
μυχῶν
scribendum esse H. L. Ahrens. Sed multo praestat scribere
ἔστι γὰρ νόμῳ ἱκέτης ὅδ᾽ ἂνὴς καὶ δόμων ἐφέστιος ἐμῶν
. Viderunt hoc Erfurdtius et Burgesius. Sophocles Oed. Col. v. 548.
νόμῳ δὲ καθαρὸς ἄνδρες ἐς τόδ᾽ ἦλθον
. V. Opusc. VI. 2. p. 87. seq.

mvp-comment-403-1 ἀνὴρ:

άνηρ
ex Farn. affertur. Ceteri
ἀνὴρ
. Correxit Porsonus.

mvp-comment-404-1 ἐφέστιος:

ἐφέστιος
Aug. G. Ald. Rob. Turn.
ἐφέστιως
Μ.
ἐφεστίων
Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-405-1 ξυνδικήσων:

συνδικήσων
Aug.

mvp-comment-406-1 αἰτίαν δ᾽ ἔχω:

αἰτίαν ἔχω
Turn.

mvp-comment-407-1 τοῦ φόνου:

του φόνου
Turn.
τοῦδε φόνου
M. G. Par. Aug. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-408-1 ὅπως τ᾽ ἐπίστᾳ:

ὅπως ἐπίσται
Μ. Ceteri
ὅπως ἐπίστα
. Porsonus
ὅπως ἐπίστα
. Scribendum erat
ὅπως τ᾽ ἐπίστᾳ
, et comma delendum, quod post haec verba positum erat. Prom. v. 376.
σεαυτὸν σῶς᾽ ὅπως ἐπίστασαι
.

mvp-comment-409-1 κύρωσον:

κύρωσον
M. G. Aug. Ven. Farn. Ald. Rob.
κύρω σων
Flor.
κυρώσων
Turn.

mvp-comment-410-1 NA: Hi versus desunt in Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-411-1 ἐξ ἀρχῆς:

ἐξαρχῆς
Μ.

mvp-comment-412-1 πολλαὶ μέν ἐσμεν, λέξομεν δὲ συντόμως: Scholiastes

τοῦτο οὐ πρὸς τῆς τρεῖς, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν χορόν· ιέ γὰρ ἦσαν
. V. Opusc. II. p. 132. VI. 2. p. 127. seqq. Eumenidum nomen hic et deinceps praefixum in G. Ald. Turn. xo. in Rob. In Μ. v. 575. 587. 591. 595.
εὐμ.
, v. 577. 582. 588. 592. 596.
όρ.
praefixum, reliquis locis personae mutatio lineola indicata est.
λέξομεν δὲ ξυντόμως
Rob.
λέξομεν μὲν συντόμως
G. Ald.

mvp-comment-413-1 ἐν μέρει τιθείς:

ἔπος ὀρθὸν τιθεὶς
, sed adscripto in margine
ἐν μέρει
, Par.

mvp-comment-414-1 κατέκτονας:

κατέκτανες
Elmsleius ad Med. v. 774.
κατέκτεινας
Rob. Ceteri
κατέκτονας
.

mvp-comment-415-1 παλαισμάτων:

παλαιμάτων
Rob. Scholiastes
ἐμπέπτωκας. ἡ μεταφορὰ δέ ἐστιν ἀπὸ τῶν παλαιόντων, οἳ ἐπὶ τοῖς τρισὶ πτώμασιν ὁρίζουσι τὴν ἧτταν
. V. Victorii Var. lect. XXI. 2. Salmasii Exerc. Plin. p. 206. Spanh. ad Iul. p. 262. Wyttenb. ad Iul. p. 214. ed. Lips. Lobeckium Aglaoph. p. 353. seq.

mvp-comment-416-1 λέγω:

λέγω
M. Par. Aug. Rob.
λέξω
G. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-417-1 δέρην:

δούρην
Ald.
δείρην
Turn.

mvp-comment-418-1 πρὸς τοῦ δ᾽:

πρὸς τοῦ δ᾽
Μ. G. Rob.
τοῦ δ'
Αld.
τοῦδ'
Turn. Non mutandum putavi
πρὸς τοῦ δ᾽ ἐπείσθης
, etsi nemini non veniet in mentem
πρὸς τοῦ δὲ πεισθείς
.

mvp-comment-419-1 βουλεύμασιν:

βουλεύμασιν
M. G. Par. Aug. Ald. Rob.
βουλεύμασι
Turn.

mvp-comment-420-1 ἀεὶ:

ἀεὶ
Μ. G. Aug. Ald. Rob.
αἰεὶ
Turn. Dubitari potest an scripserit Aeschylus
ναί. δεῦρό γ' ἀεὶ τὴν τύχην οὐ μέμφομαι
.

mvp-comment-421-1 ἀλλ᾽:

ἄλλο
Turn.
ἀλλ'
sine accentu Aug. G. Ald. Rob.
ἀλλὰ εἰς τάχα
Par.

mvp-comment-422-1 καμοίγ᾽ ἀρωγοὺς ἐκ τάφου πέμψει πατήρ: Libri

πέποιθ', ἀρωγὰς δ᾽ ἐκ τάφου πέμπει πατήρ
. Scaliger
nua
, quod Abreschius et Schützius scholiastam viderunt habuisse. Eius haec est adnotatio,
ὡς ὑμῖν
(scribendum
ὡς ὑμᾶς ἔπεμψεν ἡ μήτηρ
, οὕτω
βοηθοὺς καμοὶ πέμψει ὁ πατήρ
. Legit igitur scholiastes, et recte,
καμοίγ᾽ ἀρωγοὺς ἐκ τάφου πέμψει πατήρ
.

mvp-comment-423-1 πέπεισθι:

νῦν πέπεισθι
M. Aug. Ald. Rob.
νῦν πεπείσθι
G.
νῦν .....o
Par.
πέποιθε
Turn. quae nihil est nisi coniectura Turnebi, offendentis ad antiquam et veram scripturam. Est enim
πέπεισθι
imperativus ea lege formatus, qua
ἴσθι, κέκλυθι, κέκραχθι, άνωχθι, τέθναθι
.

mvp-comment-424-1 μιασμάτοιν:

μιασμάτοιν
Elmsleius ad Med. v. 798. Libri
μιασμάτων
. V. ad Ag. v. 1344.

mvp-comment-425-1 ἀνδροκτονοῦσα πατέρ᾽ ἐμὸν κατέκτανεν: Stephanus putabat frigidum et ineptum esse

κατέκτανεν
, quod deberi librario oculis ad v. 595. aberranti. Quare scribi volebat
καμὲ κτάνεν
. Eadem Arnaldi coniectura est, rectius
κἄμ' ἔκτακεν
scribentis, p. 258. Nihil mutandum est. Ad illud,
μητέρα κτανών
, respondet
δυοῖν γὰρ εἶχε προςβολὰς μιασμάτοιν
, rationem reddens cur occiderit. Non solum enim maritum interfecit, quae non erat Oresti iusta occidendi caussa, sed etiam patrem: ob id demum a filio eam puniri aequum erat. Intellexit hoc Pauwius.

mvp-comment-426-1 τί γάρ; σὺ μὲν ζῇς, ἣ δ᾽ ἐλευθέρα φόνῳ:

τοὶ γὰρ
M. Aug. Rob.
τὸ γὰρ
G. Ald.
τὸ γὰρ
Turn. Deinde
ζῇς
G. Denique libri
φόνου
. Necessaria est Schützii emendatio,
φόνῳ
. Inepte Wellauerus citat Valcken. ad Hippol. v. 1450. Scripsi
τί γάρ ; σὺ μὲν ζῇς, ἣ δ᾽ ἐλευθέρα φόνῳ.
Quid id ad rem? tu vivis, illa autem libera a persecutione nostra, quia occisa est.

mvp-comment-427-1 πῶς γάρ σ᾽ ἔθρεψεν: Libri

πῶς γάρ σ' ἔθρεψεν
, nisi quod
πῶς γάρ τ' ἔθρεψεν
Ald. habet. Robortellus in corrigendis
πῶς γ' εἰ σ'
(sic). Nihil omnino mutandum est.

mvp-comment-428-1 ἀπεύχει: Libri

ἀπεύχῃ
.

mvp-comment-429-1 αἷμα φίλτατον:

αἷμα φίλτατον
Turn.
τὸ αἷμα φίλτατον
Μ.
αἷμα τὸ φίλτατον
G. Aug. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-430-1 ὡςπερ ἐστὶν:

ὣς πέρεστιν
Αld.

mvp-comment-431-1 δοκεῖ, τόδ' αἷμα κρῖνον: Recte G. Ald. Rob. post

δοκεῖ
interpungunt. Post
αἷμα
Turnebus.

mvp-comment-432-1 δικαίως:

δικαίως
M. Aug. Rob.
δικαίας
G. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-433-1 μάντις ὢν δ᾽:

μάντις ὢν
emendatio est Canteri. Libri
μάντις δ᾽ ὤν
. Turnebus
δ'
omisit. Ennius Eumenidibus apud Nonium in v. expedibo p. 505.
id ego aequum ac ius fuisse expedibo atque eloquar
.

mvp-comment-434-1 ὃ μὴ κελεύσαι: Libri

ὃ μὴ κελεύσει
. Robortellus in corrigendis
οὐ
. Porsonus
ὃ μὴ κέλευσε
, quum Stanleius
κέλευσε
vel
κελεύει
coniecisset. Non recte olim scripsi
ἃ μὴ κελεύσῃ
. Scribendum erat
ἃ μὴ κελεύσαι
.

mvp-comment-435-1 τὸ μὲν δίκαιον τοῦθ': Pro librorum lectione,

Τοῦ
, olim dederam
τοῦδ'
. Id ut potuerit dici, non est eo tamen opus. Post
τοῦθ'
nulla interpunctio in M. Rob. Plene interpunctum in G. Ald. Turn. Male scholiastes
ἀντὶ τοῦ μάθε ὦ βουλή
.

mvp-comment-436-1 βουλῇ:

βουλῇ
Turn. Vict. et sic fortasse M.
βουλῆ
G. Ald. et sic in corrigendis Rob. in cuius textu
Βουλῆ
est.
Βουλὴ
legit scholiastes ille, cuius verba modo attuli,
Βουλῇ
alius, cuius haec est adnotatio,
κελεύω δὲ ὑμᾶς πεισθῆναι τῇ βουλῇ τοῦ Διός
.

mvp-comment-437-1 ἐπισπέσθαι:

ἐπίσπεσθαι
G. Ald. Turn.
ἐπισπάσθαι
Rob. sed in corrigendis
ἐπισπέσθαι
scribi iubetur, atque ita recte Victorius et reliqui.

mvp-comment-438-1 ὤπασεν:

σοι
in
σοὶ
mutavit Burgesius, non male. Deinde libri
ὤπασε
.

mvp-comment-439-1 θανεῖν: Male Auratus et Musgravius

κτανεῖν
scribendum esse putaverunt.

mvp-comment-440-1 σκήπτροισι:

σκέπτοισι
Rob.

mvp-comment-441-1 τιμαλφούμενον: Ad

τιμαλφούμενον
scholiastes haec adnotavit,
συνεχὲς τὸ ὄνομα παρ' Αισχύλῳ· δι᾿ ὃ σκώπτει αὐτὸν 'Ἐπίχαρμος
. Vsus est hoc verbo Aeschylus Ag. v. 889. Eum. v. 15. 796. et adiectivo
τιμαλφὴς
in Epigonis, fragm. 57.

mvp-comment-442-1 ἀκούσει: Libri

ἀκούσῃ
.

mvp-comment-443-1 νιν:

νιν
Porsonus. Libri
μιν
.

mvp-comment-444-1 ἄμεινον ... δροίτῃ περῶντι λουτρά:

ἄμεινον
recte G. Ald.
ἀμείνον'
sic M.
ἀμείνον'
Rob. Turn. Hoc dicit, rebus plerisque bene gestis. Deinde v. 624.
δροίτῃ
M. G. Ald.
δροίτῃ
Par. Aug. Rob. Turn.
Δροίτῃ
, ut Robortellus in corrigendis scribi iussit, Victorius. V. ad Ag. v. 1506. Deinde
κἀπὶ τέρμασι
G. sed mutatum ab eadem manu in
κἀπὶ τέρματι
, ut Aug. Rob. habent.
κἀπιτέρματι
Ald. Turn. Non recte Schoemannus, ut antea G. Bernhardy in Syntaxi p. 83.
δροίτῃ
masculinum esse putat, comparans Soph. Ant. v. 904.
καίτοι σ᾽ ἐγὼ τίμησα τοῖς φρονοῦσιν εὖ
. Non potest dubitari quin
εὔφροσιν
cum
δεδεγμένη
sit coniungendum. Mihi olim
εὐφρόσιν
dictum esse videbatur ut
μειλιχίοισιν, κερτομίοισιν
, ut esset blandis verbis:
καί
autem in
κἀπί
eo modo post participium positum esse putabam, de quo dictum est ad Ag. v. 97. Linwoodius scripsit
δροίτης περῶντι λουτρά
, et post haec verba huiusmodi aliquid excidisse putavit,
συνθέτοις λόγοις θέλγει φρένας κλέπτουσα
. Immo recte intellexit Dindorfius post v. 622. lacunam esse indicandam. In eo versu qui excidit, nisi plures fuerunt, substantivum fuisse videtur, ad quod
εὔφροσιν
pertinebat, et hic fere sententiarum nexus,
adstitit, ferrum celans, operam datura (exeunti e labro, δροίτῃς περῶντι λουτρά)
. Itaque sic scripsi
ἀπὸ στρατείας γάρ νιν ἠμποληκότα τὰ πλεῖστ᾽ ἄμεινον εὔφροσιν δεδεγμένη ... δροίτῃς περῶντι λουτρά, κἀπὶ τέρματι
etc.

mvp-comment-445-1 περεσκήνωσεν:

περἐσκήνωσεν
Μ. G. Rob.
παρεσκήνωσεν
Aug. (sic Aug.) Ald.
παρεσκήνησεν
Turn.
περεσκήνωσεν
agnoscit scholiastes, qui haec adscripsit
πρὸς τὴν συναλοιφὴν τῆς περί καὶ τὴν συζυγίαν τοῦ ῥήματος
. V. ad Ag. v. 1106.

mvp-comment-446-1 πεδήσασ':

πεδήσας
Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-447-1 οὗτος:

οὗτος
Μ. G. Aug. Rob.
οὕτως
Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-448-1 δ᾽: addidit Pauwius.

mvp-comment-449-1 δηχθῇ:

ὡς περ
Rob.
δειχθῇ
M. Rob. sed in M.
η
in
η
mutatum est.

mvp-comment-450-1 ἔδησε:

ἔδεισε
Μ. sed
ει
in
η
mutatum est.

mvp-comment-451-1 ταῦτα:

τοῦτ'
Αld. Turn.

mvp-comment-452-1 παντομισῆ: Hinc rursus adiuvamur codicibus Ven. Flor. Farn.

παντοστυγή
Aug.

mvp-comment-453-1 μὲν ἂν:

μὲν ἂν
G. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-454-1 ἄκος:

ἔπι
pro
ἔστι
Ald.

mvp-comment-455-1 πολλὴ μηχανὴ:

πολλῆ μηχανή
Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-456-1 ἐπειδὰν: Hunc et sequentem versum affert Tzetzes Chil. VIII. 231.

ἀς
pro
ὡς
,
ἐπειδὰν
Ven. Flor. Turn.
ἐπειδ᾽ ἂν
M. G. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-457-1 ἀνασπάσῃ:

ἀνασπάσῃ
Turn.
ἀνασπάση
M. Rob.
ἀνασπάσση
G. Ald.
ἀνασπάσει
Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-458-1 θανόντος: Melius post

θανόντος
quam post
κόνις
interpungitur. Ag. v. 981.
τὸ δ᾽ ἐπὶ γᾶν πεσὸν ἅπαξ θανάσιμον προπάροιθ᾽ ἀνδρὸς μέλαν αἷμα τίς ἂν πάλιν ἀγκαλέσαιτ᾽ ἐπαείδων;

mvp-comment-459-1 ἔστ᾽:

ἐπ'
pro
ἔστ'
Ald. Ennius apud Diomedem p. 380.
nec retrahi potestur imperiis.

mvp-comment-460-1 ἐποίησεν:

ἐποίησεν
Victorius, et sic Ven. Flor.
ἐποίησε
M. Aug. G. Ald. Rob. Turn.

mvp-comment-461-1 ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω:

ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω
Aug. Ven. Flor. Rob. Turn.
ἄνω καὶ κάτω
M. G. Ald.

mvp-comment-462-1 τίθησιν οὐδέν, ἀσμένῳ μένει:

τίθησι κοὐδὲν
Farn. Reliqui
τίθησιν οὐδὲν
, sic quidem ut Aug. G. Ald. Rob. post
τίθησιν
interpungant, Turn. post
οὐδέν
. In G.
οὐδὲν
e correctione est, quum antea fuisset
οὐδ' ἐν
. Deinde
ἀσθμαίνω μένει
M. Aug. G. Ald. Turn.
ἀσθμαίνων μένει
Ven. Flor. Rob. et ut videtur Farn. Hoc inde a Victorio obtinuit. Sed dubitari non potest quin hic versus corruptus sit. Nam ut
οὐδὲν ἀσθμαίνων
defendi possit, quod aegre tamen defendetur, at nullo pacto ferri potest his additum
μένει
. Scripsi
τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν οὐδέν, ἀσμένῳ μένει.
Τίθησιν οὐδέν
, temnit. Sophocles El. v. 1270.
δαιμόνιον αὐτὸ τίθημ᾽ ἐγώ
.

mvp-comment-463-1 ὑπερδικεῖς:

ὑπερδικεῖς
e correctione, antea
ὑπερδικὴς
G.

mvp-comment-464-1 ὅρα: Idem et Αld.

ὁρᾷ
.

mvp-comment-465-1 ἐκχέας:

ἐκχόας
Ald.

mvp-comment-466-1 ἔπειτ' ἐν Ἄργει:

ἔπει τ᾽ ἐνάργει
Ald.

mvp-comment-467-1 χέρνιψ:

χέρνιξ
G. Ald.

mvp-comment-468-1 φρατέρων:

φρατέρων
M. Par. Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. et supra adscripto
το
Farn.
φρατόρων
Rob. Turn. V. Buttmannum in Mythologi vol. II. et G. Dindorfium ad Aristoph. Εq. ν. 255.

mvp-comment-469-1 προςδέξεται:

προςδέξεται
Aug. Ven. Ald. Turn. et, ut videtur Par. Flor. Farn.
προσδέξαιται
G.
προσδέξαιτε
M. idemque adscriptum in Par.
προσδέξαιτο
Rob.

mvp-comment-470-1 ἡ κεκλημένη: Recte Musgravius et Schutzius scribendum viderunt

ἡ κεκλημένη
, et hoc habent Ven. Flor. Farn.
ἡ κεκλημένου
M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. Apte Schutzius attulit Eur. Alc. v. 648.
οὐδ᾽ ἡ τεκεῖν φάσκουσα καὶ κεκλημένη μήτηρ μ' έτικτε
, cum tota autem horum versuum sententia comparavit Eur. Ol. v. 551. seqq. et fragm. inc. LVIII.

mvp-comment-471-1 νεοσπόρου:

νεοσπάρου
Rob.

mvp-comment-472-1 ἅπερ:

ὥσπερ
Par.

mvp-comment-473-1 ξένῳ ξένη:

ξένη ξένῳ
Aug. sed litteris β' ά ordinem invertendum esse indicans.

mvp-comment-474-1 ἔρνος:

ἔρνος
hic et v. 658. G. Ald.

mvp-comment-475-1 βλάψῃ:

βλάψῃ
vel
βλάψῃ
Μ. G. Aug. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. Turn.
βλάψει
Par.

mvp-comment-476-1 τεκμήριον:

τεκμήριος
Αld.

mvp-comment-477-1 γένοιτ': Scholiastes, qui

γεννήσειεν
adscripsit, legit
γείνατ'
. At hoc deterius est quam quod libri habent,
γένοιτ'
.

mvp-comment-478-1 NA: Versum excidisse indicavi in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 90. et viderat hoc Butlerus. Multo id probabilius est quam quod Schützius putabat,

οὐδ'
in sequentis versus initio mutandum esse in
οὐκ
. Excidisse autem videtur versus hac sententia, ex capite Iovis armata prosiliens.

mvp-comment-479-1 οἷον:

ἀλλοῖον
G.

mvp-comment-480-1 τέκοι:

πέκοι
Ven.

mvp-comment-481-1 ὡς:

ὅσ'
pro
ὡς
G.
ὃς
Ald.

mvp-comment-482-1 δόμων:

δόμον
Aug.

mvp-comment-483-1 χρόνου:

χρόνον
Aug.

mvp-comment-484-1 τάδ᾽ αἰανῶς μένοι:

τάδ' αἰανῶς
M. Aug. Ven. Flor. Turn. et e correctione G.
τὰ δὲ αἰῶνος
ante correctionem G.
τάδ' αἰῶνος
Ald. Rob. Deinde
μένει
, sed mutatum in
μένοι
, G.
ας
, Flor.

mvp-comment-485-1 τὰ πιστὰ:

τὰ πιστὰ
Ven. Flor Turn.
τ' ἄπιστα
M. Aug. G. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-486-1 κελεύω τούςδ᾽:

κελεύσω
sola Rob.
τάσδ'
Farn.
τούσδ'
, supra adscripto
τας
,

mvp-comment-487-1 ἀπὸ γνώμης: Euripides in Ione v. 1313.

δεινόν γε, θνητοῖς τοὺς νόμους ὡς οὐ καλῶς ἔθηκεν ὁ θεός, οὐδ᾽ ἀπὸ γνώμης σοφής
. Vnde Blomfieldius hic
δικαίας
scribendum esse suspicatur.

mvp-comment-488-1 ἄμομφος:

ἄμορφος
Ven. Ald. Sed G. ut ceteri
ἄμομφος
.

mvp-comment-489-1 ἠκούσαθ᾽ ὧν ἠκούσατ᾽:

ἤκουσαν᾽ ὧν ἤκούσατ'
sic G.
ἤκουσα θ' ὧν ἤκουσα τ'
Αld.
ἠκούσαθ᾽ ὡς ἠκούσατ'
Ven. (teste Bekkero Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-490-1 αἰδεῖσθε:

αἰδεῖσθε
Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Turn.
αἰδεῖσθαι
Rob. et ad ultimam syllabam supra adscripto
ε
M.

mvp-comment-491-1 ἀστικὸς: Libri

ἀττικός
, nisi quod in G. ante correctionem
ἀττικῶς
fuit. Scripsi
ἀστικός
. Ita
ἀστικός λεώς
dictum est v. 979.

mvp-comment-492-1 πρώτας ... κρίνοντες:

πρώτας
Ald. unde
πρῶτον
Turn. Deinde
κρίνοντες
M. Aug. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. Meursius in Areopago c. 9. scribendum putabat
κρίναντες
, quod hoc non primum fuerit iudicium capitale quod iudicarit Areopagus. Et habent
κρίναντες
Ven. Flor. Farn. Verum Aeschylus, concesso poetis iure usus, Minervam iudicium Areopagitarum in hac ipsa caussa primum constituisse finxit. Post hunc versum 674. tres versus inserui, qui in libris post v.698. sequuntur. Hic enim necessari, illic inepti aperteque sero positi sunt, neque nexi per copulam, qua hic positis neque opus est, nec ferri posset. Dixi de hac re in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 94. neque quae Schoemannus contra me disputavit plus ponderis habere mihi videntur quam quae Müllerus protulerat.

mvp-comment-493-1 Αἰγείῳ:

αἰγείῳ
Turn.
αἰγέωι
Μ.
αἰγές
G. Ald.
αἰγέω
Rob.
αἰγαίῳ
Aug.
αἰγέως
, ut Scaliger scribendum putavit, Flor. et, ut videtur, Ven. Farn.

mvp-comment-494-1 ἀεὶ δικαστῶν:

αἰεὶ
libri. Deinde
δικαστῶν
Canterus.
δ᾽ ἑκάστων
Μ. Par. G. Rob.
δ' εκάστω
Ven. Flor.
δ' ἑκάστῳ
Ald. Turn. Non recte Porsonus
ἀεὶ-δικαστῶν
scripsit. Iungenda sunt
τὸ λοιπὸν ἀεί
.

mvp-comment-495-1 πάγον δ᾽ Ἄρειον:

ἐγρήγορον
Ven. (sic Ven.) Flor. Farn.
πάγον τ'
Aug. Deinde libri
ἄρειον
. Scribendum est
ὄρειον
. Incipit autem Minerva tamquam dictura
πάγον δ᾽ ὄρειον τόνδε σχήσειν βούλομαι τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν
, interiectisque aliis mutat constructionem et subiungit
ἐν δὲ τῷ
et quae sequuntur. V. Opusc. VI. 2. p. 91. seqq.

mvp-comment-496-1 θ':

θ'
omittit Ald.
'
est apud Turn.

mvp-comment-497-1 νεόπτολιν:

νεόπολιν
Rob. non Ald.

mvp-comment-498-1 τήνδ':

τὴν
pro
τήνδ'
Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-499-1 ἀντεπύργωσαν:

ἀνεπύργωσαν
Rob.

mvp-comment-500-1 Ἄρει δ᾽ ἔθυον, ἔνθεν ἔστ᾽ ἐπώνυμος: Εtym. Μ. p. 139, 8.

Ἄρειος πάγος, δικαστήριον Αθήνῃσιν οὕτω καλούμενον, καὶ οἱ δικασταὶ Ἀρεοπαγίται· πρώτη γὰρ κρίσις ἐκεῖ ἐγένετο ἀνθρώποις. ἢ (ἢ ὡς φησιν Αισχύλος
codex Sorb. apud Gaisf.)
ὅτι αἱ Αμάζονες ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον ἐστρατεύοντο, Αρεος οὖσαι
. Eustathius ad Dionysii v. 653.
ἀφ᾽ ὧν (Αμαζόνων) ὡς ἐξ Αρεος καταγομένων καὶ ὁ Ἄρειος πάγος ἐν Ἀθήναις ὠνόμασται, οἷα μέχρι καὶ ἐκεῖ ἐλθουσῶν
. Varro de L. Lat. VII. p. 305. seq. ed. Speng. Ennius (ennii cod. Flor.)
"Areopagitae quid dedere quam pudam"
(ita cod. Flor.). Ex Eumenidibus Ennii haec sumpta esse intellexit Scaliger. Itaque hunc versum, ut ex hoc loco ductum, ita scripsit,
Areopagiticam ea de re vocant petram
: nam Ant. Augustinus aliam lectionem, peram, protulerat. Scribere certe debebat Scaliger
Areopagitarum ea de re vocant petram
. Addit enim Varro
Areopagitae ab Areopago: is locus Athenis
. Sed non potest dubitari quin plane aliud lateat in codicis Florentini scriptura.

mvp-comment-501-1 μὴ ἀδικεῖν:

μὴ ἀδικεῖν
M. G. Aug. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Rob.
συνίζησις
adscriptum in Ven. Farn.
μὴ δικεῖν
Turn.

mvp-comment-502-1 τό τ' ἦμαρ ... ὁμῶς:

τό τ' ήμαρ
Grotius in Excerptis, et sic e correctione M. in quo
τόδ' ήμαρ
scriptum erat.
τόδ' ήμαρ
Aug. G. Ven. (sic G. Ven.) Rob.
τὸ δ'
e Flor. Farn. affertur.
τόδ' ἡμας
Ald.
τόθ' ήμαρ
Turn. In fine versus
ὁμῶς
Turn.
ὁμῶς
Farn.
ὅμως
Aug. G. Ven. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-503-1 μὴ 'πικαινούντων νόμους:

μὴ πικαινόντων νόμους
M. Aug. G. Ald.
μὴ ἐπικαινόντων νόμους
Ven. Flor. Rob. Turn.
μὴ ἐπιβαινόντων νόμους
, ad
β
supra adscripto
κ
, Farn. Elegans est Wakefieldii coniectura,
μὴ ἐπιχραινόντων νόμους
. Sed recipiendam putavi, ut Porsonus aliique, leniorem Stephani emendationem,
μὴ ἐπικαινούντων νόμους
.

mvp-comment-504-1 κακαῖς ἐπιρροαῖσι· βορβόρῳ δ᾽ ὕδωρ λαμπρὸν μιαίνων οὔ ποθ᾽ εὑρήσεις ποτόν: Post

κακαῖς ἐπιρροαῖσι
interpunctum est in M. Ven. Flor. Rob. Deinde libri
βορβόρω
(
βαρβάρω
Ven.)
θ' ύδωρ
. Si
κακαῖς ἐπιρροαῖσι
cum sequentibus iungendum esset, scribendum esset
κακαῖς δ᾽ ἐπιρροαῖσι βορβόρῳ θ᾽ ὕδωρ λαμπρὸν μιαίνων
. Sed ad praecedentia rettulisse haec verba videntur etiam paroemiographi, qui eis omissis sequentia sine auctoris nomine afferunt. Prov. e cod. Bodl. 231. p. 22. Gaisf.
βορβόρῳ ὕδωρ λαμπρὸν μιαίνων οὔποθ᾽ εὑρήσεις πότνον. ἐπὶ τῶν τὰ κάλλιστα τοῖς αἰσχίστοις μιγνύντων
. Similiter Diogenianus III. 55. Zenobius II. 73. Itaque videntur scriptum invenisse
κακαῖς ἐπιρροαῖσι· βορβόρῳ δ᾽ ὕδωρ
etc. Id posui, et voluerat ita iam Pearsonus.

mvp-comment-505-1 τὸ μὴ δ᾽ ἄναρχον μηδὲ δεσποτούμενον ἀστοῖς περιστέλλουσι:

τὸ μήτ' ἄναρχον μηδὲ δεσποτούμενον
sic Franzio teste M.
τὸ μήτ' ἄναρχον μὴ δὲ δεσποτούμενον
Aug. Ven. (Bekkero teste Flor. Farn. (hi ita Linwoodio teste) Rob.
τὸ μήτ' ἄναρχον μήτε δεσποτούμενον
G. Ald. Turn. et, ut Franzius quidem ait, Ven. Flor. Scribendum erat
τὸ μὴ δ᾽ ἄναρχον μηδὲ δεσποτούμενον
. Dictum est de his versibus in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 93. seq.

mvp-comment-506-1 περιστέλλουσι βουλεύω σέβειν: Non recte Porsonus

περιστέλλουσα
, Heathii coniecturam, recepit. Deinde
βουλεύω σέβειν
Ven. Flor. Rob. et haud dubie etiam Farn.
βουλεύω σέθεν
M. Par. Aug. G. Ald. Turn. sed
σέβειν
adscriptum est in margine M. et super
σέθεν
in Aug. infra in G.

mvp-comment-507-1 ἔνδικος:

του
omittit Rob.
ἐνδίκω
Αld.

mvp-comment-508-1 οὔτις:

οὔποτ'
pro
οὔτις
Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-509-1 οὔτ᾽ ἐν Σκύθαισιν:

οὔτ᾽ ἐν σκύθαισιν
Farn.
οὔτ᾽ ἐν σκύθησιν
Μ.
οὔτ᾽ ἐν σκύθησιν
vel
σκύθησιν
G. Ven. Flor. Rob.
οὔτε σκύθησιν
Ald. Turn. et, ut Franzius ait, Aug.
οὔτε σκύθοισιν
Par.

mvp-comment-510-1 οὔτε:

οὔτε
G. e correctione, quum antea
οὔτ' ἦν
scriptum fuisset. Similiter Sophocles Oed. Col. v. 695.
ἔστιν δ᾽ οἷον ἐγὼ γᾶς Ἀσίας οὐκ ἐπακούω, οὐδ᾽ ἐν τα μεγάλα Δωρίδι νάσῳ Πέλοπος πώποτε βλαστὸν φύτευμ᾽ ἀχείρωτον ἐγχέων δαΐων
.

mvp-comment-511-1 ἐξέτειν᾽ ἐμοῖς παραίνεσιν:

ἐξέτειν᾽ ἐμοῖς παραινέσεσιν
Ven.
ἐξαιτεῖν ἐμοῖς ποραίνεσιν
Par.

mvp-comment-512-1 καὶ διαγνῶναι:

ἐπὶ διαγνῶναι
pro
καὶ διαγνώναι
Rob.

mvp-comment-513-1 αἰδουμένους:

αἰδουμένους
Canterus.
αἰδουμένοις
M. Par. Aug. G. Ald. Rob. Τurn.
αἱρουμένοις
Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-514-1 ὅρκον:

νόμον
pro
ὅρκον
Par.

mvp-comment-515-1 κἄγωγε:

κἄγωγε
Porsonus.
καγώγε
Rob.
καγώ τε
M. Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-516-1 κελεύω:

κελεύσω
Rob.

mvp-comment-517-1 μαντεύσει νέμων:

μαντεύσῃι
Μ.
μαντεύσῃ
vel
μαντεύσῃ
ceteri. Deinde libri
μένων
. Scripsi, ut olim,
νέμων
. V. Opusc. VI. 2. p. 97.

mvp-comment-518-1 ἦ:

ἦ
G. Ven. Ald. Rob.
ἢ
M. Flor.

mvp-comment-519-1 τι σφάλλεται:

τι σφήλεται
Ven. Farn.
τισσφήλλεται
Flor.
τισφάλλεται
Αld. Rob.

mvp-comment-520-1 πρωτοκτόνοισι προςτροπαῖς:

πρωτοκτόνοισι προςτροπαῖς
Turn. et, ut videtur, M.
πρωτοκτόνοισι προτροπαῖς
Aug. Ven.
πρωτοκτόνοισι προπροπαῖς
Rob.
πρωτοκτόνοις προτροπαῖς
Flor.
πρωτοτόνοισι προτροπαῖς
Farn.
πρωτοκτόνοισι προστροπάς
G. Ald.

mvp-comment-521-1 ἀλλ᾽ ἔν τε:

ἀλλ᾽ ἔκ τε
Aug.

mvp-comment-522-1 τοιαῦτα δράσας καὶ Φέρητος ἐν δόμοις Μοίρας ἔπεισας ἀφθίτους θεῖναι βροτούς. σύ τοι παλαιὰς διανομὰς καταφθίσας οἴνῳ παρηπάτησας ἀρχαίας θεάς.: Scholion ad Eur. Alc. v. 12. ex codice Vaticano 909. a Cobetio editum

Αἰσχύλος Εὐμενίσι τοιαῦτ᾽ ἔδρασας καὶ Φέρητος ἐν δόμοις· ἔπεισας ἀφθίτους εἶναι βροτούς. οὕτω παλαιὰς διανομὰς καταφθένας οἴνῳ παρηπάτησας ἀρχαίας θεάς.

mvp-comment-523-1 τοιαῦτα δράσας: Libri et scholiastes Euripidis

τοιαῦτ᾽ ἔδρασας
. Scribendum
τοιαῦτα δράσας
. Vidit hoc etiam Wiesederus.

mvp-comment-524-1 θεῖναι:

θ' εἶναι
Ald.
εἶναι
schol. Eur.

mvp-comment-525-1 οὔκουν:

οὐκοῦν
Aug. Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-526-1 τὸν σέβοντ᾽:

τὸ σέβοντ᾽
Ven.

mvp-comment-527-1 χὤτε:

χ' ώτε
Victorius, et sic vel
χώτε
, ut videtur, M. Aug. Ven. Flor. Farn.
χώς τε
G. Ald.
χώςτε
Turn.
χ' ὡς
, omisso
τε
, Rob.

mvp-comment-528-1 παλαιὰς διανομὰς καταφθίσας:

οὕτω
scholiastes Euripidis. Deinde libri
παλαιὰς δαίμονας
, nisi quod Rob.
παλαιὰς δάμονας
habet.
παλαιὰν διανομήν
e libro manu scripto restituendum dixit G. Dindorfius in Diurnis antiq. a. 1836. p. 13. Nimirum codicem scholiorum Euripideorum Vaticanum intellexit, ex quo
παλαιὰς διανομὰς
Cobetius protulit. Idem codex
καταφθίνας
.

mvp-comment-529-1 οἴνῳ:

οίνῳ
libri et scholiastes Euripidis. Apud Euripidem in Alc. v. 10. Apollo haec dicit,
ὁσίου γὰρ ἀνδρὸς ὅσιος ὢν ἐτύγχανον, παιδὸς Φέρητος, ὃν θανεῖν ἐρρυσάμην, Μοίρας δολώσας· ᾔνεσαν δέ μοι θεαὶ Αδμητον Αιδην τὸν παραυτίκ' ἐκφυγεῖν, ἄλλον διαλλάξαντα τοῖς κάτω νεκρόν.
Et Orcus ibidem v. 31.
οὐκ ἤρκεσέ σοι μόρον Αδμήτου διακωλῦσαι, Μοίρας δολίῳ σφήλαντι τέχνῃ;

mvp-comment-530-1 NA: Ad priorem locum codex Florentinus hoc habet scholion, quod Aug. Matthiae primus edidit,

οἴκῳ γὰρ ταύτας, φασί, τῶν λογισμῶν ἀπαγαγὼν ἐξητήσατο Αδμητον, οὕτω μέντοι ὥςτε ἀντιδοῦναι ἑαυτοῖ ἕτερον τῷ Αιδῃ
. Stanleius in Aeschyli versu
ὕπνῳ
scribendum putabat.

mvp-comment-531-1 NA: Personae notam, quam G. habet, omittit Ald.

mvp-comment-532-1 ἰὸν: Libri

ἰὸν
vel
ἰών
.

mvp-comment-533-1 ἐχθροῖσιν:

ἐχθροῖσιν
Victorius, et sic Ven.
ἐχθροῖσι
M. G. Aug. Flor. Ald. Rob. Turn.

mvp-comment-534-1 καθιππάζει:

καθιππάζῃι
Μ. Ceteri
καθιππάζῃ
vel
καθιππάζῃ
.

mvp-comment-535-1 πρεσβύτιν:

πρεσβύτιν
Ven.
πρεσβῦτιν
pravo accentu Aug. G. Ald. Rob. Turn.

mvp-comment-536-1 ἐπήκοος:

ἐπήκους
Rob.

mvp-comment-537-1 ἀμφίβουλος:

ἀμφίβολος
M. Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Rob. Scholiastes
ὡς ἀμφιβάλλουσα. τέως γὰρ ἐν ἀμφιβόλῳ ἔχω τὸ ὀργίζεσθαι
. Turnebi emendatio est
ἀμφίβουλος
.

mvp-comment-538-1 NA: De calculo Minervae dixi in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 189. seqq. [In Annalium Vindobonensium vol. CXI. p. 238. seqq. Hermannus contra Schoemannum ita disputavit. In der zwölften anmerkung s. 77. ff. bespricht herr Schoemann die schwierige frage über den calculus Minervae, und bestreitet weitläufig die von mir aufgestellte ansicht. Allgemein anerkannt ist, dass bei gleicher zahl der stimmen der beklagte für losgesprochen geachtet wird, und nur wie diese gleichheit der zahl zu denken sei wird gestritten. Die erste und einfachste art ist die, dass vorher bestimmt sei, wenn eben so viel stimmen für wie gegen den verbrecher sprechen, so solle er frei ausgehen. Die zweite besteht darin, dass Athene selbst ihre stimme mit abgebe, und, wenn dann gleichheit der stimmen erfolge, die lossprechung, für die sie mitgestimmt hat, eintrete. Die dritte ist die, dass, wo die stimmen der richter gleich sind, sie noch durch ihre zustimmung ein übergewicht für die lossprechung bewirke: was freilich im grunde nichts anderes als eine aufhebung des grundgedankens ist, indem nun nicht mehr gleichheit der stimmen, sondern die überzahl entscheidet. Keine dieser drei arten ist ohne zeugnisse. Herr Schömann betrachtet nun zuvörderst drei stellen des Euripides, was eigentlich gar nicht nöthig war. Ueber diese stellen hatte ich nur, weil Müller sie angeführt halle, gesprochen, und behauptet, dass Euripides schlechthin durch gleichheit der stimmen die lossprechung bewirken lasse, da nach einer alten tradition die zwölf göller, und unter ihnen auch Athene, jeder gott mit einer stimme, über den Orestes gerichtet hätten. Wenn ich s. 190. der recension von Müllers Eumeniden sagte, dass man das überhaupt in Athen so angesehen hätte, habe ich nur die sache, nicht den vom scholiasten des Aristides dafür angegebenen unstallhaften grund im auge gehabt. Es berührt mich daher gar nicht, was herr Schömann s. 80. geltend macht, dass Euripides in der taurischen Iphigenia v. 970. sage

ὅσαι μὲν οὖν ἕζοντο πεισθεῖσαι δίκῃ, ψῆφον παρ' αὐτὴν ἱερὸν ὡρίσαντ᾽ ἔχειν· ὅσαι δ᾽ Ἐρινύων οὐκ ἐπείσθησαν νόμῳ, δρόμοις ἀνιδρύτοισιν ἐλάστρουν μ' ἀεί, ἕως ἐς ἁγνὸν ἦλθον αὖ Φοίβου πέδον.
Denn dies ist offenbar eine erfindung des Euripides, der, um den Orestes zu den Taurern zu schicken, seiner gewohnheit nach den alten mythus umgestaltete, und das gericht des Areopags durch die gleichheit der stimmen keine entscheidung bewirken liess, weil er noch Erinyen nöthig hatte, die den Orestes verfolgten. Alles dieses ist aber für die erklärung der darstellung bei dem Aeschylus gleichgültig. Bei diesem liegt die sache so. Athene setzt das gericht des Areopags mit einer rede ein, an deren schlusse sie die richter auffordert, sich von ihren sitzen zu erheben und die slimmsteine zu ergreifen, v. 700.
ὀρθοῦσθαι δὲ χρὴ καὶ ψῆφον αἴρειν καὶ διαγνῶναι δίκην, αἰδουμένους τὸν ὅρκον. εἴρηται λόγος.
Während nun die richter ihre steine in die urne werfen, wie auch herr Schömann s. 187. f. angiebt, streiten sich der chor und Apollo noch über ihr recht, bis die chorführerin den ausgang des gerichts abzuwarten beschliesst. Nun sagt Athene, ihre sache sei es, die letzte entscheidung zu geben, und sie werde ihren stein dem Orestes zulegen, v. 726.
ἐμὸν τόδ' ἔργον, λοισθίαν κρῖναι δίκην· ψῆφον δ' Ὀρέστῃ τήνδ' ἐγὼ προςθήσομαι.
Als grund führt sie an, dass sie, als von keiner muller geboren, überall dem männlichen geschlechte den vorzug gebe, und daher die ermordung eines mannes schärfer als die einer frau ahnden werde. Darauf erklärt sie, dass auch wenn die stimmen gleich ausfallen, Orestes siegen solle, v. 733.
νικᾷ δ' Ὀρέστης, κἂν ισόψηφος κριθῇ.
Alsdann befiehlt sie die slimmsteine auszuschütten und richtig zu zählen. Nachdem dies geschehen ist, sagt sie v. 744.
ἀνὴρ ὁδ᾽ ἐκπέφευγεν αἵματος δίκην. ἴσον γάρ ἐστι ταρίθμημα τῶν πάλων.
Die frage war nun, ob Athene den stein, den sie in der hand hielt, vor der abstimmung in die urne geworfen, und also mitgestimmt, oder ob sie ihn nach der abstimmung, und nachdem sich gleichheit der stimmen ergeben hatte, noch als ein übergewicht hinzugelegt hälle. Ich habe das erstere angenommen, theils weil Euripides in den angeführten stellen nur von gleichheit der stimmen spricht, theils weil diese bei dem von Demosthenes erwähnten gericht der zwölf göller vorausgesetzt ist, theils weil Lucian an zwei stellen ausdrücklich sagt, dass durch den slimmstein der Athene erst die ungleiche zahl zu einer gleichen erhoben werde; sodann aber auch, weil bei dem Aeschylus entweder die erklärung, dass bei gleichen stimmen Orestes siegen solle, oder das hinzulegen eines stimmsteins nach schon erfolgter stimmengleichheit nicht nur überflüssig sein, sondern das letztere auch die Erinyen kränken und beleidigen müsste, wogegen sie, wenn Orestes durch gleichheit der stimmen gesiegt hätte, keine ursache zur beschwerde gehrbt haben würden. Dieser ansicht setzt nun herr Schömann die grösstentheils schon von Müller gebrauchten gründe entgegen, dass Athene als die stifterin des gerichts nicht selbst mitstimmen könne; dass schon das futurum
προςθήσομαι
auf die vermuthung führe, sie wolle nicht sogleich den stimmstein abgeben; endlich dass sie mit dem hinzulegen ihres stimmsteines nach erfolgter stimmengleichheit nur noch durch ein symbolisches zeichen die gnade versinnlichen wolle, die den verbrecher von der strafe befreie. Da alles auf die frage ankommt, ob Athene ihren stimmstein vor oder nach der zählung der stimmen abgegeben habe, so wundert mich, dass herr Schömann ein recht schlagendes argument für seine meinung nicht mehr hervorgehoben hat, indem er fragen konnte, warum Athene, wenn sie den stimmstein vor der zählung abgebe, nicht sage
ψῆφον δ' Ὀρέστῃ τήνδε προςτίθημ᾽ ἐγώ.
Ob nun gleich herr Schömann s. 86. sagt, er verlange für jetzt weiter nichts, als dass ihm zugegeben werde, seine erklärung sei wenigstens möglich, so scheint er doch die regel, dass man nicht zu viel beweisen müsse, aus den augen gesetzt zu haben, indem er, ich darf wohl sagen nicht ohne dialektische spitzfindigkeit, weiter geht, und die entgegengesetzte ansicht als absurd darzustellen sucht. Da ich gesagt hatte, wenn Athene vor der zählung mitgestimmt hätte, würden die Erinyen keine ursache sich zu beschweren gehabt haben, erwiedert er s. 89. “wenn Athene es so machte, wie H. will, so hatten die Erinyen keine ursache sich zu beschweren: nun aber beschweren die Erinyen sich doch auf das heftigste sowohl gegen die Athene als gegen die richter: folglich muss es Athene nicht so gemacht haben, wie H. will. Allein die Erinyen lassen sich doch am ende versöhnen. dies würde aber, wie H. meint, unmöglich gewesen sein, wenn Athene es nicht so gemacht hätte, wie er will: folglich muss sie es so gemacht haben. Hier haben wir zwei regelrechte schlüsse gegen einander, woran die freunde dialektischer formen ihre freude haben mögen. Welcher ist nun richtig? Der zweite gewiss nicht: denn die behauptung, dass die versöhnung der Erinyen unmöglich gewesen sein würde, wenn Athene es anders, als H. will, gemacht hätte, hält nicht stich. Ihre versöhnung kommt nicht dadurch zu stande, dass Athene ihnen zeigt, wie sie doch eigentlich keinen grund zu zürnen hätten: vielmehr hören sie auf alle dergleichen vorstellungen gar nicht, und antworten darauf nur mit wiederholten klagen und vorwürfen: versöhnt aber werden sie durch das versprechen, dass dieser vorgang ihrem rechte für die zukunft keinen abbruch thun werde, dass sie fortwährend als hohe und mächtige gewalten geehrt werden sollen.” Diesen beweis kann ich nicht zugeben. Dass die Erinyen nicht durch das ergebniss des gerichts versöhnt werden, ob sie gleich sich demselben gefügt hallen, liegt in ihrem charakter, und war auch schon v. 725. angedeutet,
ὡς ἀμφίβουλος οὖσα θυμοῦσθαι πόλει.
Da ich aber die hinzulegung des stimmsteins der Athene nicht, wie herr Schömann, bloss als eine symbolische handlung angenommen hatte, so würden die Erinyen, denen angezeigt worden war, dass die stimmengleichheit den Orestes freisprechen sollte, es für wahren übermuth und hohn haben ansehen müssen, wenn Athene, nachdem die stimmengleichheit bereits für den Orestes entschieden hatte, noch ein übergewicht in die wagschale gelegt 'hätte. Dann hätten sie gerechte ursache zur beschwerde gehabt und wären mit recht unversöhnlich geblieben. “Aber auch der erste schluss ist nicht richtig: denn nicht darauf kommt es an, ob die Erinyen sich beschweren, sondern ob sie ursache dazu haben. Haben sie denn aber wirklich keine ursache, wenn Athene es so machte, wie H. will? 'Athene,' sagt er s. 198. ‘wenn sie vor der zählung ihren stein abgiebt, und nun bestimmt, bei gleichen stimmen solle Orestes siegen, macht nur eine billige bedingung für den möglichen fall gleicher stimmen, erscheint aber übrigens ganz unparteiisch, indem sie es bloss auf die stimmenzählung ankommen lässt.' Ganz unparteiisch erschiene sie, die ja deutlich und ausdrücklich ihre grössere zuneigung für den Orestes eben dort auspricht, wo sie erklärt für ihn stimmen zu wollen?” Warum nicht? Wer sagt: ich stimme für den Orestes: nun wollen wir sehen, ob die stimmen gleich ausfallen: geschieht dieses, so ist Orestes frei; erhalten die Erinyen eine mehrzahl von stimmen, so siegen sie: der zeigt zwar seinen wunsch, dass Orestes siege, aber keine parteilichkeit; denn er kann ja durch seine stimme nicht verhindern, dass andere stimmen, und vielleicht alle, für das gegentheil stimmen. "Wollte sie wirklich unparteiisch erscheinen, so musste sie sich der abstimmung unter den richtern ganz enthalten, und die sache allein der entscheidung dieser anheimstellen. Jetzt aber lässt H. sie zuerst eine ungerade zahl von richtern herbeiführen, was offenbar doch nur in der absicht zu geschehen scheinen musste, dass nicht stimmengleichheit, und somit eine schwankende entscheidung, sondern eine bestimmte mehrheit entweder für den Orestes oder für die Erinyen herauskommen möchte.” Nein. Denn da nach meiner auf alle zeugnisse gegründeten ansicht die gleichheit der stimmen nur unter der voraussetzung, dass Athene mitstimmte, möglich war, musste ich ausser ihr die zahl der richter ungerade annehmen. "Dann aber lässt er sie doch wieder sich selbst den richtern zugesellen" (nicht wieder: denn es war ja von vorn herein angenommen), “und so eben hierdurch die möglichkeit einer schwankenden entscheidung herbeiführen, für welchen fall sie dann im voraus eine für den Orestes günstige anordnung trifft; und jenes thut sie, nachdem sie selbst kurz vorher erklärt hat, 463.
οὐδὲ μὴν ἐμοὶ θέμις φόνου διαιρεῖν ὀξυμηνίτου δίκας.
Diesen widerspruch freilich zwischen dem, was sie sagt und was sie thut, sucht H. durch die erklärung zu beseitigen, nicht das richteramt überhaupt habe sie abgelehnt, sondern das aml, allein zu richten. Aber, wenn es mir erlaubt ist gegen ihn zu sagen, was er selbst gegen Müller gesagt hat, er thut hier, was man in der technischen sprache einen salz erschleichen nennt. Athene erklärt schlechthin, es komme ihr nicht zu, den streit zu schlichten: ob allein oder in verbindung mit andern, davon sagt sie kein wort, und wenn sie nun dennoch sich unter die zur schlichtung des streites berufenen richter mischt, so thut sie offenbar etwas, was ihr, nach ihrer obigen erklärung, nicht zukam.” Auch das kann ich nicht zugeben. Orestes halle v. 460. die Athene gebeten, die sache zu entscheiden:
σὺ δ', εἰ δικαίως εἴτε μή, κρῖνον δίκην· πράξας γὰρ ἐν σοὶ πανταχῇ τάδ' αἰνέσω.
Auf diese worte, mit denen er offenbar ihr allein die entscheidung anheimstellt, antwortet sie,
τὸ πρᾶγμα μεῖζον ἢ εἴ τις οἴεται τόδε βροτὸς δικάζειν· οὐδὲ μὴν ἐμοὶ θέμις φόνου διαιρεῖν ὀξυμηνίτους δίκας.
Daraus folgt keineswegs, dass sie sich nicht unter die richter mischen könne; vielmehr lehnt sie bloss das ab, was Orestes gefordert hatte, sie selbst solle die sache entscheiden. Nach ihrem ausspruche hätte sie ja auch menschliche richter nicht einsetzen können, da sie die sache für schwieriger erklärt hatte, als dass sie von menschen geschlichtet werden könnte. “Dazu aber erscheint sie nicht nur nicht unparteiisch, sondern entweder hinterlistig oder thöricht. Sah sie nämlich vorher, dass ohne ihre einmischung die richter den Orestes mit der mehrheit einer slimme verdammen würden, und legte deswegen ihren stein hinzu, um eine gleichheit, die ohne dies nicht statt finden würde, hervorzubringen, so mochte sie, indem sie nun erklärte, dass bei stimmengleichheit Orestes losgesprochen werden sollte, den Erinyen immerkin eine billige bedingung zu machen scheinen für einen fall. der eben so gut nicht eintreten als eintreten könnte; in der that aber hinterging sie die Erinyen, indem sie für den gewissen und ihr schon bekannten ausgang eine bedingung feststellte, die diese sich offenbar nur unter der voraussetzung gefallen lassen konnten, dass der ausgang ungewiss sei. Sah sie selbst aber nicht vorher, wie die richter stimmen würden, so handelte sie thöricht, wenn sie bei ihrer eigenen überzeugung, dass Orestes nicht zu strafen sei, sein schicksal dennoch von der entscheidung der durch die Erinyen möglicher weise eingeschüchterten und überhaupt, wie sie es selbst ausgesprochen, hat, zur richtigen beurtheilung eines solchen falles wenig befähigten menschen abhängig machie, und es darauf ankommen liess, ob den von ihr selbst für nicht strafbar erkannten doch nicht vielleicht alle, oder wenigstens eine so überwiegende mehrzahl strafbar finden würde, dass ihr lossprechender stein ihm nichts helfen könnte.” Hierin kann ich nur ein sophisma erkennen, das herr Schömann durch ein untergeschobenes voraussehen der Athene zu stande gebracht hat, ohne daran zu denken, dass bei der annahme jenes voraussehens die Athene sich auch nach der von ihm aufgestellten erklärung der hinterlist schuldig machen würde. Denn auch wenn die Areopagiten allein stimmen und Athene den erfolg voraus weiss, täuscht sie die Erinyen mit der hoffnung, dass sie die mehrheit der stimmen für sich erhalten werden. Sieht sie aber den erfolg nicht voraus, so müsste man es ja ebenfalls thöricht finden, dass sie den Areopagiten, zumal wenn man sich diese eingeschüchtert denkt, die entscheidung durch abstimmung überliesse. Doch alles dieses habe ich bloss angeführt, weil herr Schömann in seiner beweisführung zu weit gegangen ist. Im ganzen hat herr Schömann Müllers darstellung sehr schön und scharfsinnig, obwohl im grunde aus modernen gesichtspuncten vertheidigt. Die hauptmomente sind diese. Athene stifte bloss das gericht, das über diesen und ähnliche fälle entscheiden solle, und dürfe daher nicht selbst unter den richtern sein. Ferner dass die hälfte der Areopagiten für den Orestes, die andere hälfte gegen ihn stimme, zeige an, dass menschliches urtheil nicht im stande sei das recht zu finden; wogegen wenn die gleichheit der stimmen durch das mitstimmen der Athene entstände, das menschliche urtheil sich dahin aussprechen würde, dass die motive zur verurtheilung des Orestes stärker als zu seiner lossprechung wären. Endlich dass Athene den ausschlag gebe, nachdem durch die stimmengleichheit der Areopagiten die unmöglichkeit, nach menschlichem ermessen für oder wider zu entscheiden, dargethan sei, das zeige an, welches von beiden urtheilen vor der göttlichen güte und weisheit gültig erscheine. Mag diese erklärung auch der sache nach richtig sein: dürfen wir sie deswegen dem Aeschylus unterlegen? Wie kommt es, dass er davon durchaus keine andeutung giebt, sondern vielmehr da, wo der passendste ort dazu war, die Athene als grund, warum sie für den Orestes stimme, bloss das angeben lässt, dass sie als von keiner muller geboren überall dem männlichen geschlechte den vorzug gebe, und deshalb nicht die tödtung einer frau der ermordung eines mannes gleich achten werde? Wenn wir nun hier, wo es erwartet werden konnte, keine spur finden, dass der dichter an die göttliche güte und weisheit gedacht habe, welchen grund haben wir anzunehmen, dass ihm etwas darauf angekommen sei, ob die gleichheit der stimmen durch die Areopagiten allein, oder durch das mitstimmen der Athene sei bewerkstelligt worden? Ich führe das nicht als ein argument gegen herrn Schömanns darstellung an, sondern nur um zu verhüten, dass dem Aeschylus nicht untergeschoben werde wovon er nichts sagt. Noch zu einer andern frage aber findet man sich veranlasst. Athene, meint herr Schömann, gebe durch das hinzulegen ihres steins nach der zählung symbolisch ein sinnliches zeichen ihrer beistimmung. Thäle sie das, so wäre es gänzlich gegen die gewohnheit der alten tragödie, dass sie davon nichts sagt. Denn was sie sagt ist bloss dieses v. 744. ‘Orestes ist freigesprochen: denn die stimmen sind gleich.' Hier also hälle sie, wenn jene behauptung zugegeben werden soll, sagen müssen
ψῆφον δ' Ὀρέστῃ τήνδε προςτίθημι ἐγώ
. Wir werden daher wohl jene symbolische handlung bloss für eine zu gunsten der aufgestellten erklärung gemachte erfindung anzusehen haben. Wollte jemand jetzt den von Aeschylus behandelten stoff zum inhalt einer tragödie machen, so müsste man es sehr loben, wenn er die von herrn Schömann sehr schön und geistreich entwickelten gedanken durchführte. Hier aber haben wir es nicht mit dem zu thun, was uns nach den philosophisch-ästhetischen ansichten unserer zeit schön und zweckmässig erscheint, sondern mit dem, was uns von einem volke noch übrig ist, das vor länger als zweitausend jahren eine für uns unerreichbare höhe der kunst, aber auf andern wegen, als wir aufzusuchen oder uns zu bahnen gewohnt sind, erstiegen halle. Wer daher nicht moderne ansichten, wie sehr sie auch der sache angemessen scheinen mögen, in den Aeschylus hineintragen, sondern das, was bei ihm geschrieben steht, als von ihm geschrieben annehmen will, der wird nichts anderes finden können, als was ich in der recension von Müllers Eumeniden, und nicht zuerst, gesagt habe. Denn klar steht es auch von dem scholiasten zu v. 727. mit folgenden worten geschrieben,
ἐγὼ προςθήσω τὴν ἐσχάτην ψῆφον, ᾖ, ὅταν ἴσαι γένωνται, νικᾷ ὁ κατηγορούμενος
.]

mvp-comment-539-1 θυμῷ:

θυμῶ
Rob.

mvp-comment-540-1 οὐ:

καὶ
pro
οὐ
per errorem Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-541-1 κτανούσης:

κτατούσης
Turn.

mvp-comment-542-1 ἐκβάλλεθ᾽:

ἐκβάλεθ'
Flor.

mvp-comment-543-1 πάλους:

πάλος
vitium ed. Vict. Cant.

mvp-comment-544-1 ὅσοις:

ίσοις
Flor.

mvp-comment-545-1 ἆρ᾽ ὁρᾷς:

ἀλλ' ὁρᾶς
Par.

mvp-comment-546-1 speaker: Hunc et sequentem versum libri continuant Furiis. Versum 738. Oresti tribuendum esse vidit Abreschius. Pervulgatum est

ἀγχόνην
non a solis mulieribus commemorari. V. Eur. Bacch. v. 246. Heracl. v. 247. Aristoph. Acharn. v. 125.

mvp-comment-547-1 ἔρρειν:

ἔροιν
G.
ἔριν
Ald.

mvp-comment-548-1 speaker: Huic versui lineola praefixa est in M. Omittunt personae notam G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. (sic Rob.) Turn. haec Furiis continuantes. Male Wellauerus versus 740. 741. Oresti, 742. 743. Furiis tribuit, nec melius Wieselerus omnes Oresti tribuendos putavit. Apollinis esse hos quattuor versus intellexerat Victorius.

mvp-comment-549-1 ψήφων:

ξιφων
pro
ψήφων
Ven.

mvp-comment-550-1 τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν:

τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν
libri.
τὸ μὴ δικεῖν
scribebatur inde a Cantero.

mvp-comment-551-1 γίγνεται: Libri

γίνεται
.

mvp-comment-552-1 βαλοῦσά:

Βαλοῦσα
ad
ψῆφον
relatum est, quoniam intelligitur
βαλὼν τὴν γνώμην εἷς ψηφιζόμενος
. V. Opusc. VI. 2. p. 95. VII. p. 22. Lobeckio Paralip. p. 165.
ψῆφος βαλοῦσα
non aliter dici videtur quam
φρυκτωρία τοὶς ἐξ βαλοῦσα
in Ag. v. 33. id est
εὐβολοῦσα
,
εὐτυχοῦσα
, imagine a tesserarum iactu prospero repetita. Non probo.

mvp-comment-553-1 ὤρθωσεν:

ὄρθωσεν
Rob.
ὤρθωσαν
G. Ald.

mvp-comment-554-1 ἀνὴρ:

ἀνὴρ
Farn.

mvp-comment-555-1 ὅδ᾽:

ὁ
Porsonus, et sic Ven. Flor.
δ'
M. Aug. G. Ald. Rob. Turn.

mvp-comment-556-1 σώσασα:

σώσα
, altero
σα
supra adscripto, M.

mvp-comment-557-1 κατῴκισάς με:

κατῴκοισάς με
G.

mvp-comment-558-1 ἀνὴρ:

αρ'ο
Rob.
ἀνὴρ
ceteri.

mvp-comment-559-1 χρήμασιν: Praeter necessitatem Dorvillius ad Char. p. 197. putabat scribendum esse

κτημάτων
.

mvp-comment-560-1 τρίτου:

τρίτον
Ven. Farn.

mvp-comment-561-1 ὃς:

ὃν
pro
ὃς
Ven. Flor.
ὁ καὶ
Aug.

mvp-comment-562-1 χώρᾳ τῇδε:

ἐγὼ δὲ τῆδε χώρα
Ven.

mvp-comment-563-1 τὸ λοιπὸν:

τολοιπὸν
Ven. Farn.

mvp-comment-564-1 πλειστήρη χρόνον:

πλειστήρη χρόνον
Μ. Ven. Rob. et, ut videtur, Flor. Farn.
πληστήρη χρόνον
Aug.
πλεισθήρῃ χρόνῳ
G. Ald.
πλεισθήρη χρόνον
Turn.

mvp-comment-565-1 ὁρκωμοτήσας:

ὁρκαμοτήσας
Rob.

mvp-comment-566-1 μήτοι:

μή τι γ'
vel
μήτοι
Ven.
ἔπειτα
Par.
μή
, omisso
τοι
Aug.

mvp-comment-567-1 πρυμνήτην:

πρυμνήτων
, ut videtur, Ven.

mvp-comment-568-1 ἐποίσειν:

ἐποίσειν
Μ. Aug. Ven. Flor. Rob.
ἐποίσεις
Par.
ἐπείσειν
, syllaba
πει
punctis notata, et supra scripto
σοί
, G.
ἐσήσειν
Ald. Turn. Euripides Suppl. v. 1190. contulit Stanleius,
ὁ δ᾽ ὅρκος ἔσται, μή ποτ' Αργείους χθόνα εἰς τήνδ' ἐποίσειν πολέμιον παντευχίαν, ἄλλων τ' λόντων ἐμποδὼν θήσειν δόρυ.
Imitatus est Aeschylum Euripides etiam v. 1205. seqq.

mvp-comment-569-1 ἡμεῖς:

ὑμεῖς
Ald.

mvp-comment-570-1 παρβαίνουσι:

παρμένουσι
Par.
προβαίνουσι
Flor.
παρβαίνουσι
Ald.

mvp-comment-571-1 ἀμηχάνοισι:

ἀμηχάνοισι
Ven. Flor. Rob. Τurn.
ἀμηχάνοις
M. Aug. G. Ald.

mvp-comment-572-1 πράξομεν:

παρέξομεν
Aug. Post
δυςπραξίαις
recte interpunxit Turnebus. Iungenda sunt
πράξομεν ὡς μεταμέλῃ
, operam dabo ut paeniteat. Quoniam autem dativus
παρβαίνουσι
iam paene memoriae audientium excidisse debebat, propterea poeta eum repetit per pronomen
αὐτοῖσι
.

mvp-comment-573-1 παρόρνιθας:

παρ' ὄρνιθας
G. Farn. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-574-1 μεταμέλῃ:

μεταμέλῃ
Turn.
μεταμέλη
M. G. Rob. et ad ultimam syllabam supra adscripto
οι
et Ven.
οι
Flor.
μεταμένη
Ald.

mvp-comment-575-1 ὀρθουμένων:

ὀρθουμένων
M. Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob.
ὀρθουμένοις
propter sequentes dativos Farn. Turn. Intelligitur
ὀρθουμένων τῶν πραγμάτων
.

mvp-comment-576-1 ἀεὶ:

ἀεὶ
M. Aug. G. Flor. Ald. Rob.
αἰεὶ
Ven. Turn.

mvp-comment-577-1 συμμάχῳ:

σύμμαχον
ante correctionem G.

mvp-comment-578-1 καὐτοί γ᾽ ἂν ἡμεῖς εἶμεν εὐμενέστεροι: Libri

αὐτοῖσιν ἡμεῖς ἐσμὲν εὐμενέστεροι
, nisi quod
εὐμενέτεροι
Αld.
ἀσμενέστεροι
Rob. Porsonus
ἐσμεν
obelo notavit. Heathius
ἐσόμεθ'
existimaverat. scribendum esse. Videtur potius Aeschylus ita scripsisse, nam offendit etiam
αὐτοῖσιν
in principio enuntiati collocatum,
καὐτοί γ᾽ ἂν ἡμεῖς εἶμεν εὐμενέστεροι
.

mvp-comment-579-1 καὶ χαῖρε· καὶ σὺ: Male vulgo

καὶ χαῖρε καὶ σὺ
sine interpunctione continuantur. Scribendum
καὶ χαῖρε· καὶ σὺ καὶ
et quae sequuntur.

mvp-comment-580-1 NA: Relinquunt scenam Orestes et Apollo. Remanere Areopagitas ostendit v. 936.

ή τάδ' ἀκούετε, πόλεως φρούριον
.

mvp-comment-581-1 NA: Hoc carmen chori inter octo Furias distribuendum esse indicavi in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 101. seqq. Versus autem 780. 781. nunc aliter scripsi.

mvp-comment-582-1 κἀκ χερῶν:

κακχειρῶν
Αld.

mvp-comment-583-1 ἰὸν τὸν ἀντιπενθῆ:

τὸν τὸν ἀντιπενθῆ
M. Aug. G.
ἰοὺ τοὺ ἀντιπενθῆ
Ald. Rob. Turn.
ἐὸν τὸν ἀντιπαθῆ
Ven. Flor.
Τον ῖον
ex Farn. affertur,
ἀντιπαθή
ex Par. Scholiastes
ἀντιπενθῆ
interpretatur
ἰσοπενθῆ, ὅμοια δρῶντα οἷς πέπονθα
. Non dubito quin iungendum sit
ἀντιπενθῆ καρδίας
.

mvp-comment-584-1 καρδίας:

καρδία
Ven. Flor.
καρδίᾳ
Farn. Ceteri recte
καρδίας
.

mvp-comment-585-1 σταλαγμὸν χθόνιον ἄφορον:

χθονιαφόρον
M. Aug. Ven. Flor. Rob.
χθονια φόρον
G.
χθόνια φόρον
Ald.
χθονὶ ἄφορον
Turn. Scholiastes
τὸν εἰς τὴν γῆν φερόμενον
. Ei scholio in ed. Rob. hoc lemma praefixum est,
χθονίᾳ φθορᾷ
. Non habet hoc lemma M. Scribendum putavi
σταλαγμὸν χθόνιον ἄφορον
.

mvp-comment-586-1 λειχὴν: Libri

λιχήν
.

mvp-comment-587-1 ἄφυλλος:

ἄφιλος
ante correctionem G.

mvp-comment-588-1 ὦ δίκα, δίκα: Tum libri

ἰὼ
et semel
δίκα
. Scripsi
ὦ δίκα, δίκα
.

mvp-comment-589-1 ἐπισύμενος:

ἐπισύμενος
, ut olim scripsi, M. Aug. Hoc fuerat etiam in G. sed
υ
in
ε
mutatum et
ο
supra scriptum, ut nunc
ἐπιεσόμενος
sit.
ἐπεσύμενος
Rob.
ἐπέσσυμος
Ald.
ἐπεσσύμενος
Ven. Flor.
ἐπεσσυμένος
Farn. Turn.

mvp-comment-590-1 κηλῖδας:

κλίδας
Rob.

mvp-comment-591-1 στενάζω; τί ῥέξω; γελῶμαι πολίταις. δύςοισθ' ἄπαθον.:

στενάξω; τί δέξω
Par. Aug. Deinde libri
γένωμαι δύςοιστα πολίταις ἔπαθον
, nisi quod in Aug. scriptum est
τί γε γένωμαι
, sed rursus expunctum
τί γε
, et supra scriptum
η
. Haec ex scholiis venerant: adnotatum enim est in M.
λείπει ὁ ἤ διαζευκτικός· ἢ τί γένωμαι
. Deinde
δύσποιστα
Ald. Intelligi potest
γένωμαι ;
si vi ex antecedente
τί ῥέξω
repetitur. Ita Euripides in Ione v. 1446.
τίν' αὐδὰν ἀΐσω, βοάσω;
Et Aeschylus in Choeph. v. 858. si recte ita scripsi,
πῶς ἔχει, κέκρανται δόμοις;
Sed vera videtur Tyrwhitti et Lachmanni emendatio
γελῶμαι
, apta ea inprimis iustae personarum distributioni. Itaque in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 101. haec ita scribenda putavi, ut sexta Furia diceret
γελῶμαι ;
septima
δύςοιστα πολίταις ἔπαθον
. Scholiastes
ὑπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν ἔπαθον· ἔμιξε τῷ θρήνῳ τὴν τιμωρίαν τεχνικῶς. εἰπὼν γάρ, δύςοιστα ἔπαθον, ἐπήγαγε πολίταις, ἵνα ᾖ πολίταις δύςοιστα ὄντα
. Neque subtili disputatione effecit Schoemannus, ut hoc non recte dictum videatur, passa sum quae civibus gravia erunt. Ipse Schoemannus ita fere Aeschylum scripsisse putavit,
στενάζω, τί δέξω; γελῶμαι πολίταις. δύςοιστ᾽ ἔπαθον, ἰώ, ἰώ μεγάλα τοι
etc. Sed alter horum versuum abhorret ab arte Aeschyl.
Γελῶμαι πολίταις
nunc verum esse puto: scripsisse autem videtur Aeschylus
στενάζω. — τί ῥέξω; τί ῥέξω; - γελῶμαι πολίταις. δύςοισθ' ἄπαθον. ἰὼ μεγάλα τοι etc.
Habent
ἰὼ μεγάλα τοι
(
τοὶ
Turn.) Μ. Ven. Flor. Turn.
μεγάλατοι
, quasi esset ab
ἄτη
, G. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-592-1 NA: Versus 783 - 809 desunt in Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-593-1 πίθεσθε:

πίθεσθε
M. Turn.
πείθεσθε
Aug. Ald. Rob.
πείθεσθαι
G.

mvp-comment-594-1 βαρυστόνως:

βαρυτόνους
, male lecta codicis G. scriptura, Ald.

mvp-comment-595-1 ἀτιμίᾳ:

ἀτιμίας
G. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-596-1 αὐτός θ' ὁ φήσας:

αὐτὸς δ᾽ ὁ θήσας
M. Par. Aug. G.
αὐτὸς θ᾽ ἡθήσας
Ald.
αὐτὸς ὁ θήσας
Rob.
αὐτὸς ἢ ὁ χρήσας
ex coniectura Turnebus. Quod Wieselerus protulit,
αὐτὸς ὁ θήξας
, mihi quoque aliquando in mentem venerat. Scribendum erat, ut in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 103. VI. p. 22. seq. dixi,
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ὁ φήσας
. Ita, vel
ὁ πείσας
, etiam Fritzschius. Videtur autem
φήσας
legisse scholiastes, cuius haec est ad praecedentem versum adnotatio,
ἔφασκε γὰρ ὁ Ἀπόλλων γνώμῃ Διὸς μαντεύεσθαι
.

mvp-comment-597-1 ὡς ταῦτ᾽:

ὡς δ᾽ αὐτ'
G.
ὡς ταῦτ᾽
Αld.

mvp-comment-598-1 ὑμεῖς δέ τοι γῇ τῇδε μὴ βαρὺν κότον σκήψητ', ἀφεῖσαι δαιόνων σταλαγμάτων βρωτῆρας αἰχμάς, σπερμάτων ἀνημέρους:

ὑμεῖς δέ τε τῆδε γῆι μὴ βαρὺν κότον
M. Par.
ὑμεῖς δέ τε τῇδε γῇ βαρὺν κότον
Aug. (ita Aug.) G. Ald. Rob.
ὑμεῖς δὲ τῇ γῇ τῇδε μὴ βαρὺν κότον
Turn. cuius coniecturam secuti sunt reliqui editores. Scripsisse potius videtur Aeschylus
ὑμεῖς δέ τοι γῇ τῇδε μὴ βαρὺν κότον
. Deinde libri
σκήψησθε
, nisi quod
σκήψασθε
Ald. Turn. Scribendum esse
σκήψητε
vidit Elmsleius ad Eur. Med. v. 93. Sed quae iam sequuntur,
μὴ θυμοῦσθε, μηδ' ἀκαρπίαν τεύχητ'
, ea gravissimam orationem tantopere enervant, ut ab Aeschylo addita esse non possint. Addidit vero interpres: continent enim et praecedentium et sequentium explicationem. Deinde libri (i. e. M. Par. Aug. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. nam Ven. Flor. Farn. per errorem commemorat Franzius)
ἀφεῖσαι δαιμόνων σταλάγματα βρωτῆρας
(
βρώτηρας
G. Ald.)
αἰχμάς
. In M. Par. G. adscriptum
γρ. στενάγματα
, quod in scholiorum editione Rob. rectius scriptum videtur
στάγματα
. Corruptum
δαιμόνων σταλάγματα
fuerunt qui concoquere possent. Wakefieldio scripsisse Aeschylus visus est
πλευμόνων σταλάγματα
, quod scribendum esset
πνευμόνων
. Melius
δαΐων
Pauwius, nisi quod
δαΐων σταλάγματα
hostiles stillas dici hic potuisse male putavit. Deinde Scaliger et Spanhemius ad Callim. h. Dianae v. 125. scribendum esse coniecerunt
αὐχμούς
, Musgravius
ἄχνας
. Rectissime se habet
αἰχμάς
, modo reliqua recte emendentur. Scribendum est autem
ἀφεῖσαι δαΐων σταλαγμάτων βρωτῆρας αἰχμάς
, ut deinde
σπερμάτων ἀνημέρους
coniungatur. Itaque scripsisse puto Aeschylum
ὑμεῖς δέ τοι γῇ τῇδε μὴ βαρὺν κότον σκήψητ', ἀφεῖσαι δαΐων σταλαγμάτων βρωτῆρας αἰχμάς, σπερμάτων ἀνημέρους.
Remoto isto languido additamento,
μὴ θυμοῦσθε, μηδ' ἀκαρπίαν τεύχητε
, tredecim versibus constat oratio Minervae, pariter atque post repetitum chori carmen v. 810. seqq.

mvp-comment-599-1 πανδίκως:

πάνδικος
G. Ald.

mvp-comment-600-1 ἐνδίκους:

ἐνδίκου
libri. Recte Heathius
ἐνδίκους
.

mvp-comment-601-1 ἐπ᾿ ἐσχάραις:

αἰσχάραις
G. Ald.

mvp-comment-602-1 ὑπ᾽ ἀστῶν:

ἀπ' ἀστῶν
Aug.

mvp-comment-603-1 NA: Chori nota omissa in G.

mvp-comment-604-1 NA: Huius et sequentium huius strophae versuum initia tantum scripta sunt in Aug. in cuius margine adiectum

ὅπερ καὶ πρότερον εἴρηκεν
.

mvp-comment-605-1 κἀκ χερῶν:

κἀκ χερῶν
Rob. Τurn.
καχερῶν
Μ.
κἀκχειρῶν
G. Ald.

mvp-comment-606-1 εἵλεσθέ μου:

εἵλετέ μου
G. Ald.

mvp-comment-607-1 ἰὸν τὸν ἀντιπενθῆ:

Τὸν τὸν
Μ. Par. G. et in Aug. quoque id initium versus est.
Ιου ιου
Ald. Rob. Turn.
ἀντιπενθῆ
Turn.
ἀντιπαθῆ
M. Par. G. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-608-1 καρδίας:

καρδίαν
Turn.

mvp-comment-609-1 σταλαγμὸν χθόνιον ἄφορον:

χθονιαφόρον
Μ. G. Rob.
χθόνια φόρον
Ald.
χθονὶ ἄφορον
Turn.

mvp-comment-610-1 λειχὴν: Libri

λιχήν
.

mvp-comment-611-1 ὦ δίκα, δίκα: et deinde

i
et semel
δίκα
.

mvp-comment-612-1 ἐπισύμενος:

ἐπεσσύμενος
Μ. G. Rob.
ἐπεσσύμος
Ald.
ἐπεσσυμένος
Turn.

mvp-comment-613-1 βαλεῖ:

βαλεῖ
Turn. Ceteri
βαλεῖν
. Scholiastes
λείπει ἐμποιήσω
.

mvp-comment-614-1 γελῶμαι πολίταις: Omnes ut supra, etiam Aug.

γένωμαι
.

mvp-comment-615-1 δυςτυχεῖς:

δυστυχαῖς
Ald.

mvp-comment-616-1 NA: Hinc rursus pergunt Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-617-1 στήσητε:

στήσηται
, sed
αι
deinde in
ε
mutato, G. Dictum est
στήσητε
ut a Sophocle Oed. Col. v. 1041.
πρὶν ἄν σε τῶν σῶν κύριον στήσω τέκνων
.

mvp-comment-618-1 δώματος: Libri

δωμάτων
. Propterea v. 814. Triclinius et Schutzius
ἐν οἷς
scripserunt. Abuteretur doctrina, si quis
δωμάτων – ἐν ᾧ
iis tueri vellet, quae Apollonius habet de Syntaxi III. 4. p. 200. Apparet enim scribendum esse
δώματος
, ut Casaubonus vel alius quis intellexit. Nimirum non in pluribus, sed in uno conclavi fulmen conclusum fuisse credibile est. De Minerva fulminatrice v. Heynium in excursu ad Virg. Aen. I. 42.

mvp-comment-619-1 ἐν ᾧ:

ἐν οἷς
Farn.

mvp-comment-620-1 εὐπιθὴς: Libri

εὐπειθής
, nisi quod Ald.
ἐπειθής
habet. Scripsi
εὐπιθής
.

mvp-comment-621-1 κοίμα κελαινοῦ κύματος: Hic versus quum in G. omissus esset, eo atramento, quo scholia scripta sunt, suo loco insertus est, adscripto

στίχος
in margine.
κοίμα κελαινοῦ κύματος
M. Aug. G. Turn.
κοίματος κελαινοῦ, κύματος
Ald. quum Asulanus inferiorem partem litterae
ο
in verbo
καρπόν
, quae in G. super
α
in
κοίμα
est, pro compendio syllabae
τος
accepisset.
κύμα κελαινοῦ κύματος
Rob.
καὶ κῦμα κελαινοῦ κύματος
Ven. (sic Ven.) Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-622-1 τῆςδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἀκροθίνια:

τῆςδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἀκροθίνια
, ut olim, scripsi.
τῆσδέτ' ἀκροθίνια
M. Ven. Flor.
τῆς δετ᾽ ἀκροθίνια
G. Ald.
τῆς δὲ τ᾿ ἀκροθίνια
Rob.
τῆςδε τἀκροθίνια
Turn.

mvp-comment-623-1 θύη πρὸ παίδων:

θύη· πρὸ παίδων
M. G. Flor. Ald.
θύη, προπαίδων
Rob.
θύη πρὸ παίδων
Ven.
θύῃ, προπαίδων
Aug.
θύῃ, πρὸ παίδων
Turn.

mvp-comment-624-1 τέλους:

τέλος
G. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-625-1 ἐς ἀεὶ:

ἐς ἀεὶ
Rob.
αἰεὶ
, omisso
ἐς
, Aug. Ceteri
ἐς αἰεί
.

mvp-comment-626-1 NA: Hoc carmen inter octo Furias distribui, sed paullo aliter atque in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 104. feceram.

mvp-comment-627-1 NA:

φεῦ
hic et v. 829. extra versuum numeros profertur.

mvp-comment-628-1 κατά τε γᾶν οἰκεῖν ἀτίετον μῖσος: Libri

κατὰ γᾶν οἰκεῖν
. Sed infra v. 859. M. G. Rob.
κατά τε γᾶν
. Scripseram
κατά τε γᾶς οἰκεῖν
, neque effecit Wieselerus p.160. ut
κατά τε γᾶν οἰκεῖν
verum esse censeam. Sed ita haec emendanda erant,
ἐμὲ παλαιόφρονα, κατά τε γᾶν οἰχνεῖν ἀτίετον μίσος.
Scriptum est
ἀτίετον φεῦ μῖσος
in G. Ald. Turn.
ἀτίετον φεῦ μᾶσος
in M. Aug. Rob.
ἀτίετον φεῦ μύσος
in Ven. Flor.
φεῦ
post
πνέω τοι μένος
v. 828. collocavi.

mvp-comment-629-1 πνέω τοι μένος:

πνέω τοι μένος
omissa in Aug.

mvp-comment-630-1 NA:

φεῦ
libri non hic, sed post
ἀτίετον
ν. 826. habent.

mvp-comment-631-1 οἰοῖ, δᾶ. φεῦ, φεῦ.:

ο? ο?
Μ. Rob.
οι οι
Ven. Flor.
οἱ οἱ
Aug. G. Ald. Turn. Deinde libri
δῶ
et semel
φεῦ
. Quintae Furiae tribui
οἰοῖ, δᾶ
, sextae
φεύ, φεῦ
.

mvp-comment-632-1 τίς μ' ὑποδύεται, τίς ὀδύνα πλευράς;:

τίς μ' ὑπόδεται
G. Deinde
πλευρὰς ὀδυνὰ
M. Aug. Turn.
πλευρᾶς ὀδύνα
G. Ald. Rob.
πλευρὰς ὀδύναι
Ven. Bekkero teste,
πλευρᾶς ὀδύναι
Flor. Ven. teste Frauzio. Scripsi, addito
τίς
post
ὑποδύεται
,
τίς μ' υποδύεται τίς ὀδύνα πλευράς;
Neque enim probandum est, quod Wieselerus coniecit,
τίς μ᾽ ὑποδύεται πλευράς, ὦ, δύα;

mvp-comment-633-1 θυμὸν ἄϊε, μᾶτερ: Haec quoque,

θυμὸν ἄτε, μᾶτερ
, dochmius sunt.

mvp-comment-634-1 ἀπὸ γάρ με τιμᾶν ἀμᾶν θεῶν δυςπάλαμοι παρ' οὐδὲν ἦραν δόλοι:

τιμῶν δαμαίων
M. G. Ald. Rob. sed in M.
α
ad utrumque
α
supra adscriptum est.
τιμὼν δημαίων
(sic) Aug. ad prioris vocabuli ultimam syllabam
ων
, ad secundi
αμ
supra adscripto.
τιμῶν δαμαίαν
Par.
τιμᾶν δαμέαν
Ven. Flor.
τιμᾶν δαμίαν
Turn. Scholiastarum sunt adnotationes ad hunc versum
τὴν δημοσίαν, ὑπὸ θεῶν δεδομένην
, ad sequentem
οἱ δόλοι γὰρ τῶν θεῶν ὡς οὐδὲν παρῆράν με τῶν δημοσίων τιμῶν
. Apparet eos et
τιμὰν δαμίαν
et
τιμᾶν δαμιᾶν
legisse: sed quo spectet illud
ὑπὸ θεῶν δεδομένην
, non perspicio. Fritzschius et Lud. Dindorfius in Stephani Thes. vol. II. p. 885. scribendum coniecerunt
τιμᾶν δαναιᾶν
, ut v. 386.
γέρας παλαιὸν
suum Furiae commemorant. Mihi
δαμαίων
ortum esse videtur ex
ἀμᾶν
. Puto enim Aeschylum scripsisse
θυμὸν ἄΐε, μᾶτερ Νύξ· ἀπὸ γάρ με τιμᾶν ἀμῶν θεῶν δυςπάλαμοι παρ' οὐδὲν ἦραν δόλοι.
Sic v. 226.
τιμὰς σὺ μὴ σύντεμνε τὰς ἐμὰς ψόγῳ
, ν. 411.
τιμάς γε μὲν δὴ τὰς ἐμὰς πεύσει τάχα
, et sine pronomine v. 739.
ἡμῖν γὰρ ἔρρειν, ἢ πρόσω τιμὰς νέμειν
.

mvp-comment-635-1 δυςπάλαμοι ... δόλοι:

δυσπάλαλοι
G. Ald.
δόλοι
G. Ald. Rob.
δόλω
M. Aug. Par.
δόλω
Ven. Flor.
δόλῳ
Turn.

mvp-comment-636-1 NA:

καίτοι γε μὴν σὺ κάρτ᾽ ἐμοῦ σοφώτερα
Victorius, et sic Ven. Flor.
καί τοι μὲν σὺ κάρτ'
(
γάρ τ'
Αld.)
ἐμοῦ σοφωτέρα
M. Aug. G. Ald. Rob.
καί τοι σὺ μὲν κάρτ᾽ εἰγ ἐμοῦ σοφωτέρα
Turn. Vt recte procederet oratio, in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 107. scribendum putabam
καίτοι γε μὴν οὐ κάρτ᾿ ἐμοῦ σοφωτέρα
. Sed non dici videtur
οὐ κάρτα
. Wieselero Aeschylus scripsisse videtur
καὶ τῷ μὲν εἶ σὺ κάρτ' ἐμοῦ σοφωτέρα
. Recte vero Bothius in prima editione et Paleius totum hunc versum removendum esse censuerunt.

mvp-comment-637-1 ἐς: Pro

ἐς
Aug. habet
ἐπ'
, ut in G. fuerat, in quo tamen
π
a prima manu in
ς
mutatum est.

mvp-comment-638-1 ἀλλόφυλον:

ἀλλόφυλλον
Rob.

mvp-comment-639-1 ἐλθοῦσαι:

ἐλθοῦσα
Flor. Rob.

mvp-comment-640-1 ἐρασθήσεσθε:

ἐρασθήσαθε
G.
ἐρασθήσεθε
Ald.

mvp-comment-641-1 προὐννέπω:

προυνέπω
Aug. Ald.

mvp-comment-642-1 ἐπιρρέων:

ὁ ὑπορρέων
Rob.

mvp-comment-643-1 NA: Locus ubi Furiae, praeter lucum illum cuius mentio fit in Oedipo Coloneo, Athenis colebantur, vicinus erat Areopago, ut multis demonstravit Meursius in Areop. c. 2. Erat autem medius inter Areopagum et arcem. Pausanias enim de fano Eumenidum explicans I. 28, 7. dicit

ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἐντὸς τοῦ περιβόλου μνῆμα Οἰδίποδος
, ubi non murum quo Areopagus cinctus fuerit, ut Meursio visum est, sed eum qui templum Furiarum ambiebat, intelligendum esse ostendit Valerius Maximus V. 3. ipse quoque a Meursio memoratus, qui Oedipodis sepulcrum inter arcem et Areopagum fuisse scribit.

mvp-comment-644-1 τεύξει:

τεύξει
libri.

mvp-comment-645-1 στόλων:

στόλων
Par.
στόλον
G. Ald.

mvp-comment-646-1 NA:

ὅσην
, quod libri habent, in
ὅσ᾽ ἂν
mutandum esse coniecit H. L. Ahrens. Aut ita scribendum est, aut putandum ante hunc versum alium excidisse, in quo nomen erat ad quod referebatur
ὅσην
. Hoc posterius, quod etiam G. Dindorfius statuit, probabilius videtur. Itaque lacunae signa posui.

mvp-comment-647-1 βροτῶν:

βροτοῖς
Par.

mvp-comment-648-1 σχέθοις:

σχέθης
Αld.

mvp-comment-649-1 τοῖς ἐμοῖσι:

τῆς ἐμοῖσι
Rob.

mvp-comment-650-1 θηγάνας σπλάγχνων βλάβας νέων ἀοίνοις ἐμμανεῖς θυμώμασιν:

θηγάνων
teste Franzio Flor.
θηγγάνων
Ven. et Linwoodio teste Flor. Farn. Deinde
νέων ἀοίνοις
Μ.
νέων, ἀοίνοις
Turn.
νέων ἀοίνους
Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. Denique
θυμώμασιν
Μ. Par. Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Rob.
θυμώμασι
Turn. Iungunt vulgo
σπλάγχνων νέων
, sed rectius
νέων θυμώμασιν
iunguntur.
Ἄοινα θυμώματα
sunt irae non ex vino natae et graviores ac magis diuturnae quam inebriatorum. Inepta est eorum sententia, qui rixas a Furiis iniectas propterea
ἄοινα θυμώματα
dici putant, quia earum sacrificia
ἄοινα
erant.

mvp-comment-651-1 ἐκλέγουσα: Libri

ἐξελοῦσ'
, praeter Aug. qui
ἐξελθοῦσ᾽
habet. In scholiorum editione Robortelliana scriptum est
Εξελθοῦσα.) διαπεράσασα. μάχιμον γὰρ τὸ ὄρνεον, τῶν τε ἄλλων ζώων τὸ συγγενὲς αἰδουμένων μόνος οὐ φείδεται
. Sed in M. neque lemma est, et scriptum
ἀναπτερώσασα
. Frustra
ἐξελοῦσα
tueri conatus est Wieselerus. Neque recte
ἐξέδουσ'
ego scripseram. Vera est haud dubie Musgravii emendatio,
ἐκζέουσ'
, atque ad hanc ipsam lectionem pertinet fortasse explicatio illa,
ἀναπτερώσασα
. Activum est
ἐκζεῖν
etiam in Sept. c. Th. v. 690.
ἐξέζεσαν γὰρ Οἰδίπου κατεύγματα
, fervefecerunt enim animi aestum dirae Oedipi. Eur. Cycl. v. 392.
καὶ χάλκεον λέβητ᾽ ἐπέζεσεν πυρί
. Conf. Lob. ad Ai. p. 92.

mvp-comment-652-1 ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἀστοῖσιν ἱδρύσῃς Ἄρη:

ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἀστοῖσιν
Victorius, et sic Ven. Flor.
ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖσιν ἀστοῖσιν
M. Par.
ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖσιν αὐτοῖσιν
Aug. G. Ald. Rob.
ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς αὐτοῖσιν
Turn. Deinde
ἱδρύσῃς κάρα
, sed ultima littera in
η
mutata, Μ.
ἱδρύσῃ κάρη
Aug. Par.
ἱδρύσῃ κόρη
G. Ald. Turn.
ἱδρύσῃ βάρη
Rob.
ἱδρύσῃ κάρα
Ven. Flor. Farn. et sic Victorius.
ἱδρύσῃς Ἄρη
scribendum esse vidit Stephanus.

mvp-comment-653-1 ἀλλήλους:

Ἑλλήνους
G. Ald. unde
Ἕλληνας
Turn. Ceteri recte
ἀλλήλους
.

mvp-comment-654-1 οὐ μόλις παρών: Libri

οὐ μόλις παρών
. Scholiastae interpretatio est
οὐ μακράν
. Videtur
ἢ μόλις παρὼν
legisse. Certe ita scribendum puto: foris sit bellum, aut brevi spatio remotum, in quo magnus erit gloriae amor. Significatur autem pugna Marathonia. V. Opusc. VI. 2. p. 108.

mvp-comment-655-1 ἔσται:

ἔσταμ
.
ἔστι
Par. Ceteri recte
ἔσται
.

mvp-comment-656-1 οὐ λέγω: V. ad Pers. v. 757.

Οὐ λέγω
, dictam nolo. Ag. v. 938.
τὴν κάτω γὰρ οὐ λέγω
. Soph. Εl. ν. 1466.
ὦ Ζεῦ, δέδορκα φάσμα ἄνευ φθόνου μὲν οὐ πεπτωκός· εἰ δ᾽ ἔπεστι νέμεσις, οὐ λέγω
.

mvp-comment-657-1 κατά τε γᾶν οἰκεῖν:

κατά τε γᾶν οἰκεῖν
Μ. G. Rob.
κατὰ γῶν οἰκεῖν
Aug. Ven. Flor. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-658-1 ἀτίετον μῖσος:

ἀτίετον φεῦ μίσος
G. Ald. Turn.
ἀτ. φ. μῦσος
M. Rob.
ἀτ. φ. μύσος
Aug. Ven.
ἀτ. φ. μύσος
Flor.

mvp-comment-659-1 NA:

φεῦ
hic libri non habent.

mvp-comment-660-1 οἰοῖ, δᾶ. φεῦ, φεῦ:

οἱ οἱ δᾶ φεῦ
M. Rob.
οἱ οἱ δῶ φεῦ
Aug. G. Ald. Turn.
ο οι δῶ φεῦ
Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-661-1 ὑποδύεται ... πλευράς:

ὑπὸ δύεται
Rob. Alterum
τίς
non habent libri. Omnes hic
πλευρὰς ὀδύνα
.

mvp-comment-662-1 τιμᾶν ἀμᾶν θεῶν:

τιμᾶν δαμίαν
M. Aug. Ald. Rob. Turn.
τιμὰν δαμίαν
G.
τιμᾶν δαμέαν
Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-663-1 δόλοι:

δόλω
, ut videtur, M.
δόλοι
Aug. Rob.
δήλοι
G. Ald.
δόλον
Ven. Flor.
δόλῳ
Turn.

mvp-comment-664-1 καμοῦμαι:

καλοῦμαι
Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-665-1 πολισσούχων:

πολισσοῦχον
error Ald. Inde
πολισσούχος
Turn.

mvp-comment-666-1 NA: Ita haec construenda sunt,

εἰ πειθοῦς γλώσσης ἐμῆς ἁγνὸν σέβας ἐστί σοι μείλιγμα καὶ θελκτήριον
.

mvp-comment-667-1 μένοις:

μένεις
, supra adscripto
οις
, G.

mvp-comment-668-1 θέλεις:

θέλεις
Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. Τurn.
θέλης
, supra adscripto
ει
, Μ.
θέλς
Farn.

mvp-comment-669-1 οὐτἂν:

οὐτὴν
Wellauerus. Libri
οὔτ᾽ ἄν
.

mvp-comment-670-1 ἐπιρρέποις:

ἐπιρρέποις
Μ. Aug. Rob. Turn.
ἐπιρρέπεις
G. Ald.
ἐπιρρέπειν
Ven. Flor. Farn.
πόλοι
Rob.

mvp-comment-671-1 κότον τιν᾽:

κότον τε ἢ
G. Ald. sed in G.
τε
ex
τo
factum est.
κότον πότ'
inde fecit Turn. Ceteri recte
κότον τίν'
vel
κότον τιν'
.

mvp-comment-672-1 τῆσδε γαμόρῳ:

τῆσδε γαμόρῳ
recte Dobraeus.
τῇδέ γ'
(vel
τῆδε γ'
)
ἀμοίρου
M. Par. Aug. G. Ven. Flor.
τῇδε δ᾽ ἀμοίρου
Rob.
τῇδε γ' ἀμοίρῳ
Farn.
τῇδέ γ' εὐμοίρου
Turn.

mvp-comment-673-1 φῂς:

ἀθείνα
Ald.
φῂς
Turn.
φής
Μ. Ven. Flor.
φῆς
G. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-674-1 ἔχειν:

ἕξειν
Elmsleius in Mus. Cantabr. II. p. 303. Non opus.

mvp-comment-675-1 οἰζύος:

οἰζύος
G. Ald. Turn.
ὀϊζύος
Rob. et reliqui, ut videtur.

mvp-comment-676-1 δέχου:

δεύχου
Ald.

mvp-comment-677-1 σύ:

σύ
in G. ex
σοί
factum.

mvp-comment-678-1 καὶ δὴ δέδεγμαι:

καὶ δὴ δέδεγμαι
, fac me accipere. V. ad Vig. adn. 331.

mvp-comment-679-1 ὡς μή τιν':

ὡς μήτ᾽ ἴν'
Ald.

mvp-comment-680-1 εὐθενεῖν:

εὐθενεῖν
Scaliger.
εὖ σθένειν
Μ.
εὐσθένειν
Par.
εὐσθενεῖν
Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald.
εὖ σθενεῖν
Turn.
ἀθενεῖν
Rob. V. Lob. Phryn. p. 466.

mvp-comment-681-1 σέβοντι:

σέβον τὶ
Ald.

mvp-comment-682-1 καί μοι πρὸ παντὸς:

μή
pro
μοι
Par. Deinde
πρόπαντος
recte Abreschius.
πρόπαντὸς
Aug. G. et fortasse M.
πρὸ παντὸς
reliqui.

mvp-comment-683-1 θήσει: Denique libri

θήσῃ
vel
θήσει
.

mvp-comment-684-1 ἔξεστι:

ἔξεστι
Ven. Flor. Turn.
ἔξεστιν
Μ. G. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-685-1 τοιγὰρ:

τοιγὰρ
G. Ven. Flor. Ald.
τοὶ γὰρ
M. Rob. Turn.

mvp-comment-686-1 ἐπικτήσει:

ἐποικτήσῃ
Aug. Ceteri
ἐπικτήσῃ
vel
ἐπικτήσῃς
.

mvp-comment-687-1 τί οὖν μ᾽: Libri

τί οὖν μ'
, nisi quod
τι οὖν μ'
est in G. Porsonus
τί μ' οὖν
scripsit. Possis
τί νύν μ'
. V. ad Sept. c. Th. v. 190.

mvp-comment-688-1 ἐφυμνῆσαι:

τῇδ' εὐφημῆσαι
G. Ald. sed in G.
v
ad
u
supra scriptum est.
τῇδε φημῆσαι
Turn. Ceteri recte
τῇδ' ἐφυμνῆσαι
.

mvp-comment-689-1 νείκης: Post

ὁποῖα
puncto distinguunt G. Ald. Rob. Notam interrogationis in quibusdam libris haberi quum dicit Stephanus, has ipsas editiones videtur intelligere. Deinde libri
νίκης
. Frustra fuerunt qui id defendere conati sunt. Scribendum erat, ut in adnotatione ad Soph. Ai. v. 976. dixi,
νείκης
. Opta quae bonae contentionis, non, qualis ante tua fuerat rixa, malae provida sint.
Ἐπίσκοπα
enim idem est quod
ἐπιμελητικά
, ut in Sophoclis versu,
βοῶντος ἄτης τῆςδ᾽ ἐπίσκοπον ἔπος
. Vocabulo
νείκη
usus est Aeschylus Ag. v. 1338. et, ut videtur, Choeph. v. 593.

mvp-comment-690-1 βοτῶν: Libri

βροτῶν
. Emendavit Stanleius. Expressi videntur ex hoc loco versus esse, quos propterea Ennio adscribimus, apud Ciceronem Tusc. Q. I. 28. quorum mentio etiam fit de or. III. 38.
suo non intermillal tempore caelum nitescere, arbores frondescere, viles laetificae pampinis pubescere, rami baccarum ubertate incurviscere, segetes largiri fruges, florere omnia, fontes scalere, herbis prata convestirier.

mvp-comment-691-1 εὐθενοῦντα:

εὐθενοῦντα
Turn.
εὐθενοῦντας
M. G. Ald.
εὐθινοῦντας
Rob.
εὐστενοῦντας
Aug.
εὐστενοῦντα
Ven. Flor. et
σε
supra adscripto Farn.

mvp-comment-692-1 σωτηρίαν: Accusativus

σωτηρίαν
refertur, ut omnia in his versibus, ad id quod v. 889. chorus dixerat.

mvp-comment-693-1 δυςσεβούντων:

τῶν
omittunt Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-694-1 ἐκφορωτέρα:

ἐκφοροτέρα
G. Ald.

mvp-comment-695-1 NA: Hunc et sequentem versum choro tribuunt Ven. Flor. Farn. Rob.

mvp-comment-696-1 φιτυποίμενος:

φιτυποίμενος
Lobeckius Paralip. p. 195.
φιτυποιμένος
G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Turn.
φιτυ ποιμένος
M. Aug. Rob. et in Aug. quidem super
ι
duo puncta (:) apposita sunt, quibus etiam alibi incerta scriptura indicatur. Asteriscum eodem fine adiecit in extremo versu Rob.

mvp-comment-697-1 τοιαῦτα σοὔστι: Hic rursus

θ.
praefixum in Ven. Flor. Farn. Rob. Chori nota in G. Ald.
τοιαῦτα σοὔστι
Porsonus.
τοιαῦτα σοῦ 'στι
Μ. Aug. Ven. Flor.
τοιαῦτα σούστι
Rob.
τοιαῦτασ᾽ οὗτοι
G.
τοιαῦτας οὗτοι
Αld.
τοιαῦτα σ᾽ οὗτοι
Turn.

mvp-comment-698-1 πρεπτῶν:

πρεπτὸν
Ven. et, ut videtur, Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-699-1 ἀγώνων:

ἀγώνων
Ald.

mvp-comment-700-1 οὐκ:

κοὐκ
pro
οὐκ
Ven.
οὐ
in fine versus omittunt Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-701-1 τήνδ᾽ ἀστύνικον:

τὴν ἀστόνικον
G. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-702-1 νέμει:

νόμοι
Rob.
νόμον
Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-703-1 ῥυσίβωμον:

ουσίβολον
G. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-704-1 ᾧ τ᾽:

ᾧ
Turn.
μ'
M.
αἵ
G.
αἵ τ'
Aug. Rob.
αἵ τ'
Ald.
αἵτ'
, ut videtur, Ven. Flor.
αἷς
Farn.

mvp-comment-705-1 ἐπισσύτους ... ὀνησίμους:

ἐπισεύτους
G. Ald. unde
ἐπιτεύκτους
fecit Turn.
βίου τύχας ὀνησίμους
M. Aug. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. et, ut Franzius ait, Flor. ex quo Linwoodius
βίους τύχας
affert.
βίους ὀνησίμους
, omisso
τύχας
, Ven. Farn. Adscriptum in Ven. Flor.
καὶ τοῦτο
(
τοῦτο
Flor.)
περισσὸν
(
περισσῶς
Flor.)
πρὸς τὸ κῶλον τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς
.

mvp-comment-706-1 ἐξαμβρῦσαι: Hi duo versus omissi in Aug.

ἐξαμβρόσαι
M. G. Ald. Turn.
ἐξ ἀμβρόσαι
Rob.
ἐξαμϋρόσαι
Ven. Flor. Farn. Adscriptum
ἀντὶ μιᾶς
in Farn. Probabilis est Pauwii emendatio,
ἐξαμβοῦσαι
, quamquam non videtur inveniri aliud aoristi primi huius verbi exemplum. De activo
βρύειν
v. Lob. ad Αi. p. 93.

mvp-comment-707-1 δυςαρέστους:

δυσαρέτους
Ald.

mvp-comment-708-1 κατανασσαμένη:

κατανασαμένη
Αld.

mvp-comment-709-1 ὁ δὲ μὴ κύρσας βαρέων τούτων οὐκ οἶδεν ὅθεν πληγαὶ βιότου προςέπαισαν: Libri

ὁ δὲ μὴ κύρσας βαρέων τούτων οὐκ οἶδεν ὅθεν πληγαὶ βιότου
. Multa mirabilia de his versibus prolata sunt. Non discedendum esse putavi ab ea sententia, quam in Opusc. VI. 2. Ρ. 109. seqq. exposui. Itaque scripsi
ὁ δὲ μὴ κύρσας βαρέων τέκτων οὐκ οἶδεν ὅθεν πληγαὶ βιότου * προςέπαισαν. *
Excidisse enim aliquid, quo paroemiacus explebatur, antisystema docet. Aptum autem videtur
προςέπαισαν
. Sic dicuntur
πρόςπαια κακά
Ag. ν. 332. et
θολεροὶ δὲ λόγοι παίουσ' εἰκῇ στυγνῆς πρὸς κύμασιν ἀτης
Prom. v. 887. Neque tantum
κυρέω
, sed etiam antiquior verbi forma cum nomine vel participio iungi potest, ut in Soph. Oed. Col. v. 1159.
θύων ἔκυρον
. Sententiarum nexus hic est, hae enim deae omnia quae ad homines pertinent administrant: si quis autem non commisil delictum, is nescit unde affligatur: nam priorum peccata his eum tradunt, et tacitum exilium etiam magna sonantem (i. e. superbientem et de felicitate sua gloriantem) pessumdat.

mvp-comment-710-1 ἀπλακήματά νιν:

ἀπλακήματά νιν
Pauwius.
ἀμπλακήματά νιν
Μ. Par. Aug. G. Ald. Rob. Turn.
ἁμαρτήματα
, omisso
νιν
, Ven. (sic Ven. teste Bekkero) Flor. et, ut videtur, Farn.

mvp-comment-711-1 σιγῶν δ᾽ ὄλεθρος: Libri

σιγῶν ὄλεθρος
, nisi quod
σιγὼν ὄλεθρος
est in Ald. Scribendum erat
σιγῶν δ᾽ ὄλεθρος
. Nam quod sequitur
και
non est et, sed etiam, omninoque qui poeticae dictionis naturam et vim norit, non dubitabit quin
δέ
addi post
σιγῶν
debeat.

mvp-comment-712-1 μέγα φωνοῦντ᾽:

μεγαφώνους τ'
G. Ald. unde Turn.
μεγαφώνους
, omisso τ'.

mvp-comment-713-1 πνέοι: Similiter Herodotus III. 65. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ποιεῦσι ὑμῖν γῆ τε καρπὸν ἐκφέροι καὶ γυναῖκές τε καὶ ποῖμναι τίκτοιεν, ἐοῦσι ἐς τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον ἐλευθέροισι. Aeschines in Ctesiph. §. 111. p. 502. καὶ ἐπεύχεται αὐτοῖς μήτε γῆν καρποὺς φέρειν, μήτε γυναῖκας τέκνα τίκτειν γονεῦσιν ἐοικότα, ἀλλὰ τέρατα, μήτε βοσκήματα κατὰ φύσιν γονὰς ποιεῖσθαι etc.

πλέοι
Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-714-1 φλογμός τ' ὀμματοστερὴς φυτῶν, τὸ μὴ περᾶν ὅρον τόπων:

φλογμός τ'
Flor. (ut Franzius ait) et Turn.
φλογμὸς
, omisso τ', Ven.
φλοιγμός
, sine τ', M. Aug. G. Ald. Rob.
φλοιγμὸς δ᾽
ex Par. a Faehsio et Linwoodio affertur. Deinde
τόπον
pro
τόπων
Rob. Putavi olim scribendum esse
φλογμοῖς ὀμματοστερής
, id ut cum
βλαβά
coniungeretur. Schoemanno
περῶν
in
πέραν
mutandum videtur, quae etiam Musgravii opinio fuit, atque sic scribendum,
φλογμός τ' όμματα-στερὴς φυτῶν μένοι πέραν ὅρου τόπων
, ut
τόπων
idem sit quod
τῶνδε τόπων
. Id fieri nequit. Nam si
γῆ
,
χθών
,
χώρα
nullo alio verbo addito de ea terra dicuntur, de qua sermo est, non continuo putandum est etiam
τόπους
ita dici posse. Verum esse videtur
φλογμός τ' ὀμματοστερὴς φυτῶν
, neque quicquam mutandum in iis quae libri ita scripta habent,
τὸ μὴ περᾶν ὅρων τόπων
. Ardor oculos sive germina plantarum perdens, ut ne terminum locorum suorum transgrediantur, nihil aliud est, ut Schützius vidit, quam ardor qui oculos plantarum impedit quominus progerminent et efflorescant. Intelligendum est autem
μὴ ἐφερπέτω
ex eo quod sequitur
μηδ' ἐφερπέτω
.

mvp-comment-715-1 αἰανὴς:

αλα νὴς
G.

mvp-comment-716-1 ἐφερπέτω:

ἐφέρπω
Ven.

mvp-comment-717-1 εὐθενοῦντα γᾶ:

εὐθενοῦντ᾽ ἄγαν
M. Aug. G. Turn.
εὐσθενοῦντ᾽ ἄγαν
Ald.
εὐθυνοῦντ᾽ ἄγαν
Rob.
εὐθηνοῦντ᾽ ἄγαν
Ven. Flor. Farn. Recepi nunc Dobraei emendationem
εὐθενοῦντα γᾶ
.

mvp-comment-718-1 διπλοῖσιν Stanleius, et sic Ven. Flor.

διπλοῖς
M. Aug. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. ἐμβρύοις:
ἐν βρύοις
ex M. affertur.

mvp-comment-719-1 τρέφοι libri. Deinde τεταγμένῳ:

τεταγμίω
Ald. Denique γόνος omnes praeter Turn. qui
γόνον
scripsit. Apparet duas syllabas excidisse. Olim putabam scribendum esse
μηλά τ' εὐθενοῦντ᾽ ἄγαν — πρέποι χρόνῳ τεταγμένῳ· γόνος δὲ γᾶς
etc. Nunc, recepta v. 931. Dobraei emendatione, scripsi
τρέφοι χρόνῳ τεταγμένῳ· γόνος * δ᾽ ἀεὶ * πλουτόχθων
etc. Ita Musgravius et, ut videtur, Pearsonus.

mvp-comment-720-1 πλουτόχθων ἑρμαίαν:

πλουτόχθω νερμαίαν
Ald. Scholiastes ὁ καρπὸς ὁ ἐκ γῆς πλουτίζων. Intelliguntur metalla: erant enim, ut notum est, aeris fodinae in Colono, argenti in Thorico et nobiliores in Laurio monte. Has significat Aeschylus etiam in Persis v. 236.
ἀργύρου πηγή τις αὐτοῖς ἐστι, θησαυρὸς χθονός
.
τισι
G.

mvp-comment-721-1 τίοι: M. Aug. Turn. et haud dubie Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. sed in G. ultimae duae litterae punctis notatae et

or
supra scriptum.
τίσι
Rob.

mvp-comment-722-1 ἦ:

ἢ
Ven.

mvp-comment-723-1 οἷ' ἐπικραίνει recte Pauwius, et ita Ven. atque, ut videtur, Flor.

οἷα επικρανεῖ
M. G. Ald.
οἷ
(
οἷ
, Rob.)
ἐπικρανεῖ
Rob. Turn. et, ut puto, Aug. Idem vitium sublatum in Ag. v. 1300. γὰρ omittit Rob.

mvp-comment-724-1 Ἐρινὺς:

ἐρινὺς
M. Par. G. Rob.
ἐριννὺς
Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Turn. παρά τ':
πάρα τ'
Αld.

mvp-comment-725-1 διαπράσσουσιν: M. Par. Aug. G. Ven. Ald. Rob.

διαπράσουσι
Flor.
διαπράσσουσι
Turn.

mvp-comment-726-1 τοῖς δ᾽ αὖ δακρύων: Id est in Ald. Turn.

τοῖς δ᾽ αὖ κρύων
M. Par. G. Ven. Rob. et, ut Linwoodius ait, Flor. cui
τοῖς δ᾽ αὖ δακρύων
Franzius tribuit.

mvp-comment-727-1 ἀνδροκμῆτας:

ανδροκμήτας
Farn.
ἀνδρομῆκτας
Ven.
ἀνδρομῆτας
Αld. ἀώρους:
dogovs
M. Aug. G. Ald. Turn.
dágos
Rob. idque ex Ven. Flor. affertur.

mvp-comment-728-1 νεανίδων trisyllabum est.

ἀντὶ μιᾶς
adscriptum in Farn.

mvp-comment-729-1 βιότους:

βιότου
Ven. Flor. Farn. Deinde κύρι᾽ ἔχοντες, θεαί τ᾽ ὦ Μοῖραι, ματροκασιγνῆται:
κύρι' ἔχοντες θεαὶ τῶν, μοῖραι
Μ. G. Ald.
θεαὶ τῶν μοῖραι
Rob.
θεαὶ, τῶν μοῖραι
Turn.
κύριες ἔχοντες θεαῖ τῶν, μοῖραι
Ven. Flor. Farn. Casaubonus et Stanleius
ἔχουσαι
. Alii
θεοί
. Scribendum puto
κύρι' ἔχοντες, θεαί τ' ὦ Μοῖραι
, ut Parcae dicantur Furiarum
ματροκασιγνῆται
, i. e.
και σιγνῆται ὁμομήτριοι
(ita enim hoc vocabulum hic explicandum esse videtur),
κύρι᾽ ἔχοντες
autem intelligantur dii qui matrimoniis praesunt, qui sunt praeter Venerem maxime commemorati v. 213. Iuppiter et Iuno. [Eodem modo Hermannus in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 115. Aliter in Annalium Vindobonensium vol. CXI. Ibi p. 265. repudiata, ut inutili et languida, Schoemanni coniectura,
ἀνδροτυχεῖς βιότους δότε καίρι ἔχοντας
, verum esse iudicavit
κύρι᾽ ἔχοντες θεαί
, p. autem 251. seq. ita disputavit. Um die schwierigen worte zu erklären,
κύρι᾽ ἔχοντες θεαί, τῶν Μοῖραι ματροκασιγνήται
, stellt herr Schömann den ingeniosen gedanken auf, dass der dichter einer alten theogonie gefolgt sei, in welcher der ursprung aller dinge der Ocean war. In jenem systeme seien nun sicherlich die Mören töchter des Oceans gewesen, eben so wie Tyche, die nach Pindar bei dem Pausanias VII. 26, 8. eine der Mören sei, und bei dem Hesiodus unter den Oceaniden vorkomme. Eine der Oceaniden nun sei Eurynome; löchter dieser aber seien die Charitinnen; mithin deren mullerschwestern die Mören. Den worten des Aeschylus würde diese deutung allerdings angemessen sein, wenn ihr nur nicht andere bedenken entgegenständen. Aber erstens ist es eine blosse hypothese, dass die Mören töchter des Oceans seien; denn die Oceanide Tyche hat eine ganz andere bedeutung bei dem Hesiodus als bei dem Pindar, und ist mithin nicht dieselbe. Die pindarische, von der Pausanias sagt
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν Πινδάρου τά τε ἄλλα πείθομαι τῇ ᾠδῇ καὶ Μοιρῶν τε εἶναι μίαν τὴν Τύχην καὶ ὑπὲρ τὰς ἀδελφάς τι ισχύειν
, beruht auf einem solchen mythus, wie der von Pausanias I. 19, 2. erwähnte ist,
τὸ δὲ ἐπίγραμμα σημαίνει τὴν Οὐρανίαν Αφροδίτην τῶν καλουμένων Μοιρῶν εἶναι πρεσβυτάτην
. Zweitens ist es nicht denkbar, dass, wenn die Charitinnen gemeint sein sollten, nicht nur ihr name nicht genannt, sondern sie auch nach einem wenig bekannten mythus bloss durch ihre mutterschwestern kenntlich gemacht wären. Drittens sind die auf jene worte folgenden prädicale, die herr Schömann in seiner übersetzung auf die Charitinnen bezogen hat, so wenig für diese charakterisierend, dass sie vielmehr auf die Mören passen, auf die sie auch der wortstellung nach' am natürlichsten bezogen werden. Fasst man daher, wie billig, das ins auge, was die worte ihrer bedeutung und stellung nach als das von selbst sich darbietende enthalten, so ist der sinn der: gebet dass den jungfrauen männer zu theil werden, ihr diesem amte vorstehenden göllinnen, deren mullerschwestern die Mören sind. Daraus ergiebt sich nun von selbst, dass diese göllinnen deswegen nicht mit namen genannt sind, weil verschiedene göllinnen gemeint werden, die der dichter nicht einzeln nennen wollte. Damit aber nicht an Aphrodite und Here gedacht werde, fasst er sie unter einer andern bestimmung zusammen, und bezeichnet sie durch ihre mutterschwestern. An die Charitinnen ist nun wohl allerdings zu denken, aber an diese nicht allein: denn sonst würden sie genannt sein. Also werden ihnen noch die Horen zugesellt werden müssen. Bei dem Hesiodus haben beide zum vater den Zeus, die mutter der Charitinnen aber ist (Theog. 907.) Eurynome, der Horen (901) Themis. Vermuthlich gab Aeschylus beiden dieselbe muller, sei es die Eurynome oder Themis, oder welche sonst, deren schwestern die Mören waren, die nach in die Theogonie eingeschobenen versen töchter der Themis sind. Aeschylus lässt uns darüber in ungewissheit.]

mvp-comment-730-1 ὀρθονόμοι:

ὀρθονόμοι
G. Ald. Turn.
ὀρθονόμοι
Rob. et, ut videtur, reliqui. Hoc a
νέμω
factum est, iusta distribuentes: illud a
νόμος
, et potest videri praeferendum esse.

mvp-comment-731-1 δόμῳ:

δαίμω
pro
δόμῳ
Bekkero teste Ven. et Linwoodio teste Flor. μετάκοινοι Turnebus.
μέγακοινοι
M. Par. Rob.
μεγάκοινοι
Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald.

mvp-comment-732-1 ἐπιβριθεῖς:

ἐπικριθεὶς
Par.
ἐπιβριθαῖς
, male lecto scripturae compendio quod in G. est, Ald.

mvp-comment-733-1 ἐνδίκοις ὁμιλίαις:

ἐνδίκοις
Rob. Male olim iungebantur haec verba,
ἐνδίκοις ὁμιλίαις
, cum sequentibus.

mvp-comment-734-1 πάντα Canterus.

πάντα
M. Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob.
πάντων
Farn. Turn. τιμιώταται:
τιμιώτατα
Rob.

mvp-comment-735-1 γάνυμαι:

χάνομαι
G. Ald. ὄμματα:
ὄμματι
Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-736-1 ἐπωπᾷ:

ἐποπτᾶ
Flor.
ἐποπτᾷ
Farn.
ἐποπτας
teste Bekkero Ven.

mvp-comment-737-1 ἀπανηναμένας:

ἀπονηναμένας
Ven. (sic Ven.) Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-738-1 ἐκράτησεν: Libri

ἐκράτησε
.

mvp-comment-739-1 τὰν δ᾽ ἄπληστον:

τὴν δ᾽ ἄπληστον
Aug. Rob.
τάνδ' ἄπληστον
Μ. Ven. Flor.
τὴν δ᾽ ἄπλειστον
G. in quo ante correctionem
τῶν δ'
fuerat.
τόν δ' ἄπλειστον
Αld.
τήνδ' άπληστον
Turn.

mvp-comment-740-1 μήποτ':

μήτ'
pro
μήποτ'
Rob.

mvp-comment-741-1 τῇδ᾽:

τῇδ'
Rob. ἐπεύχομαι:
ἀπεύχομαι
Par.
ἐπαύχομαι
Rob. Pro verbo
βρέμειν
in ed. Turn. per errorem e fine sequentis versus repetitum est
πολιτῶν
.

mvp-comment-742-1 μηδὲ πιοῦσα κόνις Rob. Turn. et, ut videtur, M.

μὴ δ' ἐπιοῦσα
Aug. Farn. et Bekkero teste Ven.
μὴ δ᾽ ἐπιθῦσα κόνις
G.
μὴ δ' ἐπὶ θυσακόνις
Ald. Deinde πολιτᾶν:
πολιτῶν
M. Aug. Rob. et ex correctione G.
πολίτων
G. ante correctionem et Ald. Turn.
πολιητῶν
Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-743-1 ποινᾶς Pauwius, et sic Ven. Flor. Farn.

ποινὰς
M. Aug. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. Deinde ἀντιφόνους:
ἀντιφώνους
Ven. Flor. Farn. Intellige
δι' ὀργὴν τῆς ποινῆς ἁρπαλίσαι ἀντιφόνους ἄτας πόλεως
.

mvp-comment-744-1 ἀντιδιδοῖεν: M. Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Rob.

ἀντιδοῖεν
Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-745-1 κοινοφιλεῖ: Iam olim scripsi

κοινοφιλεῖ
, quam emendationem sequens versus confirmat.
κοινωφελεῖ
Aug. Ven. Flor. Rob. Turn. et, ut Franzius ait, Μ.
κοινοφελεῖ
G. Ald. idque alii ex M. afferunt.

mvp-comment-746-1 ἆρα Flor. Farn. et Bekkero teste Ven.

ἄρα
ceteri. Deinde φρονοῦσιν Μ. (sic M.) G. Ald.
φρονοῦσι
Aug. Flor. Turn.
φρονούσης
Ven. Rob. In versu sequente libri omnes (nam sie etiam M.)
εὑρίσκει
. Robortellus ex sua coniectura
εὑρίσκεις
dedit. Porsonus ex Pauwi coniectura εὑρίσκειν edidit, non addita interpunctione, quae post
ευρίσκει
erat. Ego olim scripseram
ἆρα φρονοῦσα γλώσσης ἀγαθῆς ὁδὸν εὑρίσκεις;
Sed servandum potius est
φρονοῦσιν
et adscito
εὑρίσκειν
continuanda oratio ita ut post
πολίταις
signum interrogationis ponatur. Num, si sapiunt, his civibus magnum ab his horribilibus vultibus lucrum video bonae linguae viam invenire? h. e. nonne utile erit bene his Furiis dicere?

mvp-comment-747-1 εὔφρονας εὔφρονες Turn.

εὐφρόνας εύφρονες
Aug. Ven. Flor.
εὐφράνας εύφρονες
M. Par.
εὔφρανας εύφρονες
G. Ald.
εὐφρόνως εὔφρονες
Rob. Deinde ἀεὶ M. Aug. G. Ald. Rob.
ἀλεί
Ven. Flor. Farn. Turn.

mvp-comment-748-1 καὶ γῆν καὶ πόλιν ὀρθοδίκαιοι: Libri

καὶ γῆν καὶ πόλιν
. Deinde
ὀρθοδίκαιοι
Aug. Ceteri
ὀρθοδίκαιον
. Denique πάντως scribendum esse Bothius vidit, et habet hoc Ven. Ceteri
πάντες
, quod inutile est et languet. Scripsi
καὶ γῆ καὶ πόλις ὀρθοδίκαιοι πρέψετε πάντως διάγοντες.

mvp-comment-749-1 χαίρετε, χαίρετ' Turnebus. Ceteri

χαίρετε
omittunt. Deinde ἐν αἰσιμίαισι Schutzius in secunda editione, male tamen
πλούτου
omittens.
ἐν αἰσιμίαισιν
ex Farn. affertur.
ἐν αἰσιμίαις
M. Par. Ven. Flor. Rob. In corrigendis Rob. pro
αισιμίαις
iubet
ἀζημίαις
scribi.
ἐραισιμίαις
pro
ἐν αἰσιμίαις
Aug. G. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-750-1 ἀστικὸς M. G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Rob. Turn. Sic etiam e correctione Aug. quum antea scriptum fuisset

ἀστικός
, ut in ed. Vict. Erotianus p. 190.
ἔκταρ, ἐγγύς, παρὰ τοῖς Ἀττικοῖς, ὡς καὶ Αἰσχύλος ἐν Εὐμενίσι φησί “χαίρει Ἀττικὸς λεὼς ἔκταρ ἥμενοι Διός.”

mvp-comment-751-1 ἵκταρ G.

ἴκτ᾽ ἀρ
Ald.
εκταρ
Rob. Intelligenda sunt haec verba de praestantia et virtute. Plato in Philebo p. 16. C.
οἱ παλαιοί, κρείττονες ἡμῶν καὶ ἐγγυτέρω θεῶν οἰκοῦντες
, et de re p. III. γ. 388. Β.
Πρίαμον ἐγγὺς θεῶν γεγονότα
. Ipse Aeschylus in Nioba (fr. 169.)
οἱ θεῶν ἀγχίσποροι, οἱ Ζηνὸς ἐγγύς, ὧν καὶ Ἰδαῖον πάγον Διὸς πατρῴου βωμός ἐστ᾽ ἐν αἰθέρι,

mvp-comment-752-1 παρθένου φίλας φίλοι, σωφρονοῦντες ἐν χρόνῳ:

παρθένου
Rob. Turn.
παρθένους
M. Aug. G. Flor. Ald.
παρθένοις
Farn. et Bekkero teste Ven. Deinde
φίλαις φίλοι
Aug. Ceteri
φίλας φίλοι
. Denique libri
σωφρονοῦντες ἐν χρόνῳ
. Hoc vero admodum ineptum est. Scribendum est
παρθένου φίλας φίλοις εὐφρονοῦντες ἐν χρόνῳ.
Nobis Minervae amicis benevolentes deinceps: ut dixeral Minerva
τάδε γὰρ εἴφρονας εὔφρονες ἀεὶ μέγα τιμῶντες καὶ γῆ καὶ πόλις ὀρθοδίκαιοι πρέψετε πάντως διάγοντες.

mvp-comment-753-1 δ᾽ omittunt G. Ald. Turn. ὑπὸ πτεροῖς:

ὑποπτεροῖς
G. Αl.

mvp-comment-754-1 χαίρετε χἠμεῖς:

χαίρετε δ' ὑμεῖς
Ven. Flor. Farn. προτέραν:
ποτέραν
Ven. Flor. δ᾽ ἐμὲ Porsonus. Libri
δέ με
.

mvp-comment-755-1 Post ἀποδείξουσαν vulgo interpungitur.

mvp-comment-756-1 προπομπῶν Bentleius in Resp. ad Boylium p. 79.

πρόπομπον
M. Par. Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. Τurn.
προπομπών
scripsit Victorius. Non praeit in pompa Minerva, ut Müllero visum est, sed
προτέρα στείχει
, i. e. abit de scena ante pompam. Ideo
χαίρετε
dicit. V. Opusc. VI. 2. p. 121. Sed paene non dubito quin inserta v. 987. post
φῶς
copula ita haec scribenda sint,
χαίρετε χἐμεῖς (προτέραν δ' ἐμὲ χρὴ στείχειν θαλάμους ἀποδείξουσαν), πρὸς φῶς θὰ ἱερὸν τῶνδε προπομπῶν ἴτε, καὶ σφαγίων
etc.

mvp-comment-757-1 ὑπὸ σεμνῶν:

ὑποσεμνῶν
G.

mvp-comment-758-1 σύμεναι:

σύμμεναι
G. Ald.
δύμεναι
Turn. ἀτηρὸν Bentleius. Libri
ἀτήριον
.

mvp-comment-759-1 ὑμεῖς δ᾽ Turn.

ἡμεῖς δ'
M. Par. G. Flor. Rob. Ald. et, ut Franzius ait, Ven.

mvp-comment-760-1 μετοίκοις Turn.

μέτοικοι
M. Par. Aug. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-761-1 χαίρετε, χαίρετε δ', αὖθις ἐπανδιπλοίζω:

χαίρετε χαίρετε διπλοΐζω
Farn. Ceteri
χαίρετε χαίρετε δ' αὖθις ἐπιδιπλοΐζω
. Scribendum erat
χαίρετε, χαίρετε δ᾽ αὖθις, ἐπανδιπλοίζω.

mvp-comment-762-1 εὖ σέβοντες Turn. Ceteri

εὐσεβοῦντες
. V. Valck. ad Phoen. v. 1331. μέμψεσθε:
μεμέμψεσθε
Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-763-1 αἰνῶ τε: Libri

αἰνῶ δέ
. Nullus hic locus est particulae adversativae aut orationem continuanti. Scribendum
αἰνῶ τε
.

mvp-comment-764-1 πέμψω τε:

πέμψω τι
Rob. φέγγη Turn. et Franzio teste Flor.
φέγγει
M. G. Ven. Farn. Ald. Rob. et Linwoodio teste Flor.

mvp-comment-765-1 ἔνερθε:

ἔνερθεν
Rob. In Colono qui
χάλκεος οὐδός
dicebatur, aditum putabatur ad inferos habere. Similis specus fuisse videtur etiam in fano Eumenidum, ut in fano Veneris, quae
ἐν κήποις
dicebatur,
κάθοδος
erat
ὑπόγειος αυτομάτη
, commemorata a Pausania I. 27, 3.

mvp-comment-766-1 ξὺν προςπόλοισιν:

ξυμπροσπόλοισιν
Aug. G. Deinde φρουροῦσιν M. Rob. Celeri
φρουροῦσι
. Hae
πρόςπολοι
nescias utrum intelligendae sint e quattuor
ἀρρηφόροις
duae illae quae peplo Athenaico texendo praeerant (v. Harpocr. in v.
ἀρρηφορεῖν
, Anecdota Bekkeri p. 202, 3. 446, 18. Εtym. Μ. p. 149, 8. Paus. I, 27, 3.), an
τραπεζοφόρος
et
κοσμώ
, quas omnia Minervae sacra Athenis curasse narrat Harpocration in v.
τραπεζοφόρος
.

mvp-comment-767-1 Θησῇδος Wakefieldius et Porsonus.

Θησηίδος
M. Aug. G. Ald. Rob. Τurn.
Θρησηΐδος
Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-768-1 παίδων, γυναικῶν, καὶ στόλος πρεσβυτίδων: Post hunc versum aliquot versus excidisse demonstravi in Opusc. II. p. 133. seq. VI. 2. p. 117 seqq. Primum enim nexus nullus est inter hunc et sequentes versus. Deinde

ταῦτα
sic nude positum aliquid excidisse monstrat. Porro iuvenum, virorum, senum commemoratio desideratur, et dixerat Minerva v. 840.
καὶ σὺ τιμίαν ἕδραν ἔχουσα πρὸς δόμοις Ερεχθέως τεύξει παρ' ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικείων στόλων....
Denique, quod ne poterat quidem aliter fieri, satis testatum est accepisse in hac tragoedia Furias a Minerva Eumenidum nomen. Aristophanes grammaticus (huic enim argumentum Eumenidum in codice M. tribuitur)
Ὀρέστης ἐν Δελφοῖς περιεχόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων βουλῇ Απόλλωνος παρεγένετο εἰς Ἀθήνας εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς· ἧς βουλῇ νικήσας κατῆλθεν εἰς Ἄργος. τὰς δὲ Ἐρινύας πραΰνασα
(ita scribendum:
πραΰνας
Μ.)
προςηγόρευσεν Εὐμενίδας
. Harpocration in ν.
Ευμενίδες
, —
Αισχύλος ἐν Εὐμενίσιν, εἰπὼν τὰ περὶ τὴν κρίσιν τὴν Ὀρέστου, φησὶν ὡς ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ πραΰνασα τὰς Ἐρινύας, ὥςτε μὴ χαλεπῶς ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην, Ευμενίδας ὠνόμασεν. εἰσὶ δὲ Αληκτώ, Μέγαιρα, Τισιφόνη
. Sumpserunt haec ab Harpocratione Photius et Suidas.

mvp-comment-769-1 φοινικοβάπτοις ἐνδυτοῖς ἐσθήμασιν:

φοινικοβάπτους
Ald.
φοινικόβαπτος
Turn.
ἐσθήμασιν
Ven. Farn.
ἐσθήμασι
ceteri.
Ἐνδυτός
non simpliciter quod induitur significat, sed quod ornatus caussa. V. Eur. Iph. Aul. v. 1079. Troad. 259. Apud eundem in Ione v. 231.
ἐνδυτὸς στέμμασι
sertis ornatus est. Sic
ἐνδυτῆρα πέπλον
Sophocles dixit Trach. v. 674.

mvp-comment-770-1 τιμᾶτε Ven. Flor. Rob. Τurn.

τιμᾶτα
M. Aug. G.
τιμᾶται
Αld. ὁρμάσθω Rob.
ἑρμάσθω
G. Ald.

mvp-comment-771-1 τὸ λοιπὸν

τολοιπόν
Ven. Farn. εὐάνδροισι Flor.
εὐάνδροισιν
Μ. G. Ven. Ald. Rob. Turn. πρέπῃ
πρέπει
Ald.

Commentary on the Eumenides (OCR draft) (Brief English notes on Aeschylus' Eumenides by F. A. Paley, 1885.) focus

mvp-comment-97-1 ἀβλαβεῖ] 'It would be long to tell how many I have visited since the first commission of the crime, and the first purification at Delphi, none of whom have received any harm from converse with me.' Schol.

ἐβλάπτοντο γὰρ οἱ μυσαροῖς ξυντυγχάνοντες.

mvp-comment-98-1 καὶ νῦν] ‘And accordingly now, viz. as I have the full right and even the command to speak. See on Agam. 1 8.

mvp-comment-99-1 πιστόν] This is one of the many allusions in tragedy to treaties either made or contemplated between Athens and Argos. It is again alluded to in v. 733. Schol.

ὡς τότε συμμαχούντων ᾿Αργείων ᾿Αθηναίοις.

mvp-comment-100-1 Τρίτωνος] The name of the goddess, Tritogenia, the real or mystical meaning of which we do not know, was referred to a lake and river Triton in Libya. See Herod. Iv. 180 , Pind. Pyth. 1v. 36 .

mvp-comment-101-1 ὀρθὸν κ.τ.λ.] The description refers to ancient statues of the goddess in a standing or sitting posture. - φίλοις, in allusion perhaps to the aid afforded by Athens to the EUM. Libyan king Inaros. See Thuc. 1. 104, 109 . The Schol. remarks that the address well suits Orestes who himself requires a staunch protectress.

mvp-comment-102-1 Φλεγραίαν] Another epithet of the goddess, Νίκη, is here alluded to, as appears from Eur. Ion 1528

μὰ τὴν παρασπίζουσαν ἅρμασίν ποτε Νίκην ᾿Αθάναν Ζηνὶ γηγενεῖς ἔπι.

mvp-comment-103-1 ὅπως γένοιτο] The optative follows ἔλθοι by the common law of Attic attraction.

mvp-comment-104-1 οὔτοι κ.τ.λ.] 'No! not Apollo nor yet Athene's might can protect you from perishing (going to the bad') in utter neglect, without knowing the feeling of joy in your mind,a bloodless victim of us deities, a shadow of your former self.' There is a pause after this, and as Orestes makes no reply, the second Fury says, What! not a word in reply? Do you spurn converse, you who are fed and consecrated as my victim? The third adds, A victim too who shall be devoured alive, &c. Then the whole body of the chorus chant the spell, or binding hymn, which is to entrance the victim and place him wholly in their power. The fourteen introductory anapaestics form the parode.

mvp-comment-105-1 τραφείς] There is an allusion to the human victims called φαρμακοὶ οι δημόσιοι, who were sacrificed by the Athenians at the feast of Thargelia. See Photius in v. φαρμακός.

mvp-comment-106-1 ἄψωμεν] This clearly shows that dancing movements accompanied the music and singing. -ἐπεὶ κ.τ.λ., since we have resolved to show what we can do in doleful music, lit. to make a display of a hateful (joyless) strain. An Ionic form is used in place of the Attic δέδοκται (see Veitch, Gr. V. p. 199 ). -στυγερὰν, Schol.

ὡς ἐπὶ νεκρῷ.

mvp-comment-107-1 στάσις] 'our company, Ag. 1086 , Cho. 106 . —ἐπινωμᾷ, allots, distributes, the various fortunes that prevail among man. The Schol. explains ἐπισκοπεῖ.

mvp-comment-108-1 Ας προνέμειν is to hold out, for all to see, 8ο ἐπικρύπτειν is to muffle a blood-stained hand within a garment in order to conceal the crime.

mvp-comment-109-1 ἄγνισμα κύριον] ‘Our own proper (or lawful) victim for expiating a mother's murder.'

mvp-comment-110-1 τεθυμένῳ] Schol.

μέλλοντι θύεσθαι.
The sense is, Apollo tries to rescue him, but we have the victim bound on our altar, and this weird strain, depriving him of his senses-enchanting or fascinating him-prevents his escape.

mvp-comment-111-1 διανταία] All-pervading destiny has allotted to us this office to hold for all time, that whenever mortal men are implicated in murders of relations without due cause, these we should pursue till (the fugitive) reaches the world below; and even when dead he is not by any means free.' See sup. 167. Properly, a person would be said ξυμπίπτειν φόνῳ, τύχῃ, &c. but here, by a slight inversion, φόνος ξυμπίπτει τινι. The passage appears sound, and gives a good sense.

mvp-comment-112-1 γεινομέναισι] at our birth. Cf. v. 71. What follows is obscure and difficult: the Schol. explains μὴ πλησιάζειν ἡμᾶς τοῖς θεοῖς, ‘but to abstain from (keep our hands off) the gods, and not one (of them) shares with us in our feast.' He probably thought the infinitive depended on μοῖρ᾽ ἐπέκλωσεν, ν. 321. A more probable meaning is, 'But tis for the gods (viz. Apollo and Pallas) not to interfere with us. This is said especially in regard to v. 314, and the allusion in the next verse to the sable robes indicates the unfitness of their office for the god of joy and brightness, who is οὐ τοιοῦτος ὥστε θρηνητοῦ τυχεῖν, Αg. 1042.

mvp-comment-113-1 ὅταν κ.τ.λ.] i.e. whenever a relation is slain in a family feud. Schol.

τιθασός· οἰκεῖος, φίλος.

mvp-comment-114-1 The MS. reading κρατερὸν ὄνθ᾽ ὁμοίως μαυροῦμεν ὑφ' αἵματος νέου is corrupt, as the metre of v. 350 shows. Hermann's reading μαυροῦμεν νέον αἷμα gives a good sense, by our pursuit of him, ho! strong as he is, we make weak his young blood. Hesych.

μαῦρον· ἀσθενές.
The meaning may be, we take the colour out of the fresh blood-stain. See sup. 270. The interjection & represents the hunter's cry (our tally-ho!), and is the ὠγμὸς οἱ ν. 121.

mvp-comment-115-1 This passage is very obscure, yet the metre does not indicate corruption. The Scholium is perplexing, εὔχομαι τοῖς θεοῖς τελέσαι μου τὸ βούλημα. If this is based on a reading τέλειον, the commentator understood the sense thus, and it is for the gods at my request to fulfil my wish. But nothing can be made of this. There is a further difficulty in ἀφελεῖν, which should rather be ἀφελέσθαι. Then a finite verb in the plural should follow σπευδόμεναι, for which the singular καταφέρω seems substituted in v.

mvp-comment-116-1 It is easy however to read σπευδομένα. Between τάσδε and τᾶσδε there is a further doubt; a gloss in the Med. explains the latter of Clytemnestra. We may perhaps (comparing inf. 808) translate, 'and in my eagerness to remove another (i.e. Apollo) from this care, -for the gods can only prevent prayers to me from being fulfilled, but they must not come to a dispute with me, since Zeus disowns, as unworthy of converse, this blood-dripping and accursed race, -in doing this, I say ( γὰρ οὖν), I bring down from far above the heavy-falling force of my foot, my nimble limbs which trip up in the end even runners in a long course, a calamity hard for them to bear. That is, that Apollo may not rescue him, I now pursue him. The Schol. seems here right, τοῖς τανυδρόμοις αὐτῶν ἐπάγουσα τὰ σφαλερά μου κῶλα, οἷον, καὶ οἱ ταχυδρόμοι οὐ δύνανταί με ἐκφυγεῖν. For the notion of a demon leaping down see on 4--2 v. 169. As to ἀτέλειαν, ‘non-fulfilment,' the doctrine is held in view, that the gods do not directly thwart or interfere with each other's designs: see Eur. Hipp. 1330 .

mvp-comment-117-1 δόξαι κ.τ.λ.] Even the proud and high conceits of men are brought low in the other world in those who come under the spell of our weird dance. Schol.

καὶ τοὺς ὑψηλοὺς καθαιροῦμεν.

mvp-comment-118-1 οὐκ οἶδεν] The proud man is for long unconscious that we have him in our grasp. Like the physical pining by blood-draining (v. 257), so the moral and social descent of the family is gradual and unperceived; a gloom comes over the house, and evil things are said of it: it is under a cloud, as we express it.

mvp-comment-119-1 Schol.

αὐτὸ τὸ μύσος κνέφας εἴρηκεν.
Id. κακὴ δὲ φήμη περὶ τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ λέγεται. Perhaps he read δνοφερὰ ἀχλὺς, by which this sentence more nearly fits the syntax of the preceding. Cf. Eur. Phoen. 125
οὗτος Μυκηναῖος μὲν αὐδᾶται γένος.
Hesych.
αὐδᾶται: λέγεται.
But αὐδᾶται may be the middle voice, or ἀχλὺν may stand in apposition to the sentence. Pers. 666
Στυγία γάρ τις ἐπ᾿ ἀχλὺς πεπόταται.

mvp-comment-120-1 μένει γάρ] 'For 'tis an abiding law. If we compare Ag. 1540

μίμνει δὲ, μίμνοντος ἐν χρόνῳ Διὸς, παθεῖν τὸν ἔρξαντα, θέσμιον γὰρ,
we shall conclude that the poet means to say that the fate he has described is inevitable. It is called a θεσμός, inf. 369. And the Furies go on to declare that they have means to work out their will, never forget and never forgive either in this world or the next. Cf. Prom. 524
Μοῖραι τρίμορφοι μνήμονές τ᾿ ᾿Ερινύες.
Αjax 1390
μνήμων τ᾽᾽ Ερινὺς καὶ τελεσφόρος Δίκη.

mvp-comment-121-1 λάμπᾳ] Inf. 994 and in Eur. Suppl. 993 the word seems the same as λαμπάς, but the Schol. explains, our duties are kept apart from those of the gods through the sunless gloom in which we exercise them ( τῷ προσόντι αὐτοῖς σκότει). Photius, λάμπη· παχὺς ἀφρὸς ἐπιπολῆς τοῦ οἴνου. Perhaps the Schol. took a sunless torch to mean the absence of sunlight. There was a word λάπη, which Hesychius (in λάπτης) explains βόρβορος, and Wieseler proposed to restore it here. ibid. δυσοδοπαίπαλα] Schol.

δυσπαράβατα καὶ τραχέα ζῶσι καὶ τοῖς θνήσκουσιν.
In place of λάχη we seem to want some word meaning ὁδοὺς, 'pursuing them over rough and difficult ways. By a harsh figure, the duties ( λάχη) of the pursuers are themselves called rough and rugged for the pursued.

mvp-comment-122-1 πρόσωθεν] Athena, invoked by Orestes at v. 287 to hasten to his aid, now appears on the μηχανή in an aerial car, as it seems from v. 383. She has arrived, she says, from the Troad, where she was taking first possession (in the name of her Athenian people) of Sigeum, the right to which was then, the Schol. tells us, being contested by the Mitylenians. Hesych.

καταφθατουμένη· καταντωμένη· κυρίως δὲ τὸ ἐκ προκαταλήψεως.
With φθατέω and ἔφθην compare στατέω and ἔστην. The compound does not elsewhere occur.

mvp-comment-123-1 δώρημα] The claim on the Athenian side is thus based on a supposed donation of Theseus. For the dative following the noun compare Trach. 603

δώρημ᾽ ἐκείνῳ τἀνδρί.

mvp-comment-124-1 πώλοις] Schol.

ἐπὶ ὀχήματος ἔρχεται.
It is impossible to say with certainty how the appearance of the goddess was contrived. She may seem to flutter her aegis, which is nothing but the bright cloud enveloping the dawngoddess. In this case κώλοις should be read, with Wakefield and Hermann, meaning that the aegis was moved by the arms like bats' wings.

mvp-comment-125-1 πᾶσι] ‘To all here present, both to you, the chorus, and to this suppliant at my sacred statue.'

mvp-comment-126-1 ὑμᾶς δὲ κ.τ.λ.] But as for you, who resemble neither gods nor mortal women, well, one must not speak ill of others without having a reason for finding fault: it is not just or right. We get a fair sense by reading ἄμομφον for ἄμορφον, and supposing a break or aposiopesis. To speak of another as uncomely is unjust,' may be thought to refer to the Greek's instinctive admiration for τὸ καλόν. The Scholium here is very obscure, and probably corrupt.

mvp-comment-127-1 αἰανῆ] ‘eternal.' The Schol. explains σκοτεινά, which seems a confusion with αἰανῆς. See Soph. Aj. 672

νυκτὸς αἰανῆς
(al. αἰανὴς) κύκλος. In Pers. 638
δύσθροα αἰανῆ βάγματα
seems to mean doleful cries of alaî, and so in ν. 922, ἵετ' αἰανῆ πάνδυρτον δύσθροον αὐδάν. See also inf. 902. Hesych.
αἰανόν· χαλεπὸν, αἰνόν.
Inf. 542, εἰς τὸν αἰανῆ χρόνον, and 642.

mvp-comment-128-1 Αραί] The imprecation of vengeance is the origin of this name. Cf. Od. 11. 132

ἐπεὶ μήτηρ στυγερὰς ἀρήσετ᾽ Ἐρινῦς.

mvp-comment-129-1 ποῦ τὸ for τοῦτο is Tyrwhitt's necessary correction on account of the next verse, which means, in reply, where the absence of all joy is the law of the place. Schol.

ἐν τῷ "Αιδῃ.
Cf. Ag. 1013 , ἔχεις παρ᾿ ἡμῶν οἱάπερ νομίζεται, you have from us just what is customary, and nothing more.

mvp-comment-130-1 ἐπιρροιζεῖς] Schol.

ἐπιβοᾷς, ἐπιβάλλεις.
See sup. 382, Eur. Herc. Fur. 860 , from which it appears that, like θωΰσσειν, it is a hunter's term.

mvp-comment-131-1 ἄλλης κ.τ.λ.] Was there not some strong constraint (from a god) whose anger he had to fear? The Schol. perhaps read ἀλλ ἐξ ἀνάγκης, ἤ τινος τρέων κότον; Was it from constraint, or from fear of somebody?

mvp-comment-132-1 ἥμισυς λόγος] The proceedings are those of an Athenian law-court. The defendant has to put in his declaratory oath, ἀντωμοσία, but he refuses to plead. He will neither take an oath himself nor tender one to us, the two oaths, called διωμοσία, being a necessary preliminary proceeding. Pollux, VIII. 55

προωμοσία μὲν ὅρκος ὃν ὁ κατήγορος προομνύει, ἢ μὴν ἀληθῆ κατηγορεῖν, ἀντωμοσία δὲ ὅρκος ὃν ὁ κατηγορούμενος ἀντομνύει, ἢ μὴν μὴ ἀδικεῖν, διωμοσία δὲ ὁ παρ' ἑκατέρου ὅρκος.

mvp-comment-133-1 πράξαι] Supply δικαίως from δίκαιος. The chorus does not see the point of the reproof, which the Schol. well explains μὴ πρότεινε αὐτῷ ὅρκον καὶ διὰ τούτου θέλε νικᾶν. The reply or explanation of Athena amounts to this; 'I tell you not to try to carry an unjust cause by force of oaths. It seems that Orestes, confident in the support of the god, declines to take the oath required by the legal process ( πρόκλησις), that he is innocent. The chorus, baffled in this, next say (411), then proceed to cross-question, and decide the suit by ( εὐθυδικία) omitting the legal form of διωμοσία. But, asks Athena, will you accept me as judge? - Certainly, they reply (413), as we hold you in deserved respect both for your wisdom (409) and for your parentage, as the daughter of Ζεὺς Τέλειος.

mvp-comment-134-1 The Med. has ἀξίαν τ' ἐπαξίων, but the Schol. explains ἀξίων οὖσαν γονέων, and it is likely that ἀπ᾿ ἀξίων should be read.

mvp-comment-135-1 ἐν μέρει] Athena at once commences her office, and asks the defendant what he has to say about himself, and in answer to the charge. She adds, that he would not now be a suppliant at her statue unless he had confidence in the justice of his cause.

mvp-comment-136-1 Ιξίονος] Schol.

δν τρόπον κἀκεῖνος προσεκάθητο τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Διὸς καθαρισθησόμενος· πρῶτος γὰρ Ιξίων φόνον ποιήσας ἐκαθαρίσθη ὑπὸ Διός.
The name itself was fancifully derived from ἱκέσθαι. The myth of Ixion, says Sir G. W. Cox (Aryan Mythology, 11. p. 36), exhibits the sun as bound to the four-spoked wheel which is whirled round everlastingly in the sky. The story of Tantalus, he observes, who was punished for aspiring to heaven, is precisely similar in its origin. For ἐν τρόποις, ‘after the manner of,' cf. Ag. 891
γυναικὸς ἐν τρόποις.

mvp-comment-137-1 Construe τὰ ὕστατα τῶν σῶν ἐπῶν. By the term προσίκτωρ, Orestes understood a guilty suppliant ( Schol.

ἐναγής),
and he replies, I am indeed your suppliant, but no longer a guilty one. - For the MS. reading οὐδ᾽ ἔχει and ἐφεζομένη the most probable correction is Wieseler's, οὐδ᾽ ἔχων —ἐφεζόμην, ‘nor do I sit at your statue with defilement on my hand.

mvp-comment-138-1 As a proof that he is not now, i.e. since his purification, polluted and unfit to take sanctuary, Orestes appeals to Athena's words τούτοις ἀμείβου, κ.τ.λ., and pleads that the very fact of holding converse with him is a legal recognition of his right.

mvp-comment-139-1 Construe ἀνὴρ αἵματος καθάρσιος, a man who performs the office of lustration. Cf. sup. 63.

mvp-comment-140-1 πρὸς ἄλλοις οἴκοις] See v. 230. -καὶ βοτοῖσι, κ.τ.λ., both by (the blood of) victims and by running water.

mvp-comment-141-1 φροντίδα] Schol.

τὴν τοῦ μύσους.

mvp-comment-142-1 γένος δέ] See v. 415.

mvp-comment-143-1 ἱστορεῖς] i.e. γιγνώσκεις.

mvp-comment-144-1 ἐξεμαρτύρει] See Agam. 1167 Cho. 967, 998 , where the blood-stained garment was exhibited in illustration of the murder. Pollux (VIII. 36) defines ἐκμαρτυρία, ῾Ὅταν τις παρὰ τοῦ ἰδόντος ἀκούσας λέγῃ.

mvp-comment-145-1 ἀντίκεντρα] See v. 131. The goading griefs, here alluded to, are enumerated in Cho. 280 seqq.

mvp-comment-146-1 πράξας γὰρ κ.τ.λ.] For however I may have fared in your tribunal, I shall be content. Schol.

τὰ κατὰ τὴν σὴν κρίσιν ἀποβαίνοντα, ὁποῖα ἂν ᾖ, ἐπαινέσω.

mvp-comment-147-1 The plural δίκας seems to show that the sense is general, 'to decide in trials for murder where passions are so quickly roused. She perhaps means, that the calm and deliberate judgment of a council such as she is about to initiate, the Areopagus, is necessary in such cases.

mvp-comment-148-1 Perhaps ἄλλως τε κεί, κ.τ.λ., ‘especially as you, subdued and tamed by time and suffering, have claimed a protection which I cannot refuse, while these pursuers are not lightly to be dismissed, because if offended they may bring a blight on the country.' Thus σὺ μὲν and αὗται δὲ are opposed, and 453 must be regarded as parenthetic ( and though a murderer, yet, as I have no right to object to you as a suppliant, I admit you to my citadel): cf. Eur. Bacch. 770

δέχου πόλει τῇδ'.
-For ἐμοῖς the Med. has ὅμως, corrected by Pauw. Weil proposed κατηρτυκὼς νόμῳ, ‘legally set right.' The participle is said to refer to a young colt which has cast its first teeth (perhaps, completed its second set,) and so tamed, broken in. Cf. Eur. Frag. Æol. 39, νῦν δ᾽ ἀμβλύς εἰμι καὶ κατηρτυκὼς πόνῳ.

mvp-comment-149-1 εὐπέμπελον seems here to represent εὔπεμπτον. Cf. Αg. 1161

κῶμος ἐν δόμοις μένει δύσπεμπτος ἔξω ξυγγόνων ᾿Ερινύων,
and inf. 459. The Schol. understood (an office) not by any means pacific.' In Il. xνι. 748
δυσπέμφελος
occurs, but it is a very obscure word both in origin and meaning.

mvp-comment-150-1 μὴ τυχοῦσαι] ‘If they fail to get the victory in the cause.' A nominativus pendens, since τὴν χώραν βλάψουσι should have followed.

mvp-comment-151-1 αἰανής] See on v. 394.

mvp-comment-152-1 ἀμφότερα] Both alternatives, for them to stay or for me to send them off, are full of harm and difficulty to me. The Schol. seems to have found ἀμηνίτως οι ἀμηνί· τους. The passage is in some way corrupt; but it is very difficult to suggest a correction.

mvp-comment-153-1 τόν] Supply ἐσόμενον or μενοῦντα εἰς ἅπαντα χρόνον.

mvp-comment-154-1 ὑμεῖς] Do you, the Furies, call on the evidences and the proofs. The Schol. took this to mean, Do you swear the judges when they arrive, ὑμεῖς δὲ ὅρκους αὐτοὺς αἰτήσατε.

mvp-comment-155-1 τὰ βέλτατα] See on Pers. 1 . The aristocratic constitution of the Areopagus is here alluded to. -ἥξω, ‘I will return.' Pallas leaves the stage to bring back with her the members of her newly-founded court. Meanwhile the chorus sing an ode on the necessity of some control on human passions through the influence of Fear.

mvp-comment-156-1 φράσειν] that they will deliver no unjust verdict. The MS. has περῶντας-φρεσὶν, but the Schol. gives ὅρκον διδόντας.

mvp-comment-157-1 νῦν καταστροφαί] 'Now we shall have to take up with new laws, if the cause and the wrong of this matricide is to prevail. Cf. Pers. 783

ποῖ καταστρέφεις λόγου τελευτήν;
Suppl. 436
ἄνευ δὲ λύπης οὐδαμοῦ καταστροφή.
By θεσμία the laws of filial duty are meant, Suppl. 688 . We might also render καταστροφαὶ, ‘the subversion of old laws so that new ones come in their place,' as μεθαρμόσαι τρόπους νέους, Prom. 317 . But the context rather points to the sense, the end of all this will be that we shall have new laws.

mvp-comment-158-1 ξυναρμόσει] 'Will reconcile them to viewing matricide with indifference. Cf. Plat. Resp. 111. p. 391 ult.

μὴ ἡμῖν πολλὴν εὐχέρειαν ἐντίκτωσι τοῖς νέοις πονηρίας.

mvp-comment-159-1 προσμένει] await, are in reserve for, parents in times yet to come. - ἔτυμα, real, genuine, not merely told in story.

mvp-comment-160-1 οὔτε γάρ] The γάρ preceding is the same as ἐπεὶ, since no anger for these deeds will attach to them from us, the weird sisters who watch the actions of men, I shall let every kind of death take its own course, i.e. I shall not interfere to prevent or to punish it. Schol.

οὐ τιμωρήσω τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις, ἀλλὰ συγχωρήσω ἀλλήλοις ἀναιρεῖν.

mvp-comment-161-1 The meaning here is exceedingly obscure; the MS. reading ὑπόδοσίν τε is explained by the Schol.

διαδοχὴν,
and it is likely that he read ὑποδοχήν. As for λῆξιν, it may be either from λήγω or fronı λαγχάνω. We may translate, 'and one shall hear from another, while he is predicting the misfortunes of others, that he is himself getting a share of and harbouring in his own home the like trials; and the unhappy man speaks in vain of remedies that are no longer to be relied on.' Schol.
παθὼν δέ τις μάτην ἑαυτὸν παραμυθεῖται τῇ εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐλπίδι.
He appears to have read τλάμων δέ τις μάταν, but the metre of v. 475 requires the omission of an iambus,

mvp-comment-162-1 κικλησκέτω] Schol.

ἡμᾶς δηλονότι.

mvp-comment-163-1 ταῦτα] ‘in such strains,' λέγων οι θρηνῶν. See on Pers. 161 .

mvp-comment-164-1 ἔσθ᾽ ὅπου] ‘There are cases in which the dread of retribution should remain enthroned in the heart, keeping a salutary watch even over men's minds (as well as over their actions).' For δεῖ μένειν the Med. has δειμαίνει, but the Schol.

οὐ πανταχὴ τὸ δεινὸν ἀπεῖναι φρενῶν δεῖ.
The necessity of some moral control is here strongly inculcated; for without having anything to dread neither city nor private citizen would continue to respect justice.

mvp-comment-165-1 ὑπὸ στένει] through suffering. This doctrine is enlarged upon in Ag. 170 seqq.

mvp-comment-166-1 μηδέν] Supply δεινὸν from v. 491. In the next verse the metre of v. 489 suggests καρδίας ἂν ἀνατρέφων, ‘if he cherishes no fear in the gaiety of his heart, but thinks all will be well however he may act. - ὁμοίως, as he would do were he in constant fear of punishment.

mvp-comment-167-1 ἀνάρχετον = ἄναρκτον (the MS. reading, corrected by Wieseler) may be compared with ἀπεύχετον = ἄπευκτον, Cho. 614 . Hesych.

ἄναρκτον· ἀνυπότακτον, οὗ οὐδεὶς ἦρξε.
«The poet here advises the via media in politics, wishing perhaps to warn the party of Pericles to be moderate in their reforms.

mvp-comment-168-1 ἄλλ᾿ ἄλλᾳ] 'But other things (viz. whatever is in extreme) he regards differently, or with disfavour. The more ordinary meaning of the phrase, like alia aliter, is here inapplicable.

mvp-comment-169-1 ξύμμετρον] concise, Schol.

σύντομον.
He sums up in a brief maxim the doctrine given at length in Ag. 732 seqq. This is a warning not to overthrow time-honoured institutions, like the court of the Areopagus.

mvp-comment-170-1 ἐς τὸ πᾶν] Generally, and beyond the application to a particular instance. For the altar of Justice,' see Ag. 375 .

mvp-comment-171-1 κύριον τέλος] Το every man a proper and fitting end is in reserve, viz. punishment or reward according to his deserts.

mvp-comment-172-1 αἰδόμενος] This may stand alone as the predicate, for αἰδήμων, ‘let him show respect by honouring parents and guest,' or we may construe let him honour parents and show a due regard to hospitality, lit. 'to the guesthonouring management of his house. Compare δωμάτων ἐπιστροφὰς in Theb. 645 .

mvp-comment-173-1 ἐκών] The doctrine of voluntary justice, i.e. acting from a sense of right and not merely through fear of punishment, a very advanced principle of morality, was enunciated by Simonides quoted by Plato, Protag. p. 345 D . See also Resp. 11. p. 360 c

οὐδεὶς ἑκὼν δίκαιος ἀλλ᾽ ἀναγκαζόμενος.
Such a man, says the poet, will not be unblessed; wholly ruined he never can be, though he may meet with some reverses in life. We should read with real interest such expressions of faith in the reward of virtue; the doctrine is alike profound and sublime. He goes on to say that the sinner who recklessly confuses right with wrong will suffer a shipwreck in the end, and the gods will not bear him in his distress.

mvp-comment-174-1 τὸν ἀντίτολμον] Schol.

τὸν τὰ ἐναντία τοῖς εἰρημένοις τολμῶντα.
Cf. Ag. 366
ἀτολμήτως ἄρη πνεόντων.
Here, perhaps, the adversary of justice is described. In the next verse ἄγοντα is added on the conjecture of Pauw. Construe βιαίως ἄγοντα, a metaphor, perhaps, from the forcible abduction of slaves or captives.

mvp-comment-175-1 καθήσειν] He will take down his sail when it is too late, and when the yard-arm is being broken by the gale.

mvp-comment-176-1 δυσπαλεῖ] aegre luctatur, he struggles hard in the middle of the whirling waves. Herod. VIII. 21

εἶχε πλοῖον κατῆρες ἑτοῖμον, εἰ παλήσειε ὁ ναυτικὸς στρατός.
ós. The adjective δυσπαλὴς occurs in Ap. Rhod. Iv. 52 .

mvp-comment-177-1 θερμῷ] rash. Theb. 599

ναύταισι θερμοῖς καὶ πανουργίᾳ τινί.
The Schol. explains it ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδίκως πάσχοντι, but perhaps he wrote ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδίκῳ ταῦτα πάσχοντι. – τὸν οὔποτ᾽ αὐχοῦντα, who was too sure it would never come to this. Cf. οὔποτ ηὔχουν-μολεῖσθαι, Prom. 708 , οὐ γάρ ποτ' ηὔχουν, Ag. 489 .

mvp-comment-178-1 λαπαδνόν] ‘brought low, ᾿ ἀλαπαδνόν. This is Musgrave's conjecture for λέπαδνον, which the Schol. explains ὑπεζευγμένον καὶ χαλινωθέντα. -ἄκραν, not skimming the crest of the wave, but swamped. Eur. frag. Archel. 229 , οὐ γὰρ ὑπερθεῖν κύματος ἄκραν δυνάμεσθ.

mvp-comment-179-1 ἔρματι] a sunken reef. See Ag. 977

καὶ πότμος εὐθυπορῶν ἀνδρὸς ἔπαισεν ἄφαντον ἕρμα.

mvp-comment-180-1 The goddess returns, accompanied by twelve venerable citizens. The loud tones of a trumpet are heard, proclaiming silence and attention to her words, and to the rules that are to be followed in her court for all time, by which expression the poet deprecates any present interference with a divinely-established institution. αἰεί.

mvp-comment-181-1 αἰανῆ] See on v. 394. Schol.

διηνεκή, παρὰ τὸ

mvp-comment-182-1 καὶ τόνδε] And the defendant too, that the cause may be rightly decided. There is difficulty in the verse, since the Schol. read τῶνδ', which he explains τῶν ᾿Αρεοπαγιτῶν, and καταγνῶναι δίκην, for δικάζειν, is unusual without a genitive of the person condemned, καταγνῶναι θάνατόν τινος, &c. Generally, οὗτος is used for the defendant.'

mvp-comment-183-1 ἄναξ ῎Απολλον] Schol.

παραφανέντος ᾿Απόλλωνος ταῦτα φησιν.
‘It is not for you to interfere here,' is the purport of the address.

mvp-comment-184-1 The repetition of δόμων is clearly wrong. Perhaps ἔστι γὰρ νόμῳ ἱκέτης (G. Burges and Hermann). καθάρσιος, cf. 63, 427.

mvp-comment-185-1 καὶ ξυνδικήσων] ‘and to be his advocate in person,' - for, he adds, 'I am responsible for the murder of this man's mother,' i. e. Orestes lays it on me as having persuaded him to it, sup. 84.

mvp-comment-186-1 The Med. has κύρωσον. We might read κυρῶσαι, οι ὅπως τ᾽ ἐπίστᾳ. But ὁ κυρώσων seems at least as likely, for Apollo may inquire who intends to act as εἰσαγωγεὺς in the trial, i.e. to approve and sanction the opening of the case. When the goddess godd replies εἰσάγω δὲ τὴν δίκην, bidding the Furies to speak first because the prosecutor should open the case, she virtually takes on herself the office in question.

mvp-comment-187-1 πρῶτον] The first question is one of fact; the second, of the mode, the third, of the motive (author or ad. viser). These are the τρία παλαίσματα, the three crucial questions which must be satisfactorily answered, three throws constituting a defeat in wrestling. --κατέκτονας, a rare form of transitive perfect; this passage is noticed as unique in tragedy by Veitch, Gr. V. p. 395 . There were four forms of transitive aorist, ἔκτεινα, ἔκτανον, ἔκταν, and ἔκανον, the last of which may be referred to καίνω ( Cho. 872 ).

mvp-comment-188-1 ὅπως] The Schol. takes this to mean, ‘how it was that you killed her,' i.e. why, and he thinks that Orestes misunderstands the question ( πλανᾶται), which is accordingly repeated at v. 563.

mvp-comment-189-1 ἐξηγεῖτο] Do you mean to say that the prophetgod himself declared to you (as the interpreter of the divine will) that you should kill your mother?

mvp-comment-190-1 τάχα] Schol.

ἴσως.
This is a rare sense without ἂv, and perhaps the meaning is you will soon tell a different tale.

mvp-comment-191-1 νεκροῖσι] This is said in contempt, i nunc, fide mortuis; Agamemnon, as a king in Hades, being a δαίμων of power to aid. -πέπεισθι, an epic reduplicated form like κέκλυθι, κέκραχθι, Ar. Ach. 335 . Veitch, Greek Verbs, p. 518 , thinks πέπισθι οι πέποισθι would be more analogical.

mvp-comment-192-1 προσβολάς] The addition of one crime to another, the union of two, viz. the killing of a husband and the wrong done to me by the killing of my father. Schol.

ἐμὲ κἀκεῖνον ἠδίκησεν.
He thinks there is irony in the reply; make the judges understand that, for I do not; μὴ ἡμάς δίδασκε, ἀλλὰ τοὺς δικαστάς.

mvp-comment-193-1 The MSS. have τοιγὰρ and φόνῳ, but the Schol. read τί γάρ; and the dative (the correction of Schutz) seems required by the sense. Well! you are alive (and can be pursued); she is free from pursuit by her death.- Then you should have pursued her while yet alive, and before I slew her.- We did not do that, because she had killed a husband, who is not a blood relation. See v. 202. Schol.

ἀπαρνῇ.
proceedings do you

mvp-comment-194-1 ἀπεύχει] Do you disown?

mvp-comment-195-1 ἤδη] At this point of the bear witness for me, and declare for me whether I killed her with justice on my side.' The fact, he adds, being admitted, the question of right alone remains. - δικαίως, supply πεπράχθαι from δρᾶσαι.

mvp-comment-196-1 ὁ μὴ κελεύσαι] quod non jussisset. Schol.

οὐκ ἄνευ Διὸς οὖν τὸ γενόμενον.

mvp-comment-197-1 πατρός] As Zeus was the real adviser of the deed, I tell you not to thwart or gainsay his counsel.

mvp-comment-198-1 Again there is irony in the rejoinder of the chorus. 'Let us understand you clearly. According to you, who delivered the oracle, it was Zeus who was the real author of it; you were but his mouth-piece. So then Zeus tells sons to avenge their fathers and not to care about their mothers at all. Apollo is rather in a fix, and replies that Clytemnestra's crime was greatly aggravated by killing a king and a warrior with every circumstance of treachery and ignominy.

mvp-comment-199-1 ὥστ᾽᾽ Αμαζόνος] ‘As if he had been slain in war by some Amazon.' Amazons in the Homer of Aeschylus, now preserved in the epics of Q. Smyrnaeus Bk. 1 . The genitive is used as in Ag. 1353

ἄπειρον ἀμφίβληστρον ὥσπερ ἰχθύων.
Ashishe been in war

mvp-comment-200-1 ἠμποληκότα] ‘When he had returned from the expedition with the greatest success, lit. after having made the greatest profits (or, more profits than losses) in the trade of war. For the metaphor cf. Theb. 540 , ἐλθὼν δ ἔοικεν οὐ καπηλεύσειν μάχην.— ἅμ' αἴνοις, ‘with praises.' The editor's correction of ἄμείνον' (so MS. Med.), which is unintelligible. Cf. Ag. 890

ἀλλ' ἐναισίμως αἰνεῖν, παρ᾿ ἄλλων χρὴ τόδ' ἔρχεσθαι γέρας.

mvp-comment-201-1 It is better to construe δεδεγμένη δροίτῃ, after receiving him with (or in) a bath. See on ν. 453. –περῶντι, as he was passing out of the bath and just at the end of it. In this case δροίτη must mean the bath-room. But ἐπὶ τέρματι may mean that she threw the garment, like a tentcover, completely over the bath to the very end of it, so as to leave him no escape. - The reading of the Med. and the Schol. is περεσκήνωσεν, as if περισκηνοῦν were meant, to inclose as in a tent. But we should thus expect φάρει, with a mantle.' It is likely that the poet had in mind some well-known painting of the event.

mvp-comment-202-1 ταύτην] This is not rightly used, since in the legal sense it should mean the defendant. Moreover, δὲ is wanting after the μέν. Hence Pauw proposed τοιαύτην δ', Weist, τὴν δ᾽ αὖ τοιαύτην.

mvp-comment-203-1 ὅσπερ] Perhaps ᾧ προστέτακται, since ὅσπερ is not the same as os.

mvp-comment-204-1 ταῦτα τούτοις] Viz. τὸ προτιμᾶν τῷ δῆσαι Κρ. 'They do not wish to find fault with Zeus, but to refute Apollo. Schol.

mvp-comment-205-1 ὑμᾶς] s] You, the judges, I call upon to listen to the answer given. It amounts to this, that one may be liberated from bonds, but not restored to life. The subject to λύσειεν is perhaps μηχανή, but ὁ δήσας might easily be supplied.

mvp-comment-206-1 ἐπῳδάς] The medical remedies of charms or incantations are meant, as θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς, Ajax 582 . Agam. 988

αἷμα-τίς ἂν ἀγκαλέσαιτ᾽ ἐπαείδων; -τὰ δ' ἄλλα,
everything else he can effect, he 'turns everything else upside down and completely alters it, and that without trouble; but he cannot alter the law of fate. Cf. Suppl. 93
πᾶν ἅπονον δαιμόνιον.

mvp-comment-207-1 πῶς γὰρ κ.τ.λ.] Schol.

σκόπει πῶς δικαιοῖς ᾿Ορέστην φεύγειν.
They warn Apollo not to advocate the cause of a man who, even if acquitted, will be excluded from all civil and religious rights. As φυγεῖν, not φεύγειν, means to be acquitted, we must understand in his being a defendant, i.e. in the present cause. Cf. Ajax 1346
σὺ ταῦτ᾽, ᾿Ὀδυσσεῦ, τοῦδ᾽ ὑπερδικεῖς ἐμοί;

mvp-comment-208-1 ὡς ὀρθῶς ἐρῶ] He now speaks with authority as ἐξηγητὴς, interpreter of a great natural law.

mvp-comment-209-1 τοκεύς] She is not the real parent of that which is called her child, as if she were the author of its being; the male alone begets, the female does but rear the embryo to maturity. -κύματος, Schol.

κυήματος.
Id. θρώσκων, ὁ σπερμαίνων. Hesych.
θρώσκων· κνώδαλα ἐκπορίζων. καὶ σπερματίζων, γεννῶν. Αἰσχύλος᾿ Αμυμώνῃ.

mvp-comment-210-1 μὴ βλάψη] A metaphor from the blighting or blasting of plants; cf. inf. 869, 898.

mvp-comment-211-1 Perhaps οὐ δὴ, not, of course. For the explanation of the legend, which is simply the rising of the dawn from the forehead of the sky, see Cox, Aryan Mythology, 1. p. 228 and 441.

mvp-comment-212-1 ὡς ἐπίσταμαι] Schol.

ὅσον δύναμαι.
He refers perhaps to his influence at Delphi in favour of Athens.

mvp-comment-213-1 αἰανῶς] for all time. See on 394. In the next line construe τῶνδε τοὺς ἐπισπόρους, in the political sense, the descendants of the citizens here present. Schol.

ἀπογόνους.

mvp-comment-214-1 ἀπὸ γνώμης] according to their convictions. Schol.

ὃ δοκιμάζεται.

mvp-comment-215-1 The sense is, πῶς τιθῶ ὥστε πρὸς ὑμῶν ἄμομφος εἶναι; Properly, the deliberative subjunctive can only refer to some act, and in τί πάθω=τί πείσομαι the aorist has the epic meaning of a true future.

mvp-comment-216-1 After this verse Hermann inserts 674-6. The poet, perhaps, preferred to make a more direct antithesis between πρώτας δίκας and καὶ τὸ λοιπόν. ὅρκον] Cf. v. 467. Athena gives the same warning, inf. 680.

mvp-comment-217-1 πάγον δὲ κ.τ.λ.] ' And as regards this hill of Ares, once the camping-ground of the Amazons when they marched against Theseus, -in this, I say, a court shall be established which will ever keep the citizens in awe of committing wrong.' There are many examples of an accusative standing first without any regular government; see, for instance, Ag. 1023 , Cho. 826 .

mvp-comment-218-1 πόλιν νεόπτολιν] Schol.

τὸν ᾿Αρειον πάγον.
The poet perhaps refers to traditions of the Persian invasion. Herod. VIII. 52
οἱ δὲ Πέρσαι ἱζόμενοι ἐπὶ τὸν καταντίον τῆς ἀκροπόλιος ὄχθον, τὸν ᾿Αθηναῖοι καλέουσι ᾿Αρήϊον πάγον, ἐπολιόρκεον τρόπον τοιόνδε.

mvp-comment-219-1 ἐν δὲ τῷ] in hoc, inquam, &c.

mvp-comment-220-1 ἐπικαινούντων] ‘If the citizens themselves do not make innovations in the laws.' This, and what follows, is sage political advice tendered by the goddess of wisdom herself to the reforming party of Ephialtes and Pericles. The τὸ μέσον between anarchy and tyranny was commended sup. 500.

mvp-comment-221-1 τὸν ὅρκον] Cf. 650. The singular, ψῆφον not ψήφους, indicates that each judge had one vote, which was dropped in the urn of acquittal or condemnation ( τευχέων, v. 712; cf. Agam. 789 ). — εἴρηται λόγος, ‘that is all I have to say,' the pleading being now concluded.

mvp-comment-222-1 τοὺς ἐμούς τε κ.τ.λ.] ‘Which are not only mine, as the giver ( προφήτης, ν. 19), but my sire's, as the author of them.'

mvp-comment-223-1 οὐ λαχών] Apollo, as the pure god, the god of joy and justice, had no right to interfere in cases of murder; if he did so, he could not remain at Delphi and continue to give oracles untainted by human crime. The notion of continuance is conveyed by μένων, for which Hermann and others read νέμων.

mvp-comment-224-1 προστροπαῖς] In the supplication of (i.e. in the pardon of the suppliant) Ixion, the first applicant for purification from murder. Schol.

καθάρας τὸν πρωτομυσή Ιξίονα.

mvp-comment-225-1 λέγεις] You talk (i.e. argue); but I tell you that I, if I fail to get justice, will come again to haunt this land in anger. Sup. 455

καὶ μὴ τυχοῦσαι πράγματος νικηφόρου.
Eur. Phoen. 490
ἃ μὴ κυρήσας τῆς δίκης πειράσομαι δρᾶν.
Schol.
ἐπ᾿ ἀπειλὰς τρέπονται, ἀφεῖσαι τὴν δικαιολογίαν.

mvp-comment-226-1 ἀφθίτους θεῖναι] ‘to cause them never to die;’ see Eur. Alcest. 12

ᾔνεσαν δέ μοι θεαὶ ῎Αδμητον "Αιδην τὴν παραυτίκ᾽ ἐκφυγεῖν κ.τ.λ.

mvp-comment-227-1 δίκαιον] Supply ἦν. 'Was it not right to do a favour to a worshipper, especially when he stood in need of aid at the time? The optative is used, as sup. 588, because the event is regarded from a subjective point of view - supposing he wanted it.

mvp-comment-228-1 σύ τοι κ.τ.λ.] You know that you made away with the ancient awards (of the Fates) and deceived by wine those venerable deities. Some legend is alluded to, mentioned by the Schol. on Alcest, 33

Μοίρας δολίῳ σφήλαντα τέχνῃ
. Eur. ibid.

mvp-comment-229-1 σύ τοι] Cf. 725. This replies to the taunt in the preceding distich. You, no doubt, when you have failed in the suit, will at once spit your venom, but it shall not harm your enemies.' The Schol. understood by τὸν lòv their anger, τὴν ὀργὴν, but the material venom is meant by which blights and rust (inf. 898) were supposed to be caused in trees and plants. plants.

mvp-comment-230-1 καθιππάζει] Since you try to ride over me, I wait to hear the decision, as not having made up my mind (till the result is known) to be angry with the city.

mvp-comment-231-1 λοισθίαν] quod reliquum est. What only now remains in the suit is for me to give my decision. So βλαβέντα λοισθίων δρόμων, Ag. 119 , stopped from the rest of its course, or from running any more. The reason given is sophistical; I shall vote for Orestes because he preferred his father to his mother, and I myself am wholly my father's, as no mother bore me.' As yet, the goddess has only voted for Orestes. She does not yet know the result; it was left to the jury to decide on the guilt or the innocence. She only says, that in the event of their equal votes, her casting vote has been given in his favour.

mvp-comment-232-1 τευχέων] The plural conclusively shows that there were two urns, all the votes being of one kind, and deriving their effect from the vessel in which they were deposited. Hence τῷ δ' ἐναντίῳ κύτει, Αg. 789 . See Ar. Vesp. 987 . The Schol. says the number of the Areopagites was 31, but the number of couplets spoken while the voting was going on (681-703) indicate ten or twelve, as in Agam. 1319 seqq. -The next four verses are said, in tones of suspense and anxiety, while the votes are being reckoned.

mvp-comment-233-1 Schol.

νῦν μοι ζωὴ ἢ θανάτου τέλος-ἢ τὰς πρώην ἔχειν τιμάς,
h. e. easdem quas prius habebam. Here νέμειν is to administer.

mvp-comment-234-1 γνώμης] Schol.

ἀντὶ τοῦ ψήφου.
The passage is very obscure, and perhaps corrupt. If βαλοῦσα is right, μία φῆφος seems to stand for eἷς φηφιζόμενος, a single vote by a throw saves a house. See Theb. 185 . The Schol. cites what appears to be a proverb, ἡ ψῆφος δὲ βαλεῖν τε καὶ ὀρθῶσαι δύνατ' οἶκον (M.S. οἶκον δύναται). He therefore took βαλοῦσα for καταβαλοῦσα. Το this verse apparently belongs a gloss of a later scholiast on v. 284, καταβάλλει γὰρ ἢ ὀρθοῖ. Perhaps indeed the distich is not genuine, Apollo having hitherto spoken in couplets.

mvp-comment-235-1 ἴσον γάρ] See v. 711.

mvp-comment-236-1 Orestes, in an ecstasy of joy at his narrow escape, breaks out into expressions of gratitude to the goddess, which the poet has turned into a political purpose, viz. to cement the alliance made between Athens and Sparta in the same year as the acting of the play, в.с. 459.

mvp-comment-237-1 ᾿Αργεῖος] viz. ἐστὶ, ‘this man is once more a citizen of Argos.'

mvp-comment-238-1 For τρίτος σωτήρ see Suppl. 26 , Ag. 237, 1358 . πατρῷον, opposed to μητρός. 'Seeing that they were taking my mother's part, he took my father's.'

mvp-comment-239-1 πρυμνήτην] Schol.

ἄρχοντα, κυβερνήτην.
sup. 16. See

mvp-comment-240-1 νῦν] in opposition to τότε, means my present oath. The dative depends on πράξομεν, and is what is called dativus incommodi; 'we will contrive, for those who would transgress the compact I now make, by perplexing mishaps, and by causing disappointments in their expeditions and bad omens in their marches, that they shall repent them of their pains.' Orestes, as a δαίμων in Hades, threatens disasters to any Argive host which shall hereafter invade Athens. The Schol. wrongly explains πράξομεν by τιμωρησόμεθα. Perhaps he found τὸν - παρβαίνοντα in his text.

mvp-comment-241-1 ὀρθουμένων] sc. τῶν ὁρκωμάτων, ‘if they are rightly kept.' For the genitive absolute in combination with a dative, see Suppl. 437

καὶ χρήμασιν μὲν, ἐκ δόμων πορθουμένων, γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἄλλα.
-For αὐτοῖσιν-ἐσμεν we should perhaps read ἀστοῖς ἂν εἶμεν.

mvp-comment-242-1 ἄφυκτον] The metaphor is from wrestling, when an adversary cannot extricate himself from the grip. The Scholium should be read ἄφυκτον· [ διὰ] τὴν ἐμὴν ἐπικουρίαν.

mvp-comment-243-1 μεθεῖσα] Instead of saying μεθήσω, she intended to say βλάβην οἴσω at v. 757, but the language is abrupt through excitement, what shall I do to them?' &c. Any patch of blight is called λιχὴν (our word lichen), and it was thought to be caused by blood-drops from the Erinyes. Hesych.

κηλίδες· μολυσμοί.

mvp-comment-244-1 γένωμαι δυσοίστα] ‘Should I become intolerant to the citizens for what I have suffered?' The old reading was ἔπαθον, and the Schol. explained τί γένωμαι ; ὑπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν ἔπαθον, and ἔπαθον πολίταις δύσοιστα ὄντα. There are many examples of verbal adjectives in the feminine form.

mvp-comment-245-1 μεγάλα] i. e. δεινά.

mvp-comment-246-1 οὐκ ἀτιμίᾳ] This is an answer to the complaint ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἄτιμος, v. 750. It is repeated in 788, οὐκ ἔστ' ἄτιμοι.

mvp-comment-247-1 ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ κ.τ.λ.] The sense is, ἀλλ' αὐτὸς ᾿Απόλλων ἀπέλυσεν Ορέστην αἰτίας. As the προφήτης of Ζεὺς (sup. 19) Apollo gave his testimony on supreme authority. - ὁ πείσας for ὁ θήσας is restored from v. 84, καὶ γὰρ κτανεῖν σ᾽ ἔπεισα κ.τ.λ.

mvp-comment-248-1 ὡς ἔχειν] here = ἵνα ἔχοι—the testimony was given that Orestes might be unharmed by the consequences of his crime. But it might also express the fact, ὥστε οὐκ ἔχει.

mvp-comment-249-1 δαιμόνων is corrupt. Perhaps (from v. 752) καρδίας, οι λαιμάτων ( Αr. Αν. 1562 ), or even δαίμονες, ‘as hostile powers.' - αἰχμάς, influences; the word seems used in reference to ἀφεῖσαι, from the throwing of darts.

mvp-comment-250-1 ἐνδίκου] made just by your residence among the citizens, and by the awe you inspire. The ancient rite of pouring oil (as the Hindus still pour ghee) on stones and altars is alluded to in λιπαροθρόνοις.

mvp-comment-251-1 τί δεῖ λέγειν] The meaning is, but I need not invoke the aid of Zeus in forcing you to yield, since I would rather appeal to you as the goddess of wisdom and eloquence.'

mvp-comment-252-1 ὡς σεμνότιμος] Schol.

λείπει ἐσομένη.

mvp-comment-253-1 πρὸ παίδων] for children, a rather rare use of the preposition, as inf. 858, πρὸ παντὸς χρόνου, ‘for all time. Schol.

ὡς προτέλεια θυόντων ᾿Αθήνῃσι ταῖς Ερινύσι.

mvp-comment-254-1 ἐμὲ κ.τ.λ.] The chorus are still dissatisfied, and dwell on the grievance of the old powers being superseded by the new. To think that I should suffer this, I the goddess of the ancient thought, and should dwell in the land like a guilty thing without the power of punishing the insult! Schol.

ἀνεκδίκητον, τιμωρεῖσθαι μὴ δυναμένην.

mvp-comment-255-1 Perhaps, to complete the dochmiac, τις ὀδύνα πλευράς ;

mvp-comment-256-1 δηναιᾶν] ancient, L. Dindorf for δαμαίων, which the Schol. explains by τῶν δημοσίων τιμῶν.-παρ οὐδὲν, supply θέμενοι, as in Ag. 221

παρ' οὐδὲν ἔθεντο.
For αἴρειν ἀπὸ cf. v. 340.

mvp-comment-257-1 καὶ τῷ μέν] Schol.

διὰ τὸν χρόνον.
‘And in that indeed you are much wiser than I, though even to me (viz. as the goddess of wisdom) Zeus has granted not to be without telligence.' The Med. has καὶ τοι μὲν σύ.

mvp-comment-258-1 The Schol., remarking λείπει ὁ καὶ, seems to have found ὑμεῖς without δέ. EUM.

mvp-comment-259-1 πρὸς δόμοις] The subterranean chapel of the Erinyes lay between the Areopagus and the Acropolis.

mvp-comment-260-1 ὅσων] The MS. has ὅσην.

mvp-comment-261-1 ἐμμανεῖς] Perhaps ἐμμανής, incited by rage not proceeding from wine (i.e. since νηφάλια μειλίγματα alone were offered to them, sup. 107), but from vexation at the defeat. -βλάβας, Schol.

τὰς ἀναλισκούσας τὰ νέα.
Cf. Pers. 667
νεολαία γὰρ ἤδη κατὰ πᾶσ᾽ ὄλωλε.

mvp-comment-262-1 ἐξελοῦσ'] is corrupt, and perhaps we should read ἐκζέουσ' with Musgrave, 'making their hearts to boil with rage like that of fighting-cocks. This well suits the scholium ἀναπτερώσασα. See Theb. 706 .

mvp-comment-263-1 οὐ μόλις παρών] “Let war be far from us, but let it come without stint (to him) in whom there shall be a strong love of glory' (not to us, who prefer peace). She adds, she will not speak of fighting-cocks, because the omen is a bad one. K. O. Müller thinks the poet meant to commend foreign conquest as an antidote to civil discord. In the former case, θυραῖος is a predicate, let war be far from you. Others understood by foreign war a war with Persia.

mvp-comment-264-1 πρὸς νεωτέρας] Cf. v. 775. The goddesses must not think they are slighted by Athena and her citizens, or banished from the land, when they have an abode offered them in it with all honour. Stay, says Athena, if you will listen to my advice. But if you do not choose to stay, it would be unjust to cause mischief to this country, since the option rests with yourself ( ἔξεστι γὰρ, ν. 850). Schol.

εἰ δὲ μὴ πείθῃ, ἴσθι (1. ἴθι) μὴ βλάψασα πόλιν.

mvp-comment-265-1 ἁγνόν] Perhaps ἁγνῆς, ‘if you have any respect for holy Persuasion, or for the eloquence of the Virgin- Goddess.

mvp-comment-266-1 τίνα κ.τ.λ.] There is a pause for deliberation. The nature of the new abode, its privileges, and the guaranty for their endurance, are points of inquiry before the final acceptance.

mvp-comment-267-1 καὶ δή] Suppose then I do accept it. Eur. Med. 386

καὶ δὴ τεθνᾶσι· τίς με δέξεται πόλις;

mvp-comment-268-1 εὐθενεῖν] Scaliger for εὐ σθένειν. Cf. inf. 868, 904, Hesych.

εὐθηνῶν· [καὶ] εὐδαιμονῶν, πλουτῶν.

mvp-comment-269-1 σὺ τοῦτο πράξεις] ‘Will you secure for me the possession of so much power? - Yes, by directing aright the fortunes of those who worship you,' i.e. who act by the dictates of conscience.

mvp-comment-270-1 πρὸ παντός] See on v. 799.

mvp-comment-271-1 ἔξεστι μὴ λέγειν] ‘It is in my power not to say (unless I choose) what I do not intend to perform.' The sense is, I would not say it unless I meant it.

mvp-comment-272-1 θέλξειν] It seems that you will bind me by the spell of your eloquence.' A word technically used of sorcery and magic art.

mvp-comment-273-1 ἐπικτήσει] • You will get new friends.' So v. 641, καὶ τόνδ᾽ ἐπικτήσαιο σύμμαχον, and in the phrase γῆ ἐπίκτητος. a

mvp-comment-274-1 Hesych.

ἐπίσκοπα· τυγχάνοντα τοῦ σκοποῦ.
The meaning is obscure. Possibly Fossibly there is an hyperthesis of μὴ, which, with the conjectural reading νείκηs, gives good sense, sing not songs that have for their aim and purport mischievous contentions (the ballad-songs of rival factions), but the blessings of good seasons. But νίκη κακή occurs in Theb. 713 , and a not dishonourable victory may have some political significance not known to us. There is some probability that one or more verses have been lost.

mvp-comment-275-1 βοτῶν] Stanley for βροτῶν. See Suppl. 670 seqq.

mvp-comment-276-1 σωτηρίαν] See v. 631.

mvp-comment-277-1 ἐκφορωτέρα] The meaning seems to be, μᾶλλον ἔκφορος, - may you more than ever get rid of the impious. The metaphor, as it appears from what follows, is from removing rubbish from plantations. The superlative έπιφορώτατος occurs Cho. 798 .

mvp-comment-278-1 ἀπένθητον] spared from mourning. Cf. Agam. 868 .

mvp-comment-279-1 ἀγώνων] The term may include both contests at the great games (at which some Athenian had perhaps been lately successful), and the contests of war, in which Athens, under the patronage of the War-goddess, would prove to be ever superior. The first epithet seems to have an active sense, 'war-slaying, though the Homeric ἀρηίφατος means slain in war. ,

mvp-comment-280-1 καὶ Ζεύς] the Almighty Zeus also (as well as his daughter Athena). The fortified area of the Acropolis is appropriately called φρούριον, the garrison of the gods, and the deities' darling abode. See Thuc. 11. 15, 5 .

mvp-comment-281-1 πρευμενώς] They are now well-wishers,' Εύμενίδες.

mvp-comment-282-1 ἐξαμβράσαι, from ἐκβράσσω, οι ἐκβράζω, to cause to spring forth, is Prof. Scholefield's correction of ἐξαμβρόσαι. Such an aorist however has no early authority in its favour, and the true reading is very uncertain. See Veitch, Gr. Verbs, p. 142.

mvp-comment-283-1 τάδ' ἐγὼ κ.τ.λ.] This is what I do in kindly regard to my citizens, by causing these powerful and hardlyappeased deities to take up their abode here.' She means, this is my part in the transaction, viz. successfully employing my eloquence, sup. 845.

mvp-comment-284-1 βαρέων] Supply λαχέων from ἔλαχον. 'He who has not met with a hard lot in life (who has not gained wisdom by misfortune, Ag. 169 ) has yet to learn the great truth, that ancestral crime, as well as actual sins committed, are often the secret causes of woe. —προσέπαισαν is supplied on Hermann's conjecture.

mvp-comment-285-1 βλάβα] See on v. 254.

mvp-comment-286-1 τὸ μή] i. e. ὥστε μὴ, to prevent them from outgrowing the space allotted to each in planting. - αἰανὴς, either long-lasting,' or dismal. See on v. 394.

mvp-comment-287-1 εὐθενοῦντα] See v. 855. For ἄγαν Dobree proposed ya, Meineke Πάν.

mvp-comment-288-1 γόνος] A word is lost in the MSS., perhaps δ' ἀεὶ or δὲ γᾶς. The allusion may be, as in Pers. 236 , to the silver-mines at Laurium, from which a tithe for luck may have been paid to the treasury of the goddess.

mvp-comment-289-1 πόλεως φρούριον] Schol.

ὦ ᾿Αρεοπαγῖται.

mvp-comment-290-1 κύρι᾽ ἔχοντες] ye gods who have the power, viz. as presiding over marriage, " Ηρας τελείας καὶ Διὸς πιστώματα, sup. 205. -Μοῖραι, as daughters of Night, were sisters of the Furies by the mother's side. The MSS. give θεαὶ τῶν μοῖραι, corrected by Hermann.

mvp-comment-291-1 ἐπωπᾷ] respicit, 'regards with favour. Cf. v. 845. —ἀλλὰ κ.τ.λ., 'however, it was Zeus the god of the agora (the patron of popular eloquence) who prevailed; and the contest between him and me, as to which benefits the citizens the more, prevails (over the evil caused by the Furies' anger), and shall prevail for all time.' By ἡμετέρα the united efforts of the Furies also, in their present mood, are perhaps meant.

mvp-comment-292-1 κόνις] The Earth is meant, which on the pantheistic theology, exacted penalties for blood ( ποινὰς) by causing retributive murders. Perhaps πόλεως is best taken in its natural order, eagerly to seize from the city, like a debt due but yet unpaid.

mvp-comment-293-1 ἆρα κ.τ.λ.] Are they not becoming wise, and do they not find a good course for the expression of their wishes? We might somewhat improve the sense by reading ἀγαθὴν for ἀγαθῆς. The citizens are called on to attest the goodness of the goddesses in their benign wishes for blessings on the state. By φοβερὰ πρόσωπα the masks must be meant which made them look like Gorgons, sup. 49.

mvp-comment-294-1 εὔφρονας εὔφρονες] with mutual goodwill.

mvp-comment-295-1 πρέψετε seems here, as in Ag. 1299 , to be transitive, you will make conspicuous, cause to be admired by all.

mvp-comment-296-1 ἐν αἰσιμίαισι] In possession of the blessings of wealth.

mvp-comment-297-1 ἴκταρ Διός] There appears to have been a statue of Ζεὺς Πολιεὺς on the southern summit of the Acropolis, overlooking the theatre.

mvp-comment-298-1 σωφρονοῦντες] The notion seems to be, that now at length, when the cultus of the Erinyes, i.e. the law of Conscience, is established among the citizens, they will be wiser than before.

mvp-comment-299-1 ὑπὸ πτεροῖς] This refers to a winged statue of Pallas Νίκη, made by Phidias about two years before the acting of the play.

mvp-comment-300-1 προτέραν στείχειν] Athena now announces her intention of heading a procession of citizens to escort the Furies with lighted torches to their shrine under the Areopagus. She repeats this at v. 976, as the procession begins to move. Compare Pers. ult. πέμψω τοί σε δυσθρόοις γόοις. There is probably an allusion to the citizens in holiday attire attending the Panathenaic πομπή.

mvp-comment-301-1 For τιμᾶτε, which gives no sense, we should read προβάτε, advance. This is the technical term in starting a procession.

Selected scholia accompanying Blass's Eumenides (OCR draft) (The mixed Greek, Latin, and German scholia register printed with Friedrich Blass's 1907 edition, aligned to O. L. Smith's later recensional editions.) focus

mvp-comment-116-1 ἐβλάπτοντο γὰρ οἱ μυσαροῖς (Steph. f. -ροὶ) ξυντυγχάνοντες.

mvp-comment-117-1 λείπει ἐμέ. ὡς τότε συμμαχούντων Ἀργείων Αθηναίοις.

mvp-comment-118-1 ὅτι

mvp-comment-119-1 ὡς θρασὺς (auf ein x bezüglich) διὰ τοῦτο οἴεται αὐτὴν Τριτογένειαν. ἡγεμών. ἁρμόττουσα δὲ ἡ εὐχή· δεῖται γὰρ ἐνδρανοῦς (L. Dindorf f. έδρανοῦς) βοηθοῦ.

mvp-comment-120-1 τὸ ἑξῆς· ἔλθοι, ὅπως γένοιτο.

mvp-comment-121-1 ὁ μηδὲ αἷμα σχήσων ἐξ ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ γενησόμενος σκιά· ῥοφήσομεν γάρ σου τὸ αἷμα. ἢ ἐναίματον, ἀντὶ τοῦ ζῶντά σε νεκρὸν ποιήσομεν.

mvp-comment-122-1 οὐκ ἀποκρίνηι, ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ) οὐδὲ ἀντιφωνήσεις μοι, ἀλλὰ σοῦ βουλομένου λαλεῖν τὸ φθέγμα δεθήσεται.

mvp-comment-123-1 ὡς ἐπὶ νεκρῶι.

mvp-comment-124-1 τοὺς κλήρους ἡμῶν (Vict. f. ὑμῶν). ἀπὸ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ δεδόκηκεν.

mvp-comment-125-1 ἐπεὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς μητρὸς Ὀρέστου ἀγωνίζονται, εἰκότως τὴν μητέρα ἑαυτῶν ὀνομάζουσιν.

mvp-comment-126-1 ζῶσι καὶ θανοῦσιν ἔκδικον.

mvp-comment-127-1 τὸν τῶι ἰδίωι θανάτωι ἀφαγνιοῦντα τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός· ἅγνισμα δέ τινες εὐφήμως τὸ μόλυσμα.

mvp-comment-128-1 ἐπὶ Ὀρέστηι δὲ μέλλοντι θύεσθαι λεχθήσεται ὕμνος ἐξ ἡμῶν ὡς ἐπὶ ἱερείωι, ὃς αὐτοῦ τὰς φρένας παρακόψει.

mvp-comment-129-1 παρακίνησις τῶν φρενῶν.

mvp-comment-130-1 ὁ δεσμεύων αὐτοῦ τὰς φρένας.

mvp-comment-131-1 ὁ ξηραίνων τοὺς βροτούς.

mvp-comment-132-1 ἡ διαμπὰξ τιμωρουμένη.

mvp-comment-133-1 αὐτοφονίαις.

mvp-comment-134-1 τούτοις ἡμᾶς ἀκολουθεῖν, ἕως ἀποθάνηι ὁ τοιοῦτος.

mvp-comment-135-1 ἐφυμνίωι (Abresch f. -ον) αὐτῶι χρῆται. λέγεται δὲ καὶ μεσόφθεγμα.

mvp-comment-136-1 ἀφόρμικτος: οὐ γὰρ σὺν ὀργάνοις μουσικοῖς γίνεται οὗτος ὁ ὕμνος. ὁ δεσμεύων αὐτοῦ τὰς φρένας.

mvp-comment-137-1 ἀντὶ τοῦ γέρα.

mvp-comment-138-1 μὴ πλησιάζειν ἡμᾶς τοῖς θεοῖς.

mvp-comment-139-1 οὐδαμοῦ ὅπου ἑορτὴ καὶ ἀμπεχόνη καθαρὰ πάρειμι.

mvp-comment-140-1 ὅταν τις ἐχθρὸς συγγενὴς ὢν τὸν συγγενῆ φονεύσηι.

mvp-comment-141-1 οἰκεῖος, φίλος.

mvp-comment-142-1 διὰ μέσου τὸ ὦ.

mvp-comment-143-1 διὰ τὸ νέον αἷμα. τοῦ νεωστὶ εἰργασμένου ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ.

mvp-comment-144-1 τῆς Κλυταιμήστρας (auch f).

mvp-comment-145-1 λείπει εὔχομαι τοῖς θεοῖς. τελέσαι μου τὸ βούλημα καὶ μὴ εἰς μάχην μοι ἐλθεῖν.

mvp-comment-146-1 τοῖσιν αὐτουργίαις ξύμπασ ωσιν (ὦσι f): ξυμπέσωσιν Turn., ders. αὐτουργίαι (τοὶ σὺν -ίαις Meineke Weil mit verschiedener Fortsetzung).

mvp-comment-147-1 τὸ τῶν φονέων.

mvp-comment-148-1 καὶ τοὺς ὑψηλοὺς καθαιροῦμεν.

mvp-comment-149-1 τοῖς τανυδρόμοις αὐτῶν κώλοις ἐπάγουσα τὰ σφαλερά μου κῶλα. ἢ ἀπ᾿ ἄλλης ἀρχῆς, καὶ τοῖς τανυδρόμοις γίνεται σφαλερὰ τὰ κῶλα διὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν αὐτοῖς ἄτην δύσφορον ὑπ᾿ ἐμοῦ. οἷον, καὶ οἱ ταχυδρόμοι οὐ δύνανταί με ἐκφυγεῖν.

mvp-comment-150-1 παραφρονῶν (Steph. f. περιφρ.) γὰρ οὐκ αἰσθάνεται τοῦ κακοῦ.

mvp-comment-151-1 σκότος φρενῶν. λείπειν φασὶ διά, διὰ (Kirchh. f. δὲ) μύσος· οὐκ ἔστι δέ, αὐτὸ γὰρ τὸ μύσος κνέφας εἴρηκεν.

mvp-comment-152-1 κακὴ δὲ φήμη περὶ τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ λέγεται.

mvp-comment-153-1 λείπει τὸ ἐσμέν. ἡμεῖς γὰρ εὐμήχανοι ἐσμεν καὶ ἐπιτελεστικαὶ καὶ τῶν κακῶν μνήμονες.

mvp-comment-154-1 οὐ ταχέως παρηγορούμεναι ὑπὸ βροτῶν.

mvp-comment-155-1 ἀφωρισμένα τῶν θεῶν τῶι προσόντι αὐτοῖς σκότει. μετερχόμεναι λάχη ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐ τιμώμεθα ὑπὸ θεῶν.

mvp-comment-156-1 δυσπαράβατα καὶ τραχέα ζῶσι καὶ τοῖς θνήισκουσιν (καὶ τεθνηκόσιν Wieseler).

mvp-comment-157-1 τὸν ὑπὸ Μοιρῶν καὶ θεῶν τετελεσμένον.

mvp-comment-158-1 ἔπεστιν.

mvp-comment-159-1 ἐπὶ ὀχήματος ἔρχεται.

mvp-comment-160-1 Μιτυληναῖοι ἐμάχοντο πρὸς Αθηναίους περὶ πόλεως Σιγείου. ἔδοξεν οὖν μονομαχίωι λῦσαι τὸν πόλεμον· καὶ ὑπὲρ μὲν Μιτυληναίων ἐπολέμει Πιττακός, ὑπὲρ δὲ Ἀθηναίων Φρύνων. ἡττηθέντος δὲ Φρύνωνος διελύθη τὰ τῆς μάχης. ἔοικεν οὖν παρορμᾶν Ἀθηναίους ὁ Αἰσχύλος εἰς τὸ ἀντέχεσθαι πάλιν Σιγείου, λέγων τὴν θεὸν ἐκεῖθεν ἐληλυθέναι. καταφθάνουσα.

mvp-comment-161-1 ὡς ἀρμένωι χρωμένη τῆι αἰγίδι.

mvp-comment-162-1 καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. τῶν σπειρομένων.

mvp-comment-163-1 μὴ πρότεινε αὐτῶι ὅρκον καὶ διὰ τούτου θέλε νικᾶν (steht bei 429; berichtigt von Weckl.). οὐκ ὀφείλει ὁ ἀδικῶν ὅρκωι φεύγειν τὴν κατηγορίαν· ἐπιορκήσει γάρ.

mvp-comment-164-1 ἀξίων οὖσαν γονέων.

mvp-comment-165-1 ἀντὶ τοῦ) ἔγκλημα.

mvp-comment-166-1 ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνος προσεκάθητο τῶι ναῶι τοῦ Διὸς καθαρισθησόμενος· πρῶτος γὰρ Ἰξίων φόνον ποιήσας ἐκαθαρίσθη ὑπὸ Διός.

mvp-comment-167-1 ἀποκρίνου μοί τι εὔγνωστον.

mvp-comment-168-1 ἐναγής.

mvp-comment-169-1 σημείωσαι. τὸν φονέα.

mvp-comment-170-1 καὶ εἰς οἶκον εἰσῆλθον, καὶ ὑδάτων μετέλαβον.

mvp-comment-171-1 τὴν τοῦ μύσους.

mvp-comment-172-1 διατάκτορα, βασιλέα.

mvp-comment-173-1 διὰ τούτων φιλοποιεῖται τὴν θεόν.

mvp-comment-174-1 δολιόφρων.

mvp-comment-175-1 τῶι πέπλωι.

mvp-comment-176-1 ἐκήρυττε τὸν διὰ τῆς ἐπιχύ σεως τῶν λουτρῶν γενόμενον αὐτῶι φόνον. λέγεται γὰρ μετὰ τὸ φονεῦσαι γυμνὸν ἐξαγαγεῖν καὶ δεῖξαι τοῖς πολίταις.

mvp-comment-177-1 πάντων. τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς τὸ „ἄλλης ἀνάγκης οὔτινος τρέων κότον“ (426).

mvp-comment-178-1 τὰ κατὰ τὴν κρίσιν ἀποβαίνοντα, ὁποῖα ἂν ἦι, ἐπαινέσω.

mvp-comment-179-1 εἴ τις οἴεται τὸ πρᾶγμα βροτὸς δικάζειν, μεῖζον ἢ κατὰ ἀνθρώπους οἴεται, ἐμοὶ δὲ περὶ φόνου δικάζειν οὐχ ὅσιον.

mvp-comment-180-1 ἐφ᾽ αἷς (Linwood für οἷς) ταχέως μηνίσουσιν Ἐρινύες.

mvp-comment-181-1 τέλειος τὴν ἡλικίαν. τοῦτο δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ζώιων.

mvp-comment-182-1 διὰ τούτου ἐλπίδας αὐτῶι χρηστὰς ὑποτίθησιν.

mvp-comment-183-1 δέχομαι ἐν τῆι πόλει. εὐχερῆ, εὐάρεστον. δυσάρεστοι φύσει εἰσὶν αὗται.

mvp-comment-184-1 ὡς σκηπτὸς

mvp-comment-185-1 πέμπειν αὐτὰς ἀμηνίτως δυσχερές ἐστιν ἐμοί. εἰσῆλθεν.

mvp-comment-186-1 οἷον ἐνόρκους δικαστάς.

mvp-comment-187-1 διετέλεσε γὰρ τὸ Ἀρειοπαγιτικὸν συνέδριον.

mvp-comment-188-1 ὑμεῖς δὲ ὅρκους αὐτοὺς αἰτήσατε.

mvp-comment-189-1 βέλτιστα (τὰ μέγιστα f).

mvp-comment-190-1 ὅρκον διδόντας.

mvp-comment-191-1 ἡ μὲν Ἀθηνᾶ ἀπῆλθεν εὐτρεπίσαι δικαστάς, ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης ἱκετεύων μένει, αἱ δὲ Ἐρινύες φρουροῦσιν αὐτόν. μέλος δὲ οἰκεῖον ἄιδουσι τῆι ἑαυτῶν προαιρέσει.

mvp-comment-192-1 τὸ μητροκτονεῖν.

mvp-comment-193-1 τῶν τοὺς βροτοὺς ἐπισκοπούντων.

mvp-comment-194-1 ἡμῶν δῆλον ὅτι.

mvp-comment-195-1 πάντ᾽ ἐφήσω μό(ρον): οὐκέτι τινὰ μὲν ἔννομον ἡγήσομαι μόρον, τινὰ δὲ οὐ, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἐφήσω μόρον, ὅπως τις βούλεται ἀναιρεῖν. οὐ τιμωρήσω τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις, ἀλλὰ συγχωρήσω ἀλλήλους ἀναιρεῖν.

mvp-comment-196-1 πεύσεται δ᾽ ἄλλος: ἀεὶ τὰ ἀλλήλων ἀκούσονται, καὶ οὐ γίνεται κακῶν ἀνάπαυσις.

mvp-comment-197-1 διαδοχήν.

mvp-comment-198-1 παθὼν δέ τις μάτην ἑαυτὸν παραμυθεῖται τῆι εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐλπίδι. ἡ, ἕκαστος δὲ τῶν φονέων παρηγορηθήσεται. τλήμων γὰρ ὁ ἀναιδής· „ἡ δ᾽ ὧδε τλήμων" (Soph. El. 275).

mvp-comment-199-1 ἡμᾶς δηλονότι.

mvp-comment-200-1 θροῶν.

mvp-comment-201-1 ταῦτα ἀναιρούμενος πατήρ ἤ μήτηρ ὑπὸ παιδός.

mvp-comment-202-1 ἐπειδὴ ἀπόλωλε (f: παρόλ. Μ) τὸ δίκαιον (auch f).

mvp-comment-203-1 οὐ πανταχῆι τὸ δεινὸν ἀπεῖναι φρενῶν δεῖ.

mvp-comment-204-1 ὥστε καθήμενον ὑπὸ στένει σωφρονεῖν. ὡσεὶ ἔλεγεν ὑπὸ τῶι δέει. ἔστι δὲ ἀπ᾿ εὐθείας τῆς τὸ στένος.

mvp-comment-205-1 λαμπρότητι, ὀρθότητι φρενῶν.

mvp-comment-206-1 ἀλλὰ τὸν (Rob. f. τῶν) ἠρέμα τούτων ἐφαπτόμενον· παρόσον αἱ μὲν παντάπασι τυραννούμενοι κακῶς βιοῦσιν, οἱ δὲ ἄναρχοι πονηρῶς.

mvp-comment-207-1 προφωνῶν τὰ τῶν.

mvp-comment-208-1 ὑπόδοσιν Μ, ὑπόδυσιν g (-δησιν f).

mvp-comment-209-1 ἄλλα ἄλλως ἐφορᾶι ὁ θεός. ἔσθ᾽ ὅπη(ι) δέους (zu 516, Weckl.).

mvp-comment-210-1 σύντομον.

mvp-comment-211-1 ὕβριν γεννῶσα. οἱ γὰρ ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ θείου καταφρονεῖν ὑβρίζουσι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.

mvp-comment-212-1 ἐκ δ᾽ ὑγιείας φρενῶν: ἐκ τοῦ ὀρθὰς ἔχειν φρένας. νόσον δὲ φρενῶν τὴν δυσσέβειάν φησιν, ὑγίειαν δὲ ἐξ ἧς ἂν εἴη τιμή· ἐξ ἐκείνης δὲ ὕβρις.

mvp-comment-213-1 καθολικῶς λέγω τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον.

mvp-comment-214-1 τὴν δίκην.

mvp-comment-215-1 ὁ χωρὶς ἀνάγκης δίκαιος ὤν.

mvp-comment-216-1 τὸν τὰ ἐναντία τοῖς εἰρημένοις τολμῶντα. ἀντὶ τοῦ) τὸν ἄδικον. παραβεβηκότα.

mvp-comment-217-1 πάντοθεν συνηγμένα.

mvp-comment-218-1 ἀπὸ τῶν χειμαζομένων, τροπικῶς. ἀντὶ τοῦ ταπεινωθήσεται.

mvp-comment-219-1 ἀτυχία.

mvp-comment-220-1 τοὺς θεούς.

mvp-comment-221-1 γελᾶι, φησίν, ὁ δαίμων ἐπὶ τῶι ἀδίκωι (Stanley f. -ως) (κακῶς) (<κακά) Hartung) πάσχοντι, τὸν μηδέποτε προσδοκήσαντα τιμωρεῖσθαι ἰδὼν ἐν μέσηι τῆι δύηι ὑπεζευγμένον καὶ χαλινωθέντα· τοῦτο γὰρ δηλοῖ τὸ λέπαδνον.

mvp-comment-222-1 τὸν πολυχρόνιον δὲ ὄλβον ἑαυτοῦ προσκρούσας τῶι βράχει (Abresch f. βραχεῖ) τῆς δίκης ὤλετο.

mvp-comment-223-1 κληρώσασα Ἀθηνᾶ τοὺς ἀρίστους ἄγει δικάσοντας. καθισάντων δὲ αὐτῶν, ἐν μέσωι στᾶσα κελεύει διὰ τῆς σάλπιγγος καὶ τοῦ κήρυκος σιωπὴν γενέσθαι, ὡς μὴ ἀρκοῦντος μόνου τοῦ κήρυκος. ὅρα δὲ πῶς τὰ νέων ἔθη ἀναχρονίζει. ἃ γὰρ νῦν γίνεται, ταῦτα τὴν Ἀθηνῶν εἰσήγαγε λέγουσαν. ἐχρῶντο γὰρ τῆι σάλπιγγι ἀνείργειν τὸ πλῆθος θέλοντες. κάτεχε, κώλυε.

mvp-comment-224-1 συμφέρει.

mvp-comment-225-1 διηνεκή, παρὰ τὸ αἰεί.

mvp-comment-226-1 τῶν Ἀρεοπαγιτῶν. (über der Seite, die V. 597 ff. enthält) ἐν παραχορηγήματι (Ddf. für περιχωρήματι) αὐτῶι εἰσιν οἱ Ἀρεοπαγίται μηδαμοῦ διαλεγόμενοι.

mvp-comment-227-1 ὧν ἐκληρώθης, δηλονότι μαντειῶν. παραφανέντος δ᾽ Ἀπόλλωνος ταῦτά φησιν.

mvp-comment-228-1 μαρτυρήσων ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἐναγής· ἐκάθηρα γὰρ αὐτόν. δικοι λέγονται οἷς ἴσον μέτεστιν ἐν τῆι δίκηι τῆς αἰτίας.

mvp-comment-229-1 τῶν Ἐρινύων. ἅρα τὸ δικαστήριον.

mvp-comment-230-1 ὁ κατηγορῶν.

mvp-comment-231-1 τοῦτο οὐ πρὸς τὰς τρεῖς, ὀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν χορόν· ιε΄ γὰρ ἦσαν.

mvp-comment-232-1 ῥητορικῶς πυνθάνονται. εἰ μὲν ὁμολογοίη, ὑπεύθυνος ἔσται· εἰ δ᾽ ἀρνοῖτο, ἐλεγχθήσεται. καὶ Ἀχιλλεὺς πρὸς τοὺς πρέσβεις· „τι δὲ λαὸν ἀνήγαγεν ἐνθάδ᾽ ἀγείρας Ατρείδης“; διὰ γυναῖκα (Homer I 338 f.).

mvp-comment-233-1 ἓν πέπτωκας (Weil für ἐμπ.). ἡ μεταφορὰ δὲ ἐστιν ἀπὸ τῶν παλαιόντων, οἳ ἐπὶ τοῖς τρισὶ πτώμασιν ὁρίζουσι τὴν ἧτταν.

mvp-comment-234-1 πλανᾶται. αἱ μὲν γὰρ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ φόνου πυνθάνονται, ὁ δὲ πρὸς τὸ πῶς“ „ξίφει" φησίν· ὡς τὸ μὴ δι᾿ ἐμὴν ἰότητα“ (Hom. O 42).

mvp-comment-235-1 τὸ ἀεὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἕως τάττουσιν Ἀττικοὶ πολλάκις. δεῦρο μέν μοι τόνδ᾽ αἰεὶ τείνει λόγον“ (Adesp. 148 N.). ἕως δεῦρο. τὴν πρᾶξιν.

mvp-comment-236-1 ἀν(τὶ) τοῦ ἴσως.

mvp-comment-237-1 ὡς ὑμᾶς (Herm. f. ὑμῖν) ἔπεμψεν ἡ μήτηρ, οὕτω βοηθοὺς κἀμοὶ πέμψει ὁ πατήρ.

mvp-comment-238-1 συντυχίας.

mvp-comment-239-1 πανούργως φασί, μὴ ἡμᾶς δίδασκε, ἀλλὰ τοὺς δικαστάς.

mvp-comment-240-1 ἐμὲ κἀκεῖνον ἠδίκησεν.

mvp-comment-241-1 πῶς οὖν λέγεις ὅτι ἠδίκησέ με; πῶς δὲ Ἀγαμέμνονα, ὅπου ἀπέθανεν δι᾽ αὐτόν (Linwood f. αὐτὴν)

mvp-comment-242-1 οὐκ εἰ τέθνηκεν, τούτου αἰτία εἶ σύ, (ἣ) ζῶσαν (Steph. u. a.; Μ πῶς ἂν) (οὐκ) ἐδίωκες· ὥστε οὐδὲ ἀποθανοῦσα διὰ τὴν σὴν αἰτίαν ἀπέθανεν.

mvp-comment-243-1 ἐγὼ οὖν ὅμαιμός εἰμι τῆι μητρί

mvp-comment-244-1 ἀπαρνῆι.

mvp-comment-245-1 ὡς ἀπορῶν τῆς ἀποκρίσεως. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν διάκρισιν τοῦ δικαίως ἢ μὴ ἀνηιρηκέναι τὴν μητέρα, ἐπὶ τὸν συμβουλεύσαντα θεὸν καταφεύγει. τραγικὸν οὖν καὶ πρέπον (Vict. f. τρέπον)· ὁμοειδές τε τὸ (αὐτὸν) πάντα λέγειν.

mvp-comment-246-1 τὸν Ἀρεοπαγιτικόν.

mvp-comment-247-1 ὥστε ἐμοὶ μὲν Ζείς, ἐγὼ δὲ τούτωι προσέταξα. οὐκ ἄνευ Διὸς οὖν τὸ γενόμενον.

mvp-comment-248-1 ἀντὶ τοῦ μάθε ὦ βουλή.

mvp-comment-249-1 κελεύω δὲ ὑμᾶς πεισθῆναι τῆι βουλῆι τοῦ Διός.

mvp-comment-250-1 ἐκδικήσαντα.

mvp-comment-251-1 συνεχὲς τὸ ὄνομα παρ᾽ Αἰσχύλωι, διὸ σκώπτει αὐτὸν Ἐπίχαρμος.

mvp-comment-252-1 βελτίονα πλεῖστα ηὐτυχηκότα ἀπὸ στρατείας.

mvp-comment-253-1 πυέλωι', τῆι ὡς σορῶι αὐτῶι γενομένηι. παρὰ τὴν δρῦν· ξύλιναι γὰρ αὗται. τῶν λουτρῶν δῆλον ὅτι.

mvp-comment-254-1 παρεσκήνησεν. πρὸς (d. i. τὸ Χ πρὸς, Weckl.) τὴν συναλοιφὴν (-λιφὴν Μ) τῆς περί καὶ τὴν συζυγίαν τοῦ ῥήματος. ἀτραχήλωι.

mvp-comment-255-1 τὴν Κλυταιμήστραν. οἱ δικασταί.

mvp-comment-256-1 ὡς λέγεις σύ (Paley für οὖν), πατέρα προτιμᾶι μητρὸς ὁ Ζεύς.

mvp-comment-257-1 οὐ τὸν Δία προέθετο κακῶς εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ὡς ψευσάμενον βούλετοι ἐλέγξαι.

mvp-comment-258-1 ὦ κριταί.

mvp-comment-259-1 ἐκ τῆς Ἀπόλλωνος ἀπολογίας κατακρινοῦσιν (-κρίνουσιν Μ) Ὀρέστην· εἰ γὰρ τὸν φονέα οὐχ οἷόν τε τὸν φόνον ἀνακαλέσασθαι, πῶς Ὀρέστης φονεύσας ἐλευθερωθήσεται; σκόπει πῶς δικαιοῖς Ὀρέστην φεύγειν.

mvp-comment-260-1 κυήματος.

mvp-comment-261-1 ὁ σπερμαίνων. ὡς παρακαταθήκην.

mvp-comment-262-1 γεννήσειεν.

mvp-comment-263-1 Παλλάς. ὅσον δύναμαι.

mvp-comment-264-1 δι᾿ αἰῶνος.

mvp-comment-265-1 ἀπογόνους.

mvp-comment-266-1 ὃ δοκιμάζεται.

mvp-comment-267-1 τί τιθεῖσα μέμψιν παρ᾽ ὑμῶν οὐχ ὑπομενῶ; zu

mvp-comment-268-1 ὅτι (d. i. τὸ χ ὅτι) πρώτη ἐπὶ Ὀρέστηι γέγονεν δίκη ἐν τῶι Ἀρείωι πάγωι.

mvp-comment-269-1 μῆνιν.

mvp-comment-270-1 τὸν Ἄρειον πάγον· ἐν αὐτῶι γὰρ ἐστρατοπέδευσαν.

mvp-comment-271-1 ὅθεν Ἄρειος πάγος ἐκλήθη.

mvp-comment-272-1 ὁ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ.

mvp-comment-273-1 συμβουλεύω τοῖς

mvp-comment-274-1 ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀποθανόντων τιμωρόν.

mvp-comment-275-1 καθάρας τὸν πρωτομυσῆ

mvp-comment-276-1 ἐπ᾿ ἀπειλὰς τρέπονται ἀφεῖσαι τὴν δικαιολογίαν. Ιξίονα.

mvp-comment-277-1 ἐκβαλεῖς (ἐκβάλλεις Μ) τὴν ὀργὴν οὐδὲν δυναμένην (Paley für -νη) βλάψαι τοὺς ἐχθρούς.

mvp-comment-278-1 κατατρέχεις.

mvp-comment-279-1 ἀμφιβάλλουσα. τέως γὰρ ἐν ἀμφιβόλωι ἔχω τὸ ὀργίζεσθαι.

mvp-comment-280-1 ἐγὼ προσθήσω τὴν ἐσχάτην ψῆφον, ἦι ὅταν (Herm. f. ἢ ὅτι ἂν) ἴσαι γένωνται, νικᾶι ὁ κατηγορούμενος.

mvp-comment-281-1 Leginnenden Seite) ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν Ἀρεοπαγιτῶν ν' (Petit.; Μλ΄, nach Vitelli aus Corr. [??]) καὶ εἷς.

mvp-comment-282-1 νῦν μοι ζωὴ ἢ θανάτου τέλος.

mvp-comment-283-1 ἢ τὰς πρώην ἔχειν τιμάς.

mvp-comment-284-1 διακρίσει τῶν λευκῶν καὶ μελαινῶν.

mvp-comment-285-1 γνώμης: ἀντὶ τοῦ) ψήφου. ὁ τρόπος συνεκδοχή, ἀπὸ προηγουμένου τὸ ἀκόλουθον· τὸν γὰρ μέλλοντα βάλλειν ψῆφον δεῖ πρῶτον ἐν γνώμηι γενέσθαι.

mvp-comment-286-1 ἡ ψῆφος δὲ βαλεῖν τε καὶ ὀρθῶσαι οἶκον δύναται.

mvp-comment-287-1 κἂν ἴσαι δὲ γένωνται αἱ ψῆφοι, ὁ κατηγορούμενος νικᾶι.

mvp-comment-288-1 ἀπαισίους.

mvp-comment-289-1 τοῦ Διός.

mvp-comment-290-1 τὰς συνηγόρους Εὐμενίδας.

mvp-comment-291-1 τιμωρησόμεθα.

mvp-comment-292-1 τὴν ἐμὴν ἀπικουρίαν. νήτην.

mvp-comment-293-1 ἄρχοντα, κυβερ-

mvp-comment-294-1 γεννωμένων (??).

mvp-comment-295-1 ἰσοπενθῆ, ὅμοια δρῶντα οἷς πέπονθα.

mvp-comment-296-1 μεθεῖσα: ἀντὶ τοῦ) μεθήσω, μετοχὴ ἀντὶ ῥήματος· ὡς τὸ „καρπῶι βριθομένη" (Homer 307) ἀντὶ τοῦ βρίθεται. σταλαγμὸν δὲ τὴν κατὰ βραχύ φθοράν.

mvp-comment-297-1 τὸν εἰς τὴν γῆν φερόμενον.

mvp-comment-298-1 ψίλωσις. ἄκαρπος.

mvp-comment-299-1 τοῦτο διὰ μέσου ὀλοφυρόμεναι ἀναφωνοῦσιν. ὁ λ(ελιχήν.

mvp-comment-300-1 λείπει ὁ ἢ διαζευκτικός· ἢ τί γένωμαι.

mvp-comment-301-1 ὑπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν ἔπαθον. ἔμζελιξε τῶι θρήνωι τὴν τιμωρίαν τεχνικῶς. εἰπὼν γὰρ „δύσοιστα ἔπαθον“ ἐπήγαγεν „πολίταις“, ἵνα ἦι πολίταις δύσοιστα ὄντα.

mvp-comment-302-1 ἔφασκε γὰρ ὁ Ἀπόλλων γνώμηι Διὸς μαντεύεσθαι.

mvp-comment-303-1 τὰ σταλάγματα αἰχμαί εἰσι βιβρώσκουσαι τὰ σπέρματα.

mvp-comment-304-1 ὡς

mvp-comment-305-1 δυσθεράπευτον.

mvp-comment-306-1 τὸν πάντα ποιοῦντα κακῶς πράττειν.

mvp-comment-307-1 κοίμιζε. τὸν θυμόν.

mvp-comment-308-1 λείπει ἐσομένη. προτέλεια θυόντων Ἀθήνηισι ταῖς Ἐρινύσι. τέλος δὲ ὁ γάμος. δίκητον, τιμωρεῖσθαι μὴ δυναμένην. τὸ δὲ φεῦ διὰ μέσου ἀναφωνεῖ.

mvp-comment-309-1 οἱ δόλοι γὰρ

mvp-comment-310-1 φέρουσα τὰς ἀντὶ τοῦ) μεγάλοι

mvp-comment-311-1 θηγάνας νέων:

mvp-comment-312-1 τῶν ἐνοικούντων πολιτῶν, ὁ ἐστιν

mvp-comment-313-1 ὁ Περσικός. οὐ μακράν. ὁμόφυλον πόλεμον.

mvp-comment-314-1 τὸ ἑξῆς, πρὸς νεωτέρας ἐμοῦ καὶ πολισσούχων βροτῶν θεὸς παλαιὰ ἄτιμος ἔρρειν.

mvp-comment-315-1 εἰ πείθηι τῶι μειλίγματι τῆς ἐμῆς γλώσσης, παράμεινον καὶ τῶν καταλεχθέντων ἀγαθῶν μεταλάμβανε· εἰ δὲ μὴ πείθηι, ἴσθι μὴ βλάψουσα πόλιν.

mvp-comment-316-1 τὰ σπέρματα. παγῖται.

mvp-comment-317-1 ὁ καρπὸς ὁ ἐκ γῆς πλουτίζων.

Wecklein’s commentary on Eumenides (1888; German; OCR draft) (Explanatory commentary, pp. 251–322; HW42J8 and HXJHA8 OCR collated, with missing comparison pages 294–295 explicitly marked. Unresolved OCR and provisional reference mappings are explicitly marked.) focus

mvp-comment-161-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 272

mvp-comment-161-2 zweites Epeisodion. Orestes ruft Athena zu Hilfe. Die Chorführerin weist jeden Beistand zurück.

mvp-comment-164-1 1

mvp-comment-164-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 272

mvp-comment-164-3 ποταίνιον ὄν, als es noch frisch war. Vgl. Cho. 1053 . πρὸς ἑστία θ. Φ. gehört zu ἠλάθη. χοιροκτόνοις (zu Ag. 735 ): Ferkelblut galt als entsühnend und wurde bei Reinigungsopfern vielfach gebraucht, so bei den περίστια vor Be- ginn der Volksversammlung (Schol. zu Aristoph. Ekkl. 128 , Poll. VIII 104 ), denen die römischen suovetaurilia entsprechen, und sonst, vgl. zu 453 und Plaut. Men. 292 . Einl. S. 17 N. 2.

mvp-comment-165-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-165-2 πολὺς . . ἐξ ἀρχῆς λόγος d.i. ich würde viel zu sagen haben, wenn ich von Anfang an erzählen wollte.

mvp-comment-166-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-166-2 Schol. ἐβλάπτοντο γὰρ οἱ μυσαροῖς ξυντυγχάνοντες.

mvp-comment-167-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-167-2 Der Vers, welcher dem Zusammenhange der Stelle, nach der Phöbos den Orestes gereinigt hat, nicht entspricht, ist von Musgrave ausgeschieden worden. Der Sinn ist:,,alles (also auch die Befleckung) entkräftet die mit ihm alternde Zeit" d. i. je älter eine Sache wird, um so mehr wird sie geschwächt. Die Zeit wird als alternd mit dem Alternden gedacht, vgl. Prom. 1013

ἀλλ' ἐκδιδάσκει πάνθ' ὁ γηράσκων χρόνος
. Ein ähnlicher Vers findet sich bei Stob. fl. 126, 8 χρόνος δ᾽ ἀμαυροῦ πάντα κεἰς λήθην ἄγει.

mvp-comment-168-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-168-2 Ἀθηναία, die alte feierliche, in Inschriften bis auf die Zeit des Euklides herab häufig (gewöhnlich mit Artikel ἡ ᾿Αθηναία) vorkommende Form, auch 299, 617, Eur. Iph. T. 1436 , sonst bei den Tragikern Ἀθάνα.

mvp-comment-169-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-169-2 κτήσεται, nämlich als Herrin dieses Landes ", also für Attika. Vgl. zu 765.

mvp-comment-170-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-170-2 αὐτόν scil. ἐμέ. τὸν Ἀργεῖον λεὼν . . σύμμαχον: Schol. :

ὡς τότε συμμαχούντων Ἀργείων Ἀθηναίοις
. Einl. S. 23. δικαίως, ὀρθῶς, ἀληθῶς, aufrichtig, ehrlich. Vgl. πανδίκως εὐσεβής Suppl. 424
ὀρθῶς ἐνδίκως τ᾽ ἐπώνυμον
Sept. 392
ἣν εὑρεθῇς ἐς τήνδε μὴ δίκαιος ὤν
Soph. Trach. 411 .

mvp-comment-171-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-171-2 Die Gottheit hört gern von den Stätten, wo sie besonders verehrt wird. Daher ist bei Anrufungen der Götter die Aufzählung solcher Örtlichkeiten beliebt. Vgl. Soph. Ant. 1118 f. Mit εἴτε — εἴτε, wie hier, Aristoph. Wo. 269

ἔλθετε εἴτ᾽ ἐπ᾽ Ὀλύμπου κορυφαῖς ἱεραῖς χιονοβλήτοισι κάθησθε κτέ. χώρας τόποις
steht wie ein einziger Begrif, daher Λιβυστικοῖς. Vgl. ποῖον . . γαίας πέδον Sept. 291
, χθονὸς . . τηλουρόν. . πέδον
Prom. 1
τὸ Πυθικὸν Θεοῦ μαντείον
Soph. Oed. T. 242
ὄγκον ὀνόματος μητρῷον
Trach. 817
, Ηπειρώτις ψυχὴ γυναικῶν
Eur. Andr. 159 u. Ähnliches oft, z. B. unten 327.

mvp-comment-172-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-172-2 γενεθλίου: Schol. ( σημείωσαι) ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο οἴεται αὐτὴν Τριτογένειαν. Nach Herod. IV 180 (vgl. Paus. I 14, 6 ) glaubten die am Tritonischen See wohnenden Auseer (indem sie eine ihrer Gottheiten mit Athena identifizierten) τὴν ᾿Αθηναίην Ποσειδέωνος εἶναι θυγατέρα καὶ τῆς Τριτωνίδος λίμνης. Dals Aschylos der gewöhnlichen Sage sich anschliefst, zeigt 667 f. Er scheint also den Ort der Geburt an den See oder vielmehr Strom ( πόρου) Triton zu verlegen. In Wirklichkeit ist es ur- sprünglich die gleiche Vorstellung, wenn Athena als Blitzgöttin dem Haupte des Wolkensammlers Zeus, dem Wolkenberge, und wenn sie der Tritonischen See, den himmlischen Wassern, entstammt. Denn dafs die Tritonische See ursprünglich am Himmel war, ergiebt sich schon daraus, dafs sie nicht nur in Libyen, sondern auch anderwärts angenommen wurde ( Paus. VIII 26, 6 u. IX 33, 7, Strab. IX p. 407 ). Vgl. Schwartz, Der Ursprung der Mythologie. S. 87.

mvp-comment-173-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 274

mvp-comment-173-2 τίθησιν . . πόδα erklärt man ,,aufrecht schreitet oder sitzt" (vgl. Hom. p 158 ἥμενος ἢ ἕρπων), weil der sitzenden Göttin die Füfse mit dem Gewande bedeckt sind. Aber eine solche Erklärung von κατηρεφῆ ist mindestens weit hergeholt. In der Deutung von Dutheil „visible ou invisible" und Hermann: sive palam incedens sive latens ( Hom. E 186

νεφέλῃ εἰλυμένος ὤμους
) opem fert amicis, worin κατηρεφής der durch eine Wolke verhüllte Fufs sein soll, lässt sich ỏodóv schwer verstehen. Es scheint vielmehr ὀρθὸν πόδα den hohen, gleichsam steilen Fufs (vgl. ὀρθόπους Soph. Ant. 985 ) der hochgeschürzten Göttin zu bezeichnen, wie sich κατηρεφῆ auf das lange Gewand bezieht.

mvp-comment-174-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 274

mvp-comment-174-2 φίλοις ἀρήγουσα: Der Dichter scheint weniger an die Auseer als an die Athener zu denken, welche dem libyschen König Inaros zu Hilfe gezogen waren ( Thuk. I 104 ff. ). Vgl. die ähnliche Anspielung auf Zeitverhältnisse in Eur. El. 1347 νώ δ᾽ ἐπὶ πόντον Σικελὸν σπουδῇ σώσοντε νεῶν πρῴρας ἐνάλους. Φλεγραίαν πλάκα, Schauplatz des Gigantenkampfes, bei welchem Athena, Φλεγραίων ὀλέ τειρα Γιγάντων (Prokl. hymn. 32), unter anderen den Enkelados tötete ( Eur. Ion 209 ).

mvp-comment-175-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 274

mvp-comment-175-2 κλύει θεός, es hört ein Gott auch in der Ferne. Vgl. Eur. Iph. T. 1447 κλύεις γὰρ αὐδὴν καίπερ οὐ παρὼν θεᾶς. Vielleicht hat ursprünglich πρόσωθεν οὖσ όμως geheilsen. es

mvp-comment-175-3 2

mvp-comment-176-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 274

mvp-comment-176-2 γένοιτο nach ἔλθοι, s. g. Assimilation der Modi. Vgl. Soph. Ai. 1217

γενοίμαν. . ὑπὸ πλάκα Σουνίου, τὰς ἱερὰς ὅπως προσείποιμεν ᾿Αθάνας
, Krüger I § 54, 8, 3 .

mvp-comment-177-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 274

mvp-comment-177-2 παρημελημένον d. i. so dafs keiner nach dir fragt ( ἄιστον ἄπυστον). Sept. 689

θεοῖς μὲν ἤδη πως παρημελήμεθα
.

mvp-comment-178-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 274

mvp-comment-178-2 ,,Ohne erfahren zu haben wo im Herzen die Freude wohnt“, weil du keine Freude genieſsen wirst. Vgl. 426 ὅπου τὸ χαίρειν μηδαμοῦ νομίζεται. Etwas anders Soph. Oed. K. 1217

τὰ τέρποντα δ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἴδοις ὅπου
.

mvp-comment-179-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 274

mvp-comment-179-2 Du eine blutleere Weide, nur Schatten von solchen die Blut haben, erwiderst mir nicht einmal?

mvp-comment-180-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 275

mvp-comment-180-2 καὶ ζῶν . . οὐδὲ . . σφαγείς, sogar lebend und nicht erst geschlachtet. οὐδὲ für καὶ οὐ wie öfter bei Dichtern ( Krüger II § 69, 60 ). μὲ δαίσεις wie Eur. Or. 15

ἔδαισε δ᾽ οὖν νιν τέκν᾽ ἀποκτείνας Ατρεύς.

mvp-comment-180-3 3

mvp-comment-181-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 275

mvp-comment-181-2 δέσμιον σέθεν wie δέσμιος φρενῶν 333: zu Cho. 235 . Der besinnungraubende" Gesang der Erinyen ,, schlingt die Bande um den Frevler". Der Ausdruck erinnert an magische Künste (vgl. Plat. Ges. XI p. 933 A μαγγανείαις καὶ ἐπῳδαῖς καὶ καταδέσεσι).

mvp-comment-182-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 275

mvp-comment-182-2 Unter der Begleitung der Anapäste, welche der Koryphaios vorträgt, ordnet sich der Chor in Reih und Glied, um sein Bannlied (322 ff.) zu singen und mit entsprechendem Tanz zu begleiten, indem die Figuren ( σχήματα) des Reigens, besonders bei den Ephymnien, die Idee des Bannenden und Bestrickenden zum Ausdruck bringen.

mvp-comment-183-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 275

mvp-comment-183-2 δεδόκηκεν wie Prom. 402

δοκήσει
, Sept. 1027
δοκησάτω
, Eur. Med. 763
δεδόκησαι
u. a.

mvp-comment-184-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 275

mvp-comment-184-2 Schol. δεδόκηκεν ἡμῖν λέξαι τίνα τρόπον τὰ κατ᾿ ἀνθρώπους λάχη ἐφοδεύομεν. Vielmehr steht λάχη (,,das mir zugefallene Amt) wie 335, 348, 389, wie es 931 τὰ κατ᾿ ἀνθρώπους ἔλαχον διέπειν heifst. - ἐπινωμᾷ: ἐπισκοπεῖ und στάσις: σύστημα Schol.

mvp-comment-185-1 4

mvp-comment-185-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 275

mvp-comment-185-3 Mit εὐθυδίκαιοι (gerecht richtend) vgl. ὀρθοδίκαιος 995. μαιόμεθα (wir bestreben uns wie μαιομένοις Cho. 782

ἐμαίετο
Soph. Ai. 287 .

mvp-comment-186-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 275

mvp-comment-186-2 ,,Wohl dem, der frei von Schuld und Fehle" u. s. w.

mvp-comment-187-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 275

mvp-comment-187-2 ἀσινὴς . . διοιχνεί scil. ἕκα στος wie 340. Vgl. Plat. Prot. p. 324

Β οὐδεὶς γὰρ κολάζει τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας τούτου ἕνεκα ὅτι ἠδίκησεν u. ὅ.

mvp-comment-188-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 275

mvp-comment-188-2 ἐπικρύπτει, wer verstohlen des Mordes schwere That vollbracht".

mvp-comment-189-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 275

mvp-comment-189-2 μάρτυρες ορθοί (deren Zeugnis sich aufrecht erhält), vgl. Soph. Ai. 354 ὀρθὰ (was sich als wahr bestätigt) μαρτυρείν, Ant. 1195

ὀρ τὸν ἀλήθει᾽ ἀεί
.

mvp-comment-190-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 275

mvp-comment-190-2 πράκτορες, vgl. χερὶ πράκτορι Ag. 113 und φόνου πράκτορα Soph. El. 953 . τελέως: τα 954.

mvp-comment-190-3 5

mvp-comment-191-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 276

mvp-comment-191-2 erstes Stasimon, welches besonders in den Ephymnien den Charakter des ὕμνος δέσμιος hat. ,, Apollon beraubt uns unseres Rechtes, indem er uns diesen Flüchtling entzieht, der uns zur Sühne des Muttermords zukommt und dem unser grauser Gesang gilt. Denn SO hat das Schicksal bestimmt, dafs wir die Mörder verfolgen und peinigen. Drum weil Umsturz von Häusern unser Los ist, haben die Götter des Lichts keine Gemeinschaft mit uns und Feste der Freude sind uns versagt. Dafür sind die Götter dieser traurigen Sorge überhoben und brauchen sich nicht mit Blutbefleckten zu befassen. Wir verfolgen den Mörder und stürzen ihn von der Höhe seines Ruhms. Er wird, ohne dessen in seiner Geistesnacht inne zu werden, von der Stimme des Volkes verurteilt und allgemeine Mifsachtung umnachtet sein Haus (vgl. Cho. 53 ff. , Ag. 463 ff. ). So steht es fest: Geniessen wir auch nicht die Ehre, den oberen Göttern gesellt zu sein, so haben doch die Sterblichen die vom Schicksal gegebene Satzung, auf der unser altheiliges Amt beruht, zu fürchten und zu verehren." Wenn man aus den drei Ephymnien schliefsen darf, wird jedes der drei ersten Strophenpaare von einem Stoichos, die Ephymnien und das vierte Strophenpaar von dem Gesamtchore vorgetragen.

mvp-comment-192-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 276

mvp-comment-192-2 Nicht unpassend ist die Bemerkung des Schol. :

ἐπεὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς μητρὸς Ὀρέστου ἀγωνίζονται, οἰκείως τὴν μητέρα ἑαυτῶν ὀνομάζουσιν.

mvp-comment-193-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 276

mvp-comment-193-2 Νύξ: zu 69. ποινὰν (abstr. pro concr.) ἀλαοῖσι καὶ δεδορκόσιν steht prädikativ zu μέ. ἀλαοῖσι καὶ δεδορκόσιν, Schol. ζῶσι καὶ θανοῦσιν. Vgl. 391.

mvp-comment-194-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 276

mvp-comment-194-2 ἄτιμόν με τίθησιν d. i. macht mich rechtlos.

mvp-comment-195-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 276

mvp-comment-195-2 πτῶκα κτἑ., den feigen Flüchtling (vgl. πτώσσοντας ὑφ᾽ Ἕκτορι Hom. Η 129 ), der nach Fug und Recht als Reinigungsmittel des Muttermords herhalten mufs, also uns nicht entzogen werden darf. Zu 292. Mit κύριον vgl. κύριοι 127.

mvp-comment-196-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 276

mvp-comment-196-2 τεθυμένῳ, der so gut wie geschlachtet, ein dem Tode geweihtes Schlachtopfer ist. Vgl. Eur. Med. 1264

πάντως πέπρακται ταῦτα κοὐκ ἐκφεύξεται
. Schol. :
ἐπὶ Ὀρέστῃ δὲ μέλλοντι θύεσθαι λεχθήσεται ὕμνος ἐξ ἡμῶν ὡς ἐπὶ ἱερείω, ὃς αὐτοῦ τὰς φρένας παρακόψει
.

mvp-comment-197-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 276

mvp-comment-197-2 Geistzerstörende Verrückung. Um das gleiche Versmafs wie vorher (-) zu gewinnen, vermutet Rauchenstein φρενοβλαβής, Herwerden φρενομανής, Weil φρενοπλανής. Aber vgl. das Versmals in Cho. 802 – 804.

mvp-comment-198-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 277

mvp-comment-198-2 ἀφορμικτος (duldet nicht der Leier Klang"): zu_Ag. 980. αὐονά (Ausdörrung): Schol. ὁ ξηραίνων τοὺς βροτούς. Vgl. 138, 267.

mvp-comment-199-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 277

mvp-comment-199-2 διανταία, Schol. ἡ διαμπαξ τιμωρουμένη. Es bedeutet durchdringend" d. h.,,unnachgiebig, unwiderstehlich".

mvp-comment-199-3 6

mvp-comment-200-1 7

mvp-comment-200-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 277

mvp-comment-200-3 θνατῶν ist gen. part. zu τοῖσιν (οἷσιν): „Von den Sterblichen denjenigen, welchen es zustöfst, verwegen Hand an einen anderen anzulegen." τοΐσιν ξυμπέσωσιν ohne άv: zu 211. αὐτουργίαι wie αὐτοχειρίαι. μάταιοι gen. comm. wie Ag. 1149 , Cho. 81 . Die Bedeutung (frivol) wie Suppl. 770

ματαίων ἀνοσίων τε κνωδάλων
, 235 ματαίων αἰτίας.

mvp-comment-201-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 277

mvp-comment-201-2 τοῖς (zu 137) κτἑ.: Schol. τούτοις ἡμᾶς ἀκολουθεῖν, ἕως ἀποθάνῃ ὁ τοιοῦτος. So jagen wir ihn . . fort und fort bis zu den Schatten und geben ihn auch dort nicht frei." Zu 175 f. In anderem Sinne heifst es Hom. Ο 204 οἶσθ᾽ ὡς πρεσβυτέροισιν ἐρινύες αν ἕπονται. Über den Singular nach dem Plural zu 316.

mvp-comment-202-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 277

mvp-comment-202-2 γιγνομέναισι: Hom. Υ 127 πείσεται άσσα οἱ αἶσα γινομένῳ ἐπένησε λίνῳ, ὅτε μιν τέκε μήτηρ. - ἐφ᾽ ἁμὶν ἐκράνθη, ἡμῖν ἐπεκράνθη. Die Verkürzung der zweiten Silbe von ἡμῖν, welche bei Sophokles öfter vorkommt, findet sich bei Äschylos nur hier, bei Euripides nirgends.

mvp-comment-203-1 8

mvp-comment-203-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 277

mvp-comment-203-3 ἀθανάτων . . γέρας: Schol. μὴ πλησιάζειν ἡμᾶς τοῖς θεοῖς.

mvp-comment-204-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 277

mvp-comment-204-2 παλλεύκων (zu 52) πέ πλων ἀνέορτος ἄφαρος ἐτύχθην giebt in dichterischer Weise den Gedanken: des hellweifsen Festgewandes Freude ist mir versagt. Schol. οὐδαμοῦ ὅπου ἑορτὴ καὶ ἀμπεχόνη καθαρά, πάρειμι. Mit πέπλων ἀνέορτος ἄφαρος (zu Ag. 158 ) vgl. 894 und Eur. El. 310 άv έog τος ἱερῶν, Eur. Phoen. 324

ἄπεπλος φαρέων λευκών.

mvp-comment-205-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 278

mvp-comment-205-2 Ἀρης τιθασὸς ὤν, Ares in zahmer Gestalt, d. h. wenn nicht Feinde im Kriege, sondern Freunde (Verwandte) zu Hause das Blut von Freunden vergiessen.

mvp-comment-206-1 9

mvp-comment-206-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 278

mvp-comment-206-3 ὧδε weist auf die aufserliche Darstellung durch die Cheironomie und den Tanz hin.

mvp-comment-207-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 278

mvp-comment-207-2 ὁμοίως, auf gleiche Weise wie wenn er schwach wäre, also s. v. a. ὅμως.

mvp-comment-208-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 278

mvp-comment-208-2 ὑπό (,,unter Einwirkung von“) wie Soph. Ant. 221 ὑπ᾽ ἐλ πίδων ἄνδρας τὸ κέρδος πολλάκις διώλεσεν.

mvp-comment-209-1 10

mvp-comment-209-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 278

mvp-comment-209-3 aïde, wir hier. τινά, Zeus und die anderen Götter. Wir sind bestrebt, die Götter dieser Sorgen zu entledigen und Freiheit derselben von solcher Last durch die Rufe zu uns zu bewirken, damit sie sich nicht auf die Untersuchung von Mord einzulassen haben; denn Zeus hat dieses bluttriefende hassenswerte Volk (der Mörder) von seiner Unterredung verbannt. ἐμοῖσι nach σπεύδομεν, wie in Chorgesängen Singular und Plural häufig wechselt. ἐμοῖσι vertritt den gen. obi. zu λιταῖς. Man ruft die Erinyen an (515), weil man von ihnen Verfolgung des Mörders erwartet, und behelligt nicht die Götter mit solchen Greueln. μηδὲ ( θεοὺς) . ἐλθεῖν schliefst sich an ἀτέλειαν an, ist also auch von ἐπικραίνειν ( ποιεῖν ὥστε) abhängig. ἀνάκρι σις nach attischem Recht die Voruntersuchung des Beamten ( ἐξέτασις ὑφ᾽ ἑκάστης ἀρχῆς γινομένη πρὸ τῶν δικῶν Harpokr.), hier die Untersuchung überhaupt, welche einen mündlichen Verkehr mit dem Mörder fordert. Die Form αἷμοσταγής statt der gewöhnlichen αἱματοσταγής kommt auch bei Eurip. (frg. 388) vor. &ς: ὅς noch Sept. 628 . ἀνατροπάς (scil. δωμάτων nach 355) steht in freier Weise als Apposition zu τάσδε μερίμνας.

mvp-comment-210-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 278

mvp-comment-210-2 ὑπ᾽ αἰθέρι wie οὐρανόμηκες κλέος: der Ruhm der stolz bis zu den Sternen sich hebt, sinkt nieder zur Erde und vergeht in ἐπιφθόνοις, gehässig,

mvp-comment-211-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 279

mvp-comment-211-2 Mit gewaltigem Sprunge setze ich von oben auf ihn nieder die schwer auf ihn fallende Spitze des Fufses, die ihn um so sicherer zum Falle bringt, als den Weitausholenden die Fülse leicht ausgleiten. ποδὸς ἀκμάν wie Pers. 1061

πέπλον δ᾽ ἔρεικε κολπίαν ἀκμῇ χερῶν
(mit den Fingerspitzen), Soph. Oed. T. 1243
κόμην σπῶσ᾽ ἀμφιδεξίοις ἀκ μαῖς. σφαλερὰ (γάρ ἐστι τανυδρόμοις καλα
steht als Zwischensatz und als Begründung zu δύσ φορον ἄταν (schwer zu tragendes Unheil), welches Apposition zu βαρυπεσῆ ποδὸς ἀκμάν ist. δρόμοις, weil sie mir entrinnen wollen. τανυ

mvp-comment-212-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 279

mvp-comment-212-2 Er stürzt ohne sich dessen zu versehen infolge verderblichen Wahnsinns; so grofs ist die Dunkelheit, welche mit der Befleckung auf dem Manne gelagert ist, wie auf seinem Hause schwarze Finsternis ruht, welche die vielen Klagen des Volkes auf dasselbe werfen. τοῖον κνέφας steht prädikativ zu dem Subjekt μύσος. — ἐπιπεπότα ται ebenso Pers. 672

Στυγία γάρ τις ἐπ᾽ ἀχλὺς πεπόταται. Ζη δνοφερὰν αὐδᾶται
(med.) πολύστονος φάτις vgl. Ag. 463 , Cho. 51
δνόφοι καλύ πτουσι δόμους
.

mvp-comment-213-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 279

mvp-comment-213-2 μένει γάρ wie Ag. 1562 . Der Gesamtchor fafst das von den einzelnen Reihen Vorgetragene zusammen. εὐμήχανοι τε καὶ τέλειοι ( οὖσαι), d. i. die wir (die uns zufallende Rache) vollbringen und dazu viele Mittel und Wege haben. τε vor μνήμονες braucht nicht als lange Silbe betrachtet zu werden, zu Ag. 980 . μνήμονες wie Prom. 532

Μοϊραι τρίμορφοι μνή
- μονές τ' Ερινύες. σεμναί, unnahbar. ἄτιμ᾽ ἀτίετα κτέ, das Amt, dessen wir walten, ist nicht geehrt, nicht geachtet, insofern wir fern von den Göttern in sonnenlosem Moder unsere Stelle haben. διέπομεν wie 932. διχοστα τοῦντα, vgl. 350. ἀνηλίω λάπα das gleiche wie ζόφω ευρώεντι Hymn. auf Demeter 482. λάχη δυσοδοπαίπαλα κτἑ., Schol. δυσπαράβατα καὶ τραχέα ζῶσι καὶ τεθνηκόσιν. Schwer wandeln den rauhen Pfad zu mir Lebende wie Tote. Vgl. Hom. ω 10 ευρώεντα κέλευθα, Verg. Aen. VI 462 per loca senta situ noctemque profundam. Also,,ich habe meinen Wohnsitz fern von den Göttern an dunkler, unzugänglicher Stätte". Indes ist δυσοδοπαίπαλα wegen mangelhafter Responsion mit καίπερ ὑπὸ χθόνα (398) zu beanstanden. Heimsöth vermutet δυσποροπαίπαλα, Weil δυσποδοπαίπαλα, Oberdick δύσβατα, παίπαλα, Davies δυσβατοπαίπαλα. δερκομένοισι καὶ δυσομμάτοις wie ἀλαοῖσι καὶ δεδορκόσιν 323.

mvp-comment-214-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 280

mvp-comment-214-2 Schol. τὸν ὑπὸ Μοιρῶν καὶ θεῶν τετελεσμένον. Die Mören haben die Satzungen der Erinyen festgesetzt, das junge Göttergeschlecht hat sie bestätigt.

mvp-comment-215-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 280

mvp-comment-215-2 καίπερ τάξιν ἔχουσα ὑπὸ χθόνα καὶ δυσήλιον κνέφας. Vgl. zu Cho. 990 .

mvp-comment-216-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 280

mvp-comment-216-2 drittes Epeisodion. Athena erscheint und nachdem sie sich von der Chorführerin und Orestes den Sachverhalt hat darlegen lassen (gleichsam die ανάκρισις oder προδικασία), entschliefst sie sich den Fall durch einen neuen Gerichtshof entscheiden zu lassen. Nach 407 könnte man glauben, dafs Athena wie im Aias des Sophokles auf dem θεολογεῖον auftrete. Da sie aber am Schlusse dieser Scene abgeht, um sich in die Stadt zu begeben, und später (569) auf der gewöhnlichen Bühne auftritt (vgl. 738), so mufs man annehmen, dafs sie auch hier auf dem λογεῖον, nicht in der Höhe erscheint. Sie kommt von der linken Seite.

mvp-comment-216-3 11

mvp-comment-217-1 12

mvp-comment-217-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 280

mvp-comment-217-3 ἀπὸ Σκαμάνδρου wie πρό σωθεν (fern am Skamander): vgl. zu Ag. 543 . καταφθατουμένη: κατακτωμένη· κυρίως δὲ τὸ ἐκ προκαταλήψεως Hesych. Vgl. φθ ( ο) α- τήσει: φθάσει κτήσασθαι ebd. Das Wort kommt nur an unserer Stelle vor, wo die Erklärung κατακτωμένη dem Sinne gut entspricht. Die Ableitung von φθάνω scheint unrichtig. Gemeint ist das Gebiet von Sigeion, wo Athena einen Tempel hatte ( Herod. V 95 ). Nach der Darstellung des Aschylos wurde das Land schon im trojanischen Kriege den Söhnen des Theseus (und der Athena) zugesprochen. Es verhält sich mit diesem uralten Besitztitel ähnlich wie mit dem aus Homer abgeleiteten Anspruch auf Salamis. Als gegen Ende des siebenten Jahrh. v. Chr. attische Kolonisten unter Anführung des Olympioniken Phrynon sich in Sigeion festgesetzt hatten und die Mytilenäer Sigeion als ihr Eigentum zurückforderten, machten ihnen die Athener gegenüber geltend, dafs ihnen und allen Hellenen, welche Menelaos in der Ahndung des Raubes der Helena unterstützt hätten, ebenso viel Recht auf das Gebiet von Troas zukomme wie den Äoliern ( Herod. V 94 ). Ein Zweikampf des Pittakos und des Phrynon sollte den Streit entscheiden. Phrynon unterlag. Als der Krieg trotzdem fortdauerte, wurde Periander von Korinth von beiden Parteien zum Schiedsrichter erwählt. Dieser entschied, beide Teile sollten das Land behalten, das sie besäfsen. So kamen die Athener in den vollen Besitz des Landes ( Herod. V 95 , Strabon XIIIp. 600 , Diog. L. I 74 ) und die Meinung des Schol., dafs Äschylos mit unserer Stelle die Athener aufreize, wieder auf Sigeion Anspruch zu machen, scheint unbegründet.

mvp-comment-218-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 281

mvp-comment-218-2 δῆτα, eben. ᾿Αχαιῶν: mit diesem Worte sind hinreichend die Teilnehmer des trojanischen Krieges angezeigt.

mvp-comment-219-1 13

mvp-comment-219-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 281

mvp-comment-219-3 αυτόπρεμνον, αὐτόρριζον (samt der Wurzel, mit Grund und Boden). Soph. Ant. 713

αὐτόπρεμν ἀπόλλυται
und zu Ag. 142 .

mvp-comment-220-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 281

mvp-comment-220-2 Θησέως τόκοις, Akamas und Demophon. Erst das nachhomerische Epos, so die Ιλιὰς μικρά des Lesches ( Paus. X 25, 8 ), kennt diese als Teilnehmer des trojanischen Krieges.

mvp-comment-221-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 281

mvp-comment-221-2 διώκουσα (rasch bewegend) πόδα wie Sept. 358

διώκων πομπίμους χνόας ποδῶν
, Eur. Or. 1344
ἰδού, διώκω τὸν ἐμὸν εἰς δόμους πόδα. ἄτρυτον
erinnert an den Beinamen der Athene Ἀτρυτώνη.

mvp-comment-222-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 281

mvp-comment-222-2 τόνδε ὄχον, dieses Fahrzeug eigener Art, mit Bezug auf die Agis. Die Ägis hat mich durch die Luft getragen so rasch wie ein Wagen, dem kräftige Rosse vorgespannt sind. Hom. B 447 Ἀθήνη αἰγίδ᾽ ἔχουσ᾽ ἐρίτιμον, ἀγήραον ἀθανάτην σὺν τῇ παιφάσσουσα διέσσυτο λαὸν Ἀχαιῶν. τε ..

mvp-comment-222-3 14

mvp-comment-223-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 281

mvp-comment-223-2 ὁμιλίαν χθονός wie 714, 1031 (Besuch, Genossenschaft des Landes), vgl. ὁμιλεῖν χώρα 723.

mvp-comment-224-1 15

mvp-comment-224-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 282

mvp-comment-224-3 ὑμᾶς mit wechselnder Konstruktion von λέγω: und euch meine ich". Sept. 216

ἀνδρῶν τάδ' ἐστί, σφάγια και χρηστήρια θεοῖσιν ἔρδειν, πολεμίων πειρωμένοις
(als ob ἀνδράσι προσήκει vorherginge). σπαρτών, Gezeugter.

mvp-comment-224-4 16

mvp-comment-225-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 282

mvp-comment-225-2 οὔτε .. οὔτ᾽ οὖν wie εἴτε . . εἴτ᾿ οὖν, zu Cho. 679 .

mvp-comment-226-1 17

mvp-comment-226-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 282

mvp-comment-226-3 Den Nächsten ( ὁ πέλας wie Eur. Med. 86 , Thuk. I 32 , gewöhnlich οἱ πέλας) tadeln, weil er mifsgestaltet ist, geziemt sich nicht. πρόσω δικαίων ἐστί, vgl. πρόσω πατρός Eur. Hek, 1158.

mvp-comment-227-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 282

mvp-comment-227-2 Zu 69. graves filiae. αἰανῆ τέκνα,

mvp-comment-227-3 18

mvp-comment-228-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 282

mvp-comment-228-2 Ἀραί, Dirae, vgl. Sept. 70

᾿Αρά τ' Ερινὺς πατρὸς ἡ μεγασθενής. γῆς ὑπαί
: zu Ag. 1276 .

mvp-comment-229-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 282

mvp-comment-229-2 κληδόνας ἐπωνύμους, τὰ ἐπώνυμα οἷς καλεῖσθε Schol.

mvp-comment-230-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 282

mvp-comment-230-2 πεύσῃ τάχα (,,allsogleich") wie 457, Soph. El. 35 , wo die Angabe unmittelbar folgt.

mvp-comment-231-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 282

mvp-comment-231-2 Vgl. 301. μηδαμοῦ gehört zu dem Infn. χαίρειν. Schol. ἐν τῷ Αιδῃ.

mvp-comment-232-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 282

mvp-comment-232-2 ἐπιρροιζεῖς, Schol. ἐπι βοᾷς, du gebietest mit kreischender Stimme.

mvp-comment-232-3 19

mvp-comment-233-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 282

mvp-comment-233-2 ἠξιώσατο, er hat es für sich als recht erachtet, er hat es über sich gebracht.

mvp-comment-234-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 282

mvp-comment-234-2 ἄλλης ἀνάγκης κότον, ohne von anderer Seite kommenden Zwang, der ihn mit Groll bedrohte, zu fürchten ? Über ἄλλης Krüger I § 50, 4, 11 οἱ ἄλλοι ξένοι, die anderen, nämlich die Fremden).

mvp-comment-235-1 20

mvp-comment-235-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 282

mvp-comment-235-3 ποῦ γὰρ .. κέντρον ὡς ( ὥστε), nein, denn wo gäbe es einen so mächtigen Stachel, dafs er antriebe u. s. w. Damit setzt sie sich über die intellektuelle Urheberschaft des Apollon hinweg.

mvp-comment-236-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 282

mvp-comment-236-2 D. h. ich kann in betreff der Schuld dir nicht ohne weiteres beistimmen; ich mufs erst den anderen Teil hören. Der Schol. :

μηδὲ δίκην δικάσῃς, πρὶν ἂν ἀμφοῖν μύθον ἀκούσῃς
. ἥμισυς λόγου wie ὁ ὕστατος τοῦ χρόνου Ag. 1299 .

mvp-comment-237-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 283

mvp-comment-237-2 Weder wird er den ihm zugeschobenen Eid annehmen, da der Thatbestand feststeht, noch fällt es ihm ein, uns den Eid zuzuschieben. Schol. :

οὕτως, φησί, φανερόν ἐστιν τὸ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν ὡς μήτε αὐτὸν δύνασθαι ὀμόσαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι τοιοῦτος μήτε θέλειν ὅρκον ἡμᾶς αὐτῆσαι, εἰ δικαίως αὐτὸν κολάζομεν
. Man hat also nicht an die διωμοσία, an die Vereidigung der beiden Parteien am Anfang der ανάκρισις ( Lys. X § 11
ὁ μὲν διώκων ὡς ἔκτεινε διόμνυται ὁ δὲ φεύγων ὡς οὐκ ἔκτεινε
), sondern an die πρόκλησις εἰς ὅρκον zu denken. Vgl. Demosth. 39, 4
δίδωσι τὸν ὅρκον· ἡ δὲ δεξαμένη οὐ μόνον . . κατωμόσατο κτἑ.
Allerdings wird ὅρκον δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι auch von gegenseitiger eidlicher Verpflichtung gesagt wie Herod. VI 23
ὅρκον δοὺς καὶ δεξάμενος
, aber von einer solchen Verpflichtung kann hier nicht die Rede sein.

mvp-comment-238-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 283

mvp-comment-238-2 ἢ ( δικαίως oder δίκαια) πρᾶξαι. „Dir ist es nur um das formale Recht zu thun, welches du auf deiner Seite hast, nicht um volle sachliche Gerechtigkeit." Die Erinyen als titanische Naturmächte kümmern sich blofs um die That, nicht um die Beweggründe der That.

mvp-comment-239-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 283

mvp-comment-239-2 τῶν σοφῶν (Neutrum) οὐ πένῃ, als Göttin der Weisheit.

mvp-comment-240-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 283

mvp-comment-240-2 Dadurch dafs die Eide wegen des Thatbestandes nicht geleistet werden können, soll das Unrecht nicht siegen. Denn es kann sich nicht blofs um den Thatbestand, sondern auch darum handeln, ob ein δίκαιος φόνος vorliegt oder nicht.

mvp-comment-241-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 283

mvp-comment-241-2 εὐθεῖαν δίκην d. i. εὐθυδι κίαν: εὐθυδικίαν ( εὐθυδικία) εἰσιέra wurde von dem Beklagten gesagt, wenn er ohne Einrede gegen die Einführung der Klage (durch διαμαρτυρία oder παραγραφή) sich ohne weiteres auf den Prozefs einliefs. Vgl. Meier und Schömann att. Proc. S. 649. Hier sagt die Erinye:,,Gut, so schreite zum Verhör und entscheide in direkter Verhandlung ohne Rücksicht auf Einreden."

mvp-comment-242-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 283

mvp-comment-242-2 ,,Wollt ihr wirklich mir die Entscheidung eurer Anklage anheimstellen ? ἐπ' ἐμοὶ τρέποιτε, ἐπιτρέποιτε ἐμοί. Vgl. Soph. Ant. 1107

δρᾶ νυν τάδ᾽ ἐλθὼν μηδ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἄλλοισιν τρέπε
.

mvp-comment-243-1 21

mvp-comment-243-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 283

mvp-comment-243-3 σέβουσαι ἀξίαν ἐπάξια, wir verehren ja die würdige nach Verdienst. Vgl. Ag. 1528 , Plaut. Poen. V 4, 100

eveniunt digna dignis
. Uber επάξια vgl. Krüger I § 46, 6, 4 .

mvp-comment-244-1 22

mvp-comment-244-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 283

mvp-comment-244-3 ψόγον, ἔγκλημα Schol.

mvp-comment-245-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 283

mvp-comment-245-2 βρέτας . . φυλάσσων wie 243.

mvp-comment-246-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 283

mvp-comment-246-2 ἐν τρόποις Ιξίονος: Schol. ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνος προσεκάθητο τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Διὸς καθαρισθησόμε νος· πρῶτος γὰρ Ιξίων φόνον ποιήσας ἐκαθαρίσθη ὑπὸ Διός. Vgl. 721. Ixion hatte zuerst durch die hinterlistige Ermordung seines Schwiegervaters Deioneus Blut eines Stammgenossen vergossen ( ἐμφύλιον αἷμα πρώτιστος οὐκ ἄτερ τέχνας ἐπέμιξε θνατοῖς Pind. Pyth. II 32 ) und wurde von Zeus gesühnt, als er sich als der erste Schutzfehende ( προσίκτωρ) an ihn als Ζεὺς ἱκέσιος wandte (vgl. Schol. zu Pind. a. O. und zu Eur. Phoen. 1185 , Diod. IV 69 ). Die Sage von Ixion hat Aschylos im Ιξίων und in den Περραιβίδες behandelt σεμνός s. v. a. aidoios, dem Schonung und Erbarmen gebührt. Athena kennt das 237 ff. Gesagte nicht; sie hat in der Ferne nur den Ruf 288 f. gehört.

mvp-comment-246-3 23

mvp-comment-247-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 284

mvp-comment-247-2 Die Konstruktion τούτοις πᾶσιν (auf alle diese Fragen) ἀμείβου τι erklärt sich aus der Bedeutung,,austauschen" ( Herod. VII 152

τὰ οἰκήια κακὰ ἀλλάξασθαι τοῖσι πλησίοισι
).

mvp-comment-248-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 284

mvp-comment-248-2 μέλημα, Anliegen, Bedenken ( φροντίδα 456).

mvp-comment-249-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 284

mvp-comment-249-2 παλαμναΐον, αὐτόχειρα, φονέα. Zur Sache vgl. Schol. 276 :

οἱ ἐναγεῖς οὔτε ἐν ἱερῷ προσήεσαν οὔτε προσέβλεπον οὐδὲ διελέγοντο τινι. καὶ παρ᾽ Εὐριπίδῃ τί σιγᾷς; μῶν φόνον τιν εἰργάσω;“
In den Mysern des Äschylos kommt Telephos als παλαμναῖος ἄφωνος von Tegea nach Mysien. Vgl. Eur. Iph. Τ. 951 und den Scherz des Komikers Alexis frg. 178 K. δειπνεῖ δ᾽ ἄφωνος Τήλεφος νεύων μόνον πρὸς τοὺς ἐπερωτώντάς τι.

mvp-comment-249-3 24

mvp-comment-250-1 25

mvp-comment-250-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 284

mvp-comment-250-3 παλαγμοῖς αἵματος wie frg. 340 πρὶν ἂν παλαγμοῖς αἵματος χοιροκτόνου αὐτός σε (wahrscheinlich ist Ixion angeredet) χράνῃ Ζεὺς και ταστάξας χεροίν. νεόθηλος, gebildet wie εὔθηλος, im Sinne von νεογλαγής, recens lactatus. βοτοῦ, eines Ferkels. Man schlachtete ein junges vom Euter weggenommenes Ferkel und liefs das Blut aus der Wunde am Halse auf die Hände des Mörders herabfliefsen. Vgl. Einl. S. 17 N. 2, oben 283 und aufser dem eben angeführten Fragmente Apoll. Rh. IV 704 :

πρῶτα μὲν ἀτρέπτοιο λυτήριον ἥ γε φόνοιο τειναμένη καθύπερθε συὸς τέκος, ἧς ἔτι μαζοὶ πλήμμυρον λοχίης ἐκ νηδύος, αἵματι χεῖρας τέγγεν, ἐπιτμήγουσα δέρην
. - Da παλαγμοὺς αἵματος καθαρσίου die nähere Ausführung zu καθαιμάξωσι ist, so scheint ursprünglich die Stellung folgende gewesen zu sein: ἔστ᾽ ἂν καθαιμάξωσι νεοθήλου βοτοῦ σφαγαί παλαγμοῖς αἵματος καθαρσίου. Ubrigens ist νεοθήλου dreisilbig zu lesen (zu Ag. 1162 ). Denn Äschylos bildet nirgends die Arsis des vierten und den fünften Fufs zusammen aus einem Worte von der Messung eines ionicus a min. ( Suppl. 336 ist νεοδρέπτους gleichfalls dreisilbig, frg. 305 D. διαπάλλει in διαπαλεῖ zu verbessern, frg. 320 παρπαίων für παραπαίων zu schreiben.)

mvp-comment-251-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 284

mvp-comment-251-2 Das Asyndeton, weil dieses gleichsam der Nachsatz zu dem Vor- hergehenden ist:,,gut, wir sind längst u. s. w. ,,An anderen Häusern sowohl mit Ferkelblut als mit fliefsendem Wasser." Aber die Trennung von οἴκοισι und βοτοῖσι ist unnatürlich. Vielleicht hat es ursprünglich πρὸς ἄλλων ταῦτ᾽ ἀφιε ρώμεθα | χοιροκτόνοις δρόσοισι καὶ φυτοῖς πόροις geheilsen. Vgl. zu 238 f.

mvp-comment-251-3 26

mvp-comment-252-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 285

mvp-comment-252-2 ταύτην, τὴν τοῦ μύσους Schol.

mvp-comment-253-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 285

mvp-comment-253-2 τάχα: zu 422.

mvp-comment-254-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 285

mvp-comment-254-2 ἱστορεῖς, οἶσθα, wie Ag.681 , Pers. 457

κακῶς τὸ μέλλον ἱστορῶν
.

mvp-comment-255-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 285

mvp-comment-255-2 Τροίαν kann nicht richtig überliefert sein, da Ιλίου πόλιν folgt. Meineke vermutet dafür πρώην oder πρῴαν, Dindorf πρόσθεν. ἄπολιν πόλιν: zu Ag. 1137 . Der Schol. bemerkt: διὰ τούτων φιλοποιεῖται τὴν θεόν.

mvp-comment-255-3 27

mvp-comment-256-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 285

mvp-comment-256-2 ποικίλοις (bunt), vgl. τοῦ ποικίλματος Cho. 1011 . ἀγρεύ μασιν: Cho. 490 f.

mvp-comment-257-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 285

mvp-comment-257-2 ,,Das Gewand legte Zeugnis ab von dem Mord im Bade", weil es mit Blut gefärbt war. Cho. 1008 .

mvp-comment-258-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 285

mvp-comment-258-2 ἀντικτόνοις . . πατρός: vgl. Soph. El. 246 αντιφόνους δίκας und zu Ag. 17 .

mvp-comment-259-1 28

mvp-comment-259-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 285

mvp-comment-259-3 κοινῇ μεταίτιος ähnlich wie Prom. 325

μεθάρμοσαι νέους τρόπους
, Hom. Ξ 53 οὐδέ κεν ἄλλως Ζεὺς .. παρατεκτήναιτο, Eur. Iph. A. 343 μεταβαλὼν ἄλλους τρόπους.

mvp-comment-260-1 29

mvp-comment-260-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 285

mvp-comment-260-3 Cho. 270 ff. wie 136. Vgl. Enn. Eum. frg. II nisi patrem materno sanguine exanclando ulciscerem. ἀντίκεντρα

mvp-comment-260-4 30

mvp-comment-261-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 285

mvp-comment-261-2 δικαίως: έρξα ergänzt sich aus dem vorhergehenden ἔρξαιμι.

mvp-comment-262-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 285

mvp-comment-262-2 Wie ich auch immer durch dich fabre, ich werde damit zufrieden sein. Vgl. Soph. Ant. 634

ἢ σοὶ μὲν ἡμεῖς πανταχῇ δρῶντες φίλοι
; Ai. 1369 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς, πανταχῇ χρηστός γ᾽ ἔσῃ, Herod. IX 27
πάντῃ γὰρ τεταγμένοι πειρησόμεθα εἶναι χρηστοί
. ἐν σοί: zu Cho. το 769. Der Gedanke kehrt öfter wieder, z. B. Lykurg. g. Leokr. § 12 τὸ ἐν Ἀρείω πάγῳ συνέδριον, σοῦτον διαφέρει τῶν ἄλλων δικαστηρίων, ὥστε καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ὁμολογεῖσθαι τοῖς ἁλισκομένοις δικαίαν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν κρίσιν.

mvp-comment-263-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 286

mvp-comment-263-2 ‚Wenn man glaubt, daſs diesen Fall zu entscheiden zu schwierig für Sterbliche sei, so steht es wahrhaftig auch mir (der Göttin) nicht zu" u. s. w.

mvp-comment-263-3 31

mvp-comment-264-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 286

mvp-comment-264-2 ὀξυμηνίτους δίκας, einen Rechtsstreit, in welchem sich die Gegner mit grimmigem Hasse (unversöhnlich) gegenüberstehen (nicht ἐφ' αἷς ταχέως μηνίσουσιν Ερινύες nach der Erklärung des Schol.). Es bezeichnet ὀξυμηνίτους den Gegensatz der αἴδεσις (478), wie auf dem Areopag der Stein, auf welchem der Ankläger des Mörders stand, λίθος ἀναιδείας hiefs. In dem betonten φόνου liegt der Grund: mit Blutsachen kann sich die Göttin nicht befassen. Vgl. Eur. Iph.T.381ff. , 1207.

mvp-comment-265-1 32

mvp-comment-265-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 286

mvp-comment-265-3 Die selbständige Wendung nach ἄλλως τε καὶ wie Pers. 691

ἄλλως τε πάντως χοἱ κατὰ χθονὸς θεοὶ λαβεῖν ἀμείνους εἰσὶν ἢ μεθιέναι
, Lys. 7, 6 πῶς ἂν δικαίως ὑπὲρ τῶν τῇ πόλει γεγενημένων συμφορῶν ἐγὼ νυνὶ δίκην διδοίην; ἄλλως τε καὶ τοῦτο τὸ χωρίον ἄπρατον ἦν. σὺ μὲν: dem entspricht αὗται δὲ 479, denn der Gedanke ist: Die Entscheidung zu Gunsten der einen oder anderen Partei ist um so schwieriger als einerseits du als gesühnter Schutzflehender zu meinem Tempel gekommen bist und, von mir nicht abgewiesen, ohne Anstofs mit der Bürgerschaft verkehren kannst, andrerseits die Erinyen nicht leicht abzuweisen sind und ihr Groll zu fürchten ist, wenn sie unterliegen." κατηρτυκώς: Schol. τέλειος τὴν ἡλικίαν· τοῦτο δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ζῴων, genauer Hesych. τέλειος· κυρίως δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ζώων, ὅταν ἐκβάλῃ πάντας τοὺς ὀδόντας, vgl. Bekk. Anecd. p. 105, 25 κατηρτυκέναι ἐλέ γοντο οἱ μηκέτι βόλον (das Zahnschichten) ἔχοντες ἵπποι. Εὐριπίδης Alólo, also,,ausgewachsen“, hier ,,fertig mit der Sühnung, vollständig gereinigt". Vgl. auch Eur. frg. 818
εἰ μὲν τόδ᾽ ἦμαρ πρῶτον ἦν κακουμένῳ καὶ μὴ μακρὰν δὴ διὰ πόνων ἐναυστόλουν, εἰκὸς σφαδάζειν ἦν ἂν
.. νῦν δ᾽ ἀμβλύς εἰμι καὶ κατηρτυκὼς κακῶν. αν

mvp-comment-266-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 286

mvp-comment-266-2 Für ἱκέτης ist wohl, wie Meineke verlangt, ἵκτης zu schreiben, damit zwei Auflösungen vermieden werden.

mvp-comment-267-1 33

mvp-comment-267-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 286

mvp-comment-267-3 ὁμῶς bezieht sich auf die Hauptsache, welche in ἄμομφον ὄντα liegt: in gleicher Weise kann, wenn ich mich deiner erbarme, die Gemeinde mit dir verkehren, ohne dafs du ihr Anstofs giebst. Vgl. Suppl. 649

αἰδοῦνται δ᾽ ἱκέτας Διός
, Hesych. :
αιδέσασθαι· τὸν ἔνοχον ὄντα φόνῳ ἀκουσίῳ καὶ πεφυγαδευμένον ἐφ᾽ ὡρισμένῳ χρόνῳ, τού του τετελευτηκότος, ἐξιλᾶσθαι, ὡς εἰληφότα ἤδη τιμωρίαν
und zu Eur. Iph. Τ. 949 .

mvp-comment-268-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 286

mvp-comment-268-2 ἔχουσι μοῖραν οὐκ εὐπέμπε λον, diesen gebührt die Rücksicht, dafs sie nicht leichthin weggewiesen werden.

mvp-comment-269-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 286

mvp-comment-269-2 τυχοῦσαι, als ob folgte μηνίσειαν ἄν. Ζη 95. πράγματος νικηφόρου: Soph. Trach. 186

σὺν κράτει νικηφόρῳ
.

mvp-comment-270-1 34

mvp-comment-270-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 286

mvp-comment-270-3 ιος .. πεσών, der giftige Schaum, der infolge ihres grimmigen Schnaubens zu Boden fällt. Vgl. 785 f. -- αἰανής (gravis) νόσος wie 943.

mvp-comment-271-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 287

mvp-comment-271-2 ἀμφότερα wie 800 μαρτύ ρια, Suppl. 393

ἐγγύτατα
. Vgl. zu 488.

mvp-comment-272-1 35

mvp-comment-272-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 287

mvp-comment-272-3 δυσπόνητ': solcher Verse, die durch den Mangel der gewöhnlichen Cäsur in zwei Hälften zerfallen, giebt es wenige bei Aschylos, die meisten, nämlich sieben, in den Persern. Doch ist hier die Lesart unsicher. Vgl. Anbang. δυσπόνητα (ἐστὶν ἀμηνίτως, es schwer ohne dafs ich Groll ernte zu bewerkstelligen.

mvp-comment-272-4 36

mvp-comment-273-1 37

mvp-comment-273-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 287

mvp-comment-273-3 φανῶ wie Hom. Ο 26 εἰς ὅ κέ τοι φήνωσι θεοὶ κυδρὴν παράκοιτιν. Vgl. εὐτρεπίσαι in dem zu 492 angef. Scholion. ὁρκίων wie Ag. 1432 ὁρκίων ἐμῶν θέμιν. αἰδουμένους wie 713 αἰδουμένους τὸν ὅρκον. Ich werde Richter bescheren, welche die Schwursatzung achten, die ich für alle Zeit geben werde.

mvp-comment-274-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 287

mvp-comment-274-2 μαρτύρια: der Tribrachys des dritten Fufses besteht manchmal aus den letzten Silben eines mehrsilbigen Wortes, nie aus einem einzigen dreisilbigen Worte.

mvp-comment-275-1 38

mvp-comment-275-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 287

mvp-comment-275-3 καλεῖσθε (wie Pers. 690

ψυχαγωγοῖς ὀρθιάζοντες γόοις οἰκτρῶς καλεῖσθέ με
), weil μαρτύρια s. V. a. μάρτυρας. Dieses hat vornehmlich Bezug auf Apollon. ἀρωγὰ ὁρκώματα, eidlichen Beistand für die Sache, was besonders von den μαρτύρια, den eidlichen Zeugenaussagen, gilt. ὅρκωμα kommt noch 771, sonst nirgends vor und bedeutet ungefähr s. v. a. πίστωμα (vgl. 214), da ὁρκοῦν und πιστοῦν sich nahe stehen. --xxx πε-

mvp-comment-276-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 287

mvp-comment-276-2 βέλτατα: dieselbe Form Suppl. 1065 . Ζυ ἀστῶν τὰ βέλτατα vgl. Pers. 1

τάδε
, Kallim. Hymn. I 70 είλεο δ᾽ αἰζηῶν ὅ τι φέρτατον. μηδὲν ὅρκων περῶντας (übertreten, verletzen), wie frg. 283 τῷ περῶντι τὴν θέμιν. ρῶντας, als ob τοὺς βελτάτους vorherginge. ἄξω διαιρεῖν wie 633 ἐφήμενοι διαιρείν, Eur. Ion 1559
ἡμᾶς δὲ πέμπει τοὺς λόγους ὑμῖν φράσαι
. Krüger I $ 55, 3, 20 . Damit tritt Athena rechts ab, um in die Stadt zu gehen. Schol. :
ἡ μὲν ᾿Αθηνᾶ ἀπῆλθεν εὐτρεπίσαι δικα στάς, ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης ἱκετεύων μένει, αἱ δὲ Ἐρινύες φρουροῦσιν αὐτόν. μέλος δὲ οἰκεῖον ᾄδουσι τῇ ἑαυτῶν προαιρέσει
.

mvp-comment-276-3 39

mvp-comment-277-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 287

mvp-comment-277-2 zweites Stasimon: Der Umsturz der alten Satzungen durch den Sieg des Muttermörders müfste schreckliche Zügellosigkeit und sittliche Verwilderung zur Folge haben, da man für Mord und blu- tige Mifshandlungen keinen Rächer mehr zu fürchten hätte. Furcht mufs herrschen; ohne Furcht kann kein Recht bestehen. Keine Gewaltherrschaft, aber auch keine Gesetzlosigkeit! Das Richtige liegt in der Mitte. Diese rechte Mitte hängt zusammen mit Gesundheit des Geistes, während Gottlosigkeit des Sinnes Übermut und damit Zuchtlosigkeit oder Gewaltherrschaft erzeugt ( ὕβρις φυτεύει τύραννον Soph. Oed. T.873 ). Drum übe man Recht, ehre die Eltern und achte das Gastrecht. Wem diese Rechtlichkeit aus innerer Überzeugung hervorgeht, der wird nicht unbeglückt sein; jedenfalls wird er nie ganz zu Grunde gehen. Für den Frevler aber wird über kurz oder lang die Stunde der Demütigung kommen; dann wird niemand sein Flehen erhören; die Gottheit wird sich vielmehr seines Untergangs freuen und sein früherer Glanz wird für alle Zeit verschollen und vergessen sein.

mvp-comment-278-1 40

mvp-comment-278-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 288

mvp-comment-278-3 καταστροφαὶ νέων θεσμίων, Umsturz der ausgeht von neuen Satzungen. Meineke vermutet με ταστροφαί, Wechsel zu neuen Satzungen, wodurch die alten abgeschafft werden. δίκα τε καὶ βλάβα d. h. δίκη, die nicht δίκη, sondern βλάβη (Schädigung, Missethat) ist.

mvp-comment-279-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 288

mvp-comment-279-2 Alle Welt wird dieses Ereignis meiner Niederlage in leichter Weise an einander bringen d. h. die Menschen werden es nicht schwer nehmen und sich kein Gewissen daraus machen, auf einander loszugehen. Vgl. Platon Staat p. 391 Ε μὴ ἡμῖν πολλὴν εὐχέρειαν ἐντίκτωσι τοῖς νέοις πονηρίας.

mvp-comment-280-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 288

mvp-comment-280-2 D. i. nach meiner Niederlage dürfen sich für die Zukunft Eltern gefafst machen auf viele handgreifliche Miſshandlungen von Seite der Kinder. ἔτυμα d.i. Wunden nicht im uneigentlichen, sondern im eigentlichen Sinne.- δότρωτα πάθεα wie θηλυκτόνῳ Ἀρει Prom. 886

φόνον δημόλευστον
Soph. Ant. 36 . - παι

mvp-comment-281-1 41

mvp-comment-281-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 288

mvp-comment-281-3 βροτοσκόπους: bisher achteten sie auf die Schuld der Menschen. - μαινάδας, die Erinyen. ἔπεισι κότος τις τῶνδ᾽ ἐργμάτων (nämlich παιδοτρώτων παθέων).

mvp-comment-282-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 288

mvp-comment-282-2 Jede Todesart (jeden Mord) werde ich hingehen lassen.

mvp-comment-283-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 288

mvp-comment-283-2 Der eine wird da, der andere dort unter lauten Klagen über die von anderen erlittenen Unbilden Aufhören und Abnahme seiner Mühsale erkunden; aber nur mit unwirksamen Heilmitteln kann er, der arme, nichtig trösten. Zu tov πέλας κακά vgl. Krüger I § 47, 5, 1 . I τλάμων, der um Rat gefragte, der selbst von anderen zu leiden hat. Vgl. zu Ag. 71 .

mvp-comment-284-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 289

mvp-comment-284-2 Zu Ag. 1333 .

mvp-comment-285-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 289

mvp-comment-285-2 Es könnte ταῦτα γάρ heissen. ταῦτα ist von ( οἶκτον) οἰκτί σαιτο abhängig. νεοπαθής ist dreisilbig zu lesen: zu 453 und Ag. 1162 .

mvp-comment-286-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 289

mvp-comment-286-2 πίτνει δόμος δίκας: Cho. 643

δίκας ἐρείδεται πυθμήν
und oben zu 163.

mvp-comment-287-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 289

mvp-comment-287-2 Gar manchmal ist die Furcht wohlgethan. Cho. 337

τί τῶνδ᾽ εὖς

mvp-comment-288-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 289

mvp-comment-288-2 φρενῶν ἐπίσκοπον, über den Sinn wachend (die Furcht mufs als Wächterin der Seele niedergesetzt bleiben).

mvp-comment-289-1 42

mvp-comment-289-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 289

mvp-comment-289-3 conducit rebus angustis coactum sapere (Hermann). Ag.190

καὶ παρ᾽ ἄκοντας ἦλθε σωφρονεῖν.

mvp-comment-290-1 43

mvp-comment-290-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 289

mvp-comment-290-3 Vgl. 702 τίς γὰρ δεδοικὼς μηδὲν ἔνδικος βροτῶν;

mvp-comment-291-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 289

mvp-comment-291-2 ἢ πόλις βροτός τε (d. i. εἴτε πόλις εἴτε ἰδιώτης) für ἢ πόλις ἢ βροτός oder πόλις τε βροτός τε wie Hom. Β 289 ὥστε γὰρ ἢ παῖδες νεαροὶ χῆραί τε γυναῖκες ἀλλήλοισιν ὀδύρονται.

mvp-comment-292-1 44

mvp-comment-292-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 289

mvp-comment-292-3 Vgl. 699 ff. ἀνάρχετος für ἄναρκτος wie ἀπεύχετος für ἄπευκτος, πανάρκετος und ἀμάχετος bei Aschylos, ἀγάμετος bei Sophokles.

mvp-comment-292-4 45

mvp-comment-293-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 290

mvp-comment-293-2 μέσον, die Mitte zwischen zwei Extremen, das rechte Mafs ( μέτριον). Vgl. zu Ag. 413 , Theogn. 335 μηδὲν ἄγαν σπεύδειν· πάντων μέσ᾽ ἄριστα, Pind. Pyth. ΧΙ 53 τῶν γὰρ ἂμ πόλιν εὑρίσκων τὰ μέσσα μάσσονι σὺν ὄλβῳ τεθαλότα μέμφομ' αἶσαν τυραννίδων, Eur. Med. 125

τῶν γὰρ μετρίων πρῶτα μὲν εἰπεῖν τοὔνομα νικᾷ χρῆσθαί τε μακρῷ λῷστα βροτοῖσιν
. — ἄλλ᾽ ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐφορεύει dient nur zur Hebung des Hauptgedankens wie 653 τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα πάντ᾽ ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν κτέ. Der Mitte verleiht Gott gewifs immer den Vorzug, während er sonst das eine auf diese, das andere auf jene Weise ansieht, d. h. steht das günstige Urteil der Gottheit über irgend etwas fest, so ist dieses die rechte Mitte. Vgl. auch zu Ag. 413 und über die Stellung von dé ebd. 744.

mvp-comment-294-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 290

mvp-comment-294-2 In Ubereinstimmung damit steht der Satz, den ich ausspreche.

mvp-comment-295-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 290

mvp-comment-295-2 Der gleiche Gedanke wie Ag. 755 ff.

τέκος
wie τέκνον Cho. 645
τεκνοῦσθαι, τίκτει
Ag. 751, 756.

mvp-comment-296-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 290

mvp-comment-296-2 ἐς τὸ πᾶν: καθολικῶς Schol. Über die Stellung von d έ zu Ag. 1084 .

mvp-comment-297-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 290

mvp-comment-297-2 βωμὸν Δίκας: zu 163.

mvp-comment-298-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 290

mvp-comment-298-2 λὰξ ἀτίσῃς d. i. λακτίσας ἀτιμάσης, vgl. Ag. 394

λακτίσαντι μέ γαν Δίκας βωμόν
.

mvp-comment-299-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 290

mvp-comment-299-2 Die Stunde der Entscheidung harrt.

mvp-comment-300-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 290

mvp-comment-300-2 πρὸς τάδε, proinde. Vgl. Pers. 173

προς τάδ᾽ ὡς οὕτως ἐχόν των.
Häufiger steht in diesem Sinne πρὸς ταῦτα. Die drei Hauptgebote der griechischen Moral ,,ehre die Götter, verletze nicht das Gastrecht, ehre die Eltern" werden auch Suppl. 709 ff. ans Herz gelegt, wo es zuletzt heifst: τὸ γὰρ τεκόντων σέβας, τρίτον τόδ᾽ ἐν θεσμίοις Δίκας γέγραπται μεγιστοτίμου. Vgl. oben zu 270 f.

mvp-comment-301-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 290

mvp-comment-301-2 ξενοτίμους proleptisch wie Soph. El. 242 γονέων ἐκτίμους ἴσχουσα πτέρυγας ὀξυτόνων γόων: man achte den Aufenthalt Fremder im Hause, indem man sie ehrt.

mvp-comment-301-3 46

mvp-comment-302-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 290

mvp-comment-302-2 Die Form αιδόμενος auch Suppl. 367 . τις wiederholt wie Suppl. 58

εἰ δὲ κυρεῖ τις .. δοξάσει τις ἀκούειν. ἔστω
: zu Cho. 136 .

mvp-comment-303-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 291

mvp-comment-303-2 ἀνάγκας ἄτερ verstärkt ἑκών wie in den Wendungen κατ' αἶσαν οὐδ᾽ ὑπὲρ αἶσαν, ἑκόντα κοὐκ ἄκοντα, βίᾳ τε κοὐχ ἑκών, πρὸς χάριν τε κου βίᾳ, γνῶτα κοὐκ ἄγνωτα, πολλάκις τε κοὐχ ἅπαξ, πάλαι κοὐ νεωστί, βαιοῦ κοὐχὶ μυρίου χρόνου u. a. Der Dichter schliefst damit die Scheinheiligkeit aus. Hor. epist. I 16 oderunt peccare boni virtutis amore.

mvp-comment-304-1 47

mvp-comment-304-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 291

mvp-comment-304-3 τὸν ἀντίτολμον, τὸν τὰ ἐναν τία τοῖς εἰρημένοις τολμῶντα. Im Folgenden ist an die Stelle des eigentlichen Ausdrucks ohne weiteres das Gleichnis gesetzt und deshalb auch das gesetzlose Handeln des Frevlers mit dem vom Schiffer entlehnten Ausdruck ἄγοντα πολλὰ παντόφυρτα wie nachher (567) der Grund des Untergangs mit ἕρμα δίκης bezeichnet: ,,von dem, der gegen diese Gebote (542 ff.) frevelt, behaupte ich, dafs er ein Schiffer, der vieles mit sich führt, was er widerrechtlich von allen Seiten zusammengerafft hat, mit der Zeit gezwungen die Segel streichen wird, wenn Sturmesnot erfafst die zerschellenden Segelstangen" d. h. ,,der Frevler, der rücksichtslos seine Begierde befriedigt, wird schon noch einmal durch Not gedemütigt werden." βαρίβαν: Bekk. Anekd. p. 84, 10 Σοφοκλῆς ἐν Ποιμέσι βαρίβαν λέγει τὸν ναύτην. Βάρις (Schiff) kommt öfters in den Persern und Schutzfl. vor. Nach Herod. II 96 ist das Wort ägyptisch, vgl. Eur. Iph. A. 249 βαρβάρους βάριδας.

mvp-comment-305-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 291

mvp-comment-305-2 παντόφυρτα: Schol. πάντοθεν συνηγμένα. Diese Bedeutung erfordert jedenfalls der Sinn; wahrscheinlich ist deshalb, wie Meineke vermutet, παντόσυρτα zu schreiben. Vgl. Eur. frg. 423

κτᾶσθε πλοῦτον πάντοθεν θηρώμενοι σύμμικτα μὴ δίκαια καὶ δίκαι᾽ ὁμοῦ. καθή σειν,
die Segel einziehen und ins Schiff legen, vgl. Hom. ι 72 ἱστία δέ σφιν τριχθά τε καὶ τετραχθὰ διέσχισε ὃς ἀνέμοιο. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐς νῆας κάθεμεν δείσαντες ὄλεθρον. Schol. ἀντὶ τοῦ ταπεινωθήσεται. Durch θραυομένας wird πόνος näher bestimmt.

mvp-comment-305-3 48

mvp-comment-306-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 291

mvp-comment-306-2 Der Gedanke „und in seiner Bedrängnis findet der Gottlose kein Erbarmen bei der Gottheit" wird der vorhergehenden Allegorie entsprechend gegeben.

mvp-comment-307-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 291

mvp-comment-307-2 γελᾷ κτέ: so wird die Vorstellung vom Neide der Gottheit, welche sich über den Untergang hohen Glückes freut, umgedeutet. θερμῷ (verwegen, frech) wie Sept. 590

ξυνεισβὰς πλοῖον εὐσεβὴς ἀνὴρ ναύταισι θερμοῖς
.

mvp-comment-308-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 291

mvp-comment-308-2 αὐχοῦντα, der sich dessen nie versah. Vgl. Eur. Herakl. 931

οὐ γάρ ποτ' ηὔχει χεῖρας ἕξεσθαι
λαπαδνός, σέθεν und Ag. 511 . ἀλαπαδνός. οὐδ᾽ ἄκραν: wie er sich nicht über der Höhe der Wogen halten kann, sondern versinkt. Vgl. Eur. frg. 232
οὐ γὰρ ὑπερθεῖν κύματος ἄκραν δυνάμεσθ' ἔτι γὰρ θάλλει πενία, κακὸν ἔχθιστον, φεύγει δ᾽ ὄλβος
, Theogn. 619 πόλλ᾽ ἐν ἀμηχανίῃσι κυλίνδομαι ἀχνύμενος κηρ· ἄκρην γὰρ πενίης οὐχ ὑπερεδράμομεν.

mvp-comment-308-3 49

mvp-comment-309-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 292

mvp-comment-309-2 δι' αἰῶνος wie Ag. 559 .

mvp-comment-310-1 50

mvp-comment-310-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 292

mvp-comment-310-3 ἕρματι, Schol. τῷ βράχει, verborgene Klippen und Sandbänke. Ag. 994 .

mvp-comment-311-1 51

mvp-comment-311-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 292

mvp-comment-311-3 Vgl. das Homerische οἴχετ' ἄιστος ἄπυστος.

mvp-comment-312-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 292

mvp-comment-312-2 viertes Epeisodion: Vor dem neu eingesetzten Gerichtshof, dem Athena als ἡγεμών und εἰσαγωγεύς vorsteht (583), bringen die Erinyen ihre Anklage vor, Apollon legt Zeugnis ab und tritt den Erinyen als Vertreter der Sache des Orestes, die zugleich seine eigene ist, entgegen. Darauf fällen die Areopagiten das Urteil. Athena tritt rechts auf. Ein Herold und ein Trompetenbläser schreiten voraus, Bürger von Athen folgen ihr. κήρυσσε scil. σίγα ( Eur. Phoen. 1224

σίγα κηρύξαι στρατῷ
). Der Schol. :
ὅρα πῶς τὰ νέων ἔθη ἀναχρονίζει. ἃ γὰρ νῦν γίνε ται, ταῦτα τὴν ᾿Αθηνῶν εἰσήγαγε λέγουσαν. ἐχρῶντο γὰρ τῇ σάλ πιγγι ἀνείργειν τὸ πλῆθος θέλοντες
. στρατόν: natürlich ist das Volk nur gedacht.

mvp-comment-313-1 52

mvp-comment-313-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 292

mvp-comment-313-3 εἰς οὐρανόν, vgl. Phot. p. 361, 12 :

οὐρανιζέτω, πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν διικνείσθω· Αἰσχύλος
, Pers. 575
ἀμβόασον οὐράνι᾽ ἄχη
. — διάτορος von dem durchdringenden Tone der schmetternden Trompete. Soph. Ai. 17
ὡς εὐμαθές σου .. φώνημ' ἀκούω καὶ ξυναρπάζω φρενὶ χαλκοστόμου κώδωνος ὡς Τυρσηνικῆς
. Die Tyrrhener galten als Erfinder der Trompete. Vgl. auch Eur. Phoen. 1377
Τυρσηνικῆς σάλπιγγος
und dazu Schol. :
ἐπὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐπὶ Θήβας οὔπω ἐχρῶντο τῇ σάλπιγγι οἱ Ελληνες, ἀλλ' οὐδ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῦ Τρωϊκού πολέμου. Ὅμηρος γοῦν αὐτὸς μὲν οἶδε τὴν σάλπιγγα (Σ
219), οὐ ποιεῖ δὲ χρωμένους σάλπιγγι τοὺς ἥρωας κτέ.

mvp-comment-314-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 292

mvp-comment-314-2 πληρουμένου .. βουλευτηρίου, während das Richterkollegium sich sammelt und vollzählig wird. Vgl. Aristoph. Ekkl. 83

πληρουμένης
. τῆς ἐκκλησίας, Eur. Or. 884 ἐπεὶ δὲ πλήρης ἐγένετ᾽ Αργείων ὄχλος.

mvp-comment-315-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 292

mvp-comment-315-2 αἰανή, διηνεκή Schol., verschieden von dem 419, 482 vorkommenden αἰανής. Vgl. αἰανῶς 675. Auch in einer Inschrift von Korkyra, welche Bruchstücke von Trimetern enthält (N. Rhein. Mus. Bd. 18, 1863 S. 554), findet sich sis τὸν αἰανῆ χρόνον.

mvp-comment-316-1 53

mvp-comment-316-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 293

mvp-comment-316-3 τούσδε, die Areopagiten. διαγνωσθῇ wie 712. Nach diesem Vers erwartet man einen Heroldsruf wie σίγα πᾶς ἔστω λεώς ( Eur. Hek. 532 ), einen Trompetenstofs, dann von Seite der Athena die Verkündigung des θεσμός d. h. die Stiftung des Blutgerichts (vgl. 617) mit der Bestimmung, dafs es auf dem " Ἄρειος πάγος seinen Sitz haben soll. Dieser Teil fehlt und dafür ist an ungeeigneter Stelle die Partie 684-713 mit dem einleitenden V. 681 interpoliert worden. Dem ursprünglichen Deouós könnten sehr gut die V. 684 f. und 707-709 angehört haben.

mvp-comment-317-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 293

mvp-comment-317-2 Apollon erscheint (von der linken Seite) und wird von den Erinyen (dem Koryphaios) mit heftigen Worten empfangen. — ὧν ἔχεις αὐτὸς (für dich allein, ungestort von anderen) κράτει (mafse dir nicht Fremdes an), eine Mahnung ähnlich wie τὰ σαυτοῦ πρᾶττε. Theokr. XV 90 πασάμενος ἐπίτασσε, Soph. Oed. K. 839 μὴ ἐπίτασσ᾽ μὴ κρατεῖς. ΟΙ α

mvp-comment-317-3 54

mvp-comment-318-1 55

mvp-comment-318-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 293

mvp-comment-318-3 καὶ μαρτυρήσων καὶ ξυνδικήσων (582).

mvp-comment-319-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 293

mvp-comment-319-2 δόμων ἐμῶν ἐφέστιος d. i. er hat sich in den Schutz meines Tempels begeben.

mvp-comment-320-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 293

mvp-comment-320-2 Schol. σύνδικοι λέγονται οἷς ἴσον μέτεστιν ἐν τῇ δίκῃ τῆς αἰτίας. Daher αὐτός. Eur. El. 1266 Λοξίας γὰρ αἰτίαν εἰς αὑτὸν οἴσει, μητέρος χρήσας φόνον.

mvp-comment-321-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 293

mvp-comment-321-2 εἰσάγειν wird gesagt von dem Vorstand des Gerichtshofs, wenn er nach der ἀνάκρισις (zu 400) die Sache den Richtern vorlegt. Demosth. 21, 47

οἱ θεσμοθέ ται εἰσαγόντων (τὴν γραφὴν εἰς τὴν ἡλιαίαν. ὅπως
.. δίκην d. i. entscheide endgültig die Sache nach bestem Wissen. Vgl. 642.

mvp-comment-321-3 56

mvp-comment-322-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 293

mvp-comment-322-2 ὑμῶν, zu den Erinyen. ἐξ ἀρχῆς, vgl. Lys. 12, 3 πειράσομαι ὑμᾶς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὡς ἂν δύνωμαι δι' ἐλαχίστων διδάξαι.

mvp-comment-322-3 57

mvp-comment-323-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 293

mvp-comment-323-2 Es sind unser zwar viele, aber jede wird sich kurz fassen." Daraus geht hervor, dafs die einzelnen Mitglieder des Chors sprechen, und so ergeben sich hier wie Ag. 1347-70 zwölf Chorpersonen.

mvp-comment-324-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 293

mvp-comment-324-2 D. i. ἀμείβου τιθεὶς ἐν μέρει ἔπος πρὸς ἔπος.

mvp-comment-325-1 58

mvp-comment-325-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 293

mvp-comment-325-3 D. i. mit diesem Zugeständ- nis ist deine Sache schon fast verloren. Schol. ἡ μεταφορὰ δέ ἐστιν ἀπὸ τῶν παλαιόντων, οἳ ἐπὶ τοῖς τρισὶ πτώμασιν ὁρίζουσι τὴν ἧτταν. Vgl. zu Ag. 181 , Hom. Ψ 733 και νύ κε τὸ τρίτον αὖτις ἀναΐξαντε πάλαιον κτέ, Soph. frg. 678

τίν οὐ παλαίουσ᾽ ἐς τρὶς ἐκβάλλει θεῶν
; Plat. Phaedr. p. 256
Β τῶν τριῶν παλαισμάτων τῶν ὡς ἀληθῶς Ὀλυμπιακῶν ἓν νενικήκασιν
, Anthol. ΙΙ 1, 11 ἀνστὰς δ᾽ ἐν μέσσοισιν ἀνέκραγεν· οὐχὶ τρί᾽ ἐστίν· ἓν κείμαι, λοιπὸν τἄλλα μέ τις βαλέτω.

mvp-comment-326-1 59

mvp-comment-326-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 294

mvp-comment-326-3 οὐ κειμένῳ πω, οὔπω κει μένῳ. Vgl. Prom. 527 .

mvp-comment-327-1 60

mvp-comment-327-2 61

mvp-comment-327-3 Wecklein 1888, p. 294

mvp-comment-327-4 Der Text kann kaum in OrdMan erwartet ξιφουλ nung sein. κὸν χεῖρα πρὸς δέρῃ βαλών oder ξιφουλκῷ προσβολή (Hinschlagen) δέρην τεμών. Das letztere ist wahrscheinlicher.

mvp-comment-328-1 62

mvp-comment-328-2 63

mvp-comment-328-3 Wecklein 1888, p. 294

mvp-comment-328-4 δεῦρο αἰεί (huc usque) wie Eur. Phoen. 1209

δεῦρ᾽ ἀεὶ γὰρ εὐτυχεῖς, Οr.
1663 δεῦρ᾽ ἀεὶ διήνυσε, Med. 670
ἄπαις γὰρ δεῦρ᾽ ἀεὶ τείνεις βίον
, Aristoph. Lys. 1135
δεῦρ᾽ ἀεὶ περαίνεται. τὴν τύχην
, dafs es so gekommen ist. φομαι: zu 1020. οὐ μέμ-

mvp-comment-329-1 64

mvp-comment-329-2 65

mvp-comment-329-3 Wecklein 1888, p. 294

mvp-comment-329-4 πέπισθι: diese Form findet sich nur hier. Vgl. ἐπέπιθμεν, οἶδα ἴσθι, δέδοικα δέδιχθι.

mvp-comment-330-1 66

mvp-comment-330-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 294

mvp-comment-330-3 προσβολάς, Flecken von den μιάσματα, die an sie hingekommen. Vgl. Ag. 401 .

mvp-comment-331-1 67

mvp-comment-331-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 294

mvp-comment-331-3 Schol. :

πανούργως φασί· μὴ ἡμᾶς δίδασκε, ἀλλὰ τοὺς δικαστάς
.

mvp-comment-332-1 68

mvp-comment-332-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 294

mvp-comment-332-3 In Agamemnon hat sie sowohl ihren Gatten als meinen Vater getätet ( ἐμὲ κἀκεῖνον ἠδίκησεν).

mvp-comment-333-1 69

mvp-comment-333-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 294

mvp-comment-333-3 Zum Lohn dafür hat sie, während du noch lebst, deine Schuld also noch nicht durch Tod gebüfst hast, durch ihr blutiges Ende ihre Schuld gesühnt. σὺ μὲν ζῆς ist dem Gedanken nach untergeordnet.

mvp-comment-334-1 70

mvp-comment-334-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 294

mvp-comment-334-3 Wie ich, lebte auch sie einmal, war also auch ihre Schuld ungesühnt. Warum hast du es mit ihr nicht so gehalten wie mit mir? Dir verdankt man es nicht, dafs ihre Schuld gesühnt ist. Vgl. 219 ff.

mvp-comment-335-1 71

mvp-comment-335-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 294

mvp-comment-335-3 Vgl. 212.

mvp-comment-336-1 72

mvp-comment-336-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 294

mvp-comment-336-3 ἐντὸς ζώνης: Cho.990

τέκνων ἤνεγχ᾽ ὑπὸ ζώνην βάρος
.

mvp-comment-337-1 73

mvp-comment-337-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 295

mvp-comment-337-3 ἐξηγοῦ κτέ. steht als Erläuterung zu μαρτύρησον. Man darf also nicht mit O. Müller (Eumen. S.162.) aus ἐξηγοῦ schliefsen, dafs der Dichter dem Apollon das Amt eines ἐξηγητής ( τῶν πατρίων, τῶν ἱερῶν καὶ ὁσίων) gegeben habe.

mvp-comment-338-1 74

mvp-comment-338-2 75

mvp-comment-338-3 Wecklein 1888, p. 295

mvp-comment-338-4 δοκῶ scil. δρᾶσαι. Vgl. 471. δρᾶσαι τόδ' αἷμα wie Eur. Or. 406

ὁ συνδρῶν αἷμα καὶ μητρὸς φόνον
, 284 εἴργασται δ᾽ ἐμοὶ μητρώον αἷμα, 1139 κακῆς γυναικὸς αἷμ᾽ ἐπράξαμεν.

mvp-comment-339-1 76

mvp-comment-339-2 77

mvp-comment-339-3 Wecklein 1888, p. 295

mvp-comment-339-4 λέγω .. δικαίως: aufgefordert zu sagen, ob mit Recht oder Unrecht, erkläre ich: mit Recht. Vgl. Enn. Eum. frg. III Id ego aecum fecisse expedibo atque eloquar. τόνδε .. Θεσμόν: der Rat ist die grofse Stiftung der Göttin. - Als Seher bin ich untrüglich. Vgl. Cho. 557

μάντις ἀψευδὴς τὸ πρίν
. Diese Beteuerung vertritt gleichsam den Zeugeneid.

mvp-comment-340-1 78

mvp-comment-340-2 79

mvp-comment-340-3 Wecklein 1888, p. 295

mvp-comment-340-4 Also stammt auch der Bescheid, den ich dem Orestes gegeben habe, von Zeus.

mvp-comment-341-1 80

mvp-comment-341-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 295

mvp-comment-341-3 τὸ δίκαιον τοῦτο, diese Erklärung, dafs es δικαίως geschehen, diese Rechtfertigung. Ζη μαθεῖν gehört auch πιφαύσκω ὄμμε. - Über die Stellung von δέ zu Ag. 744 . Die epische ( Hom. Λ 781 κελεύων ὄμμ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕπεσθαι) und lyrische Form vuus findet sich auch Soph. Ant. 846 in einer melischen Partie. Vgl. ἄμμι Sept. 141 .

mvp-comment-342-1 81

mvp-comment-342-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 295

mvp-comment-342-3 Nach dem Gesetz, auf welches ihr beeidigt seid, müfst ihr ihn als Mörder verurteilen; der Umstand aber, dafs er in meinem Auftrag d. h. im Auftrage des Zeus gehandelt hat, nimmt alle moralische Schuld von ihm.

mvp-comment-343-1 82

mvp-comment-343-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 295

mvp-comment-343-3 ὡς λέγεις σύ, wie du sagen willst d. i. wenn ich deine Worte recht verstehe.

mvp-comment-344-1 83

mvp-comment-344-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 295

mvp-comment-344-3 Der Spruch konnte nur lauten τὸν πατρὸς φόνον πρᾶξαι. Mit πράξαντα . . νέμειν hebt sie das Widerrechtliche hervor. μητρὸς τιμὰς νέμειν wie Soph. Trach. 56 εἰ πατρὸς νέμοι τιν᾽ ὤραν.

mvp-comment-345-1 84

mvp-comment-345-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 295

mvp-comment-345-3 ἄνδρα . . θανεῖν: das durch ταὐτόν ἐστι geforderte καὶ γυναῖκα ergänzt sich von selbst.

mvp-comment-346-1 85

mvp-comment-346-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 295

mvp-comment-346-3 διοσδότοις σκήπτροισι nach Hom. B 100 ff.

mvp-comment-347-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 296

mvp-comment-347-2 Cho. 344 f. Nicht auf ehrenvolle Weise wurde er durch ein Weib getötet, etwa in der Schlacht durch die Pfeile einer Amazone, sondern auf ganz niederträchtige Art, die du vernehmen sollst.

mvp-comment-348-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 296

mvp-comment-348-2 ἐφήμενοι διαιρεῖν: zu 491.

mvp-comment-349-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 296

mvp-comment-349-2 Hesych. ἐμπολῇ· περιέρ χεται, πραγματεύεται. Soph. Ai. 978

ἆρ᾽ ἠμπόληκας
; (s. v. a. πέπραγας). Schol. πλεῖστα ηὐτυχηκότα, rebus plerisque bene gestis (Stanley). Vgl. Anbang. – Zu εὔφροσιν vermifst man ein Substantiv wie λόγοις (gemeint ist die Begrüfsung Ag. 846 f.), zu δροίτῃ περῶντι λουτρά fehlt das Verbum. Es könnte etwa geheifsen haben: λόγοις ὀρέξουσ᾽ ὠλένην ἐχρίμπτετο, so dafs δροίτῃ von ἐχρίμπτετο (sie stand an der Badewanne), περῶντι λουτρά von ὀρέξουσ᾽ ὠλένην (scheinbar um ihm den Arm zu reichen, wenn er aus dem Bade stiege) abhängig wäre. ἐπὶ τέρματι, am Ende.

mvp-comment-350-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 296

mvp-comment-350-2 περεσκήνωσεν: zu Ag. 1144 . ἀτέρμονι wie Ag. 1381

ἄπειρον ἀμφίβληστρον
.

mvp-comment-351-1 86

mvp-comment-351-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 296

mvp-comment-351-3 δηχθῇ: Hom. E 493 ὣς φάτο Σαρπηδών, δάκε δὲ φρένας Ἕκτορι μύθος, Soph. Phil. 1358

οὐ γάρ με τἄλγος τῶν παρελθόντων δάκνει
u. ϋ.

mvp-comment-352-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 296

mvp-comment-352-2 Schol. :

οὐ τὸν Δία προέθετο κακῶς εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ὡς ψευσάμενον βούλεται ἐλέγξαι
.

mvp-comment-353-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 296

mvp-comment-353-2 ,,Euch rufe ich zu Zeugen an dies zu hören" d. i.,,habt acht auf diesen Widerspruch, damit ihr ihn bezeugen könnt." Damit will sie die besondere Aufmerksamkeit der Richter darauf lenken.

mvp-comment-353-3 87

mvp-comment-354-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 296

mvp-comment-354-2 Vg1. Cho. 1026 .

mvp-comment-355-1 88

mvp-comment-355-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 296

mvp-comment-355-3 Zu Ag. 990 f. Im Προμη θεὺς λυόμενος traten die Titanen als Chor auf: Zeus hat ihre Fesseln gelöst und sich mit Kronos ausgesöhnt. Kronos wohnt dann auf den Inseln der Seligen ( Pind. Ol. II 78 ).

mvp-comment-356-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 297

mvp-comment-356-2 μηχανὴ λυτήριος, vgl. Sept. 1032

θάρσει, παρέσται μηχανὴ δραστήριος
.

mvp-comment-357-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 297

mvp-comment-357-2 Für vergossenes Blut giebt es keine Sühne, während in allem andern Vater Zeus die Sache nicht so genau nimmt und sich nicht sonderlich ereifert. Cetera vero omnia Iupiter constituit, sursum deorsum volvens, h. e. modo sic, modo aliter dirigens (Schütz). Vgl. auch zu 532 f. Wie dort ἄλλο ἄλλα ἐφορεύει, steht hier ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν. οὐδὲν.. μένει, keineswegs infolge von Zornmut schnaubend d. i. nicht über die Mafsen aufgebracht und unversöhnlich.

mvp-comment-358-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 297

mvp-comment-358-2 Ganz einverstanden: denn sieh zu, wie du dann für diesen eintrittst, dafs er freigesprochen werde; wenn es für vergossenes Blut keine Sühne giebt, so kann auch Orestes als Mörder nicht gesühnt sein und darf als unrein nicht in seine Heimat kommen. Ζυ τὸ φεύγειν ὑπερδικεῖς τοῦδε vgl. Soph. Ai. 1346 où tavt', 'Odvoσεῦ, τοῦτ᾽ ὑπερμαχεῖς ἐμοί;

mvp-comment-359-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 297

mvp-comment-359-2 Der Mörder mufs den Schauplatz seiner Missethat meiden. Vgl. Hom. Π 573 , Ψ 86 , Ω 481 .

mvp-comment-360-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 297

mvp-comment-360-2 Einem Mörder war der Besuch der Heiligtümer wie der öffentlichen Plätze und Versammlungen untersagt. Dies wurde gleich durch die πρόρρησις bei der Bestattung des Ermordeten erklärt, vgl. Schömann Antiqu. iur. publ. Graec. p. 289. Die

mvp-comment-361-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 297

mvp-comment-361-2 ποία δὲ χέρνιψ: zu Ag. 1020 . Geschlechtsgenossenschaften ( φρῆτραι, φρᾶτραι, φρατρίαι) hatten gemeinsame Kulte und feierten gemeinsame Opfer und Feste, unter denen das bedeutendste die Ἀπατούρια waren.

mvp-comment-361-3 89

mvp-comment-362-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 297

mvp-comment-362-2 Die Mutter von dem was τέκνον heifst ist nicht τοκεύς. Mit κεκλημένον wird so die Bezeichnung τέκνον im Verhältnis zur Mutter als ungenau erklärt. κύματος, κυήματος wie Cho. 128 . Den Gedanken hat auch Eur. Or. 552 zur Widerlegung der gleichen Anklage benützt: πατὴρ μὲν ἐφύ τευσέν με, σὴ (Orestes spricht zu Tyndareos) δ᾽ ἔτικτε παῖς, τὸ σπέρμ' ἄρουρα παραλαβοῦσ᾽ ἄλλου πάρα. ἄνευ δὲ πατρὸς τέκνον οὐκ εἴη ποτ᾽ ἄν. ἐλογισάμην οὖν τῷ γένους ἀρχηγέτῃ κάλλιον ἀμυνεῖν τῆς ὑποστάσης τροφάς. Euripides unterscheidet also zwischen φυτεύειν und τίκτειν, welches letztere er von der Mutter gelten läfst, während Aschylos das τίκτειν nur dem Vater zuerkennt. Vgl. auch Eur. frg. 1048

ἀλλ᾽ ἴσθ᾽, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὗτος οὐκ ἔσται νόμος, τὸ μὴ οὐ σέ, μῆτερ, προσ
- φιλῆ νέμειν ἀεὶ καὶ τοῦ δικαίου καὶ τόκων τῶν σῶν χάριν. στέργω δὲ τὸν φύσαντα τῶν πάντων βρο τῶν μάλισθ'· ὁρίζω τοῦτο καὶ σὺ μὴ φθόνει· κείνου γὰρ ἐξέβλαστον· οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἰς ἀνὴρ γυναικὸς αὐδήσειεν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πατρός.

mvp-comment-362-3 90

mvp-comment-363-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 298

mvp-comment-363-2 ὁ θρώσκων, ὁ σπερμαίνων Schol. Hesych. θρώσκων κνώδαλα: ἐκθορίζων καὶ σπερματίζων, γεννῶν. Αἰσχύλος Ἀμυμώνη. αἷσι . . θεός, eae saltem, quibus foetum non extinxerit deus (Musgrave). Über den Plural αἷσι Krüger I § 58, 3, 5 und über den Konjunktiv ohne άv zu 211.

mvp-comment-364-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 298

mvp-comment-364-2 Der bei μὲν vorschwebende Gedanke ἄνευ δὲ πατρὸς τέκνον οὐκ εἴη ποτ᾽ ἄν ergänzt sich, wie 628 καὶ γυναῖκα, von selbst.

mvp-comment-365-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 298

mvp-comment-365-2 Nach diesem Verse fehlt, wie das folgende ovde zeigt, ein Vers etwa οὐκ ἐκλοχευθεῖσ᾽ ἀγρίοις μόλις πόνοις oder πατρὸς λοχευθεῖσ᾽ ἐξ ἄκρου κρατός ποτε (in diesem Falle würde οὐδ᾽ für καὶ οὐ stehen).

mvp-comment-366-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 298

mvp-comment-366-2 Zur Argumentation wird noch ( ἔξω τοῦ πράγματος) eine auf das Gemüt wirkende Bemerkung hinzugefügt. Doch s. Anhang.

mvp-comment-367-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 298

mvp-comment-367-2 αἰανῶς (575) μένοι wie Suppl. 956

μένειν ἀραρότως
, Ag. 845
ἐμπέδως μένοι
. — τοὺς ἐπισπόρους τῶνδε, τῶν ἔπειτα, also die fernen Enkel.

mvp-comment-368-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 298

mvp-comment-368-2 ἀπὸ γνώμης (pach innerer Überzeugung) wie τἀπὸ καρδίας Eur. Iph. A. 475 . Gegensatz ἀπὸ γλώσσης Theogn. 63 ἀλλὰ δόκει μὲν πᾶσιν ἀπὸ γλώσσης φίλος εἶναι. Vgl. Aeschin. 1, 92 οὐ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ λόγου μόνον οὐδὲ ἐκ τῶν μαρτυριῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ὧν αὐτοὶ ἐξητάκασι καὶ συνίσασι, τὴν ψῆφον φέρουσι (die Areopagiten).

mvp-comment-369-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 298

mvp-comment-369-2 Nach diesem Verse treten die Richter zur Urne (zu Ag. 806 ). Da 12 Distichen, 6 der Chorführerin, 6 des Apollon folgen (679-725), so werden es 12 Areopagiten gewesen sein entsprechend der Zahl von 12 Göttern, welche nach anderer Sage über Ares oder über Orestes ( Eur. Or. 1650 , Demosth. 23, 66 ) auf dem Areshügel gerichtet haben sollen, und bei jeder Rede des Chors wird einer in den κάδος θανάτου, bei jedem Distichon des Apollon einer in den κάδος ἐλέου seinen Stimmstein gelegt haben.

mvp-comment-370-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 299

mvp-comment-370-2 ἡμῖν μέν (uns allerdings) mit Bezug auf ὡς ἄλις λελεγμένων.

mvp-comment-371-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 299

mvp-comment-371-2 μένω (harre) ἀκοῦσαι wie γενέσθαι μένω 735. Hom. Δ 247 ἡ μένετε Τρώας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, wie μένειν öfter gebraucht ist.

mvp-comment-372-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 299

mvp-comment-372-2 πῶς τιθεῖσα ἄμομφος ω πρὸς ὑμῶν: welcher Art soli mein θεσμός sein, wenn ich mir nicht euren Tadel zuziehen will? Vgl. zu Cho. 14 u. 995. Der Gedanke, welcher die 684 folgende Verkündigung des couós einleitet, steht ganz unvermittelt und die Frage der Göttin wird von niemanden beantwortet. Weiteres zu 684.

mvp-comment-373-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 299

mvp-comment-373-2 ἠκούσαθ᾽ ὧν ἠκούσατε: Zu Cho. 776 . ἐν καρδίᾳ gehört zu αἰδεῖσθε.

mvp-comment-374-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 299

mvp-comment-374-2 Athena erklärt 574 ihren Θεσμός sofort verkünden zu wollen und nach 617 f. ist die Stiftung des areopagitischen Rats bereits vollzogen. Der eouós mufs also nach 576 gegeben worden sein, wie naturgemäfs die Einsetzung des Rates der Verhandlung vor demselben vorausgeht. Wollte man

mvp-comment-374-3 91

mvp-comment-375-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 299

mvp-comment-375-2 nach 576 einfügen, so würde erstens V. 681, der dort so wenig wie hier brauchbar ist, seinen Zusammenhang mit 684 ff. verlieren; ferner würde, wenn die Verse 711-713 vorhergingen, die Aufforderung des Apollon 583 εἴσαγε δίκην überfüssig, der Befehl der Athena in 711 f. verfrüht sein. Dazu kommt, dafs πάγον . . τόνδε 688 und νεόπτολιν τήνδε 690 f. den Areopag als Schauplatz der Handlung voraussetzt in Widerspruch mit 80, 242, 443 u. a. St. Aufserdem bemerkt Dindorf, der 686-702 als unecht erklärt und 707-709 vor 703 einfügt, dafs wahrscheinlich Aschylos für die Ableitung des Namens " Ἄρειος πάγος lieber einer bedeutenderen Überlieferung, wie sich solche bei anderen Schriftstellern (Pausanias I 28, 5, Aristides or. XIII vol. I p. 170 D.) finden, gefolgt sein würde als der Erzählung von den Amazonen. Ferner rügt Dindorf in 699-702, besonders in 701 die ungeschickte Wiedergabe von 520-531. In der That ist in jenen Trimetern eine Vergröberung der weihevoller Kunst entsprechenden Worte des Chorgesangs nicht zu verkennen. Vgl. auch zu 711 und Einl. S. 22.

mvp-comment-376-1 92

mvp-comment-376-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 299

mvp-comment-376-3 ἀσυνδέκαστον (unbestechlich) wie κερδῶν ἄθικτον 707. Vgl. συνδεκάζειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν Aeschin.

mvp-comment-377-1 93

mvp-comment-377-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 299

mvp-comment-377-3 Die handschriftliche Überlieferung ist πάγον δ᾽ Ἄρειον. Da aber dem Hügel erst 693 der Name gegeben wird und diesem Satze das Verbum fehlt, so ist " Ἀρειον als Glossem auszuscheiden und ein Verbum wie έδεῖται oder, wenn δ' wegbleibt, ein Participium wie καθ ίζον ( βουλευτήριον πάγον καθίζον τόνδε) einzusetzen. Die Worte Ἀμαζόνων ἕδραν σκηνάς τε scheinen das nach Plut. Thes. c. 27 dort anzunehmende Ἀμαζόνειον zu um- schreiben. Vgl. Diod. IV 28 κατ εστρατοπέδευσαν ( αἱ Ἀμαζόνες) ὅπου νῦν ἐστὶ τὸ καλούμενον ἀπ' ἐκείνων Ἀμαζόνειον. - σκηνὰς ὅτε: zu 22. Θησέως κατὰ φθόνον, in Mifsgunst gegen Theseus, etwa weil er die Amazone Antiope als Kriegsgefangene davon geführt hatte. Vgl. Plut. Thes. c. 26 f.

mvp-comment-378-1 94

mvp-comment-378-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 300

mvp-comment-378-3 πόλει (der Akropolis) νεόπτολιν . . ἀντεπύργωσαν: von dieser Trutzburg auf dem Areopag weifs Kleidemos bei Plut. Thes. c. 27 in seiner ausführlichen Beschreibung des Kampfes der Amazonen innerhalb der Stadt Athen nichts. Dagegen erzählt Herod. VIII 52 , dafs die Perser von dem Areopag aus die Akropolis angriffen. Dies scheint später auf die Amazonen übertragen worden zu sein. Die Akropolis ist in ihrem höchsten Punkte 471', der Areopag 355', die beide verbindende Einsattelung 327' hoch. τότε: wie an die Stelle des relativen Pronomens ein demonstratives ( Krüger I § 60, 6, 2 ), so tritt hier τότε für ὅτε ein.

mvp-comment-379-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 300

mvp-comment-379-2 Ἄρει δ᾽ ἔθυον, ἔνθεν κτἑ., nach Etym. M. p. 139, 8 und Eustath. zu Dionys. P. 653 , weil die Amazonen Töchter des Ares waren.

mvp-comment-380-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 300

mvp-comment-380-2 πέτρα: der Areopag ist ein Felsenhügel, welcher in seinem östlichen Teile nach allen Seiten schroff abfällt. - ἐν δὲ . . συγγενής: die auf ihm ruhende Ehrfurcht der Bürger und die ihr verschwisterte Furcht: ἵνα γὰρ δέος, ἔνθα καὶ αἰδώς, heifst es in einem von Plat. Euthyphr. 12

Α
aus den Κύπρια (des Stasinos) angeführten Verse. Vgl. Hom. Ο 657 ἴσχε γὰρ αἰδὼς καὶ δέος. τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν: zu Ag. 1589 .

mvp-comment-381-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 300

mvp-comment-381-2 Die Worte βορβόρω ὕδωρ μιαίνων οὔποθ᾽ εὑρήσεις λαμπρὸν ποτόν sind nach Zenob. II 76 u. a. sprichwörtlich geworden ἐπὶ τῶν τὰ κάλλιστα μιγνύντων τοῖς αἰσχί στοις. Das Gleichnis spricht gegen die Anderung der alten Gesetze ein hartes Urteil aus, welches, wenn ursprünglich, das Gesetz des Ephialtes vom Jahr 460 treffen würde, durch das die Wirksamkeit des Areopag geschmälert wurde ( Aristot. Pol. II 9, 3 , Plut. Per. c. 9 , Kim. c. 15 ).

mvp-comment-382-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 300

mvp-comment-382-2 τὸ δεσπ. ist Objekt sowohl zu περιστέλλουσι (sorglich hegen) wie zu σέβειν.

mvp-comment-383-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 300

mvp-comment-383-2 βουλεύω, συμβουλεύω.

mvp-comment-384-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 300

mvp-comment-384-2 Soph. Ai. 1073

οὐ γάρ ποτ' οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐν πόλει νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ᾽ ἄν, ἔνθα μὴ καθεστήκῃ δέος κτε.,
Thuk. I 37 τὰ δημόσια διὰ δέος μάλιστα οὐ παρανομοῦμεν.

mvp-comment-385-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 301

mvp-comment-385-2 ἔρυμά τε χώρας für ἔρυμα χώρας τε.

mvp-comment-386-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 301

mvp-comment-386-2 Vgl. Soph. Oed. K. 694 οἷον ἐγὼ γᾶς Ἀσίας οὐκ ἐπακούω οὐδ᾽ ἐν τῇ μεγάλᾳ Δωρίδι νάσῳ Πέλοπος πώποτε βλαστόν.

mvp-comment-387-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 301

mvp-comment-387-2 ευδόντων ὅπερ ἐγρηγορός scheint auf eine polizeiliche Befugnis des Areopags hinzuweisen, kraft welcher er für nächtliche Sicherheit zu sorgen hatte. richtig ist die Erklärung des Schol. ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀποθανόντων τιμωρόν.) (Uner-

mvp-comment-388-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 301

mvp-comment-388-2 ὀρθοῦσθαι hier in der auffallenden Bedeutung ,sich heben". Der Befehl abzustimmen ist bereits 677 f. gegeben. Wenn dort nicht sofort die Abstimmung beginnen, vielmehr vor derselben wieder von den Parteien gesprochen würde, so stünde das in Widerspruch mit dem weiteren Reden entgegentretenden Entscheide der den Vorsitz führenden Göttin ( ἅλις λελεγμένων).

mvp-comment-389-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 301

mvp-comment-389-2 εἴρηται λόγος: zu Ag. 587 .

mvp-comment-390-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 301

mvp-comment-390-2 ὁμιλίαν χθονός wie 409.

mvp-comment-391-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 301

mvp-comment-391-2 ἐμούς τε καὶ Διός nach 619 ff. κτίσαι: zu 17.

mvp-comment-391-3 95

mvp-comment-392-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 301

mvp-comment-392-2 οὐ λαχών (unberufen): Prom. 244

ὅπως τάχιστα τὸν πατρῷον ἐς θρόνον καθέζετ'
(Zeus), εὐθὺς δαίμοσιν νέμει γέρα ἄλλοισιν ἄλλα, Hes. Theog. 425
ὡς τὸ πρῶτον ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς ἔπλετο δασμός
. Das sind die παλαιαὶ διανομαί 730.

mvp-comment-393-1 96

mvp-comment-393-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 301

mvp-comment-393-3 νέμων, inne habend, wie 1018.

mvp-comment-394-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 301

mvp-comment-394-2 πρωτοκτόνοισι (von der Person übertragen) προστροπαῖς Ἰ. deutet die Sache nur kurz an, weil sie nach 444 bekannt ist; genauer müfste es heifsen: dadurch dafs er das Flehen des ersten Mörders erhörte".

mvp-comment-395-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 301

mvp-comment-395-2 τοιαῦτα, nämlich was nicht deines Amtes ist ( οὐ λαχών 718). Μοίρας ἔπεισας: das gewöhnliche Asyndeton bei der Erläuterung. βροτούς, den Admetos, Sohn des Pheres, König von Pherä in Thessalien. Eur. Alk. 10

ὁσίου γὰρ ἀνδρὸς ὅσιος ὢν ἐτύγχανον, παιδὸς
Φέρητος, ὃν θανεῖν ἐρρυσάμην, Μοίρας δολώσας· ἤνεσαν δέ μοι θεαὶ Ἄδμητον ᾅδην τὸν παραυτίκ' ἐκφυγεῖν, ἄλλον διαλλάξαντα τοῖς κάτω νεκρόν. Vgl. Hom. Β 766 . Die Sage war im Hesiodischen Ka τάλογος ausführlich erzählt (Schol. zu Eur. Alk. 1 ).

mvp-comment-396-1 97

mvp-comment-396-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 302

mvp-comment-396-3 τὸν σέβοντα: Admetos war ehrerbietig gegen Apollon, als dieser ihm dienen musste. Zeus hatte nämlich den Asklepios, den Sohn des Apollon, mit dem Blitze getötet ( Ag. 1007 ). Im Zorn darüber erschlug Apollon die Kyklopen, die Verfertiger der Blitze, und mufste zur Strafe bei einem sterblichen Manne um Lohn dienen. Eur. Alk. 3 ff.

τύχοι
: der Optativ, weil der Satz eine allgemeine Vorstellung ausdrückt nach einem Infinitiv. Vgl. Krüger I § 54, 14, 4 .

mvp-comment-397-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 302

mvp-comment-397-2 διανομάς: zu 718. οἴνῳ: vgl. Eur. Alk. 32

οὐκ ἤρκεσέ σοι μόρον Αδμήτου διακωλύσαι, Μοίρας δολίῳ σφήλαντι τέχνη
; sowie die zu 726 a. St. und das Schol. :
οἴνῳ γὰρ ταύτας, φασί, τῶν λογισμῶν ἀπαγαγὼν ἐξῃτήσατο Ἄδμητον, οὕτω μέντοι ὥστε ἀντιδοῦναι ἑαυτοῦ ἕτερον τῷ "Αἵδῃ.

mvp-comment-397-3 98

mvp-comment-398-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 302

mvp-comment-398-2 ἐμῇ (fut.) τὸν ἰν: 481.

mvp-comment-399-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 302

mvp-comment-399-2 λέγεις: bei dir ist es blofse Rede; ich aber werde thatsächlich u. s. w.

mvp-comment-400-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 302

mvp-comment-400-2 v,,,unter", nicht,, in den Augen“, weil ἄτιμος rechtlos (ohne Anrecht auf einen Platz irgendwo) bedeutet.

mvp-comment-401-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 302

mvp-comment-401-2 ἐπεὶ κτἑ.: „Da du . ., SO will ich zunächst sehen, ob auch diese so denken." καθιππάζῃ wie 150. γενέσθαι μένω: zu 680.

mvp-comment-402-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 302

mvp-comment-402-2 ἀμφίβουλος θυμοῦσθαι (unentschlossen zu zürnen) wie βεβου λευμένη θυμοῦσθαι. Vgl. Hom. Θ 167 διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέ σασθαι.

mvp-comment-403-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 302

mvp-comment-403-2 λοισθίαν δίκην κρῖναι, über den Ausgang des Gerichtes entscheiden; wenn durch die Stimmen der Richter die Entscheidung nicht gegeben wird, in letzter Instanz entschieden.

mvp-comment-404-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 302

mvp-comment-404-2 προσθήσομαι (hinzufügen"), nämlich wenn die Stimmen der Richter gezählt sein werden, so dafs, wenn die Stimmenzahl gleich ist, die Freisprechenden die Majoritat erhalten ( Schol. :

ἐγὼ προσθήσω τὴν ἐσχάτην ψῆφον, ᾖ, ὅταν ἴσαι γένωνται, νικᾷ ὁ κατηγορούμενος).
Einstweilen behält sie den Stein in der Hand, ihn emporhaltend. Da die Zahl der Areopagiten unter Umständen eine gerade sein konnte, so galt der Brauch, dafs bei gleicher Stimmenzahl der Angeklagte als freigesprochen erachtet werde νικᾶν, ισήρεις ὅστις ἂν ψήφους λάβη Eur. Iph. Τ. 1472 , vgl. ebd. 965 f., El. 1265 ). Diese Milde wird hier auf die Gnade der Athena zurückgeführt, die durch ihren Stimmstein den lossprechenden Stimmen das Übergewicht verschafft. Schol. zu Eur. Or. 1646
ἴσων δὲ γενομένων των ψήφων ἡ Αθηνᾶ οἰκτείρασα αὐτὸν παρ' ἑαυ τῆς ἔθηκε μίαν ψῆφον, ἥτις ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν νικῆσαι
, Aristid. or. II p. 20 Dind. τὴν δὲ φιλανθρωπίαν οἱ περὶ Ὀρέστην λόγοι μαρτύρονται. ὃν φυγόντα μὲν ἐξ Ἀργους ᾿Αθή ναζε, φεύγοντα δ' Ἀθήνησι δίκην ὑπ᾽ Εὐμενίδων, ἴσων τῶν ψήφων γενομένων, προσθεμένη τὴν παρ' αὐτῆς σώζει, Schol. zu Aristid. Panath. p. 108, 7 Dind. :
τὴν τοῦ Ὀρέ στου καὶ Ἐρινύων δίκην δώδεκά φασι θεοὺς δικάσαι, οὐ παρούσης τῆς ᾿Αθηνᾶς, ὧν τοὺς μὲν ἓξ ψήφους θεῖναι δικαιώσεως ταῖς Ἐρινύσι, τοὺς δ᾽ ἄλλους ἓξ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ· ἐλθούσης γοῦν τῆς ᾿Αθηνᾶς καὶ συμψηφισαμένης τοῖς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ψήφων γενομένων πλειόνων κτέ
. Julian p. 114 D , Cic. pro Mil. c. III § 8 . Die von Hermann vertretene Ansicht, welche er auf das Schol. zu Aristid. Panath. p. 108, 10 :
φασὶ δὲ ὅτι τῶν ἓξ θεῶν προστιθέντων ταῖς Ἐρινύσι καὶ τῶν πέντε τῷ Ὀρέστη, μετέωρον ἔχουσαν τὴν ψῆ φον ᾿Αθηνῶν ὕστατον προστιθεῖσαν νικῆσαι αὐτὸν πεποίηκεν
, auf Lukian A. c. 21 und Harmon. c. 3 stützt, dafs erst durch die Stimme der Athena die Zahl gleich geworden sei, würde die Göttin zur Richterin machen in Widerspruch mit 474 f. Hätte Äschylos den Orestes von der Mehrzahl der Richter verdammen, von der Minderzahl lossprechen lassen, so läge darin der Gedanke, dafs nach menschlichem Ermessen die Motive zur Verurteilung des Orestes stärker als die zur Lossprechung waren. Dagegen wenn die Stimmen der menschlichen Richter gleich geteilt waren und Athene nun durch ihren lossprechenden Stein dem einen Teile das Übergewicht gab, so liegt darin der Gedanke, dafs für die Menschen die Motive der Verurteilung und der Lossprechung sich mit gleicher Stärke entgegenstanden, Orestes' That ebensosehr gerecht als strafbar, der Ausspruch Apollons und die Anklage der Erinyen gleich beachtenswert erschienen, und eine bestimmte Entscheidung durch Menschen nicht zu gewinnen war, wie es auch Athene ausgesprochen hat V. 473 f. Nun tritt die Göttin durch ihre Entscheidung nicht in Widerspruch mit dem Gerechtigkeitsgefühle der Mehrheit, sondern sie erklärt nur, welches von den beiden nach menschlichem Ermessen gleich berechtigten Urteilen vor der göttlichen Güte und Weisheit gültig sei" (Schömann). Nach Poll. VIII 90 , wo die amtlichen Funktionen des ἄρχων βασιλεύς aufgezählt werden, τὰς τοῦ φόνου δίκας εἰς Ἄρειον πάγον εἰσάγει καὶ τὸν στέφανον ἀποθέμενος σὺν αὐτοῖς δικάζει, hatte bei Blutgerichten der Archon-König nicht nur die Vorstandschaft, sondern gab auch als Urteilsfinder seine Stimme ab, nachdem er den Kranz abgenommen, d. h. die Vorstandschaft niedergelegt hatte (vgl. Kirchhoff Monatsb. der K. Pr. Akad. der W. Berlin 1874 S. 105 ff.). Athena versieht hier zwar die Stelle des ἄρχων βασιλεύς, aber sie kann nicht wie ein menschlicher Richter stimmen, sie hebt ihren Stimmstein auf für den von ihr vorhergesehenen Fall, dafs die Stimmen der Richter gleich werden. Jene Erklärung wurde, wie sich aus dem a. Schol. zu Aristid. zu ergeben scheint, erfunden, als man die Überlieferung von der rettenden ψῆφος Αθηνᾶς mit der Sage von dem Urteils- spruche der 12 Götter, zu denen Athena selbst gehörte, vereinbarte, widerlegt wird sie schon durch καὶ in κἂν ἰσόψηφος κριθῇ 744 und durch 798 ff.

mvp-comment-404-3 99

mvp-comment-405-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 304

mvp-comment-405-2 Der Infin. τυχεῖν steht dem Akk. πάντα parallel, also als Akk. des Bezugs.

mvp-comment-406-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 304

mvp-comment-406-2 κάρτα . . πατρός: was man als Lob ausspricht, τοῦ πατρὸς εἶναι, gilt von mir recht eigentlich. Eur. El. 933 κακείνους στυγῶ τοὺς παῖδας, ὅστις τοῦ μὲν ἄρσενος πατρὸς οὐκ ὠνόμασται, τῆς δὲ μητρὸς ἐν πόλει, Soph. El. 365 νῦν δ᾽ ἐξὸν πατρὸς πάντων ἀρίστου παῖδα κεκλῆσθαι, καλοῦ τῆς μητρός, frg. 148 οὔτοι χρὴ μητρός (so Nauck für γαστρὸς) καλεῖσθαι παῖδα, τοῦ πατρὸς παρόν.

mvp-comment-407-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 304

mvp-comment-407-2 οὕτω, dem entsprechend.

mvp-comment-407-3 100

mvp-comment-408-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 304

mvp-comment-408-2 νικᾷ: das Präsens bringt den Satz in Beziehung zu 738, als wenn es hiefse: ψῆφον . . προσθήσομαι, ὥστε νικᾶν Ὀρέστην κτἑ. ἐπέZwei

mvp-comment-409-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 304

mvp-comment-409-2 τευχέων: zu 678. σταλται τέλος wie Ag. 899 . Richter treten zu den Urnen, um die Stimmen auszuschütten und der Reihe nach so hinzulegen, dafs die Zahl sofort ersichtlich ist.

mvp-comment-410-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 304

mvp-comment-410-2 αγχόνης ist gen. defin. zu τέρματα, Schol. θανάτου τέλος. Zu ἀγχόνης vgl. Soph. Oed. T. 1374 οἷν ἐμοὶ δυοῖν ἔργ᾽ ἐστὶ κρείσσον ἀγχόνης εἰργασμένα, Eur. Bakch. 246

ταῦτ᾽ οὐχὶ δεινῆς ἀγχόνης ἔστ' ἄξια; ΑΙΚ
. 228 ἆρ᾽ ἄξια καὶ σφαγᾶς τάδε καὶ πλέον ἢ βρόχῳ δέρην αγχονίῳ πελάσσαι; Herakl. 246 καὶ τάδ᾽ ἀγχόνης πέλας, Aristoph. Ach. 125 ταῦτα δῆτ᾽ οὐκ ἀγχόνη;

mvp-comment-411-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 304

mvp-comment-411-2 γαρ: allerdings; denn für uns entsprechend Dahinsein (Entehrung) u. s. w. νέμειν scil. βροτούς, wenn es nicht, wie Paley vermutet, ursprünglich ἔχειν geheifsen hat.

mvp-comment-412-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 304

mvp-comment-412-2 ἐν διαιρέσει: die Sonderung ist hier das Auseinanderhalten der Stimmsteine der beiden Gefälse. Anders der Schol. διακρίσει τῶν λευκῶν καὶ μελαινῶν. Diese Art der Abstimmung wurde so gehandhabt, dafs jeder Richter einen schwarzen und einen weifsen Stein erhielt und in die gültige Urne ( κύριος καδίσκος), je nachdem er freisprechen oder verurteilen wollte, den weifsen oder schwarzen Stein, in die ungültige Urne ( ἄκυρος κ.) den anderen warf. Aber vgl. zu Ag. 806 und 807 f.

mvp-comment-412-3 101

mvp-comment-413-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 304

mvp-comment-413-2 Das Fehlen einer Stimme wird (unter Umständen) zu grofsem Leid und das Vorhandensein einer einer einzigen Stimme hat (oft) ein Haus aufgerichtet," also s. v. a. „von einer einzigen Stimme hängt oft Wohl oder Wehe einer Familie ab". Vgl. Soph. El. 415 πολλά τοι σμικροί λόγοι ἔσφηλαν ἤδη καὶ κατ ώρθωσαν βροτούς.

mvp-comment-414-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 305

mvp-comment-414-2 Enn. Eum. frg. IV (mit inc. nom. frg. XVIII) Areopagitae quia dedere aequam pilam, dico vicisse Orestem: vos facessite (= recedite).

mvp-comment-415-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 305

mvp-comment-415-2 και τις .. ἐρεῖ, die beliebte Homerische Wendung. Vgl. Soph. Ai. 500 mit Hom. Z 659 .

mvp-comment-416-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 305

mvp-comment-416-2 τρίτου steht zunächst wie Soph. Oed. K. 8 αἱ πάθαι με χώ χρόνος ξυνὼν μακρὸς διδάσκει καὶ τὸ γενναῖον τρίτον, 331 ἢ τῆσδε καμοῦ; δυσμόρου τ᾿ ἐμοῦ τρίτης, Ai. 1174 κόμας ἐμὰς καὶ τῆσδε καὶ σαυτοῦ τρίτου, Eur. Hipp. 1404

πατέρα γε καὶ σὲ καὶ τρίτην ξυνάορον
, Menand. sent. 231 θάλασσα καὶ πῦρ καὶ γυνὴ τρίτον κακόν, erinnert aber auch an den bei der dritten Spende angerufenen Ζεὺς σωτήρ, weshalb Διός fehlen kann. Vgl. Suppl. 26
Ζεὺς σωτὴς τρίτος
und zu Ag. 257 .

mvp-comment-417-1 102

mvp-comment-417-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 305

mvp-comment-417-3 με tritt unwillkürlich an die Stelle von σφε, wie auch τάσδε vom Standpunkt des Orestes aus gesagt ist. παρείς wie Cho. 924

παρεὶς τάδε
, aufser acht lassend.

mvp-comment-418-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 305

mvp-comment-418-2 Dieses eidliche Versprechen ist vorbereitet durch 289-291 und

mvp-comment-419-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 305

mvp-comment-419-2 πλειστήρης (ewig lange Zeit) kommt nur hier vor, πλειστηρίζομαι Cho. 1027 . Eur.

mvp-comment-420-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 305

mvp-comment-420-2 πρυμνήτην wie 16. Suppl. 1191

ὁ δ᾽ ὅρκος ἔσται, μή ποτ' Αργείους χθόνα εἰς τήνδ᾽ ἐποίσειν πολέμιον παντευχίαν ἄλλων τ' ἰόντων ἐμποδὼν θήσειν δόρυ. ἢν δ᾽ ὅρκον ἐκλιπόντες ἔλθωσιν πόλιν, κακῶς ὀλέσθαι πρόστρεπ' Αργείων χθόνα
.

mvp-comment-421-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 305

mvp-comment-421-2 Die Verse 770-777 sind von Dindorf als unecht erklärt worden (versus non Aeschylei, sed ab homine scripti qui quae breviter graviterque versibus praecedentibus dixerat Aeschylus loquacitate sua ineptissime dilatavit). Sie scheinen auch wie die a. St. des Euripides mehr die Stimmung des peloponnesischen Krieges als der Aschyleischen Zeit zu atmen.

mvp-comment-422-1 103

mvp-comment-422-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 306

mvp-comment-422-3 παρβαίνοντα, vgl. 229 παρ Διὸς θρόνοις. θράξομεν, ταράξομεν, Prom. 655

πρᾶξαι.

mvp-comment-423-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 306

mvp-comment-423-2 ἀθύμους von der Person übertragen. – παρόρνιθας, Schol. ἀπαισίους. Der Vers scheint als vaticinium post eventum auf etwas Thatsächliches anzuspielen. Vgl. Enr. Suppl. 1208

φόβον γὰρ αὐτοῖς, ἤν ποτ᾽ ἔλθωσιν πόλιν, δειχθεῖσα
(nämlich μάχαιρα) θήσει καὶ κακὸν νόστον πάλιν.

mvp-comment-424-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 306

mvp-comment-424-2 ὀρθουμένων scil. τῶν πραγ μάτων oder vielmehr τῶν ὁρκωμάτων: wenn der Schwur tren gehalten wird. Vgl. zu 970.

mvp-comment-425-1 104

mvp-comment-425-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 306

mvp-comment-425-3 ἐσμέν, s. g. praes. propheticum. Rauchenstein vermutet ἀστοὶς ἂν ἡμεῖς εἶμεν.

mvp-comment-426-1 105

mvp-comment-426-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 306

mvp-comment-426-3 πάλαισμα ἄφυκτον τοῖς ἐναντίοις ist der Sprache der Ringschule entnommen: eine Kunstweise im Ringen, der die Gegner nicht ausweichen können. ἔχων, an meinem Beistand.

mvp-comment-427-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 306

mvp-comment-427-2 δορός (gen. relat.) νικηφόρον s. v. a. δορὸς νίκην φέρον. Orestes und Apollon ab.

mvp-comment-427-3 106

mvp-comment-428-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 306

mvp-comment-428-2 Kommos, Aussöhnung der gekränkten und tief ergrimmten Erinyen durch die begütigenden Worte der Athena. Der Chor singt zwei Strophen, die er als Antistrophen wiederholt. Jeder Strophe und Antistrophe folgen 13 Verse der Athena, wornach die Partie mit 12 Versen Stichomythie und 12 Versen einer ῥῆσις der Athena abgeschlossen wird. Vgl. zu Ag. 1435 .

mvp-comment-429-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 306

mvp-comment-429-2 Ζη εἵλεσθε fehlt das Objekt, etwa τὸν μητροφόντην, τὸν γένους μιάστορα. Vgl. 325 f.

mvp-comment-430-1 107

mvp-comment-430-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 306

mvp-comment-430-3 Ich werde auf dieses Land Verderben träufeln lassen, indem ich Trauer für Trauer erweckendes Gift, Gift aus meinem Herzen loslasse. Mit σταλάξω φθοράν vgl. Cho. 1056 . Doch ist die Lesart unsicher. S. Anhang.

mvp-comment-431-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 307

mvp-comment-431-2 ἄφυλλος ἄτεκνος, d. h. wo der syv sich über die Bäume ausbreitet, da wächst kein Blatt und gedeiht keine Frucht. Vgl. zu Ag. 248 .

mvp-comment-432-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 307

mvp-comment-432-2 βροτοφθόρους κηλίδας ist gesagt mit Bezug auf den λειχήν als menschliche Krankheit, vgl. Cho. 280

σαρκῶν ἐπαμβατήρας ἀγρίαις γνάθοις λειχῆνας ἐξέσθον τας ἀρχαίαν φύσιν
.

mvp-comment-433-1 108

mvp-comment-433-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 307

mvp-comment-433-3 Ich klage - was soll ich thun? Soll ich den Bewohnern der Stadt unerträglich werden? d. b. ich klage, ich will nicht blofs klagen, sondern handeln. δυσοίστα: zu Ag. 1527 .

mvp-comment-434-1 109

mvp-comment-434-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 307

mvp-comment-434-3 μεγάλα δυστυχεῖς wie @ μέγ᾽ εὔδαιμον κόρη Prom. 674

, σε μνᾶς μέγα ματρός
Suppl. 147 . Der Plural wie Eur. Hek. 579
τῇ περίσσ᾽ εὐκαρδίῳ
. Vgl. Krüger 11 § 46, 6, 7 u. 8 . ἀτιμοπενθεῖς, mit Trauer erfüllt im Gefühle entehrt zu sein.

mvp-comment-435-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 307

mvp-comment-435-2 Du hast keine Niederlage erlitten, sondern die gleiche Stimmenzahl von Seite der Richter erhalten, so dafs die Entehrung wegfällt. Aber Orestes mufste durch meine Stimme frei werden, weil u. s. w. ἀτιμίᾳ bezieht sich wie ἄτιμοι 827 zurück auf άτιμοπενθείς.

mvp-comment-436-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 307

mvp-comment-436-2 Die emphatische Wiederholung von αὐτός wie frg. 481, 7 ὃ δ᾽ αὐτὸς ὑμνῶν, αὐτὸς ἐν θοίνη παρών, αὐτὸς τάδ᾽ εἰπὼν αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ κτανὼν τὸν παῖδα τὸν ἐμόν, Xenoph. Anab. III 2, 4 αὐτὸς ὀμό σας ἡμῖν, αὐτὸς δεξιὰς δούς, αὐτὸς ἐξαπατήσας συνέλαβε τους στρατη γούς. μαρτυρῶν ὡς ( ὥστε) ἔχειν (als Zeuge dafür eintrat, dafs dem Orestes als Thäter dessen nichts zuleide geschehen dürfe) wie 202 ἔχρησας ὥστε τὸν ξένον μητροκτονεῖν, Soph. Oed. K. 1350 δικαιῶν ὥστε, vgl. zu Ag. 1394 f.

mvp-comment-437-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 307

mvp-comment-437-2 Die eingeklammerten Worte, in welchen Wieseler μήτε für te schreibt, scheinen nachträglich hinzugefügt zu sein, indem zuerst τῇδε γῇ τα μὴ θυμοῦσθε angemerkt wurde. Sonst müfste auch μὴ θυμούσθε dem μὴ βαρύν κότον σκήψησθε vorangehen. Für σκήψησθε würde man σκήψητε erwarten, wie Elmsley geschrieben hat.

mvp-comment-438-1 110

mvp-comment-438-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 307

mvp-comment-438-3 Zerstörender Tropfen fressende Schärfe, der Saat verderblich. Uber βρωτῆρας αιχμάς κu Ag. 669 . Mit αιχμάς vgl. θηγάνας 861.

mvp-comment-439-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 308

mvp-comment-439-2 πανδίκως, mit voller Wahrheit, in allen Treuen. Vgl. 291, Cho. 677 . - ὑπίσχομαι, die epische Form.

mvp-comment-440-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 308

mvp-comment-440-2 Da κευθμών nur ἕδρα näher bestimmt, gehört der Gen. χθονός mehr zu ἕδρας und wie bei den Verben des Sitzens der Akk. des Orts stehen kann, so hat do α den objekt. Gen. χθονός bei sich.

mvp-comment-440-3 111

mvp-comment-441-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 308

mvp-comment-441-2 λιπαρο θρόνοισιν .. ἐσχάραις von den Opferherden, welche von dem Öl glänzen, das Andächtige darauf gielsen. Vgl. Lukian Alexandr. p. 238 τὰ δὲ περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς πάνυ νοσῶν καὶ ἀλλόκοτα περὶ αὐ τῶν πεπιστευκὼς καὶ εἰ μόνον ἀλη λιμμένον που λίθον ἢ ἐστεφανωμέ νον θεάσαιτο, προσπίπτων εὐθὺς καὶ προσκυνῶν, Theophr. χαρ. π. δεισιδ. (c.17) καὶ τῶν λιπαρῶν λίθων τῶν ἐν ταῖς τριόδοις παριὼν ἐκ τῆς ληκύθου ἔλαιον καταχεῖν καὶ ἐπὶ γόνατα πεσὼν καὶ προσκυνήσας ἀπαλλάττεσθαι, Paus. X 24, 6

λίθος ἐστὶν οὐ μέγας τούτου καὶ ἔλαιον ὁσημέ ραι καταχέουσι καὶ κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἑκάστην ἔρια ἐπιτιθέασι τὰ ἀργά
. Vgl. auch Hom. γ 408 und das Fragment eines Lyrikers λιπαροθρόνους τ᾿ ἀδελφεὰς Δίκαν . . καὶ Εἰράναν bei Stob. Ekl. phys. I p. 174. Λιπαρός liebten die Athener als Beiwort von ᾿Αθῆναι. Die Altäre der Eumeniden erwähnen bei der Erzählung der Kylonischen Verschwörung Thuk. I 126 , Plut. Sol. 12 , Paus. VII 25, 2 .

mvp-comment-442-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 308

mvp-comment-442-2 Erhebet in nicht allzu leidenschaftlicher Weise als Göttinnen um Menschen solchen Groll, dafs der unverschlossene Mund Geifer βροτῶν fallen läfst. Vgl. 183 f. στήσητε χόλον wie Soph. Oed. Τ. 699 ὅτου ποτὲ μῆνιν τοσήνδε πράγμα τος στήσας ἔχεις, Hom. N333

ἵστατο νεῖκος, τ
11 ἔριν στήσαντες. Mit ὑπερθύμως στήσητε χόλον vgl. auch Ag.226 ὀργᾶν περιοργώς. Das Wort δύσκημος ist nur bekannt aus einer unverständlichen Glosse des Hesych. δύσκημον· ἄφρανα δυσοιώνιστον, worin ἄφρανα in ἀφρὸν verbessert auf unsere Stelle hinweist, und kommt von κημός (Mundbinde), vgl. Schol. zu Aristoph. Ri. 1147
Αἰσχύλος ἐν Λυκούργῳ ἀλληγορικῶς τοὺς δεσμούς κημοὺς εἴρηκε διὰ τούτων „καὶ τούσδε κημοὺς στόματος,
entspricht also den Wörtern ἀχάλινος, δυσχαλίνωτος. Nach Athen. XII p. 548 C trug man beim Kneten des Teiges einen κημός.

mvp-comment-442-3 112

mvp-comment-443-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 309

mvp-comment-443-2 Auch ich könnte drohen; denn Zeus würde auf meine Bitte euch mit dem Wetterstrahle treffen und ich könnte sogar selbst den Blitz schleudern. Mit καὶ .. λέγειν giebt man an, dafs man et was nicht zu sagen braucht oder nicht sagen mag. Vgl. Ag. 603 , Plat. Symp. p.217 0 συνεγυμνάζετο οὖν μοι καὶ προσεπάλαιε πολλάκις οὐδενὸς παρόντος· καὶ τί δεῖ λέγειν; οὐδὲν γάρ μοι πλέον ἦν. Die Worte beziehen sich auf das Folgende, wie wenn es hiefse καὶ καὶ τί δεῖ λέγειν κλῇδας οἶδα. Vgl. zu Cho. 572 .

mvp-comment-443-3 113

mvp-comment-444-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 309

mvp-comment-444-2 μόνη θεῶν: Eur. Tro. 80

ἐμοὶ
(Athena spricht) δὲ δώσειν φησὶ (scil. Ζεὺς) πῦρ κεραύνιον, βάλλειν Ἀχαιοὺς ναῦς τε πιμπράναι πυρί, Quint. Smyrn. XIV 444 ὦ τέκος ἔντεα πάντα, τά μοι πάρος ἐτεκτήναντο Κύκλωπες, δώσω ἐελδομένῃ, Verg. Aen. I 42 ipsa (Minerva) Iovis rapidum iaculata e nubibus ignem disiecitque rates evertitque aequora ventis.

mvp-comment-445-1 114

mvp-comment-445-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 309

mvp-comment-445-3 γλώσσης ματαίας wie Ag. 1662 , Prom. 345

γλώσση ματαία
(frech, frivol). — χθονὶ καρπὸν φέροντα (welche dem Lande die Frucht, den Erfolg bringen) ist ähnlich gesagt wie τοιαῦτ᾽ ἐπηύρου τοῦ φιλανθρώπου τρόπου Prom. 28 .

mvp-comment-446-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 309

mvp-comment-446-2 Consopias quaeso atrae bilis in te effervescentis acerbam vim (Schütz). ὡς: „,in Gedanken an die hohen Ehren, die du in meiner Nachbarschaft geniefsen sollst." Die Altäre der Erinyen am Areopag waren der Akropolis, dem Wohnsitz der Athena, benachbart, vgl. 857, 917 und zu 1005.

mvp-comment-447-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 309

mvp-comment-447-2 πολλῆς χώρας, von dem weiten Lande. Vgl. Sept. 476

ἅλω δὲ πολλήν, ἀσπίδος κύκλον λέγω
. et steht hier wie besonders häufig bei Drohungen (,,du wirst schon noch"). θύη, als Opfer für Kin dersegen und die Weihe der Ehe. Schol. :
ὡς προτέλεια θυόντων Ἀθή νῃσι ταῖς Ἐρινύσι. τέλος δὲ ὁ γάμος
. Vgl. zu 214.

mvp-comment-448-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 310

mvp-comment-448-2 ἐμὲ παθεῖν: der beim absoluten Infin. des Ausrufs gewöhnlich stehende Artikel ( Krüger I $ 55, 1, 6 ) fehlt hier wie Soph. Ai. 410

ὦ δυστάλαινα, τοιάδ᾽ ἄνδρα χρήσι μον φωνεῖν
.

mvp-comment-449-1 115

mvp-comment-449-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 310

mvp-comment-449-3 παλαιόφρονα, παλαιάν. Suppl. 601

γένους παλαιόφρων μέγας τέκτων. οἰχνεῖν, οἴχεσθαι
. Dieses epische Wort kommt auch bei Sophokles vor. ἀτίετον μύσος (scelus, Greuelwesen): vgl. στύγη 647, μίασμα καὶ . . στύγος Cho. 1026 .

mvp-comment-450-1 116

mvp-comment-450-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 310

mvp-comment-450-3 δα wie Ag. 1056 . Der Schol. bemerkt: δᾶ: ὦ γῆ, Δωρικῶς, ὅθεν καὶ Δαμάτης und zu Prom. 589

ἄλευ᾽ ὦ δα: ὦ δᾶ, ὦ γῆ. οἱ γὰρ Δωριεῖς τὴν γῆν δῆν καὶ δᾶν φασιν καὶ τὸν γνόφον δνόφον
. H. L. Ahrens (Philol. XXIII S. 206) erklärt δᾶ als Vokativ von dᾶς Ζᾶς Ζεύς, der nur als Interjektion (,,ach Gott") gebraucht werde.

mvp-comment-450-4 117

mvp-comment-451-1 118

mvp-comment-451-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 310

mvp-comment-451-3 μὲ πλευράς: zu 88.

mvp-comment-451-4 119

mvp-comment-452-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 310

mvp-comment-452-2 ἀπὸ γάρ με τιμᾶν: nur an dieser einen Stelle treten bei Äschylos zwischen Präposition und Substantiv zwei Wörter, sonst nur δέ, τέ, seltener γέ, γάρ, μέν.

mvp-comment-453-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 310

mvp-comment-453-2 δυσπάλαμοι δόλοι wie δύσδολοι δόλοι oder δυσπάλαμοι παλά μαι:,,unselige Arglist von Göttern hat mich von uralten Ehren weggehoben, so dafs ich gleich nichts bin." Es steht also παρ᾽ οὐδέν (213) wie ein proleptisches Prädikat.

mvp-comment-454-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 310

mvp-comment-454-2 ξυνοίσω, nachgeben, zu gute halten. Eur. Med. 13

πάντα συμ φέρουσ᾽ Ἰάσονι,
Soph. El. 1465 συμ φέρειν τοῖς κρείσσοσιν. Hom. Φ 439 ἄρχε· σὺ γὰρ γενεῆφι νεώτε ρος· οὐ γὰρ ἐμοί γε καλόν, ἐπεὶ πρότερος γενόμην καὶ πλείονα οἶδα.

mvp-comment-455-1 120

mvp-comment-455-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 310

mvp-comment-455-3 προφερτέρα: durch das Alter zwar hast du einen Vorzug vor mir. Auf das Alter bezieht sich προφέρ τερος und προφέρτατος auch Soph. frg. 399 D. und Oed. K. 1513 .

mvp-comment-456-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 310

mvp-comment-456-2 Ein Hinweis auf den Ruhm der Perserkriege.

mvp-comment-457-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 310

mvp-comment-457-2 δόμοις Ερεχθέως von dem Erechtheion. Vgl zu. 836.

mvp-comment-458-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 310

mvp-comment-458-2 An die Stelle von παρὰ γυναικῶν tritt das Adjektiv.

mvp-comment-459-1 121

mvp-comment-459-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 311

mvp-comment-459-3 ὅσων wie Sept. 296

εὐτραφέστατον πωμάτων ὅσων ἵησιν Που σειδῶν ὁ γαιάοχος Τηθύος τε παῖδες
. Auch 577, Cho. 737 , Ag. 343 , 803, 965, Sept. 537 , Pers. 345 , Prom. 462 , 995, 1016 findet sich die Attraktion beim Relativ. Weit zahlreicher (50) sind die Fälle bei Sophokles.

mvp-comment-460-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 311

mvp-comment-460-2 Die V. 860-868 unterbrechen den Zusammenhang. Die stark hervortretende politische Tendenz und der manierierte Stil kennzeichnen sie als Interpolation.

mvp-comment-461-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 311

mvp-comment-461-2 μήθ' ist gestellt, als ob Ἄρη ἐμφύλιον als zweites Objekt zu βάλης folgen sollte; dafür tritt ein neues Verbum ein. Vgl. Prom. 185

καί μ᾽ οὔτε μελιγλώσσοις πειθούς ἐπαοιδαῖσιν θέλξει στερεάς τ᾽ οὔποτ᾽ ἀπειλὲς πτήξας τόδ᾽ ἐγὼ καταμηνύσω. θηγάνη
, was schürft und aufreizt. Vgl. Prom. 327
τραχεῖς καὶ τεθηγμένους λόγους
, Sept. 702
τεθηγμένον τοί μ᾽ οὐκ ἀπαμ βλυνεῖς λόγῳ. σπλάγχνων
wie Ag. 984 , Cho. 412 (das Innere, das Herz). Die blutige Fehdelust reifst jugendlichen Sinn mit sich fort. ἀοίνοις d. h. ohne betrunken zu sein handeln sie mit der leidenschaftlichen Raserei von Betrunkenen.

mvp-comment-462-1 122

mvp-comment-462-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 311

mvp-comment-462-3 ἐκζέουσα (Schol. ἀναπτερώ σασα) transitiv wie Sept. 696

ἐξέζεσεν γὰρ Οἰδίπου κατεύγματα
(fervefecerunt enim animi aestum dirae Oedipi), Eur. Kykl. 392
καὶ χάλκεον λέβητ᾽ ἐπέζεσεν πυρί
. — ἐκζέουσα ὡς καρδίαν ἀλεκτόρων ist kurz gesagt für ἐκζέουσα καρδίαν ἀστῶν ὡς κ. ἀλ. Ζυ ἀλεκτόρων bemerkt der Schol. :
μάχιμον γὰρ τὸ ὄρνεον, τῶν τε ἄλλων ζῴων τὸ συγγενὲς αἰ δουμένων μόνος οὐ φείδεται
. Vgl. Pind. Ol. 12, 20 ἐνδομάχας ἅτ᾽ ἀλέκτωρ, Varro de re rust. III 9 sunt enim galli in certamine pertinaces.. et ad proeliandum inter se maxime idonei.

mvp-comment-463-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 311

mvp-comment-463-2 Hom. I 63

ἀφρήτωρ ἀθέμι στος ἀνέστιος ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος ὃς που λέμου ἔραται ἐπιδημίου κρυόεντος
.

mvp-comment-464-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 311

mvp-comment-464-2 οὐ μόλις: zu Ag. 1066 . οὐ μόλις παρών (,,er ist schon im Augenblick gegenwärtig") ist eine Nebenbemerkung, bei welcher nicht Athena, sondern der athenische Dichter oder besser gesagt Interpolator spricht (,, weg mit inneren Zerwürfnissen, da der Krieg gegen den äufseren Feind in bedrohlichster Nähe steht").

mvp-comment-465-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 311

mvp-comment-465-2 οὐ λέγω, davon will ich nichts wissen (weg damit). Vgl. Soph. El. 1467 εἰ δ᾽ ἔπεστι νέμεσις, οὐ λέγω. Anders Ag. 862 , Cho. 987 .

mvp-comment-466-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 311

mvp-comment-466-2 τοιαῦτα bezieht sich zunächst auf das Vorhergehende (856 -859), wird aber durch εὖ δρῶσαν θεοφιλεστάτης noch einmal näher bestimmt. Θεοφιλεστάτης: das gottgeliebteste Land, weil es die Götter am meisten ehrt. Vgl. Soph. Oed. K. 260 τας Αθήνας φασὶ θεοσεβεστάτας εἶναι, Thuk. I 41 , Demosth. 20, 90 .

mvp-comment-467-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 312

mvp-comment-467-2 λέγουσα ταγαθά d. i. begütigend.

mvp-comment-468-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 312

mvp-comment-468-2 πρὸς νεωτέρας ἐμοῦ καὶ πολισσούχων βροτῶν (s. v. a. ἀστῶν) bei ἔρρειν, weil dieses passive Bedeutung hat. Vgl. auch zu οἰχνεῖν ἀτίετον 841 f. ἀπόξενος πέδου wie Ag. 1281 , Cho. 1040 , aber dort ,,aus diesem Lande verbannt in die Fremde", hier ,,von diesem Lande ungastlich weggewiesen."

mvp-comment-469-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 312

mvp-comment-469-2 Vgl. frg. 134 D. σέβας δὲ μηρῶν ἁγνὸν οὐκ ἐπῃδέσω, Soph. Oed. T. 830 ὦ θεῶν ἁγνὸν σέβας, Phil. 1289

ἁγνὸν Ζηνὸς ὑψίστου σέβας
, Eur. Kykl. 580
τὸ πᾶν τε δαιμόνων ἁγνὸν σέβας
. Nach diesem V. ist, wie Butler bemerkt hat, eine Lücke; zur Zahl 13 fehlen zwei Verse. Der Gedanke ist:,,so dürfte meiner Zunge erweichende Besänftigung hinreichend sein dich zu überreden."

mvp-comment-470-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 312

mvp-comment-470-2 σὺ δ᾽ οὖν μένοις ἄν: diese Worte führen nur zu dem neuen Gedanken über; es könnte auch heifsen: μάλιστα μὲν οὖν μένοις ἄν· εἰ δὲ μὴ κτἑ. Den Imperativ wie er 226 σὺ δ᾽ οὖν δίωκε, Eur Herc. 726 σὺ δ᾽ οὖν ἔθ᾽· ἔρχῃ δ᾽ οἱ χρεών, Rhes. 868 σὺ δ᾽ οὖν νόμιζε ταῦτ᾽, ἐπείπερ σοι δοκεῖ steht, vertritt hier der Potentialis.

mvp-comment-470-3 123

mvp-comment-471-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 312

mvp-comment-471-2 ἐπιρρέποις: zu Ag. 261 . Während πόλει zu ἐπιρρέποις gehört, steht croata in engerer Verbindung mit μῆνιν .. βλάβην.

mvp-comment-471-3 124

mvp-comment-472-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 312

mvp-comment-472-2 δικαίως d. i. vollberechtigte Besitzerin zu sein. - Für τιμωμένῃ hat es vielleicht ursprünglich - παμένῃ (d. i. κεκτημένῃ τὴν χθόνα) geheifsen.

mvp-comment-473-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 313

mvp-comment-473-2 ἀπήμον' οἰξύος: vgl. zu 353 f. und Soph. Oed. K. 786 nanov äv ατος, 1514 γήρως ἄλυπα, El. 1002 ἄλυπος ἄτης, frg. 182 ἄλυπον ἄνθος ἀνίας. Sophokles hat diese Redeweise besonders ausgebildet (apóφητος ὀξέων κωκυμάτων, ἄσκευος ἀσπίδων, ἀνήνεμος χειμώνων, ἄφωνος ἀρᾶς u. a.).

mvp-comment-474-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 313

mvp-comment-474-2 καὶ δή: zu Cho. 563 .

mvp-comment-475-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 313

mvp-comment-475-2 D. h. dafs dein Segen vor allem zum Gedeihen eines Hauses nötig ist.

mvp-comment-476-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 313

mvp-comment-476-2 συμφορὰς ὀρθώσομεν, wir werden seine Lebensschicksale so leiten, dafs seinen Unternehmungen Gelingen zu teil wird. Vgl. 838.

mvp-comment-477-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 313

mvp-comment-477-2 ,,Es ist mir ja gestattet, nicht zu sagen was ich nicht erfüllen will" d. h.,,ich wüfste nicht, was mich veranlassen könnte etwas zu versprechen, was ich nicht zu halten gedenke." Soph. Oed. T. 1520

ἃ μὴ φρονῶ γὰρ οὐ φιλῶ λέγειν μάτην
.

mvp-comment-478-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 313

mvp-comment-478-2 θέλγειν scheint angemessener, weil der Vorgang der Gegenwart angehört. Gern steht zwar bei ona das Fut., aber auch das Präsens wie Cho. 726 .

mvp-comment-479-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 313

mvp-comment-479-2 τοιγάρ, zum Lohne (Danke) dafür. Weil vermutet τοιγὰρ κατᾷσον οὓς nach Hesych. κατῇσαι (d. i. κατᾶσαι)· κατακηλῆσαι, entsprechend dem folgenden ἐφυμνῆ σαι.

mvp-comment-480-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 313

mvp-comment-480-2 τί οὖν μ᾽ ἄνωγας ebenso Soph. Phil. 100 . Der Hiatus τί οὖν findet sich bei Äschylos auch Pers. 789 , Sept. 192 , 691, Suppl. 310 .

mvp-comment-481-1 125

mvp-comment-481-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 313

mvp-comment-481-3 Was auf einen nicht unedlen Streit, wie der bisherige gewesen ist, was auf einen Wettstreit im Guten ( ἀγαθῶν ἔρις 976) abzielt." Soph. Oed. T. 879 tò nalõs δ᾽ ἔχον πόλει πάλαισμα μήποτε λύσαι θεὸν αὐτοῦμαι, wie Hesiod. W. u. T. 24 von der κακὴ ἔρις die ἀγαθὴ ἔρις unterscheidet, den edlen Wettstreit in Kunst und Arbeit. ἐπίσκοπα νείκης wie Soph. Ai. 976

ἄτης τῆσδ᾽ ἐπίσκοπον
(Schol. ἐστοχασμένον) μέλος. Aus

mvp-comment-482-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 313

mvp-comment-482-2 Und dieses wünsche sowohl von der Erde her (d. h. dafs es von der Erde her zu teil werde)" u. s. w. Für „,und von den Winden her tritt ein eigener Satz ἀήματα ἀνέμων ἐπιστείχειν ein. dieser Stelle leitet Hermann das bei Cicero Tusc. I 28 erhaltene Fragment eines römischen Dichters (also wohl der Eumen. des Ennius) ab: Caelum nitescere (non intermittit suo tempore geht im Text voraus), arbores frondescere, Vites laetificae pampinis pubescere, Rami bacarum ubertate incurvescere, Se- getes largiri fruges, florere omnia, Fontes scatere, herbis prata convestirier.

mvp-comment-482-3 126

mvp-comment-483-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 314

mvp-comment-483-2 σωτηρίαν scil. ἐφύμνησον.

mvp-comment-484-1 127

mvp-comment-484-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 314

mvp-comment-484-3 Der Gottlosen Saat aber möge ausgejätet werden.

mvp-comment-485-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 314

mvp-comment-485-2 τὸ τῶν δικαίων γένος ἀπέν θητον τῶνδε, ungetrübt und ungestört von diesen (den Gottlosen). Man erwartet aber einen Ausdruck, der von der Gärtnerei entlehnt ist: vielleicht hat es ἀπανθιστὸν γάνος geheifsen d. i. ,die Zier der Gerechten von diesen weggepflückt" für diese aus dem prangenden Beet der Gerechten ausgepflückt." Vgl. Hom. η 128 πρασιαι .. ἐπηετανὸν γανόωσαι.

mvp-comment-486-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 314

mvp-comment-486-2 τῶν ἀρειφάτων ἀγώνων von kriegerischen blutigen Kämpfen. Bei Homer sind ἀρηίφατοι solche, die in der Schlacht getötet werden. Vgl. ἀρείφατοι φόνοι Eur. Suppl. 603 , auch ἀρείφατον λῆμα Aesch. frg. 146 D. πρεπτῶν, in denen man sich auszeichnen kann (bei Homer μάχῃ ἐνὶ κυδιανείρῃ). Wenn es auch Plat. Prot. 323 A ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς ἀνέχονται heifst, so ist immerhin in der Redensart ἀνέχεσθαί τί τινος der Gen. von τ, nicht von ἀνέχεσθαι abhängig: ,,von den kriegerischen ruhmreichen Kämpfen werde ich es mir nicht gefallen lassen, dafs sie nicht diese Stadt als siegreich ehren." ἀστύνίκον: zu 37.

mvp-comment-486-3 128

mvp-comment-487-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 314

mvp-comment-487-2 Kommos. Der Chor erfleht oder weissagt alles Gute (Wachstum und Gedeihen der Früchte und Herden Gesundheit des Volkes und bürgerliche Eintracht Wohlwollen und Segen der Götter) für Athen und wird darob von Athena belobt und geehrt. · ξυνοικίαν: zu 836.

mvp-comment-488-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 314

mvp-comment-488-2 καὶ entspricht nicht dem folgenden τέ, sondern heifst,,auch, sogar".

mvp-comment-489-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 314

mvp-comment-489-2 φρούριον θεῶν, insofern sie ein die Altäre der Götter schützendes Kleinod der Hellenen" ist. Diesen Ruhm hat sich Athen eigentlich erst durch die Perserkriege erworben, weil nach der Vorstellung der Griechen die Perser es auf die Altäre und Tempel der griechischen Götter abgesehen hatten. Vgl. Pers. 811 f. , Herod. VII 109 .

mvp-comment-490-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 315

mvp-comment-490-2 άτε κι ἐξαμβοῦσαι: ihr möge der Sonne glänzender Strahl aus der Erde reichen Segen des Lebensunterhalts hervorquellen lassen. ἐπίσσυτος ist gebraucht wie ἐπίρρυτος 908, wenn nicht nach Meinekes Vermutung ἐπιρρύτους zu schreiben ist. Unter βίου .. ὀνησίμους sind, wie das Folgende zeigt, gesegnete Ernten und reichliche Erträgnisse des Bodens zu verstehen; es steht also ẞiov im Sinne von βιότου wie frg. 41 D. μήλων τε βοσκὰς καὶ βίον Δημήτριον. — ἐξαναβρῦσαι transitiv wie auch βρύω gebraucht wird. Vgl. Lobeck zu Soph. Ai. p. 932 .

mvp-comment-491-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 315

mvp-comment-491-2 πράσσω αὐτοῦ κατανασ σαμένη, erwirke ich dadurch, dafs ich sie hier Wohnung zu nehmen bestimmt babe. Den aktiven Aor. κατένασσα braucht in der Bedentung,,ansiedeln" Hesiod W. u. T. 166, Theog. 329, 620.

mvp-comment-492-1 129

mvp-comment-492-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 315

mvp-comment-492-3 Denjenigen, der sich ihrer Huld nicht erfreut, treffen unversehens Schläge des Unglücks. χαροπός mit hell und freudig strahlendem Blicke.

mvp-comment-493-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 315

mvp-comment-493-2 Vgl. Cho. 401 ff.

mvp-comment-494-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 315

mvp-comment-494-2 σιγῶν als Gegensatz zu μέγα φωνοῦντα, um das κάλλος και κῶν ὕπουλον, die Ironie, mit welcher hinter dem laut prahlenden Glanze das Verderben lauert, zu bezeichnen. Ζυ μέγα φωνοῦντα ( μεγαλαυχοῦντα) vgl. μεγάλης γλώσ σης κόμπους Soph. Ant. 127 , μεγάλοι λόγοι ebd. 1349.

mvp-comment-495-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 315

mvp-comment-495-2 ἐχθραῖς ὀργαῖς von den Erinyen übertragen.

mvp-comment-496-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 315

mvp-comment-496-2 Dem Gedeihen der Olivenbäume verdankte Athen einen Hauptteil seines Wohlstandes. Soph. Oed. K. 700 ὃ τῇδε θάλλει μέγιστα χώρα, γλαυκάς παιδοτρόφου φύλο λον ἐλαίας. Über den Einfuls' der Winde auf die Vegetation handelt Plin. N. Hist. XVIII c. 34 . Vgl. Hor. saec. 31 nutriant fetus et aquae salubres et Iovis aurae. carm.

mvp-comment-496-3 130

mvp-comment-497-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 316

mvp-comment-497-2 ,,Meine Gunst und Wohlthat bezeichne ich damit" steht als Parenthese.

mvp-comment-498-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 316

mvp-comment-498-2 φλογμός τε scil. μὴ πνέοι oder vielmehr γένοιτο. Der Brand, welcher die Pflanzen der Augen beraubt, so dafs sie nicht die Hülse sprengen und hervorkeimen. ὀμματοστερής: zu Cho. 252 . Über τὸ μὴ zu Ag. 1589 . Soph. Oed. T. 25 φθίνουσα μὲν κάλυξιν ἐγκάρ ποις χθονός.

mvp-comment-498-3 131

mvp-comment-499-1 132

mvp-comment-499-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 316

mvp-comment-499-3 ἄκαρπος: wenn auch die Knospen sich zur Frucht entfalten, kann immer noch die Frucht verderben. alavýs wie 482. νόσος, der Meltau, Brand, robigo.

mvp-comment-500-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 316

mvp-comment-500-2 Πᾶν als der Gott der Herden, Ovid. fast. II 271 Pana deum pecoris, Verg. Ecl. II 33 Pan curat ovis oviumque magistros. Vgl. Herod. III 65

καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ποιεῦσι ὑμῖν γῆ τε καρπὸν ἐκφέροι καὶ γυναϊκές τε καὶ ποῖμναι τίκτοιεν
und den bei Aeschin. 3, 111 gegen die Verletzer der amphiktyonischen Satzungen ausgesprochenen Fluch: μήτε γῆν καρποὺς φέρειν μήτε γυναῖ και τέκνα τίκτειν γονεῦσιν ἐοικότα, ἀλλὰ τέρατα, μήτε βοσκήματα κατὰ φύσιν γονὰς ποιεῖσθαι.

mvp-comment-501-1 133

mvp-comment-501-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 316

mvp-comment-501-3 γόνος δὲ γᾶς πλουτόχθων (vgl. zu 37) weist hin auf die attiPers. 241 schen Silberbergwerke. ἀργύρου πηγή τις αὐτοῖς (den Athenern) ἐστι, θησαυρὸς χθονός, dazu Schol. ἐν Θορικῷ γάρ ἐστι μέταλλα καὶ ἐν Λαυρίῳ, Strabon III p. 147 οὐ γὰρ πλουσία μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑποπλουσία ἦν ἡ χώρα καὶ παρ' ἐκείνοις ὡς ἀληθῶς τὸν ὑποχθόνιον τόπον οὐχ ὁ "Αἵδης ἀλλ' ὁ Πλούτων ἑρμαίαν, weil diese Gabe der Götter erst glücklich gefunden werden muſs (,,weshalb auch unsere Bergleute einander Glück auf wünschen" Hermann). möge hohen Wert geben.

mvp-comment-501-4 134

mvp-comment-502-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 316

mvp-comment-502-2 πόλεως φρούριον: Schol. ὦ Ἀρεοπαγῖται. κατοικεί. τίοι,

mvp-comment-503-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 316

mvp-comment-503-2 μέγα γὰρ δύναται παρά τε: an die Stelle eines zweiten παρά τε tritt eine andere Wendung. Vgl. zu 861.

mvp-comment-504-1 135

mvp-comment-504-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 316

mvp-comment-504-3 τοῖς ὑπὸ γαῖαν wie Eur. Hek. 149

θεοὺς τούς τ᾽ οὐρανίδας τούς θ᾽ ὑπὸ
γαϊαν, Alk. 895 φίλων τῶν ὑπὸ γαῖαν, Aeschin. 2, 41 τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον ἀνθρώπων.

mvp-comment-505-1 136

mvp-comment-505-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 316

mvp-comment-505-3 φανερῶν in Gegensatz zu ὑπὸ γαῖαν s. v. a. τῶν ἐν φάει. τελέως ( διὰ τέλους, wie 321) διαπράσσουσιν, die Erinyen geben die endgültige Entscheidung ihres Schicksals.

mvp-comment-506-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 317

mvp-comment-506-2 δακρύων hängt von άμβλω πόν ab, weil dieses s. v. a. πλήρη; ἀμβλωπόν ist vom thränenfeuchten und deshalb stumpfsichtigen Auge übertragen.

mvp-comment-507-1 137

mvp-comment-507-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 317

mvp-comment-507-3 ἀνδροκμῆτας ἀώρους τύχας, Fälle wo die Menschen vor der Zeit hinsterben. Suppl. 686

μηδέ τις ἀνδροκμὴς λοιγὸς ἐπελθέτω τάνδε πόλιν δαΐζων
, Eur. Hek. 425
ὦ τῆς ἀώρου θύγατερ ἀθλία τύχης
.

mvp-comment-508-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 317

mvp-comment-508-2 νεανίδων dreisilbig, zu Ag. 1162.,,Gewährt gattenbeglücktes Dasein holdseliger Mägdlein, die ihr des Gewalt habt" d. h. Zeus, Hera, Aphrodite nach 214 f. θεαί τ' ὦ Μοῖραι: die Mören besiegeln den ehelichen Bund. Vgl. 217. ματροκασιγνῆται, hier nicht, Schwestern der Mutter", sondern ,,Schwestern von der gleichen Mutter". Auch die Mören waren Töchter der Nacht nach Hes. Theog. 217

και Μοίρας καὶ Κῆρας ἐγείνατο νηλεοποίνους
. Sie heifsen Schwestern von mütterlicher Seite, weil sie keinen Vater haben: οὔτινι κοιμηθεῖσα θεὰ τέκε Νὺξ ἐρεβεννή ebd. 213.

mvp-comment-508-3 138

mvp-comment-509-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 317

mvp-comment-509-2 ὀρθονόμοι, richtig verteilend. Dies wird in den folgenden drei Versen ausgeführt, ähnlich wie Suppl. 408

Ζεὺς ἑτερορρεπής, νέμων εἰκότως ἔλλερα μὲν κακοῖς, αἴσια δ᾽ ἐννόμοις
. Das Wort ὀρθονόμος kommt nur hier vor.

mvp-comment-510-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 317

mvp-comment-510-2 ,,Jeglichem Hause billig und freundlich, jeglichem Sitze beschwerlich in gerechtem Besuche" d. h. die Schicksalsgöttinnen suchen jedes Haus und jeden Sitz auf in gerechtem Walten, freundlich oder feindlich. Ζη ἐπιβριθεῖς vgl. Suppl. 656

ὃν οὔτις ἂν δόμος ἔχων ἐπ᾿ ὀρόφων ἰαίνοιτο
.

mvp-comment-511-1 139

mvp-comment-511-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 317

mvp-comment-511-3 τάδε zu γάνυμαι. ἐπικραινομένων scil. τούτων, vgl. ὀρ θουμένων 775, εὖ ξυντυχόντων Sept. 260

πελομένων καλῶς
Suppl. 129 , Krüger I § 47, 4, 3 . Manche Erklärer betrachten ἐπικραινομένων als Medium ( ἐπικρ. scil. αὐτῶν), so dafs τάδε von ἐπικρ. abhängt. στέργω, veneror. · ὄμματα Πειθοῦς: Soph. frg. 743
D. δεινὸν τὸ τῆς Πειθοῦς πρόσωπον
.

mvp-comment-512-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 317

mvp-comment-512-2 στόμ᾽ ἐπωπᾷ πρὸς τάσδε, sie waltete über meinen Mund diesen gegenüber.

mvp-comment-513-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 318

mvp-comment-513-2 ἀγοραῖος als Hort der beratenden Versammlungen und der dort den Ausschlag gebenden Wohlredenheit. Vgl. Suppl. 632 , Aristoph. 410

ἀγοραίου Διός
, 500 πράξειας κατὰ νοῦν τὸν ἐμὸν και σε φυλάττοι Ζεὺς ἀγοραίος, Hesych. ἀγοραίου Διὸς βωμὸς ᾿Αθήνησιν.

mvp-comment-514-1 140

mvp-comment-514-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 318

mvp-comment-514-3 ἀγαθῶν ἔρις, Wetteifer im Guten, certamen utrum plus boni Minerva an Eumenides civitati conferant (Butler). Vgl. Herod. VIII 79

ἡμέας στασιάζειν χρεόν ἐστι ἔν τε τῷ ἄλλῳ καιρῷ καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐν τῷδε, περὶ τοῦ ὁκότερος ἡμέων πλέω ἀγαθὰ τὴν πατρίδα ἐργάσεται
und zu 904.

mvp-comment-514-4 141

mvp-comment-515-1 142

mvp-comment-515-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 318

mvp-comment-515-3 βρέμειν von dem Lärm und Toben des Aufruhrs.

mvp-comment-516-1 143

mvp-comment-516-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 318

mvp-comment-516-3 ἐχθραν ist ergänzt nach 938.

mvp-comment-517-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 318

mvp-comment-517-2 Das vergossene Blut fordert mit Ungeduld von der Stadt Blut zum Entgelt d. h. die eine Partei, deren Blut vergossen worden ist, sucht alsbald wieder die andere zu überwältigen. Die Form ἁρπαλίσαι wie Suppl. 668

κενώσαι
, 670 αἱματίσαι. Vgl. Anhang zu 621. - ἀντιφόνους ἄτας wie ἀντικτόνοις ποιναῖσι 467.

mvp-comment-518-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 318

mvp-comment-518-2 ,,Sie mögen Freude mit Freude erwidern in bürgerlichem Gemeinsinn." In etwas anderem Sinne regiert αντιδιδοῖεν den Infin. στυγείν: sie mögen tauschen den Hafs, so dafs sie einig sind im Hassen (wie im Lieben).

mvp-comment-519-1 144

mvp-comment-519-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 318

mvp-comment-519-3 ,,Nicht wahr? Verständige (Gutgesinnte) finden den Weg zu guten Worten?“ d. h. da bestätigt sich wieder einmal der Satz, dafs es zur guten Rede nur guter Gesinnung bedarf. ἆρα wie Soph. El. 614 ἆρά σοι δοκεῖ χωρεῖν ἂν εἰς πᾶν ἔργον αἰσχύνης ἄτερ; Oed. Τ. 822 ἆρ᾽ ἔφυν κακός;

mvp-comment-520-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 318

mvp-comment-520-2 τῶνδε ist Gen. zu αίδε.

mvp-comment-521-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 319

mvp-comment-521-2 Wenn ihr diese hoch ehret ( μέγα wie 12), werdet ihr glänzend dastehen als solche, die Land und Stadt recht und gerecht durchaus erhalten. Isokr. 3, 41 τὰς πόλεις ἐν ὁμονοίᾳ πειρᾶσθαι διάγειν.

mvp-comment-522-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 319

mvp-comment-522-2 αἰσιμίαι (nur hier) s. v. a. εὐτυχίαι, Segen.

mvp-comment-523-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 319

mvp-comment-523-2 ἔκταρ ἥμενοι Διός versteht Hermann de praestantia et virtute, indem er Plat. Phil. p. 16 C οἱ παλαιοὶ κρείττονες ἡμῶν καὶ ἐγγυτέρω θεῶν οἰκοῦντες, Staat III p. 368B Πρίαμον ἐγγὺς θεῶν γεγονότα, Aesch. frg. 155

D. οἱ θεῶν ἀγχίσποροι, οἱ Ζηνὸς ἐγγύς, ὧν κατ' Ἰδαῖον πάγον Διὸς πατρῴου βωμός ἐστ᾽ ἐν αἰθέρι κοὔπω σφιν ἐξίτηλον αἷμα δαιμόνων
vergleicht. Aber solches kann von Heroen, nicht von den athenischen Bürgern ausgesagt werden. Ικταρ ist wie πέλας etwa in πέλας βωμοῦ gebraucht und man hat an eine heilige Stätte des Zeus zu denken, etwa an den Bezirk, welcher durch die in einen Felsen des s. g. Nymphenhügels eingegrabene Inschrift ὅρος Διός angezeigt wird, oder an das Ὀλυμπιείον südöstlich von der Akropolis, wo eine uralte Verehrung des Zeus bestanden hat (marm. Par. Epoch. 4 Z. 7, Paus. I 18, 8 ). Am nächsten aber liegt der Kult des Zeus auf der Burg selbst, wo Altäre des Zevs Πολιεύς ( Paus. I 24, 4 ) und des Ζεὺς Ὕπατος sich befanden, von denen der letztere vor dem Eingang des Erechtheion stand (ebd. 26, 5) und als uralt bezeugt wird (ebd. VIII

mvp-comment-524-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 319

mvp-comment-524-2 παρθένου genügt, weil Athena vor ihnen steht. Für ἐν χρόνῳ vermutet Weil ἔμφρονος.

mvp-comment-525-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 319

mvp-comment-525-2 ὑπὸ πτεροις, weil die Athener unter der der Pallas heiligen Burg wohnen, vgl. Eur. Herakl 10 τὰ κείνου τέκν᾽ ἔχων ὑπὸ πτεροῖς.

mvp-comment-526-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 319

mvp-comment-526-2 Vgl. 1024, 1037, Paus. I 28, 6

πλησίον δὲ (τοῦ ᾿Αρείου πάγου) ἱερὸν θεῶν ἐστιν ἃς καλοῦσιν ᾿Αθηναῖοι Σεμνάς, Ἡσίοδος δὲ Ἐρινῆς ἐν Θεογονία,
Schol. zu Thuk. I 126
τῶν σεμνῶν θεῶν, τῶν Ἐρινύων, κατ᾿ ἀντίφρασιν· ἃς μετὰ τὸν Ὀρέ στην οἱ Αθηναῖοι πλησίον τοῦ ᾿Αρείου πάγου ἱδρύσαντο
, Eur. El. 1270 δειναὶ μὲν οὖν θεαὶ τῷδ᾽ ἄχει πεπληγ μέναι πάγον παρ' αὐτὸν χάσμα δύσονται χθονός, σεμνὸν βροτοῖσιν εὐσεβὲς χρηστήριον. Aus dieser Stelle und aus Valer. Max. V 3, 3 Oedipodis ossa . . inter ipsum Areopagum et excelsis praesidiis Minervae arcem honore arae decorata verglichen mit Paus. I 28, 7 ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἐντὸς τοῦ περιβόλου μνῆμα Οἰδίποδος ergiebt sich, dafs das Eumenidenheiligtum in der Ein- sattelung zwischen Akropolis und Areopag und zwar hart an dem letzteren lag und dafs sich eine Erdspalte, vermutlich das ἄδυτον des Heiligtums, dabei befand. Die Fläche, auf der sich jetzt die Ruinen der Kirche des heil. Dionysius befinden, liegt erheblich höher als die Agora und die Terrasse, auf welcher die Kapelle des heil. Athanasius steht. Der Areopag bildet dort, bevor er in einer nach Osten vorspringenden Ecke abschliefst, eine knieförmige Krümmung. Die nach Westen blickende Wand ist senkrecht bearbeitet, südlich stehen Reste von den Mauern der Kirche. Zwischen diesen und der kompakten Felsmasse liegen gewaltige Felsblöcke wild durcheinander, unter denen jetzt, durch äppige Schlingpflanzen verkleidet, sich eine tiefe Felsspalte öffnet; im innersten Winkel der letzteren quillt Wasser (Köhler Hermes VI S. 101). αϊδε

mvp-comment-527-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 320

mvp-comment-527-2 πρὸς φῶς wie 247 πρὸς alua, eigentlich „hinblickend auf“. Vgl. Cho. 903 , Prom. 1032 . προπομποί: der Nebenchor ( παραχορήγημα) der Tempeldienerinnen (1025), welche Fackeln tragen, muls kurz zuvor aus dem Tempel getreten sein.

mvp-comment-528-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 320

mvp-comment-528-2 Pers. 225

αὐτοῦ τάδε σὸν πόσιν Δαρεῖον ἐσθλά σοι πέμπειν τέκνῳ τε γῆς ἔνερθεν ἐς φάος, τἄμπαλιν δὲ τῶνδε γαίᾳ κάτοχα μαυροῦσθαι σκότω
. Die Infin. κατέχειν und πέμπειν stehen imperativisch.

mvp-comment-529-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 320

mvp-comment-529-2 vµɛis, zu den Areopagiten. παῖδες Κραναοῦ: Kranaos, der Heros eponymos der Kranaer, wurde als ein alter König von Attika betrachtet (marm. Par. ep. 6. 7. 8, Apollod. III 14, 5 , Strabon IX p. 397 , Paus. I 2, 6 ). Herod. VIII 44

᾿Αθηναῖοι ἐπὶ Πελασγῶν ἐχόντων τὴν νῦν Ελλάδα καλεομένην ἦσαν Πελασγοί, ὀνομαζόμενοι Κραναοί
. Vgl. Pind. Ol. VII 82 κρανααῖς ἐν Ἀθάναις, Aristoph. Ach. 75 ὦ Κραναὰ πόλις, Lys. 480 τὴν Κραναάν, Vö. 123 μείζω τῶν Κραναῶν ζητεῖς πόλιν; Man bezieht wohl mit Recht das Epitheton κραναή auf die felsigen Hügel, auf denen die ersten Bewohner des Landes (die Pelasger) sich ansiedelten, die deshalb den Namen Κραναοί erhielten. Vgl. Wachsmuth, Stadt Athen im Alt. I S. 429 ff.

mvp-comment-530-1 145

mvp-comment-530-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 320

mvp-comment-530-3 Guter Sinn zu guten Thaten. Vgl. Aristoph. Frö. 1530 tỷ δὲ πόλει (scil. δότε) μεγάλων ἀγα θῶν ἀγαθὰς ἐπινοίας und dazu die vorhergehenden Worte des Pluton προπέμπετε τοῖσιν τούτου τοῦτον μέλεσιν καὶ μολπαῖσιν κελαδοῦντες.

mvp-comment-531-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 320

mvp-comment-531-2 ἔπη διπλοίζω d. i. ich wiederhole die Worte χαίρετε χαίρετε.

mvp-comment-532-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 321

mvp-comment-532-2 οὔτι μέμψεσθε, eine häufig vorkommende Litotes zum Ausdruck voller Zufriedenheit, vgl. 599, Sept. 638

οὔποτ᾽ ἀνδρὶ τῷδε κηρυ κευμάτων μέμψη
, Suppl. 143
οὐδὲ μέμφομαι
, 782 ἄγγελον δ᾽ οὐ μέμ ψεται πόλις, frg. 196, 2 D. ἔνθ᾽ οὐ μάχης .. μέμψη.

mvp-comment-533-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 321

mvp-comment-533-2 So wird Aschylos am Schlufs von Aristoph. Frö. unter Fackelglanz auf die Oberwelt geleitet: φαίνετε τοίνυν ὑμεῖς τούτῳ λαμπάδας ἱράς.

mvp-comment-534-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 321

mvp-comment-534-2 εἰς .. τόπους d. i. in die θάλαμοι (1005) unter der Erde, welche in Athen die Eumeniden bewohnten.

mvp-comment-535-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 321

mvp-comment-535-2 αἵτε: zu 25. Harpokr. unter τραπεζοφόρος :

Λυκοῦργος ἐν τῷ περὶ τῆς ἱερείας ὅτι ἱερωσύνης ὄνομά ἐστιν ἡ τραπεζοφόρος. ὅτι δ' αὕτη τε καὶ ἡ κοσμὼ συνδιέπουσι πάντα τῇ τῆς ᾿Αθηνᾶς ἱερείᾳ αὐτός τε ὁ ῥήτωρ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ δεδήλωκε καὶ Ἴστρος ἐν ιγ' τῶν ᾿Αττικῶν συναγωγῶν
. Zu der τραπεζοφόρος und der κοσμώ kommt noch die Priesterin aus dem Geschlechte der Eteobutaden ( Etym. M. p. 386 ) und vielleicht die vier ἀρρηφόροι, weitsgekleidete Jungfrauen, welche die Heiligtümer der Athena in Prozession zu tragen hatten.

mvp-comment-536-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 321

mvp-comment-536-2 uua: zu Cho. 933 .,,Denn als köstlichster Schmuck des ganzen Theseuslandes dürfte ihre edle Schar gelangen zu dem ihnen bestimmten Wohnsitze, wo sie, die nunmehr Eumeniden heifsen sollen, ehren werden Prozessionen von Männern, Kindern, Frauen und der Zug von Greisinnen mit Purpurkleidern festlich angethan." Dieses ungefähr mufs der Inhalt der ausgefallenen Verse gewesen sein nach der Hypothesis und nach Harpokr. unter Eumenides :

Αἰσχύλος ἐν Εὐμε νίσιν εἰπὼν τὰ περὶ τὴν κρίσιν τὴν Ὀρέστου φησὶν ὡς ἡ Ἀθηνᾷ πραΰνασα τὰς Ἐρινύας ὥστε μὴ χαλεπῶς ἔχειν [πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην] Εὐμενίδας ὠνόμασεν
. – Das durch den Potentialis ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἄν angegezeigte Verhältnis bezieht sich auf ὄμμα: denn der köstlichste Schmuck des Landes dürfte die Schar sein, wenn sie hier Wohnung genommen hat."-Zu der Beziehung von παίδων πρεσβυτίδων vgl. 858. ἐνδυτῶν ἐσθήμασι wie Eur. Ion 224
σέμμασι γ᾽ ἐνδυτόν
. Über die Prozession, welche den Semnen in Athen veranstaltet wurde, Einl. S. 12.

mvp-comment-537-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 322

mvp-comment-537-2 εὐάνδροισι συμφοραῖς durch das Glück, dafs das Land wackere Männer besitzt. Vgl. zu Ag. 759 . Athena geht rechts ab. Dann eröffnen die Tempeldienerinnen mit Fackeln den Zug; ihnen schliefsen sich die Areopagiten, diesen die Erinyen an. Da der ganze Zug der Göttin folgen mufs, so scheint er über die Bühne zu gehen. Den folgenden Gesang singen die Tempeldienerinnen, nur in das Ephymnion εὐφαμεῖτε δὲ πανδαμί und ὀλολύ ξατε νῦν ἐπὶ μολπαῖς fallen auch die übrigen (scheinbar alle, in Wirklichkeit blofs die Choreuten) ein.

mvp-comment-537-3 146

Commentary (Arthur Sidgwick, 1887) (OCR draft) (Arthur Sidgwick's commentary on the Eumenides, aligned to the canonical Greek text.) focus

mvp-sidgwick-145-1-1 i. e. it would be long to tell from the beginning. ἐξ ἀρχῆς is by a slight stretch of usage, used closely with λόγος, equivalent to τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς λέγειν.

ἀβλαβεῖ , harmless; proving that he was purified.

mvp-sidgwick-147-1-1 I agree with Musgr. Herm. Hart. Dind. Weil. etc., that this line is spurious. It is clearly a proverbial line about the destructiveness of time; and even if we alter καθαιρεῖ τo καθαίρει with Stanl. Pal. etc. Aeschylus could not have said ( l. 283

) that Orestes was cleansed by sacrifice, and then abruptly ( l. 286 ), Time cleanses all.

αὐτόν , myself: the me is not wanted after emphatic ἐμοί

mvp-sidgwick-148-2-1 The reference to the treaty formed 459 B. C. (the year before the play) between Athens and Argos against Sparta is obvious. See Introduction.

Τρίτων was in the stories of Athena a Libyan lake from which she was supposed to have sprung; afterwards identified with the large salt lake in the south of Tunis.

mvp-sidgwick-149-2-1 The story very likely arose out of the obscure Homeric epithet for Athena, Τριτογένεια, which perhaps meant born of the water, and anyhow was not clearly understood by the later Greeks.

mvp-sidgwick-150-1-1 Whether with upright step or covered foot: whether standing as in the ordinary statues or covering her feet, i.e. sitting. Pal. quotes Strabo (13. 1) as saying

In many of the ancient images of Athena she is represented as sitting.

mvp-sidgwick-150-2-1 This seems the best interpretation of an obscure passage.

mvp-sidgwick-150-3-1 Weil suggests the allusion is to the Athenian war in Egypt, in support of the Libyan chieftain Inaros, who had rebelled against Persia; a large Athenian fleet was sent out in 460, two years before this play. This explains φίλοις ἀρήγουσ᾽.

mvp-sidgwick-151-1-1 The Phlegraean plain is the narrow promontory of Pallene in Chalkidike, north east of Greece. The story was that the gods here fought the giants; a story as old as Pindar (Nem. 1. 100), in which fight we gather that the warrior goddess Athena marshalled the hosts.

mvp-sidgwick-151-2-1 The name Phlegraean plain was afterwards given to the volcanic coast of Campania, which some strangely have supposed to be meant here.

γένοιτο , regular sequence after ἔλθοι. In English we say May she come, and therefore naturally have the primary sequence, that she may prove.

ὅπου φρενῶν , where in the heart it lies.

mvp-sidgwick-154-1-1 A bloodless victim she calls Orestes, consistently with the threat ( ll. 264, 267

), I will drain thee dry and carry thee below.

δαιμόνων is the powers below, i, e. both the Furies who will drink his blood and Hades ( l. 274

) who ordains and directs the vengeance.

σκιάν , a shadow, not a ghost, for he was to be carried off below yet living ( l. 267

): but all the vigour sucked out of him with his blood. [Schol. reads σκιά with MSS., and takes it voc. Unlikely.]

mvp-sidgwick-155-1-1 Orestes maintains a patient and scornful silence: which rouses the Chorus to still greater fury. There would be a dramatic pause before this line; then the furious threat l. 305

. There is no need to divide the speech between different speakers, as Hartung, Paley, and others, following M. G.

ὕμνον δέσμιον σέθεν , the song that binds thee, the choric song acting as an infernal spell to make Orestes their prey: and perhaps accompanied by mysterious binding gestures.

δεδόκηκεν , 'tis our resolve, poetic form for regular δέδοκται.

λάχη might be the office of the Furies, as Cho. 360 : but with ἐπινωμᾷ it makes better sense to refer it to ἀνθρώπους. How our troop assigns the lots of men.

στάσις , as Choeph. 114, 458 .

mvp-sidgwick-159-1-1 I take Hermann's original correction προνέμοντα, that puts forth for all to see: opposed to the action of the guilty man who hides ( l. 317

) his bloody hands.

mvp-sidgwick-160-1-1 I take Hermann's corr. εὐθυδίκαιοι (justified by

ὀρθοδίκαιοι
l. 994 ) and H. L. Ahrens' οἰόμεθ'.

πράκτορες , avengers, from πράσσειν in the special sense to exact a debt. So

τὸν πατρὸς φόνον πράξαντα
l. 624 ,
χερὶ πράκτορι
Ag. 111
. For the masc. form πράκτωρ with fem. substantive cf. line 186.

τελέως , unfailingly: it goes with παραγιγ. πρακ. and expresses the persistent and complete vengeance.

ἀλαοῖσι καὶ δεδορκόσιν , the sightless and the seeing, i. e. the dead and the living. So

δερκομένοισι καὶ δυσομμάτοις
l. 388 .

ματρῷον ἅγνισμα κύριον φόνου , rightful atonement for a mother's blood ματρῷον poetically transferred from φόνου to ἄγνισμα, as the thought comes naturally in that order expiation for a mother for her blood. ...

αὐονά is also found (Simon. Iamb. vii. 20) in the sense of cry, [from root αϝ, shout] and it may be so taken here by joining it with

ἀφόρμικτος , a cry unmusical to men: but the other sense from

αὐαίνω , to wither or waste, is more forcible, and so the Schol. Med. takes it: ὁ ξηραίνων τοὺς βροτούς.

διανταία , piercing, deadly, a favourite word of Aeschylus, usually of wounding:

δ. πεπλαγμένους [πλαγάν]
Theb. 894 ,
δ. βέλει
Cho. 184
, and again
δ. οὐτῷ
ib. 640
.

mvp-sidgwick-166-2-1 This is far more Aeschylean and forcible than the common rendering all pervading (Lin. Pal. Hart. Mors. etc., following Schol.).

mvp-sidgwick-167-1-1 Taking the old corrections of the corrupt text, which are much the simplest and best, we get a good sense:

To those mortals who light upon sinful deeds of blood,
To cling to them, until
He [the guilty man] pass beneath the earth:
And [even] in death he is not over-free.

ξυμπέσωσιν is suspected by some edd.: why, they ask, should Furies pursue those whom murder falls in with, i. e. who are accidentally guilty of murder?

ξυμπέσωσι , befall, for a deliberate murder, we have μάταιοι (lit. vain, foolish,) for wicked: ὁμαρτεῖν (lit. to attend on), for the relentless pursuit of the Furies: οὐκ ἄγαν ἐλεύθερος meaning he is never quit of us.

τοῖσιν for relative, so, e. g. Ag. 526, 642 , Cho. 604 , Eum. 918, Theb. 519 , etc.: (2)

ξυμπέσωσιν , indef. subj. with no ἄν attached to the relative,-both common survivals in tragedy : and (3)

ὄφρα ἄν for until.

λάχη . here, as l. 334

, office.

ἐκράνθη , assigned: so Suppl. 943

ψῆφος κέκρανται,
fixed, settled.

ἀθανάτων δ᾽ ἀπέχειν χέρας , but from the immortals to keep away. The ἀθανάτων δέ is opposed to the θνατῶν of the previous stanza l. 336

. Their office is to pursue the guilty man, but they have nothing to do with gods.

mvp-sidgwick-170-1-1 This line does not correspond to the antistrophic line,

Ζεὺς γὰρ αἱματοσταγὲς ἀξιόμισον ἔθνος τόδε λέσχας,
but both make good sense, and there is no specially suspicious word in either. Under these circumstances it is quite easy to make them correspond in numerous different ways, by changing one, or the other, or both. But the best correction is to read ἀνέορτον for ἄμοιρον here, and in the antistrophe to read δ' αἱμοσταγές for γὰρ αἱματοσταγές. In pure white robes I have no festal part.

mvp-sidgwick-170-2-1 The Eumenides as nether and evil powers had no lot nor part in the festivals of gods where white robes were worn: they were μελανεί- μονες, black-robed, l. 376

,
μέλαιναι,
l. 52
, φαιοχίτωνες, dusky in garb, Cho. 1048 , as became daughters of Night.

mvp-sidgwick-171-1-1 Whenever the Wargod is tamed and slays a friend, an imaginative phrase, obscure from its very boldness: he means when Strife in the house sheds a kinsman's blood.

διόμεναι , Epic word, pursuing. Homer has it always transitive: here it seems best to take it intrans. with prep. pursuing after him. [It might be tmesis for ἐπιδιόμεναι : but ὦ makes this less likely. Perhaps E. A. Ahrens' ὧδ' ἱέμεναι, which is certainly very ingenious, is the true reading.]

τόν , Epic demonst. use. [Others read ἐπιτόνως: but Schol. had our reading, for he remarks on the position of ὦ.]

mvp-sidgwick-172-3-1 ll. 358-359

are read in the MSS. :
κρατερὸν ὄνθ᾽ ὁμοίως
μαυροῦμεν ὑφ᾽ [or ἐφ᾽] αἵματος νέου,
and in the antistrophe :
σφαλερὰ τανυδρόμοις
κῶλα δύσφορον ἄταν.
The best emendation seems to be Weil's:
κρατερὸν ὄνθ᾽ ὅμως ἀμαυρ-
οῦμεν αἵματος νέου,
and in the antistrophe:
σφαλερὰ τανυδρόμοις ὅμως
κῶλα, δύσφορον μάταν.

mvp-sidgwick-172-4-1 The meaning of the passage before us will then be:

After him pursuing,
Mighty though he be, we waste him away
For the new deed of blood.

mvp-sidgwick-172-5-1 The genitive will then be a genitive of the cause (like θράσους τοῦδ᾽ οὐκ ἀλύξεις Soph. Εl. 627, for this daring thou shalt not escape) or perhaps the more special gen. of the charge (like ἁλῶναι κλοπῆς, διώκειν φόνου, etc.).

mvp-sidgwick-172-6-1 For a fuller discussion see Appendix.

mvp-sidgwick-173-1-1 Again an obscure passage. MSS. read :

σπευδόμεναι δ᾽ ἀφελεῖν τινὰ τάσδε μερίμνας
θεῶν δ᾽ ἀτέλειαν ἐμαῖσι λιταῖς ἐπικραίνειν
μηδ᾽ ἐς ἄγκρισιν ἐλθεῖν·
Ζεὺς γὰρ αἱματοσταγὲς ἀξιόμισον ἔθνος τόδε λέσχας
ἃς ἀπηξιώσατο.
And then should follow what has got displaced in the MSS.:
μάλα γὰρ οὖν ἁλομένα, κ.τ.λ.

mvp-sidgwick-173-2-1 Where the general drift seems to be: [I pursue the guilty] and am eager to relieve another (the gods) of this charge, and set the gods free, and prevent the crime from coming to trial-for Zeus has banished the guilty from his sight, etc.

mvp-sidgwick-173-3-1 This seems to make a fair sense, and it is best with most editors to suppose the nom. pendens σπευδόμεναι to be taken up again by μάλα γὰρ οὖν, so that the sentence is only grammatically completed when we reach καταφέρω.

mvp-sidgwick-173-4-1 [This anacoluthon is rather harsh: Wecklein and Kirchhoff take Döderlein's suggestion σπεύδομεν αΐδ', we here are eager. But the phrase is then abrupt and unnatural.]

mvp-sidgwick-173-5-1 The points that remain are:

mvp-sidgwick-173-6-1 (1) 362 ἐμαῖσι λιταῖς, which, if right, must be referred to the prayer of the Eumenides to Apollo not to interfere. But the passage is too general to refer specially to Orestes, though he is of course in their minds. So that perhaps ἐμαῖς μελέταις is better, and by my labour to set the gods free (lit. to bring about the freedom or immunity of the gods, i. e. freedom from the duty of punishing the criminal).

mvp-sidgwick-173-7-1 (2) 363 μηδ' εἰς ἄγκρισιν ἐλθεῖν: i. e. to take the guilty into my own hands and prevent the matter from being tried by the gods;the very thing they feared was going to be done with Orestes. ἄγκρισις or ἀνάκρισις is the technical term for the preliminary investigation by a magistrate.

mvp-sidgwick-173-8-1 (3) Bloody hateful race, i.e. as Schol. explains, the race of murderers: the whole passage from l. 348

being a general description of the office of the Furies and their relation to the gods. [H. P. and others refer ἔθνοs to Furies: but they would hardly call themselves ἀξιώμισον.]

mvp-sidgwick-173-9-1 The whole passage may then be translated as follows:

And eager to lighten another of this charge,
And by our care to set free the gods,
And that [it] come not to trial:
For with this bloody hateful troop
Zeus deigns not to commune.

μάλα with

ἁλομένα :

For mightily indeed leaping from on high
I bring down the weighty power of my foot-
Limbs which trip even the swiftest runner, -
A toil intolerable.
The emendation adopted [

ὅμως inserted and

μάταν , see above l. 359

] is almost necessary to give the right sense, even though they fly swiftly.

ὑπ᾿ αἰθέρι , beneath the sky, i.e. when they are living on earth.

κατὰ γᾶν , on earth, is the MS. reading: but as Hermann said, the sense below the earth, κατὰ γᾶs, is required in antithesis to ὑπ᾿ αἰθέρι. The same mistake occurs again ll. 838, 871

. ll. 375, 376 . Bold and imaginative expressions :
Before our black-robed assault,
And the vengeful measures of our foot;
i.e. [their human glories come to naught] when we the Furies attack them and weave these magic dances which make them our captive (as we are doing to Orestes).

mvp-sidgwick-177-1-1 After this line in the MSS. comes μάλα γὰρ οὖν . . . μάταν ( ll. 367-371

). It is possible that the words are repeated as a refrain both here and after l. 380 .

λυμή is the destruction which attacks his mind, and blinds him to the threatening evil;

τόδε is best taken (not of the fall as many edd., which would be simply

πίπτων οὐκ οἶδεν , but) of the presence and power of the Furies.

κνέφας . is in apposition to

μύσος , and is predicative: we should say, So dark a cloud of pollution hovereth over him.

ἐπί , Epic adverbial use (tmesis) of the preposition, going with the verb.

mvp-sidgwick-180-1-1 Again a highly imaginative and picturesque phrase which needs no alteration:

And the voice of many a groan
Proclaims against the house a mist of gloom.
The groans of the past victims are heard as it were making a horror of gloom about the house of wickedness.

μένει γάρ , for the law abides: so

μίμνει
Ag. 1563 . But it is obscure and abrupt: and possibly corrupted.

ἐσμέν is easily understood: Crafty are we, and unfailing to accomplish.

διόμεναι is rather a strange word (though the English to pursue a task or charge exactly illustrates it): hence Heath ingeniously suggested διέπο- μεν. But διόμεναι was read by Schol. and the MS. may stand.

ἀνηλίῳ λάμπᾳ , lit. in sunless light, an oxymoron, meaning in a light which is no light, where no sunlight shines. [Others translate

λάμπᾳ , filth, mould; for there is a very late word λάμπη, 'scum; and Dind. adopts Wieseler's conj. λάπᾳ in the same sense. But the strain of meaning is very harsh, and the word in the last degree unlikely.]

δυσοδοπαίπαλα is suspicious, as the metaphor is rather harsh (though perhaps continued from διόμεναι): the metre does not correspond with the antistrophe (καίπερ ὑπὸ χθόνα); and the double compound with δυσis unusual, indeed unique.

mvp-sidgwick-184-3-1 There are many suggestions to cure the metrical fault, δυσποροπ., δυσποδοπ., δυσμολοπ., δυσβατοπ., etc. But it is best to leave it.

mvp-sidgwick-185-1-1 Compare

ἀλαοῖσι καὶ δεδορκόσιν
l. 322 .

δοθέντα τέλεον , adj. used proleptically, granted for sure accomplishment.

mvp-sidgwick-187-1-1 Two syllables are wanting to make the metre correspond: and they are usually supplied among the iambics of l. 394

, with adoption of Hermann's κύρω for κῠρῶ; but possibly l. 394 is all right, and the loss is in l. 395 .

mvp-sidgwick-187-2-1 [Enter Athena from above in the air.]

γῆν καταφθατουμένη . Some further alter γῆν into γῆς, and translate hastening from; but the land of Scamander would be a strange expression, and a much fuller and better sense is gained by translating

καταφθατουμένη , occupying, hasting to claim the land. (So Hesych. who has καταφθατουμένη, κατακτωμένη.)

mvp-sidgwick-188-2-1 The Schol. tells us there was a reference here to a dispute between Athens and Mitylene for Sigeum in the Troad, settled in favour of M. by single combat. According to Herodotus (5.95) the dispute was an old one: the struggle began about 606, and was settled by mediation of Periander, who gave Sigeum to Athens. But evidently the dispute went on: for Herodotus tells us in the same chapter that Peisistratos (presumably about 550 B.C.) conquered Sigeum. It is quite in Aeschylus' manner to refer to this event in a bold and imaginative way, by making the land given to Athena as choice offering of the spoil by the chiefs of Achaioi. There was a temple of Athena on the promontory.

αὐτόπρεμνον , bold metaphor, root and branch, i. e. utterly, land and all therein.

ἐξαίρετον . : it was a custom, from Homer's time, to take out of the spoil a special gift for kings (or, as here, gods). So Homer frequently γέρας ἔξελον υἱὲς Ἀχαιῶν. So Thucydides tells us at the destruction of Mitylene (3. 30) the Athenians made 3000 holdings of the land, and 300 of these τοῖς θεοῖς ἱεροὺς ἐξεῖλον.

mvp-sidgwick-191-1-1 Flapping the fold of my aegis in wingless flight, a splendid and picturesque line: the goddess needing no wing to fly, the aegis serves her as a wing, and is accompanied with the ῥοῖβδος or whirring noise of wings.

mvp-sidgwick-191-2-1 The αἰγίς was the wonderful shield of Zeus

gleaming and fringed, that Hephaistos made
(and therefore metal), Iliad 15. 307:
it was tasselled, crowned about with Terror, and Strife, and Might, and fearful Fray is therein, and the dread monster's Gorgon head
, Iliad 5. 738. Athena wears it also, as well as Zeus, in Homer. The word probably meant storm or rushing originally (αἰγ- ἀϊσσω) : but later it was conceived as a goatskin (αἴγ), and so here has a κόλπος or fold.

ἐπιζεύξασ᾽ ὄχον . You can't talk of yoking a car on your legs. It is better to take it metaphorically: the

ὄχος is the aegis, the

πῶλοι are the winds. So exactly Aristophanes calls Athena αἰγίδος ἠνιόχος Clouds 602.

ὑμᾶς θ᾽ , the construction is irregular but natural: she means, and you [I call] like to no race begotten, etc. (or perhaps even a stronger verb of abuse is meant to finish the sentence): but she checks herself l. 413

.

mvp-sidgwick-194-1-1 The MSS. reading ἄμορφον (retained by Dind. Weck. and read by Schol.) is translated, For neighbours to revile a hideous monster is far from justice, which is rather crude and inappropriate; and ὄντα, idiomatic with the subject, is hardly grammar when it constitutes the object. Robortelli's ἄμομφον makes excellent sense: but for one who is not aggrieved (lit. who has no wrong to complain of) to revile others is unjust. (This is confirmed by l. 678

, where Ven. reads again ἄμορφος for ἄμομφος.)

ἀποστατεῖ θέμις , Right holds aloof, stately phrase for ,it is wrong,.

mvp-sidgwick-196-1-1 It is doubtful whether to read αἰανῆ (from αἰανής) or αἰανῆς (from αἰανός). M. G. and Schol. read here αἰανῆ (agreeing with τέκνα) and αἰανής is the ordinary form used elsewhere by Aeschylus,

αἰανῆ χρόνον
l. 572 ,
αἰανὴς νόσος
ll. 479, 941
. On the other hand, Hesychius (Alexandrine grammarian and lexicographer, 4th century, A.D.) quotes a form αἰανός, usually read in Soph. El. 506
ἔμολες αἰανή.
In Soph. Aias 672 there is the same doubt as here, whether to read νυκτὸς αἰανῆς κύκλος, or αἰανής. But both there and here it is rather more natural to have adj. agreeing with νυκτός: and here particularly: accordingly I take αἰανῆς, the reading of Fl. Fa. Ven.

mvp-sidgwick-196-2-1 As to the meaning: the word certainly sometimes means eternal (

αἰανῆ χρόνον
l. 572 ,
αἰανῶς μένοι
l. 672
): but it also is used in the sense of grievous, terrible, (αἰανὴς κόρος, αἰανὲς κέντρον Pind., αἰανὲς δεῖπνον Archil.). Either sense will suit here: perhaps eternal is the most impressive,

ἐν οἴκοις γῆς ὕπαι , not for τοῖς γῆς ὕπαι, but in our home, beneath the earth, both phrases going with verb κεκλήμεθα.

ἐπωνύμους , not in its usual sense called after; but simply the names men call you by.

γε μὲν δή , adversative as usual. My office, however, thou shalt learn. So Ag. 661, 887, 1213 .

mvp-sidgwick-200-1-1 I might learn, if one would show a plain tale; a touch of ironic scorn for the dark hints of the Chorus.

μηδαμοῦ: . the μή generalises as usual: Some place where joy is all unknown: the Chorus mean in Hades: but the indefinite or generic way of putting it is quite idiomatic and more imaginative and impressive. μηδαμοῦ νομίζεται, lit. is held of no account.

ἐπιρροιζεῖν , to clamour after, of noisy and terrifying pursuit ; To such a flight do ye hound him on?

ἠξιώσατο , took on him, rarely med. Cp. Ag. 370

θεοὺς ἀξιοῦσθαι.

ἀνάγκη .

mvp-sidgwick-204-2-1 There is no need to alter the line: the Schol. quotes and explains it thus.

ὡς often used for ὥστε in poetry: Epic usage.

mvp-sidgwick-206-1-1 There are two suitors here, and we have heard but half the pleas, i.e. we must wait till we have heard both sides. The reading of Μ. ἥμισυς λόγου is regular Attic use (as well as λόγος): τῇ ἡμισέᾳ τῆς γῆς Thuc., ὁ ἥμισυς τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ Plat.

mvp-sidgwick-207-1-1 (The correction θέλοι for θέλει is almost necessary, as otherwise it would seem as if the proposal had been made to Orestes.) The reference in this line, he would take no oath, nor challenge us to swear, is to the custom of the ἀνάκρισις or preliminary investigation of causes at Athens, before a magistrate: at this all the evidence was produced; and the first thing was for the injured party to swear (προωμοσία) he had suffered, the defendant to swear (ἀνθωμοσία) he was innocent.

mvp-sidgwick-207-2-1 These oaths, say the Chorus, are impossible here: Orestes will not deny his guilt: he will neither ask us to swear (δοῦναι) nor swear when we ask him (δέξασθαι). The whole of this passage is intended to correspond in a general way to the ἀνάκρισις: after hearing the preliminary statement of either party, Athena refers the whole case to the formal judgment of the Areiopagos.

mvp-sidgwick-208-1-1 The name of Just, not Justice, is thy desire, δίκαια being easily supplied with πρᾶξαι. She means: just forms, rather than justice.

σοφῶν , subtlety.

mvp-sidgwick-210-1-1 I say that injustice must not prevail by oaths, i.e. the issue must not be settled by oaths, but by the real justice of the case. Practically, Athena admits that Orestes cannot swear his innocence, but pleads that in this exceptional case it must not go against him for that: the true issue (εὐθυδικία) must be tried; see next note.

εὐθεῖαν δίκην , poet. for εὐθυδικία, the regular legal term for the real issue opposed to some side question.

ἐπὶ . . . τρέποιτ' , entrust, more frequently in the compound ἐπιτρέπω. The separate form (tmesis) is found in poetry, e. g. Ant. 1107

μηδ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἄλλοισιν τρέπε.

τέλος , the final settlement, the decision.' Somewhat similar is Ag. 934

ἐξεῖπον τέλος.

κἀπ᾿ ἀξίων (Arnald's correction, adopted by Paley, must be right), a worthy child of worthy sire, i.e. a great goddess, and daughter of Zeus. So Schol. ἀξίων οὖσαν γονέων. [Other corrections numerous, but all less simple and natural.]

mvp-sidgwick-214-1-1 Ixion killed Deioneus, his mother's father, by treachery at a banquet by preparing a pit into which he fell. Pindar says (Pyth. 2. 31) that he was the first of men to shed kindred blood. When all shunned him for the guilt, Zeus took pity on him and purified him. Of course a connection was felt between the name Ιξίων and ἱκ-, the root of the words of supplication: possibly even the origin of the story is to be sought there.

τούτοις πᾶσιν , neut. to all this, i. e. the accusation of the Eumenides.

mvp-sidgwick-216-1-1 MSS. read ἔχει μύσος, and ἐφεζομένη, which has neither sense nor metre. ἐφημένου and ἐφημένη have been suggested; but no tolerable construction has been made of the line.

mvp-sidgwick-216-2-1 I follow Weil. Kirch. Weckl. in adopting Wieseler's far better emendation ἔχων... ἐφεζόμην: the corruption of ἐφεζόμην entailed that of the other.

mvp-sidgwick-216-3-1 Nor with pollution on my hand did I fall suppliant before thy image.

mvp-sidgwick-217-1-1 Till by the hand of the purifier of murder the blood of the slain suckling besprinkle him.

mvp-sidgwick-217-2-1 The form of purification was with water and the blood of a pig, which was commonly used at Athens in such καθάρσεις: e.g. in purifying the space where the public meetings were held: [ἐντὸς τοῦ καθάρματος Ar. Ach. 44.]

οἴκοισι . is governed by πρός: the other datives are instrumental.

πόρος , stream, is frequent in Aeschylus.

ἐκποδῶν λέγω , I speak away the misgiving: rather bold use of the words, but unmistakeable.

mvp-sidgwick-220-1-1 The order is Τροίαν Ἰλίου πόλιν ἄπολιν ἔθηκας. The Schol. remarks on the skill of Orestes in conciliating Athena by reminding her of the former bond between her and Agamemnon.

ποικίλοις , crafty.

mvp-sidgwick-222-1-1 That bare witness to the murder in the bath: for Klytaimnestra had cast the robe about Agamemnon like a net (ἄγρευμα) in the bath and stabbed him and Orestes ( Choeph. 980 ) had held up the bloody robe before the Chorus as a proof and reminder of her deed.

ἀντίκεντρα , like a spur, see ll. 38, 136

.

πράξας πανταχή , idiomatic use for howsoe'er I fare. So Antig. 634

πανταχῆ δρῶντες φίλοι,
howsoe'er we act, we are dear.
ἐν σοί commonly in thy power' with the verb to be :

ἐν τῷ δαίμονι Ο. Τ. 1443 ,

ἐν σοὶ ἐσμέν
ib. 314 , ἐν θεῷ τὸ τέλος ἦν Dem. 292. Here it has rather a different shade of meaning, at thy hands, under thy rule.

mvp-sidgwick-225-1-1 The matter is too hard, if any mortal thinks to judge it; this, the translation of the MSS. reading, εἴ τις, makes very good sense: μεῖζον is used for μεῖζον ἢ ὥστε δικάζειν, which is easily supplied. The Schol. also takes it so, apparently. It must be referred, not to a mortal, -not even to a god: but to a divinely appointed solemn court of judges. [Others read ἤ τις, harder (than any mortal thinks) to judge: which is rather flat sense. The Schol. plainly read eἴ, not ἤ. The confusion of ei and ἤ is very common in the MSS. of Aeschylus.]

ὀξυμηνίτους is used in a slightly predicative sense, to decide with swift vengeance the issues of murder: it is the decision which brings the vengeance.

ἄλλως τε καὶ σύ , especially since thou, the causal conjunction being omitted by a looseness due to Aeschylus' bold brevity. Literally it is Both on other grounds (this is so) and (chiefly as) thou hast come. κατηρτυκώς, a hard word. καταρτίω is to fit, train, finish, and this perf. is used intransitively, in a kind of technical sense, of animals, mature, complete (so Schol. and Hesych. say), hence it is here metaphorical, of the suppliant; with all due rites performed. [In a similar metaphor Euripides (Frag. 39) uses the phrase κατηρτυκὼς πόνων, which has been misunderstood from not observing the context. Had I been new to trouble I should have resisted, like a colt newly bridled: but now I am spent (ἀμβλύς) and well trained in toils,' i.e. broken in, the phrase continuing the metaphor of the colt.]

ἀβλαβής , harmless, as l. 285

.

mvp-sidgwick-229-1-1 MSS. read ὅμως δ': but the adversative nevertheless seems out of place, and there is no sense in saying You are now pure, nevertheless I receive you: moreover the strongly emphatic σὺ μέν requires a personal antithesis. Accordingly I follow Hartung in reading ἐγὼ δέ.

αἱροῦμαι πόλει , I take thee, welcome thee in my city.

μοῖραν οὐκ εὐπέμπελον , lit. an office hard to banish, i. e. such is their office, they are hard to banish: the rights which the appointment of the gods has given them makes it hard for me to deal harshly with them.

χώρᾳ , put first to emphasise what is affected, is in sense dependent on ἄφερτος αἰανὴς νόσος.

mvp-sidgwick-231-2-1 The construction μὴ τυχοῦσαι ... ἰὸς πεσὼν νόσος is the not uncommon anacoluthon called nominativus pendens: compare Ag. 1008

ὄκνος βαλὼν οὐκ ἔδυ δόμος,
Theb. 681
θάνατος ὧδ᾽ αὐτοκτόνος οὐκ ἔστι γῆρας τοῦδε,
Cho. 520
πάντα γάρ τις ἐκχέας ... μάτην ὁ μόχθος.
So Cho. 791 , Soph. O. C. 1150 .

φρονημάτων , wrath.

ἀμφότερα . . . ἐμοί to let them stay, to drive them forth, both are a peril and a perplexity to me. The change of subject with the inf. ( that they should stay, that I should drive) is much less harsh in Greek: the inf. expresses the simple verbal idea, and the subject need not be consciously supplied.

δεῦρ᾽ ἐπέσκηψεν , has fallen to me, i. e. to arrange. ll. 483-484

. The general sense of these lines is plain: but the MS. reading requires to be altered, and the original text must remain C uncertain: I have taken Casaubon's ὁρκίους αἱρουμένη as the least alteration on the whole: I shall choose judges of murder bound by oaths, and appoint them as an ordinance for ever.

τόν then agrees with θεσμόν, an ordinance that which [shall be] for all time. But Wecklein's φανῶ δικ. ὁρκίων αἰδουμένους θεσμόν, is ingenious.]

ἀρωγὰ ὁρκώματα , apposition to μαρτύρια: Summon evidence and proof, sworn testimony in aid of justice. The Scholiast says ὅρκους αὐτοὺς αἰτήσατε, misunderstanding apparently ὁρκώματα to refer to the judges' oath, whereas it is best to refer it to the oath of witnesses. There is no need to insert θ' before ὁρκώματα, as H. Weil.

τὰ βέλτατα , abstract collective for τοὺς βελτίστους. So

τάδε μὲν Περσῶν
Pers. 1 , τὰ πρῶτα τῆς μοχθηρίας Ar. Ran. 421.

διαιρεῖν . is epexegetic or consec. inf., that they should decide, the subject being carried on in sense from τὰ βέλτατα, becoming (naturally) masc. in the participle, next line.

mvp-sidgwick-237-1-1 The MSS. ὅρκον περῶντας μηδὲν ἔκδικον φρεσίν is obviously corrupt: and I take the easiest correction which gives any natural sense, πορόντας (Herm.) and φράσειν (Markland)- Swearing an oath to utter naught unjust. πορόντας will then be poetic equivalent for the ordinary διδόντας (or rather δόντας) by which the Schol. interprets it.

mvp-sidgwick-237-2-1 Both errors are of the kind due to the text being dictated and misheard.

mvp-sidgwick-237-3-1 [The line is misplaced by V. Fl. after l. 484

, and omitted by Fa., and hence some have thought it spurious. But its very corruption is in favour of its genuineness.]

mvp-sidgwick-237-4-1 [Athena retires into the temple.]

mvp-sidgwick-238-1-1 Now shall come changes to new laws; rather an unusual use of the gen., though possible: we have (Thucyd. 6. 18) μεταβολὴ ἀπραγμοσύνης, change to timid policy, in a very similar use. [The best alteration is νόμων θεσμίων τ' (L. Schmidt): but it is not so forcible as the text, and not necessary.]

δίκα τε καὶ βλάβα , the cause and the wrong: the strong contradiction in terms (oxymoron), which comes out in the Greek more than in the English, is intentional and effective: Orestes' δίκα was ἄδικος and βλαβερά in the eyes of the Eumenides.

mvp-sidgwick-240-1-1 Hereafter this deed shall set all men's hand to license, is the meaning: literally it is, shall join all mortals to readiness (of sin). The commentators aptly quote Plat. Rep. 391 Ε πολλὴν εὐχέρειαν πονηρίας.

παιδότρωτα πάθεα , woful wounds dealt by a child, woes from the murderous hands of children.

mvp-sidgwick-242-1-1 And, for not even from the Furies that watch mankind Shall wrath for these deeds Come upon any man-I will let loose all murder upon them; reading οὐδέ for οὔτε, with most edd., and τιν' for τις with Weil, μαινάδων is subjective gen., τῶνδε ἐργμάτων objective, both after κότος. The γάρ gives the reason for ἐφήσω; which is common enough when ἀλλά precedes, but unusual (as here) with no such connection.

mvp-sidgwick-243-1-1

And one man shall ask of another
As he tells of his neighbours' woes,
That trouble may cease and be diminished :
And the hapless man gives comfort in vain,
Speaking of cures that profit not.
There is a grandeur and impressiveness of gloomy prophecy which almost remind one of the Hebrew prophets or poets of the Old Testament.

mvp-sidgwick-244-1-1 In this fine stanza the Erinyes speak as the Powers of Justice which the gods have overthrown: The afflicted shall call upon us, but we will not hear is what, in effect, they say.

mvp-sidgwick-245-1-1 Somewhere should fear abide enthroned, watching the heart of man; tis well to be chastened with suffering.

mvp-sidgwick-245-2-1 The doctrine that suffering brings wisdom is a favourite Aeschylean maxim,

τὸν πάθει μάθος θέντα κυρίως ἔχειν
Ag. 177 .

mvp-sidgwick-246-1-1 The MSS. read :

τίς δὲ μηδὲν ἐν φάει
καρδίαν ἀνατρέφων
ἢ πόλις, κ.τ.λ.
The general sense is plain : who, if he have nought to fear will any longer be just? But the text as it stands is corrupt, and as it is easy to rewrite the two lines to give the right sense, there are a vast number of suggestions, none convincing ;—

mvp-sidgwick-246-2-1 (1) Some (Pal. Well. others) retain the first line and read καρδίας: who, if he cherish no [fear] in the gaiety of his heart..., but it is hardly credible that the principal idea, fear should be understood from the last stanza: and therefore-

mvp-sidgwick-246-3-1 (2) The best emendation (without too much alteration) is the old one of Auratus (Herm. Weckl. Schütz. D.)-

τίς δὲ μηδὲν ἐν δέει
καρδίαν ἀνατρέφων, κ.τ.λ.
who, if he do not train his heart in fear, etc.... There is a further question whether we should keep l. 522 κᾶρδῖ- | ᾶν ӑ- | νᾱτρε- | φῶν or make the correspondence with l. 512 exact, by inserting ἄν; κᾱρδῐ- | ᾱν ᾰν | ἄνᾰτρě- | φῶν. It is perhaps better to insert the av : though the thrice repeated syllable -av- is a little rough.

ἢ ... τε is irregular :

whether city or man we must say in English.

ἀνάρχετον . (read for metre's sake), like

ἀπεύχετον
Cho. 625 .

παντὶ μέσῳ , ever to the mean god gives success: a common Greek maxim: so Ag. 378

ἔστω δ᾽ ἀπήμαντον ὥστ᾽ ἀπαρκεῖν,
ib. 466
τὸ δ᾽ ὑπερκόπως εὖ κλύειν βαρὺ κρίνω δ᾽ ἄφθονον ὄλβον,
etc., the idea being that excess was dangerous: so Eur. Fr. 80 τὰ μείζω τῶν μέσων τίκτει νόσους.

ἐφορεύει , directs.

ξύμμετρον . seems best taken as timely, fitting: a rather fanciful way of saying wise. [Others take it in accord with this, i.e. with the doctrine of moderation: which is a possible meaning and may be defended: only the main point of all this chorus is the need of repressing crime and licence, and the doctrine of moderation is rather a digression.]

mvp-sidgwick-252-1-1 This notion, that crime leads to new crime, is familiar from the Agamemnon:

τὸ δυσσεβές γὰρ ἔργον μετὰ μὲν πλείονα τίκτει
l. 759 ,
ὕβρις παλαιὰ νεάζουσαν ὕβριν τίκτει
l. 763
.

mvp-sidgwick-253-1-1 I take H.'s correction πάμφιλος for πᾶσι φίλος and Hartung's δόμων for

δωμάτων
l. 547 : the alternative (to read πᾶσιν, and change the order of δωμάτων ἐπιστροφάς) really alters the text as much, and produces a less likely metre.

ἐς τὸ πᾶν , for whate'er befall; i. e. as the first and greatest rule of life.

κύριον μένει τέλος , the appointed end abideth: only an impressive way of saying that good and evil alike shall meet their deserts.

ξενοτίμους δόμων ἐπιστροφάς , κ.τ.λ., literally, [ let him revere] guest-honouring visits of the house: a characteristically elaborated expression for hospitable welcome.

οὐκ ἄνολβος ἔσται , understatement such as is natural and common in Greek, shall not fail to prosper. ll. 553-554

. If the reading is right, the acc. τὰ πολλὰ παντόφυρτ᾽ is governed by the verbal idea in παραιβάταν: The man who dares to resist and commits all manner of transgressions, swerving from Right: such accusatives after verbals are rather in the manner of Aeschylus :
θυμοβόρου φρένα
Ag. 103
,
πολλὰ συνίστορα
ib. 1090
,
ἄπορα πόριμος
Prom. 904
,
χοὰς προπομπός
Cho. 23
,
ἀπότροπον ἄγος
ib. 155
. (So Schol.) Of the corrections proposed Pauw's is the best ... παντόφυρτ᾽ ἄγοντ᾽ ἄνευ (reading παρβάταν for καὶ παραιβάταν), bringing much confusion : but though the grammar is smoother, the sense is weaker.

βιαίως , perforce, i. e. the storm shall compel him. καθήσειν, shall lower sail, i. e. shall be made humble and submissive; so ὑφέσθαι is used Ar. Ran. 1220 ὑφέσθαι μοι δοκεῖ, Soph. Εl. 335 πλεῖν ὑφειμένῃ δοκεῖ. [It is far better to make καθήσειν absolute, and make λαῖφος governed by λάβῃ, than with H. to write καθήσειν λαῖφος, ὅταν λάβῃ, κ.τ.λ. The metaphor is then more gradually and naturally introduced: the rhythm is more effective: and also the Schol. clearly takes καθήσειν by itself, for he explains it ταπεινωθήσεται. Such curtailments are common in technical expressions, e. g. in English, luff, put about, lower away.]

πόνος , trouble, a word suggestive from its mildness: he means the hurricane.

δυσπαλεῖ , taken by some as a verb (Pal. Verrall): but the adj. δυσπαλής is used by Pindar, while the verb is unknown. The sense is equally good, if we take it adj., and the run of the sentence more easy.

θερμῷ , headstrong, rash, as often in Greek.

τὸν οὔποτ᾽ αὐχοῦντ᾽ , who boasted he ne'er [should suffer], boasted it ne'er should be, the negative used just as in οὔ φημι, οὐκ ἂν ᾤετο, οὐκ ἀξιῶ, etc. So

οὔποτ᾽ ἐλπίσαντες,
Agam. 1044 .

mvp-sidgwick-263-1-1 Wrecking his happiness on the reef of justice: the fine metaphor is kept up to the end.

mvp-sidgwick-264-1-1 The difficulty is to fill up the gap in the MS. line here, ἥ τ᾽ οὖν διάτορος Τυρσηνική. Scholefield conjectured οὖν to be a corruption (from contraction) of οὐρανοῦ, and Paley suggested the reading εἶθ᾽ ἡ διάτορος οὐρανοῦ. [Better Weckl. εἰς οὐρανὸν δὲ δ. τ.] But as there is a gap in 3 MSS. after διάτορος, it is better to take a suggestion of Emper's διάτορος αἰθέρος, or Ahrens' διάτορος ἀέρος, supposing the gen. lost owing to its similarity to the termination of διάτορος. The Tyrrhenian trumpet, because the Tyrrhenians or Etruscans were from very early times celebrated as workers in bronze: in poetry the adj. seems specially given to the trumpet: thus Eur. Phoen. 1377

Τυρσηνικῆς σάλπιγγος ἠχή,
Soph. Αi. 17
κώδωνος ὡς Τυρσηνικῆς,
Verg. Aen. 8. 506 Tyrrhenusque tubae. . clangor.' The anachronism (noticed by the Scholiast) is of a kind common enough.

ἀρήγει , it helps, i. e. 'tis good.

mvp-sidgwick-266-1-1 The MSS. read τόνδ' or τῶνδ': the pronoun must be plural, for it must mean the Areopagitae (as Schol. explains it): to take it singular for Orestes makes no real sense with the rest of the line. The gen. is the difficulty, and perhaps points to a lost line as H. Weil. think: but on the whole it is best to read τούσδ' and to suppose τῶνδ' a blunder possibly due to καταγνωσθῇ, which in another sense ( to decide against) often takes gen.

ὧν ἔχεις αὐτὸς κράτει , rule thou thine own domain, like the proverbial τὴν σαυτοῦ πάτει, i. e. mind your own business.

mvp-sidgwick-268-1-1 MSS. end the line δόμων, which with δόμων next line is intolerable. I take νόμῳ, correction of Erf. and Burgess, and approved by H.

σύνδικος is an advocate. Apollo says he will be Orestes' advocate, as he is responsible for the murder.

κυροῦν , usually to confirm, here in the rather unusual sense of to settle, as below again l. 639

.

mvp-sidgwick-271-1-1 This is already one of the three wrestling-falls, alluding to the custom of deciding the wrestling combat by three falls: when a man was defeated thrice, he was beaten. So

διὰ τριῶν ἀπόλλυμαι
Eur. Or. 434 , and the word
τριακτήρ
Ag. 171
for a conqueror, lit. one who throws thrice.

γε μέντοι , as usual, adversative, however.

mvp-sidgwick-273-1-1 No need to alter λέγω (Μ. P. A.) into λέξω. The vivid present is natural enough.

πρὸς τοῦ , by whom, common variation in poetry for ὑπό. So we find ἐκ, ἀπό, παρά, with gen. of agent. See 100.

mvp-sidgwick-275-1-1 The γε, as usual, assenting and adding a further point: ay, and till now I do not complain of my lot: i. e. not literally that he had not suffered, but that Apollo had helped him.

πέπεισθι , exceptional reduplicated aorist imperative with intransitive meaning: trust now in the dead. The form somewhat resembles the Epic κέκλυθι, τέτλαθι, and κέκραχθι (Ach. 335); but has the heavier stem-form.

mvp-sidgwick-276-2-1 The Chorus speak of course with bitter irony.

mvp-sidgwick-277-1-1 Schol. takes προσβολάς as the meeting of two pollutions, but there is no need to take it as different from its ordinary meaning, a putting or rubbing or striking of one thing against another: the pollutions strike her, not each other. So it is used, Ag. 391 , of rubbing metal against a touchstone: Cho. 283 of attacks of Furies-

Ay, for a double stain fell on her.

mvp-sidgwick-278-1-1 The δέ-clause contains the real predicate as often; the μὲν-clause points the antithesis: Therefore while thou livest [unpurged] she is free by her death.

mvp-sidgwick-279-1-1 An extreme instance of the sharp distinction felt ( l. 212

) by the Greeks between murdering a blood-relation and an outsider. The wife not being a blood-relation was, according to the doctrine of the Eumenides here put forward, not liable to their pursuit for slaying her husband. The doctrine however fluctuates: in Cho. 923-4 Klyt. tries to deter Orestes by the threat that her Furies (ἐγκότους κύνας) will pursue him if he slays her, but he replies τὰς τοῦ πατρὸς δὲ πῶς φύγω παρεὶς τάδε; and in Sophokles, Elektra 112, the daughter prays the dread divine Erinyes to avenge her father's murder; and the Chorus (490) prophesy that with the tramp of many feet, and the might of many hands, the brazen῏footed Erinyes shall come.

mvp-sidgwick-280-1-1 The bearing of this question is explained below l. 660

, when Apollo lays down the principle that the real parent is the father.

ὥσπερ ἐστίν , i. e. as done it is.

θεσμόν , ordinance, means here (as in l. 484

) the court of Areiopagos; and so the Scholiast explains it. It is therefore in apposition to ὑμᾶς.

μή . generic, with the indef. opt. κελεύσαι: nothing which Zeus bade not, nothing save what Zeus bade.

πιφαύσκω , I bid : nearly all the words of speaking can be so used, λέγω, εἶπον, etc. The displacement of the δέ is common.

ὔμμε , Aeolic form of ὑμᾶς found several times in Homer. So

ἄμμι (ἡμῖν)
Theb. 156 ,
ὔμμε
Antig. 846
, both however in lyric passages.

mvp-sidgwick-284-3-1 [There is no need of alterations, as Hartung thinks.]

mvp-sidgwick-285-1-1 i.e. follow Zeus' will [even if you think it unjust]: for no oath [such as you swore, l. 489

, to do justice] is stronger than Zeus.

πράξαντα , prop. exacting, a favourite word of Aeschylus, often for avenging: ἀτίμωσιν πρασσομένα, avenging the dishonour, Ag. 705 ,

χερὶ πράκτορι
ib. 111 . See Eum. 319.

mvp-sidgwick-287-1-1 Here and l. 657

Apollo acts in the character of the ἐξηγητής or expounder of the law, usually consulted about ancient or sacred customs. See Introd. p. 16.

mvp-sidgwick-288-1-1 Schol. tells us that Epicharmos (comic poet 540-450, who knew Aeschylus and lived with him some time at the court of Hiero) criticised him for his fondness for this word τιμαλφεῖν.

ὥστε , Epic, common in Trag. for ὡς.

mvp-sidgwick-290-1-1 A passage of well-known difficulty. The MSS. reading (with slight corrections, see critical notes) is substantially the following:

ἀπὸ στρατείας γάρ νιν ἠμποληκότα
τὰ πλεῖστ᾽ ἄμεινον εὔφροσιν δεδεγμένη
δροίτῃ περῶντι λουτρὰ κἀπὶ τέρματι
φᾶρος παρεσκήνωσεν, ἐν δ᾽ ἀτέρμονι
κόπτει πεδήσασ᾽ ἄνδρα δαιδάλῳ πέπλῳ·
which it is possible to translate, as follows:
For him from the wars (returning) having dealt
In most things prosperously, she welcomed with kindly words,
And over the bath, as he stepped from the water, and on the edge,
She threw a cloak for covering, and entangling her lord
In a broidered robe inextricable, she smote him...
This makes good sense, and is in substance no doubt what the poet meant. But several things are at least suspicious: ἠμποληκότα τὰ πλεῖστ᾽ ἄμειvov is a harsh phrase, even if we justify the rather flat τὰ πλεῖστα and the comparative ἄμειvov by supposing an intentional understatement: εὔφροσιν without substantive is very harsh, and is hardly supported by the Homeric κερτομίοισιν and μειλιχίοισιν which are special idioms: δροίτῃ governed by παρεσκήνωσε, and λουτρά separate from it, is clumsy: κἀπὶ τέρματι is not smooth, and is suspiciously like ἀτέρμονι in the line below: finally most of the MSS. and Schol. read περεσκήνωσεν, for περιεσ-, unexampled in Attic. Corruption is almost certain: but as sense can be made, and no suggestions are really satisfactory¹, it is best to leave it.

ταύτην , Klytaimnestra.

προτιμᾷ , most regards: i. e. counts it of more importance, as a more heinous sin, to slay him.

ὑμᾶς , the judges, as the Scholiast says.

ἂν λύσειεν , quite general, fetters may be loosed: not Zeus only, but anyone, may loose them.

mvp-sidgwick-295-1-1 For this sentiment, the keynote of the three plays, see l. 261

. 1 Hartung, Wakefield, Burgess rewrite the passage: Paley reads ἅμ' αἴνοις for ἄμεινον, harsh in itself, and leaving ἠμποληκότα untranslateable; Bothe and Butler ἢ φράσαι for εὔφροσιν, ingenious, but rather too strong: H. Schütz, Linwood, Rauchenstein suppose a lacuna. Wellauer says procul dubio corrupta. Weckl. also leaves a lacuna. It strikes a modern reader as a grotesque defence of Zeus for his unfilial act, to say Fetters can be undone.

ἐπῳδάς . So Ag. 1019,

The black blood once fallen on the earth who can call back with charms?

mvp-sidgwick-297-1-1 All else he turns about, setting them high or low as he will.

mvp-sidgwick-298-1-1 Beware how thou pleadest for him, that he be acquitted; the τὸ φεύγειν being a kind of consecutive infinitive, giving the desired result of the pleading.

τὸ μητρὸς αἱμ' ὅμαιμον , his mothers kindred blood,' the attribute μητρὸς ὅμαιμον being divided, as often.

mvp-sidgwick-300-1-1 The Phratriai or clans were originally sub-divisions of the four old Ionic Tribes into which Athenians were grouped. There were twelve phratries, and they were based on a real or supposed kinship. The annual clan festival was the Apatouria (festival of those who had the same father, ἀ- πατήρ). And the purification with water (χέρνιψ) was the common preliminary to these, as to all rites in temples or household gatherings: the bloodguilty being naturally excluded from all.

mvp-sidgwick-301-1-1 The Med. reads κεκλημένου, while Ven. Flor. Farn. read κεκλημένη. Both make sense: (1) κεκλημένου: the mother of the so-called child is not the parent. (2) κεκλημένη: the so-called mother is not the parent of the child. But it is obvious that τέκνου and τοκεύς are opposed, the sense required being ' it is called her τέκνον, but she is not the τοκ-εύς really :' and therefore it is best to take (1), the Medicean reading κεκλημένου.

κῦμα , from kv-, which has the ideas of bulging, swelling, containing, hence κῦμα is the young in the womb, more commonly κύημα. So Cho. 121 .

ὁ θρώσκων , he who begets, the male. The strange doctrine is that the father who begets is the real parent (τίκτει), the mother a stranger, ξένη, who only cherishes the child for another.

οἷσι μὴ βλάψῃ θεός , save what the god blights, i.e. except the god blight it, the plural relative after ἔpvos being a natural laxity of grammar.

mvp-sidgwick-304-2-1 [The indef. subj. without av is an Epic use, common in Tragedy. Note also ἔσωσεν gnomic aor.]

οὐδ .' has troubled editors: H. Butl. (Dind. Weil, etc.) suppose a line fallen out: Schütz reads οὐκ. I do not see that alteration is necessary if a slight pause is made at πάρεστι :

Close at hand
There is a witness, daughter of Olympian Zeus, -
And not nursed in the darkness of the womb,
But such a sprout,' etc.

mvp-sidgwick-305-2-1 [No sense can be got by taking οὐδέ, not even, as Pal. following Wellauer.] The and couples the explanatory clause, as te in Ag. 1526 .

τἄλλα . θ' answers to καὶ τόνδ' ἔπεμψα. τἄλλα is expanded into τὸ σὸν πόλισμα καὶ στρατόν.

mvp-sidgwick-307-1-1 That their posterity should cherish this faithful bond:' the emphasis of this wish for permanence is really a political allusion. Not long before the date of the play (which is generally put at 458 B.C.) the Argives had become allied with Athens. The picture of Orestes the Argive, fleeing for refuge to Athens, had therefore a significance from a political point of view, which is of course only lightly touched, but is not lost sight of. See below l. 765

, and Introduction.

ἀπὸ γνώμης , from his judgment (gen. of the source), i.e. according to his judgment. Somewhat similar are

τλήμων οὖσ᾽ ἀπ᾿ εὐτόλμου φρενός
Ag. 1302 , ἀπὸ γλώσσης, by word of mouth, ἀπ᾿ ὄψεως, at sight.

mvp-sidgwick-309-1-1 The sense is improved by marking this line as interrogative. Athena first asks the Furies whether they are willing to have the voting, and then the other side, Apollo and Orestes. Both express satisfaction, and then she gives her final address and orders them to vote. κελεύω will then be subj. delib. Shall I now order? etc. It is a formal request to both sides to know if there is anything more to be said: no doubt a copy of the usual proceeding on the part of the presiding judge at an Areopagite trial.

τιθεῖσ' , ordering. Athena addresses Apollo and Orestes, but Apollo replies to the judges.

mvp-sidgwick-311-1-1 Athena having formally to address the court, takes this opportunity of solemnly instituting the Areiopagos for ever. [Kirch. Weckl. etc. transfer this speech to 573: but the close of the speech shows that it comes just before the voting.]

mvp-sidgwick-312-1-1 The names Aigeus, Theseus, Amazons, are brought in to emphasize the antiquity and glory of this Athenian institution.

᾿Αμαζόνων ἕδραν . One of the exploits of Theseus was an attack on the warrior women, called Amazons, when he carried off their queen Antiope. In revenge the Amazons invaded Attica, and were not defeated till they had reached the centre of Athens itself. The grammar is broken, and the provisional accusative πάγον δ᾽ ῎Αρειον τόνδ' in the course of the long sentence is forgotten; there is nothing to govern it. So O. T. 449 . But it may be that ῎Αρειον is a gloss, which has ousted the verb: so Weil reads ἑδοῦνται, Weckl. ἑδεῖται.

κατὰ φθόνον , in hate, spite, slightly strained use.

πόλιν νεόπτολιν τήνδ' ἀντεπύργωσαν , raised this new city rampart against the old: i. e. fortified the Areiopagos against the Akropolis.

τῷ , it, Epic use of article as pronoun, common in Aeschylus.

φόβος τε ξυγγενής , and fear his kinsman. Aeschylus is fond of such sudden personifications. So Ag. 494 he still more quaintly calls dust the neighbour brother of clay, κάσις πηλοῦ ξύνουρος.

σχήσει , shall restrain them.

mvp-sidgwick-319-1-1 I take the simplest alteration, ἐπικαινούντων for ᾿πικαινόντων of MSS., and leave the stop at νόμους.

mvp-sidgwick-319-2-1 [Others (H. D. Hart.) run on the sense to ἐπιρροαῖσι, to avoid leaving l. 694

unconnected; but the rhythm is easier if we end at l. 693 after the long passage: κακ. ἐπ. goes better with what follows than with ἐπικαινούντων: and as to the want of connexion, we have a similar instance in Ag. 322
ὄξος τ᾽ ἄλειφά τ᾽ ἐγχέας ταὐτῷ κύτει . . .,
Eur. Or. 232
μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ
In all three cases, a proverb is quoted in support of what goes before.]

mvp-sidgwick-320-1-1 Same sentiment l. 526

.

περιστέλλουσι , lit. wrapping round, i.e. protecting, maintaining. Aeschylus protests against the despot (who was no longer formidable) and anarchy: i. e. he recommends oligarchy under the usual pretext of moderation.

mvp-sidgwick-322-1-1 The same sentiment as the Furies had expressed before, l. 516

, that Fear is necessary to the moral order of men and states, is here adopted by Athena.

mvp-sidgwick-323-1-1 Such majesty if ye justly revere ye shall find, etc.: by τοιόνδε σέβας she means the reverend court of Areiopagos.

mvp-sidgwick-324-1-1 Neither among the Scythians, nor the lands of Pelops, a stately expression for neither in Greece (the Peloponnesus standing for Greece) nor in the distant barbarous countries. So (H. quotes) Soph. O. C. 695

neither in Asian land, nor the Dorian isle of Pelops
.

κερδῶν ἄθικτον , incorruptible. The gen. belongs to a special (though common) class of usages with negative adjectives, e. g. ἄλυπος ἄτης Soph. Εl. 990,

ἀψόφητος κωκυμάτων
Αi. 321 , ἄσκευος ἀσπίδων Ε1. 36; a combination of gen. of reference and gen. of separation.

ὀξύθυμος , quick to wrath: a tribunal that delays not to punish. The fine expression that follows, a wakeful guardian of the land on behalf of them that sleep, has been misunderstood [by Schol. and others]: it is simply an imaginative description of an ever-vigilant tribunal, always watchful even when those it defends slumber.

φρούρημα , guardian: for this verbal suffix used actively compare

γυναικὸς ὢν δούλευμα
Ant. 756 .

mvp-sidgwick-327-2-1 [During the following dialogue the seated judges in turn arise slowly and solemnly, and take their pebbles and drop them into the two urns (

τευχέων
l. 742 ).]

βαρεῖαν τήνδ' ὁμιλίαν χθονός , these dread visitants of the land. χθονός somewhat loosely but naturally after ὁμιλίαν. The Chorus' language is mild: but the threat is none the less effective.

ἀκαρπώτους . The notion is often found in the ancient poets that the will of destiny or the gods could be thwarted by man's perverseness: thus in Homer people act or suffer ὑπὲρ μόρον : and in Vergil the fates of one side conflict with the fates of the other.

mvp-sidgwick-330-1-1 Thou hast respect to deeds of blood-not thine office, meaning that he protects the murderer, and so interferes with the functions of other deities, viz. themselves.

mvp-sidgwick-331-1-1 No longer from a pure oracle shalt thou prophesy. We must read νέμων for the awkward μένων of MSS. with H. D. Hart. Kirch. Weck., etc.; νέμων will then govern μαντεία. The word ἁγνά is much more applicable to μαντεῖα in the sense of shrine than in the sense of prediction.

mvp-sidgwick-332-1-1 For Ἰξίονος see note on l. 441

. The argument is, Did not Zeus succeed in purifying a murderer who was a suppliant once before, viz. Ixion? προστροπαῖς, in the supplication.' Dat. of occasion, used by poets, e. g. νόστοις, ‘at his return, Soph. Εl. 194: τόκοισιν, in child bearing, Ο. Τ. 172 :
λόγοις τοιούτοις,
at such talk, Antig. 691 . It is obviously closely allied to dat. of time, of respect, and of cause.

μὴ τυχούσα , of course conditional: if I do not...

ὁμιλήσω , will haunt, will visit.

mvp-sidgwick-335-1-1 Pheres was father of Admetos: and the reference is to the famous and beautiful story of Alkestis, in Euripides' version as follows:-Apollo having served in the house of Admetos, by order of Zeus, and being well treated, repaid his debt by begging off Admetos' life from the Fates, on condition of his finding a substitute. After trying all his friends he found none but Alkestis, his wife, ready to die for him. See l. 172

, note.

ἔπεισας . Euripides says (Alk. 12) that Apollo cheated (δολώσας) the Fates; and ( l. 728

) Aeschylus tells us it was by making them drunk. The crude barbarism of the tale points to its great age.

σέβοντ' , pious. Euripides (Alk. 10) calls Admetos similarly ὅσιος ἀνήρ.

τύχοι . The common use is to employ the opt. in past general conditions, the subjunctive where the verb, as here (έστι understood with δίκαιον), is primary. But it is a special idiom to employ the optative in maxims and other statements of a universal character, where the verb is to apply to all time: or to put it otherwise where the idea of time is absent. Thus Soph. O. T. 315

ἄνδρα δ᾽ ὠφελεῖν ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἔχοι τε καὶ δύναιτο κάλλιστος πόνων,
ib. 979
εἰκῆ κράτιστον ζῇν ὅπως δύναιτό τις.
So Ant. 666 , Trach. 93 , Ai. 521, 1344 . So Thuc. 1. 120 σωφρόνων ἐστιν εἰ μὴ ἀδικοῖντο ἡσυχάζειν.

διανομάς , ordinances: the MSS. have δαίμονas, but the Scholiast on Alkestis 12 quotes the line with διανομάς; and this certain emendation was thence made by Cobet. δαίμονας was suggested by θεάς in the next line.

σύ . τοι is scornfully repeated. οὐκ ἔχουσα τῆς δίκης τέλος, failing to win thy cause is the general sense. τέλος literally means the decision, as in l. 243

; and having the decision' means winning it.

ἐμεῖ . is future.

καθιππάζει , characteristic vigorous figure, override, i. e. overbear.

ἀμφίβουλος οὖσα , doubtful, undecided.

λοισθίαν κρῖναι δίκην , to give the last judgment, i. e. vote; δίκη in a slight but natural strain of meaning.

mvp-sidgwick-345-1-1 [Here Athena holds up a white pebble.]

εἰμὶ τοῦ πατρός , extended use of the gen. of possessor: I am for the father, on the father's side, which would ordinarily be πρὸς τοῦ πατρός. 6

mvp-sidgwick-347-1-1 Thus Orestes wins, even if the votes,' etc. The regular rule of the Athenian dicasteries: it is part of the poet's purpose to represent the court and all its customs as of ancient and divine institution.

mvp-sidgwick-347-2-1 [The question has been much discussed whether Athena's vote is counted among the ballots, or is the casting vote; some even maintaining that she does not vote at all.

mvp-sidgwick-347-3-1 At first sight it would appear that Athena votes ( l. 735

), that the votes are counted ( l. 742 ), and that with Athena's the votes are equal.

mvp-sidgwick-347-4-1 But this would make the court an odd number: the majority in the judges against Orestes; and Athena interfering to turn a majority into a minority:-all of which are very unlikely, and spoil the impressive symbolism of the vote of the goddess. This, as Müller (Eum. Append.) has pointed out, is as follows: The human justice is divided about the cause: the guilt of Orestes, the guilt of Klyt. balance: it is the goddess who gives the casting vote. Thus the rule that equal votes acquit is finely and imaginatively explained: when the earthly ψῆφοι are equal there is an unseen and divine vote for mercy.

mvp-sidgwick-347-5-1 This could easily and simply be brought out in the action: the other judges get up and drop their pebbles in, Athena holds hers in her hand until the counting.]

πάλους , lots, only an imaginative word for the pebbles: so much turned on the decision.

mvp-sidgwick-349-1-1 [Here two judges rise and turn out the votes.]

mvp-sidgwick-350-1-1 The cries of suspense on either side are significantly addressed to Apollo, God of Light (φοῖβος), and Night, mother of the Furies.

ἀγχόνης τέρματ' , death by the noose, the most miserable death; the form of tragic suicide adopted by women when all is lost, e.g. Iokaste ( O. T. 1264 ), Antigone ( Ant. 1221 ), Phaidra ( Hipp. 777 ). Helena however ( Eur. Hel. 300 ) says: ''Tis best to die: but how to die nobly? Hanging in mid-air is unseemly- tis held shameful even among slaves. ἀγχόνη is consequently proverbial for the last and worst suffering :

κρεῖσσον ἀγχόνης
Ο. Τ. 1374 ,
ἀγχόνης πέλας
Heracl. 246
, ταῦτα δῆτ᾽ οὐκ ἀγχόνη; Ach. 125. ἀγχόνης is gen. of description or equivalence, like the Homeric τέλος θανάτοιο.

γάρ . explains their cry l. 745

: For 'tis ours to be lost, or yet more honoured.

πεμπάζω , from πέμπε (old form of πέντε), means to count on the five fingers.

διαιρέσει , the parting of the votes. This word shews that the voting was (as Schol. says) by black and white pebbles, which was the commonest method at Athens. In this system there were two κάδισκοι or urns, one called κύριος or the decisive one, the other ἄκυρος: each voter had a black and a white pebble; his vote was counted, according as the pebble he dropped into the κύριος was white or black, for acquittal or condemnation. The second or inoperative urn was to get rid of the other pebble, that there might be no clue to the way he had voted. Another method was by an urn of acquittal, and an urn of condemnation: but this would require only counting, no διαίρεσις.

mvp-sidgwick-355-1-1 If a vote fail, great sorrow comes: the cast of one pebble saves the house; a picturesque and rather loaded way of saying one vote either way makes the difference between ruin and salvation. The picturesque word βαλοῦσα, as though the saving pebble touched or struck the house is quite in Aeschylus' vein of sudden and bold metaphor. ὤρθωσεν, gnomic aor. [Others following Schol. take the last line 'overthrows and uplifts the house, but the expression is very harsh for this].

mvp-sidgwick-356-1-1 [As she speaks, she adds her white pebble to the votes of acquittal.]

mvp-sidgwick-357-1-1 The man is an Argive again.

ἕκατι , by grace of, the older Epic use of the word, always with God's name, by will or aid of, like Διὸς ἕκητι. So Cho. 214, 436 . τοῦ πάντα κραίνοντος is of course Zeus Soter.

ὁρῶν . seems rather weak: Weckl. reads παρείς.

ἅπαντα πλειστήρη χρόνον , a stately expression, all the fulness of time.'

mvp-sidgwick-361-1-1 The oath that no Argive king shall ever bring an army against Athens of course refers to the recent treaty, see note l. 673

.

κεκασμένον , Epic word, arrayed.

mvp-sidgwick-363-1-1 Being then in the grave, the τότε referring to any future time when the friendly Argives should become foes, and lead the arrayed spears against Athens.

mvp-sidgwick-364-1-1 vῦν is part of the attribute: τἀμὰ νῦν ὁρκώματα, my present oaths: the attribute may be always so divided. See note on l. 653

. Notice the Epic syncope of παρά in παρβαίνουσι.

πράξομεν , we will so deal; ὡς μεταμέλῃ, that they may repent: the παρβαίνουσι depending on the general sense. But the expression is harsh, and perhaps corrupt.

mvp-sidgwick-366-1-1 Giving them marches of despair and ways of evil augury; this fine line a fuller explanation of ἀμηχάνοισι δυσπραξίαις.

ὀρθουμένων . might refer to the oaths, if they are kept,' as the Schol. seems to mean [γεννωμένων, which is prob. corrupt for γενομένων], but is probably vaguer, if all be well. The change to dat. τιμῶσιν is a little loose in structure: but not so unnatural here where the subject is changed.

mvp-sidgwick-367-2-1 The whole passage ll. 767-774

is suspected by Dind., but the diction is mostly very Aeschylean, such lines as 768 and 770 particularly: the only noticeable things being the obscurity of πράξομεν and the somewhat superfluous αὐτοῖσιν, αὐτοῖσι. But there is certainly no ground for rejecting the passage.

πολισσοῦχος . (like πολιοῦχος) is regularly used of gods, Theb. 69, 185 , Ag. 338 , but in this play it is used three times ( ll. 775, 883, 1010

), of men, citizens.

ἄφυκτον . with πολέμιοις, a struggle wherefrom thy foes ne'er shall escape.

mvp-sidgwick-369-2-1 [Orestes and Apollo go out: the Areopagites remain seated, Athena in the midst.]

mvp-sidgwick-370-1-1 Wanting in V. Fl. Va. It is clear that it is not this refrain but the second repetition ( ll. 808-822

) that V. Fl. Fa. copied, as they follow M. G. in reading erroneously
ἀντιπαθῆ
l. 812
, and
ἐπεσσυμένος
l. 816
, whereas M. G. have the correct forms in the first refrain.

εἵλεσθέ , i. e. you have stolen him, Orestes my prey.

ἐν γᾷ τᾷδε , upon this land : it seems from l. 800

as if it was meant to be taken here with βαρύκοτος, falling on this land with grievous wrath. The ἐv is the Epic use with verbs of motion like ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ὀρούσας: cf.
πίτνων ἐν δώμασι
Cho. 36
,
φέρουσ᾽ ἐν ἡμῖν
Ag. 1450
, and again below ἐν χώρᾳ βαλεῖ l. 787 .

ἀντιπενθῆ , woe for woe. So the gloss in the Med. rightly explains, ὁμοῖα δρῶντα οἷς πέπονθα.

mvp-sidgwick-374-1-1 The participle μεθεῖσα has no verb: the verb, as happens occasionally in these long broken sentences, is deferred and finally appears in a different form l. 789

.

mvp-sidgwick-375-1-1 A leafless childless blight-ah! justice!-speeding o'er the land shall scatter on the ground the deadly plague-spots.

mvp-sidgwick-376-1-1 MSS. read:

στενάζω; τί ῥέξω;
γένωμαι· δύσοιστα
πολίταις ἔπαθον.
Perhaps the best emendation is γελῶμαι, I am mocked, a natural exclamation, as Antig. 838 οἴμοι γελῶμαι. [This is adopted by H. D. Hart, etc.]

mvp-sidgwick-376-2-1 δύσοιστα πολίταις ἔπαθον, Grievous to the city shall be my wrongs, i. e. the city shall pay for my ill-treatment. This is the Scholiast's explanation, and perhaps the best.

ἀληθῶς , truly: i. e. there was no fraud or evil intent, but the honest decision.

ἀλλὰ ... γάρ , elliptical as usual, the ellipse easily supplied but (you lost) for there was witness, etc.

ὡς , regular poetic use for ὥστε.

mvp-sidgwick-380-1-1 The MSS. show signs of a confusion of order, and I take Weil's correction as the most natural restoration.

mvp-sidgwick-381-1-1 Athena soothes them, and persuades them not to execute the threats, ll. 780-782

.

δαιμόνων σταλάγματα , if right, must mean immortal venom: the word δαιμόνων emphasising the supernatural and terrible power of the blighting drops. The word has been much emended, the best suggestion being Wakefield's πλευμόνων or λαιμάτων : for, as Hartung says, the expressions in this speech are largely determined by the Chorus, and the corresponding phrase is ( l. 784

) καρδίας σταλαγμόν.

mvp-sidgwick-383-1-1 Corroding stings, devastating the seed; a fine characteristic line. It is best thus to make the gen. dependent on ἀνημέρους : the latter word meaning wild, waste, and here, by a common stretch of usage, applied not to the αἰχμάς but to their effects. For the masc. form βρωτήρας with fem. αἰχμάς compare

τύχη σωτήρ
Ag. 664 , Ο. Τ. 80 : see note on l. 186 .

ὑπίσχομαι , promise, for the common form ὑπισχνοῦμαι, somewhat as οἴχομαι οἰχνέω, λήθω λανθάνω, φεύγω φυγγάνω, πεύθομαι πυνθάνομαι. [Heath, followed by Herm. Schöm., read ἐνδίκους : but the MSS. gen. is finer: Athens, as the Athenians were fond of boasting, was the righteous land: so O. C. 1006

εἴ τις γῆ θεοὺς ἐπίσταται τιμαῖς σεβίζειν, ἥδε τοῦθ᾽ ὑπερφέρει.
So again below ll. 869, 920 .

κευθμῶνας , cavern, grot. There is a chasm or hole in the rock, with a dark spring of water, on the N. E. side of the Areiopagos. This is no doubt the place constantly referred to as the κευθμών or θάλαμοι ( l. 1004

) of the Eumenides: and explains the phrases κατὰ γᾶς σύμεναι ( l. 1007 ), τοὺς ἔνερθε καὶ κατὰ χθονὸς τόπους ( l. 1023 ), γᾶς ὑπὸ κεύθεσι ( l. 1036 ). The clearest reference is Eurip. Elektr. 1270, where he speaks of the Eum., defeated in this trial of Orestes, as entering a chasm of the earth close by the hill itself: δειναὶ μὲν οὖν θεαὶ τῷδ᾽ ἄχει πεπληγμέναι πάγον παρ᾿ αὐτὸν χάσμα δύσονται χθονός.

λιπαροθρόνοισι , with shining seats [not with oil as Müller, etc., for the regular libations to the Eumenides were honey and water, fully detailed in Soph. O. C. 470-481 ], but merely bright or splendid marble seats for the great goddesses.

δύσκηλον , lit. hard to charm: i.e. past cure, as Schol. δυσθεράπευτον.

mvp-sidgwick-388-1-1 The Chorus had called on justice: Athena replies I too have trust in Zeus: though her appeal is rather to threat of force.

mvp-sidgwick-389-1-1 MSS. give εὐπειθής here and Ag. 274 , Cho. 259 , etc. The form seems the regular one, and there is no need to alter to εὐπιθής.

mvp-sidgwick-390-1-1 The MS. reading will hardly stand. I adopt (with Weckl.) Burges' correction: Utter not words which bring the land this fruit, that in all things she fare ill.

mvp-sidgwick-391-1-1 The black billows bitter violence; a splendidly imaginative phrase for the fury of the Eumenides.

mvp-sidgwick-392-1-1 The προτέλεια or marriage offerings made by the bride's family were offered to various gods, Hera, Artemis, the Fates, and here the Furies, no doubt to propitiate: and we gather that similar offerings were made at birth of children. πρό, is for.

παλαιόφρονα , of ancient wisdom, Aeschylean compound, applied Suppl. 593 to Zeus. κατά τε γᾶς is the best emendation. The indignity which the Furies complain of is being banished to this κευθμών, to dwell beneath the earth.

mvp-sidgwick-394-1-1 In the MSS. φεῦ comes before μύσος, which breaks the dochmiac foot and is impossible, though the Scholiast seems to have read it there.

mvp-sidgwick-394-2-1 It does not much matter whether we put it before the line, or after, or suppress it. I follow Weil in reading it before.

δâ . is Doric form of γῆ. So Ag. 1072

ὀτοτοῖ πόποι δᾶ.

mvp-sidgwick-396-1-1 I adopt (with Franz, Lin. P. Weil, Weck.) L. Dindorf's brilliant conjecture τιμᾶν δαναιᾶν, ancient honours, for the meaningless δαμαίων of MSS. The gods unconquerable wiles have reft me from my ancient honours as of no account.'

ἀπό is separated from the verb αἴρω and draws near to the substantive, as in Epic: one of the forms of the so-called Tmesis. In prose it would be ἀπῆραν. The verb simply means carry off, take away.

συμφέρω , here used in the rather unusual sense of endure, not resent: the English idiom (which in meaning exactly suits this place), I will bear with thy wrath, is only superficially similar. Somewhat like this use is

πάντα συμφέρουσ᾽ Ἰάσονι
Eur. Med. 13 , συμφέρειν τοῖς κρείσσοσι ( comply) Soph. El. 1465 , οὐδέποτ᾽ εὐφραν- θήσεται ἀνὴρ ἐὰν μὴ τῇ γυναικὶ συμφέρῃ ( agree) Ar. Lys. 166: the metaphor being [Verrall, Eur. Med. 1. c.] probably of a yoke-fellow pulling with, and not against, one.

mvp-sidgwick-399-1-1 I take Wieseler's excellent emendation καὶ τῷ μὲν εἶ συ, i. e. and by that (old age) you are far wiser, age and wisdom being naturally united. So the Scholiast explains the line διὰ τὸν χρόνον, i. e. wiser by lapse of time.

ἐλθοῦσαι ., conditional, if you go.'

δόμοις Ερεχθέως , the Erechtheum or great temple of Erechtheus (famous mythical hero-king of Athens), stood on the Akropolis.

ὅσων , such honour as. Pauw's and Paley's emendation of ὅσην MSS., a reading which will not construe, and is due probably to an attempt to alter the awkward collocation of genitives. The gen. ὅσων is attracted to the case governed by

τεύξει.
l. 86 ο. ἀοίνοις ἐμμανεῖς θυμώμασιν, raging with fury not of wine, but implanted by the Eumenides. This highly Aeschylean phrase does not agree with νέων, as in sense it should but with characteristic boldness is transferred to θηγάνας αἱματηράς, the whetstones of bloodshed, as he calls the frenzy of the Furies, by another bold and imaginative figure. ἀοίνοις is specially appropriate to the Furies, as they were goddesses who tasted no wine, l. 107 .

ἐξελοῦσα , which has been immensely emended, is no doubt right: the idea is simply as though taking out the heart from fighting cocks and planting it in the citizens , establish civil war, etc. (the cock being the pugnacious bird who will fight with his own kin, and so an emblem of civil strife): only the rapidity of Aeschylus's style makes him compress the two last clauses into one.

mvp-sidgwick-403-2-1 For the domestic broils of the cock see line 866: and Pindar, Ol. 12. 20 ἐνδομάχας ἀλέκτωρ.

οὐ . μόλις παρών (lit. coming not stintedly), no scanty store: i. e. for foreign warfare, let us have plenty of it : but not civil dissension. So

οὐ μόλις ἀπώλεσας
Ag. 1082 .

mvp-sidgwick-405-1-1 The sense is of home birds' battle I will have nought. οὐ λέγω, lit. I do not advise, or bid, is a μείωσις for I forbid. [The passage in Soph. El. 1466 which comm. quote is different.]

θεοφιλεστάτης , see l. 805

.

πολισσούχοι , see note on l. 775

.

mvp-sidgwick-408-1-1 The soothing and spell of my tongue is in apposition to the Majesty of Persuasion, Πειθοῦς σέβας. The whole sentence is in the imaginative grandiloquent style, and simply means if I can persuade you.

σὺ δ᾽ οὖν μένοις ἄν , dramatic [if I persuade you], well then, abide. [The dé in apodosis is originally Epic usage, common in the Poets: so Ag. 1061

εἰ δὲ μὴ δέχει λόγον, σὺ δ᾽ ἀντὶ φωνῆς, κ.τ.λ.
]

γαμόρῳ: . Doric form for γεώμορος.

mvp-sidgwick-411-1-1 The change from lyrics to iambic dialogue on the part of the Chorus marks the progress of persuasion. They have left off mere lamentation and resentment, and begin to consider the offer. ἔχειν, I have, vivid use of present, for I am to have.

ἀπήμον' οἰζύος , gen. after neg. adj., a common use: a combination perhaps of gen. of reference with gen. of emptiness or separation. So

ἄπαππον πυρός
Ag. 311 ,
ἀμήνιτον θεῶν
ib. 649
, ἄσκευον ἀσπίδων Soph. Εl. 36, ἀψύφητος κωκυμάτων Αί. 321, etc.

καὶ δὴ δέδεγμαι , lit. there now, I have received, dramatic particles used idiomatically when a case is put or supposed suppose I have accepted, say now, I consent: so

καὶ δὴ οὔτις ἂν δέξαιτ᾽
Cho. 565 ,
καὶ δὴ τεθνᾶσι
Eur. Med. 386
,
καὶ δὴ παρεῖκεν
Hel. 1059
.

ὡς . for ὥστε, as often, see 36.

ξυμφοράς , the fortunes, used neutrally, without a bad meaning.

γάρ is yes, for, as often in dialogue. So l. 899

.

mvp-sidgwick-416-1-1 It is open to me not to say, I have no need to say.

mvp-sidgwick-417-1-1 Weil ingeniously proposes κατᾶσον οὕς for κατὰ χθὸν᾽ οὖσ᾽, charm with a song those whose love thou shalt win, which leads up to the question in the next line. But the MSS. reading will stand; the gist of these lines being as follows ( ll. 898-903

):
Cho.
Will you promise it for ever?
Ath.
My word is enough.
Cho.
I think I will yield.
Ath.
Then you will be loved.
Cho.
[now appeased]‘What blessings do you bid me pray for?

mvp-sidgwick-418-1-1 To avoid the hiatus we could read (with Porson) τί μ᾽ οὖν; but MSS. all give τί οὖν ; here, and Pers. 787 , Theb. 704, 208:

τί εἶπας;
Trach. 1203 ,
τι Ἅιδου
Ag. 1115
,
τί ἔστι;
Pers. 693
: and the licence with τί is quite intelligible.

ἐπίσκοπα , such as look to, hath regard to no dishonourable victory; a vivid word for befit. The word is similarly used Cho. 126

εὐχὰς πατρῴων δωμάτων ἐπισκόπους,
Aias 976
ἄτης τῆσδ᾽ ἐπίσκοπον μέλος.

mvp-sidgwick-419-2-1 The νίκη is explained by ll. 864-866

: he means victory over foes, not in civil broils: and the next line extends it to all sort of prosperity.

mvp-sidgwick-420-1-1 'Ay, and that from earth, and watery sea, and heaven [all be blest], and gentle gales with fair sunshine blowing may pass o'er the land.' The rapidity in this fine and poetic passage again rather obscures the grammar, though not the sense: the fact is, he was going to say '[and pray] that from earth, sea, sky, and winds [all may prosper]:' but the clause about the winds is specially developed, and the sentence ends differently from what was intended.

ἐπίρρυτον , abundantly, predicative adj.

mvp-sidgwick-422-1-1 But the impious be more ready to weed out; the metaphor of ἔκφορος, carrying away, is probably from gardening, as the next line explains.

ἀπένθητον , predicative.

σοὔστι , the regular crasis for σοὶ ἐστί. τῶν ἀρειφάτων . . . πόλιν, and in the glorious strife of war I shall not suffer but that my city shall be honoured among men as victorious.

ἀγώνων is gen. of respect, put provisionally at the beginning and depending ultimately on ἀστύνικον.

τιμᾶν , active according to Greek idiom: they say, I shall not allow but that [people] shall honour my city: we say, I shall not allow my city to be unhonoured.

Παλλάδος ξυνοικίαν , i. e. to dwell with Pallas.

῎Αρης . is specially mentioned, no doubt because of the Areiopagos, the scene of the latter half of the play.

mvp-sidgwick-427-1-1 There is a fine boldness about the expressions which Aeschylus uses for Athens, 'the fortress of the gods..., the glory of the Powers of Greece, the saviour of their altars;' an imaginative rendering of the favourite idea of the piety' of Athens ll. 805, 869

.

mvp-sidgwick-428-1-1 This prayer closely follows Athena's suggestion ll. 906-908

, 'that the bright sunshine make to blossom up from the earth the blessings of life in plenty.' ἐπισσύτους (lit. rushing on, used of the springs of tears, Ag. 887 , and of the throes of vain sorrow, Ag. 1150 ) corresponds to ἐπίρρυτον l. 907 .

ἐξαμβρῦσαι . (from ἐξαναβρύω used transitively) is Pauw's probable correction of the meaningless readings of MSS. It is adopted by H. Weil, Lin., Schütz. Well.

κατανασσαμένη , middle, housing in my city. ll. 932, 933

. The MSS. read
ὁ δὲ μὴ κύρσας βαρέων τούτων
οὐκ οἶδεν ὅθεν πληγαὶ βιότου.
Now τούτων here must refer to the Furies, as αὗται above and τάσδε below: and consequently βαρέων must be wrong, as (1) it is the wrong gender: (2) even if we suppose (with D.) a fem. form βαρεῶν, it clearly is the wrong sense. What Aeschylus means to say is, He who incurs the wrath of the Furies meets with unexpected calamity: the sins of his fathers bring him into their power.

mvp-sidgwick-430-2-1 We must take therefore some emendation like ἱλαρῶν (Weil.), χαροπῶν (Weck.), τῶνδ᾽ εὐμενέων (Hart.): of which I have preferred the former. βαρέων will perhaps have arisen from confusion of β- and ιλ-: or perhaps from a gloss. Another question arises about the metre. Hermann, followed by most edd. (Lachm. Franz. Pal. Hart. Merkel. Weil.), has assumed that Athena's anapaestic stanzas, which alternate with the lyrics, correspond. There are five such stanzas: the three middle ones (at ll. 949, 968, 988

) are all the same length: and the first and the last would be exactly equal, if after βιύτου we read some words like προσέπαισαν (H.). The practice is not uniform: thus in the κομμός in the Choephoroi the anapaestic alternating stanzas do not correspond, though roughly about the same length: on the other hand in Agamemnon (11. 1448-1577) the anapaests do correspond.

mvp-sidgwick-430-3-1 It is on the whole more probable that the latter is the case here: and I have accordingly adopted H.'s προσέπαισαν.

mvp-sidgwick-430-4-1 The sense then is, He who finds them not propitious is stricken with calamities he knows not whence: and μὴ ἱλαρῶν κύρσας is really a euphemism for offended.

mvp-sidgwick-431-1-1 Note the effective antithesis between the silence of the ruin and the loud boasts of the unfortunate man.

χάριν , boon, blessing.

mvp-sidgwick-433-1-1 Corrupt. Some of the commentators (H, Schütz. D. Pal.) try to translate it as it stands: 'Let a blight killing the germs of plants [come not near] to prevent them passing their bounds,' i. e. to prevent them growing: surely an impossible interpretation: a plant does not pass its bounds by growing. The general sense is plain, No blight come near; and perhaps we might accept Wecklein's very ingenious λοπῶν for τύπων: ‘... killing the buds of plants that they pass not the bounds of their husks.' But the sentence is still awkward, with no verb. The other emendations proposed are not convincing.

mvp-sidgwick-434-1-1 MSS. read εὐθενοῦντ᾽ ἄγαν. Most edd. take Dobree's εὐθενοῦντα ya, but Meineke's suggestion Πᾶν is nearer to MSS. and rather more likely.

γόνος δ᾽ ἀεὶ πλουτόχθων , and ever may the earths rich produce .' The bold compound πλουτόχθων is very Aeschylean. The reference is not (as H. P.) to precious metals, of which Athena (whom the Chorus closely follows in their prayers) had made no mention, and to which γόνος would not be so suitable; but simply to the produce in the ordinary sense.

δόσιν τίοι they clearly mean that out of their abundance they are to give thank-offerings to the bounteous gods.

ἑρμαίαν , for Hermes was the god of good luck (from Homer downwards, Ερμείας ἐφίλει καὶ κτῆσιν ὄπασσε Il. 14.491) : and a wind-fall or godsend was called ἕρμαιον.

ἐπικραίνει , brings to pass, vivid use of present, of a thing now promised.

διαπράσσουσιν ., intrans. plain and full is their accomplishment.

βίον ἀμβλωπὸν παρέχουσαι , a life dimmed with tears, a beautifully vivid metaphor. δακρύων is gen. of respect after adj. ἀμβλωπόν.

ἀνδροκμής , lit. bringing weariness to men,' here a euphemism for deadly, is a favourite word of Aeschylus, being found with μόχθος (above l. 248

), and
πέλεκυς
(Cho. 889
), and
λοιγός
(Suppl. 680
) in the same sense as here.

κύρια , the rightful power; the gods they appeal to being such powers as Ζεὺς τέλειος, Ἥρα, ᾿Αφροδίτη. See above l. 214

.

μητροκασιγνῆται , sisters by one mother, because the Fates (like the Furies l. 322

) were daughters of Night (Hes. Theog. 217 καὶ Μοίρας καὶ Κῆρας ἐγείνατο).

ὀρθονόμοι . [not ὀρθόνομοι from νόμος], the MSS. reading, from νέμω, assigning what is due.

ἐπιβριθής , lit. weighing down upon, falling heavily on: i. e. grievous.

ὁμιλίαις , visitations.

στέργω , I bless.

ἐπωπάω . is properly to look down on, watch, behold, descry: so Cho. 693 , Eum. 275, but, like the commoner ἐποπτεύω, is used regularly of gods or supernatural powers, and gets the meaning to guard, guide, direct; see note on l. 220

.

ἀγοραῖος , God of the gathering, was a name given to Zeus and other gods (Hermes, Ar. Eq. 297, Artemis and Athena, Paus. 3. 11. 9) as protectors of the city life of which the natural centre was the ἀγορά or gathering place ( Agam. 90 ). But as the ἀγορά was also the place for speech (ἀγορεύω, κατηγορέω, etc.) the name here implies god of speech.

mvp-sidgwick-449-1-1 And our strife for blessings is victorious for ever.' 'We have before had an ἔρις κακή, a hostile strife: henceforward it will be an ἔρις ἀγαθῶν, a friendly rivalry to do good: and the victory, νίκη, shall be with both; we shall always succeed.'

ποινᾶς ἀντιφόνους ἄτας , the murderous woes of vengeance, the woes of murderous requital; a very Aeschylean phrase, and more natural on the whole than the Med. reading ποινάς, which would make ἄτας gen.: for in any case it is certainly right to take these three words together. [H. P. and others take δι᾽ ὀργὰν ποινᾶς, from desire of vengeance, weaker meaning and more strained usage.]

mvp-sidgwick-451-1-1 'And may they give joy for joy, with one heart of love, and to hate with one soul.' An imaginative way of saying, 'May they live in happiness that comes from harmony, having the same friends and foes.' The latter phrase is the well-known Greek formula in making alliances.

mvp-sidgwick-452-1-1 MSS. read φρονοῦσιν and εὑρίσκει, no sense. I have adopted the original suggestion of Hermann, accepted by D. Weil. φρονοῦσα and εὑρίσκεις. Dost thou then wisely find the path of good words? i. e. Are you then come to a better mind, blessing instead of cursing?'

mvp-sidgwick-452-2-1 The first two lines are addressed to the Furies: the two next are a reflection and then she turns to the citizens.

εὔφρονas , kindly, a reference to their name Εὐμενίδες.

mvp-sidgwick-454-1-1 Taking πάντως, the reading of Ven., for the flat πάντες, there is no need to alter further.

mvp-sidgwick-454-2-1 Guiding your land and city in all righteousness, ye shall be glorious. ὀρθοδίκαιον is predicative. The use of διάγειν is a little strange: but it is not a great extension of its ordinary usage with βιότον, αἰῶνα, etc. We may compare χρόνος διηγέ μ' Soph. Εl. 789, διῆγεν ὑμᾶς ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ βίον Dem. 255. 11: and particularly πόλεις ἐν ὑμονοίᾳ διάγειν Isocr. 35 Β. [Paley takes πρέπω active: but it is very common and always intrans. in Aeschylus.]

αἰσιμίαισι , blessings, from αἴσιμος, right, meet, good, lit. that which is one's share or lot, from aloa (strong form from ἴσος).

mvp-sidgwick-456-1-1 Seated near to Zeus; fine and simple metaphor for the righteous people specially under divine protection. Hermann quotes Aesch. Niobe, frag. 146

οἱ θεῶν ἀγχίσποροι οἱ Ζηνὸς ἐγγύς
of the halfdivine heroes: and Plat. Phileb. 16 C οἱ παλαιοί, κρείττονες ἡμῶν καὶ ἐγγυτέρω θεῶν οἰκοῦντες.

mvp-sidgwick-457-1-1 Wise at last, i. e. having made your peace with us. This is the simplest interpretation, and there is no ground for suspecting the reading. 6

ὑπό . of accompaniment, with, a special idiom either gen. or dat.:

καταθάψομεν οὐχ ὑπὸ κλαυθμῶν
Ag. 1554 ,
κηρύκων ὕπο
Suppl. 238
,
μαρτύρων ὕπο
ib. 934
,
ὑπὸ πομπαῖς
Pers. 58
, and below l. 1034 .

mvp-sidgwick-459-1-1 See note on l. 805

.

κατέχειν , check : the genitives χώρας and πόλεως are best taken as possessives after the substantival neuter adjectives τὸ ἀτηρόν and τὸ κερδαλέον.

πολισσοῦχοι , see note on l. 775

.

μετοίκοις , newcomers; the μέτοικοι at Athens being the resident aliens, the word is admirably fit for the Eumenides who were foes, but are newly settled at Athens as friendly powers. Κραναός: the word means rocky and was a favourite name of Athens, Κραναὰ πόλις or Κρανααί, from Pindar's time down (Ol. 7. 151): here it denotes a mythical king or founder, naturally derived from the common title.

βρέτας τοὐμόν , an earlier statue than the great Athena Parthenos of Pheidias; for the Parthenon was not completed till 438. Athena's attendants must be supposed to join this escort on the Areiopagos.

ὄμμα , idiomatic metaphor for delight, hope, comfort, somewhat as we say the flower, using a different metaphor. The eye is chosen as the most precious and beautiful : so

ὄμμα γὰρ δύμων νομίζω δεσπότου παρουσίαν
Pers. 169 , σέβειν ὀμμάτων ὑπέρτερον 1 Theb. 530 ,
ὀφθαλμὸς οἴκων
Cho. 934
, ὀφθαλμὸς Σικελίας Pind. Ol. 2 18, etc.

Theseus , mythical king of Athens; Theseidae, common poetic name for Athenian.

mvp-sidgwick-466-1-1 Athena had promised them ( l. 856

) honour from men (ἀνδρῶν) and women. Hence some (H. D. Weil.) have supposed a lacuna here; and others (Hart. Meinek.) alter παίδων into ἀνδρῶν. There is not enough ground for either. The people on the stage, whether men, or youths, or boys, evidently represent the whole city, as we see from ll. 1010, 1015 . Others again think the propompoi are all women, and take παίδων as girls: but πολισσοῦχοι παῖδες cannot be female inhabitants only. As to the question of the name Εὐμενίδες, which is one of Hermann's arguments, see Introduction, p. 21.

mvp-sidgwick-467-1-1 The purple robe was no doubt to add to the magnificence and solemnity of the occasion.

εὐάνδροισι συμφοραῖς πρέπῃ , may shine forth with prosperous blessings, rather emphatic and unusual phraseology.